Unidade 1 – O inglês como língua franca e sua necessidade

para o profissional administrador

• Aula 1 -


Língua Franca, você sabe o que é isso?





Introdução

Oi! Como vai você? Está pronto para começar um estudo muito interessante e importante
para você?
A partir de hoje vamos iniciar o estudo do inglês técnico, uma disciplina fundamental para o
seu desenvolvimento como profissional. Antes da prática do inglês, é indispensável, porém, que você
conheça um pouco sobre o processo que tornou a língua inglesa a mais utilizada no mundo dos
negócios de hoje.
Nesta aula inicial vamos estudar a definição de língua franca através de uma abordagem
histórica das primeiras línguas francas e das mudanças linguísticas ocorridas nos últimos tempos,
tudo isso com o propósito de mostrar a importância da língua inglesa no mundo globalizado.
Objetivos
Entender o que é uma língua franca e por que ela é tão importante na sociedade atual,
dando exemplos.

De acordo com o Dicionário On Line de Termos Linguísticos, língua franca é: “Língua de
que se servem os falantes de uma comunidade multilíngue para poderem comunicar entre si.” (AIT,
2010)
Para exemplificar essa definição, imagine o seguinte:
• um francês negociando mercadorias com um chinês;
• um italiano em uma entrevista de emprego com um árabe;
• um espanhol dando uma palestra para um alemão.
Como você acha que eles se comunicariam? Por meio de qual código verbal? Ou melhor,
qual idioma seria utilizado nessas conversações? Escolha uma das opções abaixo:
a) Francês
b) Espanhol
c) Italiano
d) Português
e) N.D.A.
Ponto para você, aluno esperto, que marcou a última alternativa! E sabe por quê? Porque o
idioma utilizado no mundo todo, em qualquer tipo de comunicação entre nativos de vários idiomas é
o INGLÊS.
Por ser o idioma adotado em todos os países para a comunicação, seja na área acadêmica ou
profissional, o inglês é de extrema importância. O fenômeno da globalização e a expansão da cultura
americana como potência socioeconômica tem feito o inglês se expandir por todo o mundo. Mas isso
não foi sempre assim, você sabia?
Desde o episódio da Torre de Babel, que relata o
surgimento das línguas com base no mito da construção da
Torre, quando os homens receberam de Deus o castigo de
falarem línguas diferentes para que
FIGURA 1 – A diversidade de idiomas
Fonte: Site DW- World
não se entendessem, deparamos com o problema da comunicação entre pessoas que falam diferentes
idiomas.
Por muito tempo, durante o Império Romano, o grego foi a língua franca do oriente, enquanto
o latim era a língua franca do ocidente. E as duas eram as línguas mais faladas em todo o mundo. Por
volta do século VII, o árabe ocupava o papel de língua franca na maior parte da Ásia, África e em
partes da Oceania, tendo sido utilizado das Filipinas ao Senegal.
Com o passar do tempo, já no século XV, e com as exigências da comunicação para o
comércio entre países com diferentes idiomas e a expansão marítima à época dos descobrimentos,
com destaque para Inglaterra, França, Portugal e Espanha, grandes potências da época, os países
dominantes impunham-se culturalmente sobre os países conquistados. No pacote, óbvio, o domínio
de alguns países sobre outros se exercia também no campo da linguagem.
Durante algum tempo, nos séculos XV e XVI, também o português foi uma língua franca na
África e na Ásia, quando da exploração dos mares da África, América, Ásia e Oceania. Exemplo
claro disso é o nosso português, filho do português de Portugal e ensinado a nós desde os primeiros
anos da colonização pelos primeiros padres jesuítas que aqui aportaram.
Contudo, com a chegada de franceses e ingleses aos portos recém-descobertos pelos
portugueses, a competição terminou com a vitória dos últimos a chegar, logo exercendo seu domínio,
o que culminou também com a substituição do idioma português. Coitado do Colombo, não é? Não
adiantou ter descoberto a América...
Logo em seguida, a língua franca passou a ser o francês, considerado a língua de pessoas
importantes como os aristocratas e diplomatas da Europa a partir do século XVII. Até hoje o francês
ocupa certo lugar de destaque em alguns países que não a França, inclusive emprestando palavras a
outros idiomas (ex.: em português temos o balé, o abajur, o buquê e muitas outras). Também o
alemão foi utilizado especialmente para negócios em grande parte da Europa durante os séculos XIX
e XX.
Porém foi no decorrer da Revolução Industrial, durante a qual se acreditou que as máquinas
viriam a substituir o trabalho dos homens, que o domínio inglês se exerceu sobre o mundo, através
de diversas conquistas geográficas; o idioma inglês foi ensinado pelo mundo afora nas colônias
inglesas, incluindo entre elas uma que viria a se destacar e se tornar referência em termos de
desenvolvimento, poderio econômico, tecnológico e militar, os Estados Unidos.
Apesar disso, foi só após a Segunda Guerra Mundial que esse domínio se consolidou, assim
como consolidou-se também o idioma da terra do Tio Sam, desbancando o francês. O inglês adquire
então status de língua franca, e as culturas inglesa e norte-americana se fazem conhecidas em todo o
globo. É mole ou quer mais?
Ainda assim, nos dias de hoje, não só o inglês ocupa o papel de língua franca. Vários outros
idiomas são utilizados em outras partes do mundo. Por exemplo: o russo na região da antiga União
Soviética, o Hindi na Índia e o japonês no Japão, entre outros idiomas. Porém a mais utilizada na
comunicação em todo o globo é, de fato, o inglês, principalmente no mundo dos negócios
internacionais e na diplomacia (apesar de não ser a maior em número de falantes nativos).
No mapa abaixo, podemos observar dados do site Bab.la (FIG. 2) sobre os idiomas mais
falados no mundo e a porcentagem de falantes, o que nos dá uma ideia da diversidade de idiomas e
dos locais onde eles são considerados línguas oficiais (entenda-se por língua oficial o idioma adotado
pelo governo nas esferas legislativa, executiva e judicial). Pode-se observar também no mapa que o
inglês é tido como idioma oficial em 4 dos 5 continentes, enquanto o português aparece com menos
destaque.
Apesar disso, você sabia que o nosso idioma é o quinto mais falado do mundo? Para sua
informação, além de Portugal e do Brasil, o português também é utilizado em países do continente
africano e da Ásia. Em países como Angola, Moçambique, Timor Leste e Macau (China), o
português é língua oficial, sendo falado ainda em outros países como Andorra e Namíbia, entre
outros.

FIGURA. 2 – Os idiomas e porcentagem de falantes no mundo
Fonte: Site bab.la Disponível em: http://pt.bab.la/noticias/idiomas-do-mundo.html. Online. Acesso em: 27 maio
2010.
Veja na TAB. 1, a seguir, os países onde o português é a língua oficial e a quantidade
estimada de falantes desses países:
TABELA 1
Países onde o português é a principal ou uma das línguas oficiais
País Número de falantes
1. Brasil 190 milhões
2. Moçambique 21 milhões
3. Angola 16 milhões
4. Portugal 10 milhões
5. Guiné Bissau 1.5 milhão
6. Timor Leste 1 milhão
7. Guiné Equatorial 0.5 milhão
8. Cabo Verde 0.5 milhão
9. Macau 0.5 milhão
10. São Tomé e Príncipe 157.000
Fonte: Palestra de Jack Scholes, 2009.

A dica já foi dada com relação ao número de falantes nativos do português na TAB. 1. Agora
é a sua vez de tentar combinar os idiomas e a respectiva quantidade de falantes nativos deles. Vamos
lá? Lembre-se de que contam somente as pessoas nascidas e falantes do idioma local.

Atividade – Ligue os idiomas numerados abaixo com a quantidade de seus falantes nativos.

1. Alemão a) 1 bilhão de pessoas
2. Árabe b) 350 milhões de pessoas
3. Bengali c) 340 milhões de pessoas
4. Espanhol d) 300 milhões de pessoas
5. Hindi e) 250 milhões de pessoas
6. Inglês f) 180 milhões de pessoas
7. Japonês g) 170 milhões de pessoas
8. Mandarim h) 145 milhões de pessoas
9. Português i) 120 milhões de pessoas
10. Russo j) 95 milhões de pessoas

Ao terminar essa atividade, consulte as respostas na parte inferior direita desta página.
Surpresas?
Pois é... Apesar de muito utilizado na comunicação e de ser uma língua franca, o inglês ocupa
somente a 3ª colocação no ranking dos idiomas com mais falantes nativos, atrás do mandarim e do
espanhol. Você sabe o motivo desse resultado? É simples! Ele se deve ao fato de a população da
China ser a maior do mundo e, quanto ao espanhol, somam-se os nativos da Espanha com os de
vários países da América Latina e outros, justificando o número de falantes dos dois idiomas.
Então, dando continuidade à nossa teoria, temos o inglês em 3º lugar, com 340 milhões de
falantes nativos, ok. Quanto ao outros falantes do idioma, que fazem com que o inglês seja
considerado língua franca, eles podem pertencer a duas outras categorias:
1- falantes nativos de países onde o inglês é uma das línguas oficiais. Ex.: África do Sul,
Canadá, Austrália, etc., também chamada de ESL – English as a Second Language (Segunda
Língua);
2- categoria que inclui falantes de países onde o inglês não é adotado como língua oficial.
Ex.: Brasil, França, Chile, etc. denominada EFL – English as a Foreign Language (Língua
Estrangeira).
Seja como segunda língua ou como língua estrangeira, pelos fatores históricos
culturais e sociais já mencionados nesta aula, podemos então concluir que há falantes
de inglês no mundo todo devido à difusão desse idioma. Portanto, para nos
comunicarmos com pessoas de diversos outros países, o caminho mais simples é,
sem dúvida, o inglês.

Resumo
Bom, nesta aula vimos, através de números, a quantidade de falantes nativos de inglês no
mundo e os motivos pelos quais o inglês é considerado língua franca e idioma extremamente
utilizado em tempos de globalização. Espero que tenha ficado claro o quão importante esse idioma é
para você e que isso seja um meio de motivação para o seu aprendizado. Nosso lema então será: Fale
inglês e administre o mundo!
Até a próxima!
Ana Célia Lima
REFERÊNCIAS
Arca Universal, Blog. “Salada de Idiomas.” Disponível em:
http://blog.arcauniversal.com/2009/07/08/salada-de-idiomas/ Online: 08 jul. 2009. Acesso em: 27
maio 2010.
Associação de Informação Tecnológica. Dicionário de Termos Linguísticos. Disponível em:
http://www.ait.pt/recursos/dic_term_ling/index2.htm Acesso em: 24 maio 2010.
Bab.la. “Idiomas no mundo.” Disponível em: http://pt.bab.la/noticias/idiomas-do-mundo.html.
Online. Acesso em: 27 maio 2010.
R
e
s
p
o
s
t
a
s
:

1

j
)
,

2

d
)
,

3

g
)
,

4

b
)
,


5

f
)
,

6

c
)
,

7

i
)
,

8

a
)
,

9

e
)

e

1
0

h
)

Bortoletto, Galaor. “Entenda o que é língua franca.” Disponível em:
http://www.galaor.com.br/lingua-franca/ Acesso em: 25 maio 2010.
DW-World. Inglês: Língua franca no local de trabalho. Disponível em: http://www.dw-
world.de/dw/article/0,,1813069,00.html Acesso em: 26 maio 2010.
Scholes, Jack. “Native-like fluency.” Palestra de Jack Scholes no auditório da Faculdade Isabela
Hendrix, em Belo Horizonte, em 19 jun. 2009.
Schütz, Ricardo. O Inglês como Língua Internacional. English Made in Brazil
<http://www.sk.com.br/sk-ingl.html>. Online. Acesso em: 26 maio 2010.
Schütz, Ricardo. "Monolinguismo, o analfabetismo dos tempos atuais. English Made in Brazil
<http://www.sk.com.br/sk-monol.html>. Online. Acesso em:11 set. 2004.

Unidade 1 – O inglês como língua franca e sua necessidade
ao profissional administrador

• Aula 2 - A importância do Inglês para os Negócios





1 Introdução

Tudo bem contigo? Animada para o nosso Inglês instrumental?
Objetivo
Entender como o inglês pode propiciar uma carreira bem sucedida no
trabalho.
Bom, na pauta da aula de hoje temos a discutir como o inglês é imprescindível ao trabalho do
administrador. Por que saber uma língua virou requisito para conseguir uma oportunidade de
emprego nos dias atuais? É o que vamos ver nesta aula!
Depois de tantos dados vistos na primeira aula legitimando o inglês como língua franca e
como uma das mais faladas em todo o mundo, sendo que é língua oficial em 53 países e tem milhões
de falantes em todo o globo, vamos hoje estudar o status do inglês na sociedade e no mercado de
trabalho.
Há muitos anos observamos muitos pais insistindo e obrigando seus filhos, crianças e
adolescentes, a estudar inglês, muitas vezes em escolas particulares. Por que eles acham que é
importante que os filhos saibam outro idioma? Dê sua opinião abaixo:
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________
Bom, não se tem uma resposta única e correta, uma vez que vários fatores devem ser levados
em consideração, mas uma das possíveis razões está no fato de que, se pararmos para pensar, com o
advento da tecnologia, temos os PCs (personal computers), CDs (compact discs), notebooks, alguns
de nossos aparelhos celulares mais recentes possuem bluetooth (transmissor de dados) e várias
pessoas, adultos, adolescentes, crianças, se comunicam e se expressam através de um blog (diário
virtual) ou web Messenger (tipo de programa pelo qual enviamos e recebemos instant messages ou
mensagens instantâneas, etc., artifícios e utensílios amplamente utilizados em diversas áreas, seja
para trabalho ou lazer.
Por falar em lazer que tal parar um pouco a leitura do nosso livro de inglês e ir dar uma volta
no shopping center para comprar um jeans novo e comer um sandwich ou um hamburger? É
importante ter, no decorrer do dia, algumas horas de folga e diversão, uma vez que o nosso cotidiano
já tem stress o suficiente. Muitas pessoas, mesmo os workaholics (pessoas viciadas em trabalho –
work em inglês) gostam de, após o serviço ou a happy hour, chegar em casa após essa “hora feliz” e
assistir no home theater a um reality show que nem o Big Brother para relaxar, não é verdade?
Você, meu caro aluno, reconhece essas palavras em itálico, não é? Elas não fazem parte do
nosso vocabulário original em português, porém pertencem a uma enorme lista de palavras e
expressões já amplamente utilizadas no nosso cotidiano. Já estamos, de certo modo, familiarizados
com essas expressões porque elas e muitas outras de origem principalmente inglesa estão presentes
na nossa escola, nas ruas, nas lojas, nos restaurantes e em inúmeros estabelecimentos e lugares,
principalmente no nosso trabalho. Como exemplo disso é só observar as seguintes palavras:
designer, manager, network, merchandising, internet banking, etc.
Podemos encontrar essas palavras nos jornais, em marcas de roupas e itens de vestuário e de
inúmeros objetos e acessórios, em nomes de estabelecimentos e em atividades como o volleyball.
Agora é a sua vez. Para mostrar o quanto essas palavras e expressões vindas do inglês fazem
parte da sua vida, peço que você complete o quadro abaixo com algumas palavras e/ou expressões
estrangeiras (leia-se inglesas) com as quais você frequentemente se depara no seu dia a dia e que não
têm tradução para o português como os exemplos que vimos acima. Caso você não se lembre, faça
uma pequena pesquisa na internet:





Além dos fatores sociais, econômicos e históricos já mencionados aqui, a presença do inglês
em nosso cotidiano deve-se também à abrangência da cultura norte-americana bem como da cultura
britânica em todo o mundo, assim como ao efeito da expansão de muitas empresas multinacionais
impulsionadas principalmente pelo efeito da globalização e da internet (rede internacional de
comunicação), fatos estes que fazem com que informações circulem pelo mundo afora em um curto
prazo de tempo.
Com o advento da tecnologia cada vez mais avançada no mundo globalizado e a grande
possibilidade de conversar, ter notícias e comunicar-se com pessoas de todo e qualquer lugar do
mundo, a língua inglesa vem ganhando cada vez mais espaço e importância também no mundo dos
negócios. O amplo uso deste nosso objeto de estudo este semestre pode ser confirmado através dos
livros publicados nas mais diversas áreas do conhecimento humano.
É possível confirmar isso com uma simples visita à biblioteca da escola. Lá você verá que a
grande maioria dos livros científicos de inúmeras áreas é escrita em inglês por ser essa a língua mais
Sale,
acessível a grande parte do público leitor. Ricardo Schütz, professor e pesquisador do ensino de
inglês, em um artigo com o título de O Inglês como Língua Internacional (2009, online), afirma que
“[...] há estimativas de que 85% das publicações científicas do mundo; 75% de toda comunicação
internacional por escrito, 80% da informação armazenada em todos os computadores do mundo e
90% do conteúdo da Internet são em inglês”.
Além disso, é cada vez maior o número de empresas e estabelecimentos como escolas e
universidades nas quais é possível presenciar e participar de conferências online, reuniões a distância
nas quais a única ferramenta necessária é um computador conectado à internet. Para o profissional
que já tem fluência em inglês, é possível fazer cursos universitários a distância, até em outros países,
recebendo, ao fim do curso, certificados internacionais de cursos acadêmicos de pós-graduação,
mestrado, doutorado e afins.
Assim como a FEAD, diversas faculdades hoje em dia oferecem a opção de curso a distância,
possibilitando o estudo estando o aluno em qualquer lugar do mundo. É possível também assistirmos
a palestras, seminários e aulas, como você está fazendo hoje, quebrando a barreira de tempo e de
espaço e facilitando a vida de quem tem uma rotina corrida como suponho que seja a sua, não é?
Schütz (2009, online) diz ainda que
Ao assumir este papel de língua global, o inglês torna-se uma das mais importantes
ferramentas, tanto acadêmicas quanto profissionais. É hoje inquestionavelmente
reconhecido como a língua mais importante a ser adquirida na atual comunidade
internacional. Este fato é incontestável e parece ser irreversível. O inglês acabou tornando-
se o meio de comunicação por excelência tanto do mundo científico como do mundo de
negócios.

Com isso, Schütz reforça sua tese de que o saber uma língua estrangeira é fator contributivo
para a formação escolar e acadêmica, sendo também uma ferramenta bastante útil em todos os
campos de trabalho e que representa o poder de se posicionar e participar ativamente como cidadão
ativo neste nosso mundo globalizado, e estas são características de um indivíduo que fala um
segundo idioma, o que ele considera ser um fator determinante para se obter sucesso pessoal e
profissional.
A imagem abaixo exemplifica o que Schütz pensa sobre o que o aprendizado do inglês pode
proporcionar nos dias de hoje:




FIGURA. 1 – Proficiência em inglês
Fonte: SHUTZ, 2009, online.
Voltando ao carro-chefe de nossa aula, é importante observar que, apesar da relevância da
língua falada, nem sempre esta foi o meio de comunicação mais efetivo e importante.
Desde a “invenção” da linguagem para a comunicação, seja através de símbolos gráficos ou
de sons, a invenção da escrita, a partir dos primeiros símbolos gráficos e desenhos na pedra, tem um
status de extrema importância na cultura mundial. No mundo de hoje é fácil comprovar essa
afirmação. Pense bem, o que melhor garante que um contrato seja cumprido em uma transação de
negócios?
a. Um acordo verbal ou
b. um acordo por escrito?
Apesar de a fala ser muito importante, especialmente para aqueles que a utilizam como
ferramenta de trabalho (vide os políticos, por exemplo), é na escrita que são registrados contratos,
eventos, notícias, leis e tal. Daí vem a importância de se saber ler e escrever.
Assim como até bem pouco tempo atrás os analfabetos eram socialmente excluídos e
menosprezados, hoje temos os analfabetos digitais – aqueles que não sabem lidar com a tecnologia e
utilizar telefones e computadores modernos – que defendem o direito à inclusão digital,
principalmente para famílias de baixa renda.
É com base nisso que acredito podermos associar o status do analfabeto ou do analfabeto
digital ao não saber ou não ter em seu currículo uma segunda língua, pois uma pessoa que não
consegue interagir com pessoas de outras culturas e com valores diferentes também não tem a
habilidade de se expandir socioculturalmente como indivíduo atuante em uma comunidade de
falantes.
Em seus estudos, Ricardo Shutz (2004) discute o fato de alguém se comunicar através de uma
única língua, denominado por ele monolinguismo, como um tipo de analfabetismo do século XXI,
sendo considerado também fator de exclusão social, uma vez que ter o domínio de outro idioma abre
portas tanto no mercado de trabalho quanto na vida, em termos de possibilitar comunicação em
qualquer lugar do mundo.
Hoje em dia, em muitas empresas vemos que é cobrado como pré-requisito nas seleções de
emprego ou nas contratações, que as pessoas saibam pelo menos uma língua estrangeira, geralmente
o inglês. Às vezes esse conhecimento de uma língua estrangeira assume caráter eliminatório nessas
seleções. Inclusive os recrutadores mais exigentes demandam fluência em inglês de acordo com o
cargo pretendido pelo candidato.

Resumo
O objetivo dessa aula foi demonstrar as vantagens de estudar e de saber inglês nos dias de
hoje, uma vez que o status desse idioma, como língua falada no mundo todo, pode ser bastante
favorável nas esferas pessoal, profissional e acadêmica da sua vida. Com isso, caríssimo aluno,
espero que esteja preparado e motivado para começar nossos estudos práticos desse idioma na nossa
próxima aula! Lembre-se, o Inglês será a sua ferramenta para administrar o mundo!
Até breve!

ATIVIDADE
Olhe ao seu redor, no seu caminho para o trabalho ou para a escola. Veja o quanto você está cercado
pela língua inglesa. Faça uma lista, principalmente com palavras das quais você não conheça o
significado e pesquise. Anote todas e faça um caderno de vocabulário. Mantenha-o sempre
atualizado.

Até a próxima!

Ana Célia Lima

REFERÊNCIAS
Scholes, Jack. “Native-like fluency.” Palestra de Jack Scholes no auditório da Faculdade Isabela
Hendrix, em Belo Horizonte, em 19 jun 2009.
Schütz, Ricardo. "O inglês como língua internacional." English Made in Brazil
<http://www.sk.com.br/sk-ingl.html>. Acesso em: 3 jun. 2009.
Schütz, Ricardo. "Monolinguismo, o analfabetismo dos tempos atuais." English Made in Brazil
<http://www.sk.com.br/sk-monol.html>. Acesso em: 11 set. 2004.


Unidade 2 – Estruturas Morfo-léxico-sintáticas
English Basic Level

• 3
rd
Lesson


Saying hi and greeting!











Aim (OBJETIVO)
Tomar contato com o uso do inglês em situações cotidianas.
Conhecer as principais saudações e cumprimentos.
Conhecer vocabulário do dia a dia.
Introduction
Hello, student! Como vai você?
Fine (+)? So so (+-)? Ok?
Você sabe o que dizemos em inglês ao conhecer pessoas novas? E ao reencontrar velhos
amigos? Ao chegar ao trabalho? Ao entrar numa sala de reunião? E para agradecer ou dizer: - De
nada!? É o que veremos hoje...
Have a nice ☺ class!
Hi! I am Ana Célia and you? What’s your name?
My name is _________________________.
Welcome to English Class!!!

Speaking

A. ( 2 ) Hello!
Hi! What’s your name?
My name’s Anna. And you?
I’m Phillip! Nice to meet you!
Nice to meet you too!
B. ( ) Hi!
Good morning Joana!
Good morning Beth! How are you!
I’m fine, thanks. What about you?
I’m very well! Thank you!

C. ( ) Excuse me!
Can I help you?
Yes, please. Where can we get a taxi?
Over there!
Thank you very much!
You’re welcome!
D. (…) Good afternoon!
Hi, I have a reservation for 3 nights.
What’s your name, please?
My name’s is Julia Robertson.
Just a minute, please. Your room is 263.
Thank you, Sir!
-



1. Associe as
figuras com as conversations acima. Put a number (1, 2, 3, 4…) in the parenthesis.

Your photo
2. Nas conversations acima temos exemplos de linguagem formal e informal e expressões de
significado equivalente. Preencha o quadro abaixo:


Formal

Hello!

My name’s...

Thank you!
What about
you?

Very well!

Informal

Hi!




Para cumprimentar, temos também: good morning até 12h; good afternoon de 12h– 6h
p.m. (after = depois, noon = meio-dia); good evening de 6h p.m. (post-meridian ou após o
meio-dia) em diante. Para se despedir à noite, diga goodnight. O oposto de p.m. é a.m. (anti-
meridian ou antes do meio-dia).
Listening

1. Assista ao video legendado (with subtitles) do Site Real English:
http://www.real-english.com/reo/1/unit1.html

2. Complete the sentences below according to the video:
a. Pleased to ________________ you.
b. How ______________ you doing?
c. What’s your ________________?
d. ______________ to meet you two.
e. ________________ name’s Helen.
f. Good to see ______________ guys.
g. ________________ are you?
Grammar










I am Susan.
You are ...
We are Brazilian.
They are the
Rolling Stones.
He is Bill Gates. She is Angelina
Jolie.
It is a computer.


As palavras grifadas nas frases acima são conhecidas como pronomes pessoais ou
personal/subject pronouns e servem para substituir nomes ou substantivos (sujeito). Ex. Angelina
Jolie is an actress. She is very famous (Angelina Jolie = She). Os personal pronouns do inglês são:
I
You
He
She
It
We
You
They
Obs.:
• O pronome I é sempre escrito com letra maiúscula;
• I, you, he, she e it são pronomes no singular, sendo que he, she e it são a terceira pessoa do
singular, porém com usos diferentes: he para masculino, she para feminino e it para coisas,
objetos em geral e animais. O plural de he, she ou it é o pronome they.
• Não há diferença entre you no singular e no plural, geralmente o contexto indica o número.
Ex.: You are a (=one) student (singular) e You are students (plural).
1) Use the correct personal pronouns to complete the phrases below.
Example: ___ often reads books. (Lisa) Answer: She often reads books.
a. __________ is in the bank. (Jorge)
b. __________ are on the wall. (the posters)
c. __________ are in front of the TV. (my
mother and I)
d. __________ is green. (the car)
e. __________ is running. (the dog)
f. __________ are in the garden. (the
flowers)
g. __________ is on his bike. (Tom)
h. __________ is from Bristol. (Victoria)

2) Chose the correct form of am/is/are.
a. It_____________ cold today.
b. I_____________ at home now.
c. They_____________ Korean.
d. She _____________ an actress.
e. My name _____________ Jane.
f. We _____________from Brazil.
g. Mario _____________ OK, thanks.
h. You _____________ 20 years old.

As palavras utilizadas para completar o exercício nº 2 acima são o verbo To Be conjugado no
presente. Esse verbo é muito importante, pois, além de significar ser ou estar, ele tem a função de
auxiliar da língua inglesa e passa as frases para a forma negativa e também para a interrogativa. A
forma mais comum de se usar o verbo to Be é usando contrações, conhecidas também como short
forms ou forma abreviada na qual suprimimos uma letra. Para isso usamos a (‘) apóstrofe.
Para transformarmos uma sentença em negativa, devemos somente acrescentar a palavra not
após o verbo. Vamos colocar isso em prática nas formas afirmativa e negativa das frases seguintes.
Veja os exemplos:
Affirmative form (Short) Negative form Negative form (Short)
I’M at home now. I am NOT at home now. I’M NOT at home now.
You’RE 20 years old. You are NOT 20 years old. You AREN’T 20 years old.
He’S ok. He is NOT ok. He ISN’T ok.
She’S an actress. She is NOT an actress. She ISN’T an actress.
It’S cold today. It is NOT cold today. It ISN’T cold today.
We’RE from Brazil. We are NOT from Brazil. We AREN’T from Brazil.
You’RE students. You are NOT students. You AREN’T students.
They’RE Korean. They are NOT Korean. They AREN’T Korean.

Já para a forma interrogativa, vamos inverter a ordem da forma afirmativa. Sempre que temos
uma pergunta que começa com um auxiliar (AM / IS / ARE), vamos ter duas opções de resposta: Sim
ou não, yes or no, respectivamente. Ex.: Are you from São Paulo? Yes, I am / No, I’m not. Veja os
exemplos abaixo:

Interrogative form ( + ) Short answer ( - ) Short answer
AM I … ? Yes, I AM. No, I’M NOT.
ARE YOU … ? Yes, YOU ARE. No, YOU AREN’T.
IS HE … ? Yes. HE IS. No, HE ISN’T.
IS SHE … ? Yes, SHE IS. No, SHE ISN’T.
IS IT … ? Yes, IT IS. No, IT ISN’T.
ARE WE … ? Yes, WE ARE. No, WE AREN’T.
ARE YOU … ? Yes, YOU ARE. No, YOU AREN’T.
ARE THEY … ? Yes, THEY ARE. No, THEY AREN’T.

Obs.:
• Nos exemplos acima é possível observar que não são usadas as short forms em respostas
curtas afirmativas. Ex.: Yes, You’re.
• Outra opção para a forma negativa é usar he’s not / she’s not / it’s not ao invés de he isn’t /
she isn’t / it isn’t e you’re not / we’re not / they’re not em lugar de you aren’t / we aren’t /
they aren’t. Ambas as formas são corretas.
• Lembre-se de que as perguntas em inglês são feitas com o uso de auxiliares ou com as Wh-
questions no começo das frases. Ex.: What’s your name? Are you from São Paulo?

3) Complete the table with the missing sentences and use the contractions if possible:
Affirmative Negative Interrogative
I I’m at the office.
You You’re a businessman.
He He isn’t working hard.
She Is she an intelligent person?
It It’s an information desk.
We Are we in the reception?
You You aren’t American.
They Are they the managers?

4) Answers the questions in English. Circle the correct form.
a. Are you from England? - Yes, (I am / I are / I is).
b. Is she a journalist? - Yes, (she am / she are / she is).
c. Are your colleagues at work? - Yes, (they am / they are / they is).
d. Is the telephone ringing? - Yes, (it am / it are / it is).
e. Are we in room 8? - Yes, (we am / we are / we is).
f. Am I a good boss? - Yes, (you am / you are / you is).

5) Finish the answers using the correct forms of to be (am, are, is). Use short forms if
possible.
Example: Is he a teacher? - No ____________.
Answer: Is he a teacher? - No, he is not. or No, he isn't. .
a. Are they new here? - No,______________ .
b. Is your office big? - Yes,______________ .
c. Are you from Scotland? - Yes,______________ .
d. Is your car green? - No,______________ .
e. Are the DVDs in this box? - Yes,______________ .
f. Is Henry in his room? - No,______________ .
g. Are you football fans? - Yes,______________ .
h. Is Tom's boss in the kitchen? - Yes,______________ .
i. Are Dan and Sue at home? - No,______________ .
j. Is the computer working? - Yes,______________ .
Pronunciation
Em inglês temos sons diferentes do português e que são muito importantes para aprendermos
esse idioma uma vez que a separação de sílabas é feita considerando os sons, e essa divisão é
importante em diversos aspectos da língua inglesa. Você verá que em um dicionário também
encontramos, além das definições de palavras e expressões, a pronúncia, e é para entender como
pronunciar e separar palavras em inglês que vamos estudar os sons.
As vogais são representadas por 20 sons e as consoantes por 24. Um bom website para
verificar a classe gramatical e pronúncia de palavras, caso você não tenha um dicionário de inglês, é:
http://dictionary.reference.com/?o=100074.
Hoje veremos os sons de algumas vogais:
/¨/ = it, this, is
/):/ = he, she, me
/]¨/ = name, they, today
/C¨/ = hi, nice, my

1) Tente achar nesta aula palavras que têm sons que rimam com os sons acima:
/¨/
/):/
/]¨/
/C¨/

Outra opção de site que pode auxiliar no seu estudo de pronúncia é o site Say
Expressivo.com. Disponível em: http://say.expressivo.com/. Online. Você deve digitar a palavra e
clicar em “Read”.

Ao deparar com uma vogal como /):/ os dois pontos à frente da vogal mostram que esse é
um som longo, demorado para se pronunciar. As letras que correspondem ao som vão estar sempre
grifadas para que você os associe como nas palavras acima.
Como um exemplo de pronúncia vamos observar a palavra business = /bǺz.nǺs/. O ponto ou
um traço separa as sílabas e podemos ver que business tem duas; e a apóstrofe (‘) indica qual é a
sílaba tônica ou sílaba forte, que chamamos em inglês de stress. Em inglês, por causa da semelhança
de pronúncia que existe entre algumas palavras, essa sílaba stressed é importante para que não haja
mal-entendidos. Por exemplo, temos o substantivo coffee /kǤ.fi:/ (café) que tem a pronúncia
parecida com a do verbo cough /kǤf/ (tossir).

2) Where’s the stress? Underline the stressed syllable in these words:
a. airport
b. computer
c. e-mail
d. hotel
e. information
f. internet
g. market
h. station
i. taxi
j. telephone
k. ticket
l. toilet

3) Use the words of exercise above and write C for words related with Communication
and T for words related with Travel. (Use as palavras do exercício acima e escreva C
para as que se relacionam com comunicação e T para as que se relacionam com
viagem.)

Vocabulary
Numbers 1 to 1.000
1) Complete with the words in the box: 2) Now, put the number according to
the words:
______ twenty-one
1 one ______ thirty
2 two ______ thirty-seven
3 three ______ forty
4 __________________ ______ forty-two
5 __________________ /×C¨+/ ______ fifty
6 Six ______ fifty-three
7 __________________ ______ sixty
8 eight /]¨4/ ______ sixty-four
9 nine /ÞC¨Þ/ ______ seventy
10 ten ______ seventy-nine
eighteen – eleven – four – five – nineteen
seven – thirteen – twelve – twenty
11 __________________ /¨’l]v*Þ/ ______ eighty
12 __________________ /4º]¤+/ ______ eighty-eight
13 __________________ ______ ninety
14 fourteen ______ ninety-six
15 fifteen /רג4):Þ/ ______ a hundred / one hundred
16 sixteen ______ one hundred and five
17 seventeen ______ two hundred and thirty-seven
18 __________________ ______ a thousand / one thousand
19 __________________ ______ two thousand and ten
20 __________________ /4º]Þ4)/ ______ three thousand

Obs. Ao falarmos números de telefone, endereços ou quarto de hotel, por exemplo, podemos dizer oh
(pronuncia-se ôu) ao invés de zero. E quando houver dois números iguais em sequência, podemos
dizer double antes do número, marcando que ele está em dobro. Ex.: 31 312334400, dizemos three-
one-three-one-two-double three-double four-double oh.
Para porcentagem utilizamos a palavra point. Ex.: 23.45 = twenty-three point four five per
cent. Ao escrever, a virgula (comma) indica milhares. Ex.: 5,678 = five thousand six hundred and
seventy-eight.
How do you say “tchau” in English?
Bye. Goodbye.
See you later. See you.
Goodnight. See you on Saturday.

¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨
Days of the week and months of the year

1) Complete with vowels (a, e, i, o and u). Para isso pesquise em um calendário em inglês
ou na internet. Procure decorar os dias da semana (week).
Days of the week:
M___nd___y
T___ ___sd___y

W___dn___sd___y
Th___rsd___y
Fr___d___y
S___t___rd___y
S___nd___y

Obs. Em inglês temos os weekdays e o weekend. Em quais dias você trabalha? Esses são os
weekdays. No weekend (geralmente 2 dias) você não trabalha, just relax. Diferente do português,
TODOS os dias da semana são escritos em inglês com letra maiúscula (capital letters).

Months of the year (meses do ano). Faça a mesma pesquisa para os meses do ano (months).
J___n___ ___ry
F___br___ ___ry
M___rch
___pr___l
M___y
J___n___
J___ly
___ ___g___st
S___pt___mb___r
___ct___b___r
N___v___mb___r
D___c___mb___r


Resumo
Nesta aula você estudou bastante vocabulário e expressões utilizadas para cumprimentar as
pessoas, para se apresentar e para iniciar conversações em inglês, bem como vocabulário de
números, dias da semana e meses do ano. Pratique as atividades propostas, mas também utilize a
internet como ferramenta de estudo. Você pode criar seu próprio caderno de vocabulário – que pode
ser virtual – e deve também pesquisar e procurar novos exercícios. Practice makes perfect!
See you soon!
Ana Çélia

REFERÊNCIAS
Dictionary Reference.com. Online. Disponível em: http://dictionary.reference.com/?o=100074.
Acesso em: 15 ago. 2010.
Say.expressivo.com. Listen online. Online. Disponível em: http://say.expressivo.com/. Acesso em: 23 out.
2010.










Unidade 2 – Estruturas Morfo-léxico-sintáticas
English Basic Level

• 4
th
Lesson



Have a seat, please!













Introduction
Good morning, Good afternoon or Good evening!!! How are you?
Nesta aula de hoje vamos trabalhar com vocabulário referente a objetos e apresentações.
I hope you appreciate it! ☺
Speaking
Aim
Compreender palavras e expressões de
sala de aula e objetos de trabalho.
Aprender como se apresentar e dar
informações pessoais.
address - cell - e-mail - from
how - phone - postcode
student - surname - your

1) Look at the form below:

First name: John
Surname: Smith
Country/ City: USA, Chicago
Student √ Yes No
Age: 27
Address: Washington St. 1030
Postcode: 60606
E-mail address: john.smith@hotmail.com
Phone number: 312 345 6789
Cell phone: 312 9012 3456

2) Complete the questions to get this
information. Use the words in the box:
1. What’s your first name?
2. What’s your _______________?
3. Where are you _______________?
4. Are you a _______________?
5. _______________ old are you?
6. What’s your _______________?
7. What’s your _______________?
8. What’s your _______________ address?
9. What’s your _______________ number?
10. What’s your _______________ phone?




Obs.:
• Usamos o verbo to be para falarmos nossa idade. Ex.: I’m 25, he’s 38, etc..
• Postcode ou zipcode do exercício acima são conhecidos em português como __ __ __.
• Para falarmos nosso e-mail em inglês utizamos a @ (at), o . (dot) e _ (underline).
• Cell phone, cellular phone and mobile phone are synonims.

Pronunciation and Listening

Você conhece o alfabeto em inglês? As letras são as mesmas, mas a pronúncia... quanta
diferença!
A B C D E F G H I
J K L M N O P Q R
S T U V W X Y Z

1) Listen and repeat the sounds (Vá ao endereço eletrônico seguinte, ouça e repita tudo que
lá houver para ser repetido. Faça isso quantas vezes forem necessárias para você fixar a
pronúncia correta das palavras):
http://www.ngfl-cymru.org.uk/vtc/ngfl/ngfl-flash/alphabet-eng/alphabet.htm
2) Os sons agora estão agrupados de acordo com a pronúncia. Acrescente à tabela, as
letras que estão faltando:










3) Let’s practice with abbreviations like: CD, DVD, USA, PC, VIP…

4) Circle the letter that doesn’t rhyme:
a. A D J K b. B E P O c. C F S X
d. G I T V e. H L M N

Vocabulary

1) Look at the pictures and match the sentences. (Ligue as frases à imagem correspondente)
a) b) c) d)
e) f) g)

/] ]] ]¨ ¨¨ ¨/ /) )) ):/ /] ]] ]/ /C CC C¨ ¨¨ ¨/ /* ** *± ±± ±/ /4 44 4:/ /· ·· ·:/
A B F ____ O Q R
____ C L Y ____
J ____ M W
____ E ____
G S
____
____
____
____
Z

( ) What’s its name? ( ) Sorry. Our telephone is not working!
( ) Your car is new! ( ) My country is the biggest in South America.
( ) What’s his business? ( ) Where are their receptionists?
( ) What’s her name?
Grammar

Look at the chart:
Subject
Pronouns
Possessive
Adjectives
I my
you your
he his
she her
it its
we our
you your
they their

Let’s practice!
2) Choose the correct word to complete the sentences.

_________ name is Luis Alberto. (he her his)
_________ e-mail address is ana@gmail.com. (I my its)
They’re the Moreau’s, _________ surname is French.
_________ house is big and confortable. (her she it)
_________ children are in pre-school. (you he our)
This is my favorite pen. _________ colors are black and green. (it its it’s)
Congratulations! _________ family is so beautiful! (your it’s you)

Reading

1) Read the sentences about Belo Horizonte in Brazil.
1-Belo Horizonte is the capital of Minas Gerais.
2-Belo Horizonte is a modern city in Minas Gerais.
3-Belo Horizonte is an important city in the state.
I live in a big town in Minas Gerais. I like there because it’s nice and exciting! The city where
I live is young, it’s just 113 years old. All my family lives and works there: my father is a teacher,
my mother is an architect and my brother is an engineer student.

Writing

1) Use o texto acima como exemplo para escrever um texto sobre a cidade onde você mora.
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________

Grammar

Can you explain the uses of the articles in the sentences above? Ok, I’ll help you!
Indefinite articles Definite articles
A I study in a Law school. (Existem
outras escolas de direito e ele estuda em
uma delas e é a primeira vez que a
menciono).
An I study in an Administration
school. (Existem outras escolas de
administração e ele estuda em uma
delas, mas aqui o curso inicia-se por som
de vogal)
* We use indefinite articles with jobs.
The The Administration school where
I study is called FEAD. (Só existe uma
escola denominada FEAD e eu já havia
me referido a ela antes).


1) Can you explain the use of articles?
The in sentence 1 ______________________________________________________
A in sentence 2 ________________________________________________________
An in sentence 3 _______________________________________________________
A/a in sentence 4 _____________________________________________________
Observe the examples:

Fonte: Educarede Fonte: Wired Fonte: Minas de ouro Fonte:Paper crave

-What’s this? -What’s that? -What are these? -What are those?
-It’s a radio. -It’s a box. -They are radios. -They are boxes.

Você notou que this e that são pronomes demonstrativos no singular e que these e those são no
plural? Você sabe por que se usa um ou o outro? Temos duas categorias para classificá-los, a saber:
singular/plural e perto/longe do ouvinte (em relação ao objeto).

THIS: singular objeto perto do ouvinte
THESE: plural

Como você classificaria that e those?
THAT:
THOSE:
Now, look at these words:
Column 1 Column 2
Singular Plural Singular Plural
radio radios box boxes
cd cd’s brush brushes
boy boys bus buses
city cities match matches

• O plural em inglês é formado em sua maioria pela adição da letra –s, como podemos observar
na coluna 1.
• Por outro lado, na coluna 2, temos algumas exceções. Em palavras que terminam em s, x, sh e
ch, acrescenta-se –es. Por fim, as palavras que terminam em y, como boy e city?

boy boys city cities
-y precedido por vogal -y precedido por consoante



2) Practice, make the sentences below plural.
a. The radio and the television are broken. __________________________________________
b. I have a big box to put in the bus trunk. ________________________________________
c. The pretty girl likes her beautiful toy. __________________________________________
• Remember: adjectives don’t have a plural form!

3) Now, match the office/classroom objects to the pictures and write the plural form.
(1) backpack _____________
(2) bin __________________
(3) board ________________ ( ) ( ) ( )
(4) book _________________
(5) calculator _____________
(6) chair _________________ ( ) ( ) ( )
(7) computer desk _________
(8) eraser ________________
(9) marker _______________ ( ) ( ) ( )
(10) paper clip ____________
(11) pen _________________
(12) pencil _______________ ( ) ( ) ( )
(13) secretary _____________
(14) stapler _______________
(15) table ________________ ( ) ( ) ( )

Reading

1) Read the text below and write the correct
information about John:
First name: _________________________
Last name: _________________________
Place of work: ________________________
Job: ________________________________
Age: ________________________________
Marital status: ________________________
Wife’s name: ____________ Job: _________
Girl’s name: _____________ Age: ________
Boy’s name: _____________ Age: ________
Writing

1) Now, write your own profile:








Hi! My name is James Johnson but my friends
call me Jimmy. I’m 40 years old and I’m a
manager in New York. I work for a big
company and I sometimes travel to other
cities. I’m married to a Brazilian girl named
Elisa. She’s a teacher, and we have 2 kids.
This is my family. These are my two kids.
Their names are Louisa and Victor. Louisa is
12 and Victor is 9. Nice to meet you!









Resumo

Hoje você viu como são dadas informações pessoais e também aprendeu a descrever objetos
através do uso de artigos, adjetivos de posse, pronomes demonstrativos e aprendeu o gênero de
alguns substantivos em inglês. Uma vez que você viu como se apresentar em inglês, faça um teste!
Converse com alguém que sabe inglês e coloque em prática os diálogos da nossa aula. Vale a pena
tentar! É importante que no seu tempo livre você se mantenha em contato com a língua inglesa e faça
exercícios relativos à matéria. Se sentir dificuldade, peça ao seu tutor sugestões de atividades extras,
pois é praticando que se aprende! Think about it!

Bye, bye!!!
Ana Célia Lima
Viviany Gomes Pontes

Meninas, o que vocês acham de fazer um glossário ao final de cada aula com as palavras novas,
principalmente aquelas que entram nos comandos dos exercícios? Por exemplo: below, match, own,
profile, etc. (Em ordem alfabética, é claro.)

REFERÊNCIA
National Grid For Learning. The alphabet. Online. Disponível em: http://www.ngfl-
cymru.org.uk/vtc/ngfl/ngfl-flash/alphabet-eng/alphabet.htm. Acesso em: 12 set. 2010.



Unidade 2 – Estruturas Morfo-léxico-sintáticas
English Basic Level


• 5
th
Lesson




Activities & Hobbies







Introduction
Hi! How are you?
Hoje vamos falar sobre você, seus costumes, hábitos... O que você faz no seu dia a dia? Onde
trabalha? Onde mora? O que faz em seu tempo livre? Esses são os tópicos sobre os quais
aprenderemos bastante nesta aula!
Let’s go!
Reading

Aim
Aprender como dar pequenas informações sobre hábitos, atividades e hobbies, utilizando
expressões e verbos em contextos do cotidiano.
Meu prezado aluno, tente ler o texto seguinte, ainda que você sinta dificuldades para fazê-lo. É muito
importante que você tente. Você ficará surpreso com o que vai descobrir a respeito de você mesmo!
Assim espero ...!


Women and Children in Poverty - Global Conventions On The Rights Of Women And
Children, Progress Toward International Goals, The Feminization Of Poverty
“Women are poorer than men because they are often denied equal rights and opportunities, lack
access to assets, and do not have the same entitlements as men. They also carry the burden of
reproductive and care work and represent the majority of unpaid labour.” —United Nations
Development Program, Gender and Poverty Reduction “The quality of a child's life depends on
decisions made every day in households, communities and in the halls of government…. As children
go, so go nations. It's that simple.” —UNICEF Executive Director Carol Bellamy.
Virtually all groups that study poverty—from international organizations like the United Nations and
the World Bank to small local charities—agree that the most effective way to reduce it is to improve
the social, economic, and political situation of women and, by extension, children. Women's levels of
health, education and security reflect those of their families. When a mother suffers the effects of
poverty, future generations of her family do as well, creating a cycle of impoverishment from which
it is very difficult to escape.
Fonte: Library Index Website, 2010.

E então, leu tudo? Está surpreso com a quantidade de palavras que você achava que não conhecia,
mas que conseguiu reconhecer muito bem? Agora vamos analisar o que você entendeu.
• Ao se deparar com textos como este, você descobrirá que várias palavras são parecidas com
palavras em português. Ex.: information. Essas palavras são chamadas de cognatos.
Identifique também números e nomes próprios, eles ajudam na compreensão do texto.
1) Underline the cognate words in the text above.
(Sublinhe as palavras cognatas no texto acima)
2) Associe as palavras aos respectivos significados:
a. poverty n. (line 1) ( ) ativo, bens, posses;
b. rights n. (line 1) ( ) caridades, beneficência;
c. goals n. (line 2) ( ) direitos;
d. entitlements n. (line 2) ( ) direitos adquiridos, benefícios;
e. denied v. (line 4) ( ) fardo, carga, peso;
f. assets n. (line 5) ( ) lares, domicílios;
g. burden n. (line 5) ( ) melhorar;
h. unpaid labour adj + n. (line 6) ( ) negado, recusado;
(5)
(10)
(15)
i. households n. (line 8) ( ) níveis;
j. charities n. (line 11) ( ) objetivos;
k. improve v. (line 11) ( ) pobreza;
l. levels n. (line 12) ( ) trabalho não-remunerado.
Vocabulary

Irregular plurals

3) No texto acima, temos alguns substantivos que
têm o plural irregular (sem s no final). Complete
a tabela ao lado:


¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨
¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨
Activities e Hobbies
4) Match the pictures to the activities listed below:
a. ( ) Cook a meal
b. ( ) Do a martial art
c. ( ) Drink coffee
d. ( ) Drive a car
e. ( ) Eat fast food 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
f. ( ) Go to the cinema
g. ( ) Have a sandwich
h. ( ) Listen to music
i. ( ) Live in an apartment 6. 7. 8. 9.
j. ( ) Meet friends
k. ( ) Play chess
l. ( ) Play the guitar
m. ( ) Read a book 10. 11. 12. 13.
n. ( ) Ride a bike
o. ( ) Sleep
p. ( ) Smoke
q. ( ) Study languages 14. 15. 16. 17. 18.
r. ( ) Surf the Internet
s. ( ) Take photos
Singular Plural
child
/4e¨¤-Ò*Þ/

/O¬Þ/
men

/O¯Ò·*Þ/
people
woman
/º¨O*Þ/
t. ( ) Take the dog for a walk
u. ( ) Talk on the phone 19. 20. 21. 22.
v. ( ) Travel
w. ( ) Walk
x. ( ) Watch TV
y. ( ) Wear glasses
z. ( ) Work in an bank 23. 24. 25. 26.
5) Use the activities listed above to make four sentences about you (positive and negative).
Ex.:
(+) I drive a car. ( - ) I don’t smoke.
(+) __________________________________
(+) __________________________________
(-) __________________________________
(-) ___________________________________

Grammar

As frases formadas acima descrevem ações no tempo presente, atividades rotineiras ou
verdades incondicionais. Ex.: Brazilian people love soccer! Cats don’t like dogs.
• Para conjugar verbos no Present Simple, utilizamos os pronomes + verbos e verbos auxiliares
somente para frases negativas e interrogativas (do / does / don’t / doesn’t).
• Usamos os auxiliares does e doesn’t na 3ª. pessoa do singular: he, she e it.

Veja abaixo a conjugação do verbo to work (trabalhar) nas formas afirmativa e negativa:










• Repare que na terceira pessoa do singular, forma afirmativa, acrescentamos S ao verbo.
• Na forma negativa, acrescentamos ES ao auxiliar (doesn’t) e o verbo fica na forma infinitiva.
Affirmative Negative
I work in the office. I don’t work in the office.
You work in the office. You don’t work in the office.
He works in the office. He doesn’t work in the office.
She works in the office. She doesn’t work in the office.
It works in the office. It doesn’t work in the office.
We work in the office. We don’t work in the office.
You work in the office. You don’t work in the office.
They work in the office. They don’t work in the office.
Na forma afirmativa, colocamos s na maioria dos verbos, porém temos exceções à regra.
Observe:
• Acrescentamos ES a verbos terminados em SH, SS, CH, X, Z e O. Ex.: He watches TV.
• Tiramos o Y e acrescentamos IES a verbos terminados em Y, precedidos por consoante. Ex.:
She studies Spanish.
• O verbo TO HAVE na 3ª pessoa do singular é irregular, usamos a palavra HAS. Ex.: He has
a new job.
1) Complete the sentences with the correct form of the verbs (use os verbos que estão entre
parênteses em cada frase):

a. I ___________________ (meet) my friends on
the weekend.
b. She ___________________ (study) every day.
c. Our teacher ___________________ (like)
music.
d. He ___________________ (read) comics.
e. Chris ___________________ (sing) in a band.
f. My brothers ___________________ (play)
basketball professionally.
g. We ___________________ (watch) TV on
Sundays.
h. Andy and John ___________________ (like)
beer.
i. They ___________________ (help) their
parents.
j. The children ___________________ (speak)
English.
k. I ___________________ (live) in a small
town.
l. She ___________________ (speak) four
languages.
m. Jane is a teacher. She ___________________
(teach) French.
n. The food in Japan is expensive. It
___________________ (cost) a lot to live
there.
o. His job is great because he
___________________ (meet) a lot of people.
p. We both ___________________ (listen) to
the radio in the morning.
q. The shops in England ___________________
(open) at 9:00 in the morning.
r. Jackie ___________________ (have) two
children now.
s. Mr. Smith ___________________ (smoke) too
much. He always has a cigarette.
t. When the phone ___________________
(ring), please answer it.

2) Use does and doesn’t to make the sentences below negative.

a. My workmates ___________________ travel much.
b. Mr. Hill ___________________ live in New York. He lives in Boston.
c. We are new here. We ___________________ know him.
d. Dave speaks English, French, and German, but he ___________________ speak Italian.
e. They ___________________ sell that brand anymore.
f. I have a television, but I ___________________ watch it often.
g. We live close to the sea, but we ___________________ go often.
h. You ___________________ ride your bike every weekend.
i. They___________________ eat meat. They are vegetarian.
j. She ___________________ work abroad. She works in Brazil.
k. I ___________________ have any brothers or sisters.
l. Companies ___________________ like disorganized people.
Para fazer perguntas em inglês, sempre vamos precisar de verbos auxiliares. Na aula de hoje,
sobre o Present Simple, vamos ver como se usam DO e DOES para perguntas.
• Podem também ser feitas perguntas com a negativa (DOESN’T / DON’T), mas com a função
de conferir uma informação. Ex.: Don’t you study English?
• Sempre que uma pergunta começar com um auxiliar (am / is / are / do / does), teremos uma
short answer, com o mesmo auxiliar. Ex.: Do you like the Beatles? Yes, I do. / No, I don’t.
• Lembre-se da ordem para perguntas ASI (Auxiliar + Sujeito + Infinitivo). Ex.: Does he
drive? E da ordem QUASI (Question word [what, where, who, how, etc.] + Auxiliar +
Sujeito + Infinitivo). Ex.: Where do you work? Esse tipo de pergunta exige respostas
específicas. Ex.: I work in a hotel.

1. Questions without question words in the Simple Present
Auxiliary Subject Verb Complement Yes/No Subject Auxiliary (+ n't)
Yes, I do.
Do you read the news?
No, I don't.
Yes, he does.
Does Peter live in a house?
No, he doesn't.

2. Questions with question words in the Simple Present
Question word Auxiliary Subject Verb Complement Answer
What do you do in your free time? I play games on my computer.
Where does your mother go shopping? She goes to the department store.
Who do you live with? I live with my parents and a sister.

Let’s do some exercises!
1) Answer the questions about yourself:
a. Do you drive to work?
_________________________________
b. Do you have a big family?
_________________________________
c. Do you watch TV on Sundays?
_________________________________
d. Do you practice sports?
_________________________________
e. Do you use a computer at work?
_________________________________
f. Do you like your job?
_________________________________
2) Fill in the blanks to make questions.

a) ______________you______________mineral water? (to drink)

b) ______________your teacher______________your homework? (to check)
c) ______________they______________in the old house? (to live)
d) ______________your parents______________TV in the afternoon? (to watch)
e) ______________your grandmother______________the phone? (to answer)


3) Arrange the words below and form questions.
a. she / to collect / stickers -________________________________________________
b. they / to play / a game -_________________________________________________
c. you / to be / from Paris -________________________________________________
d. the pupils / to wear / school uniforms -_____________________________________
e. you / to go / to the cinema -______________________________________________
f. she / to have / friends -__________________________________________________
g. he / to read / books -____________________________________________________
Pronunciation

Vowel Sounds
/]/ = bed, men
/¬/ = bad, man
/4:/ = do, you
/C/ = clock, job

• Não há regras para a pronúncia dos sons em inglês. Assim, nem sempre que houver duas
letras em sequência, mas em palavras diferentes, o som será o mesmo.

1) Circle the different word according to the vowel sound:

a. have help negative teacher
b. are bank thanks sandwich
c. food school sports two
d. cost hobby old shopping

Verifique sempre a pronúncia de novas palavras no dicionário! Use um dos sites abaixo
para verificar a pronúncia dessas palavras:

• http://say.expressivo.com/
ou
• http://dictionary.reference.com/?o=100074
Speaking

1) Complete the questions according to the answers:

a. Where ____________________________________________ ?
I live in Belo Horizonte. The capital city of Minas Gerais.
b. Who __________________________________________ with?
I live with my wife and my three children.
c. Do _______________________________________ apartment?
No, I don’t. I live in a house.
d. What ______________________________________ free time?
We watch TV, we go to the cinema or listen to music.
e. Does _________________________________________ cook?
Yes, she does. She cooks every day.
f. Do ______________________________________ the Internet?
Yes, they do. They love it!

Reading Comprehension

1) Read the text in the beginning of the lesson and answer the questions about it:

a. Do women and men have equal rights?
_______________________________________________________________________
b. Do women represent the majority of unpaid labour?
_______________________________________________________________________
c. Who are the groups who study poverty?
_______________________________________________________________________
d. What situations of women and children have to be improved?
_______________________________________________________________________

Summary (Resumo)
Vimos nesta aula como falar sobre atividades rotineiras e hobbies, bem como sobre atividades de
lazer. Também aprendemos os plurais irregulares de certas palavras do inglês. Além de tudo isso,
você viu um dos tempos verbais mais importantes e utilizados em inglês: o Simple Present. Se você
ainda tiver dificuldades, estude mais sob a orientação do seu tutor e nunca deixe de fazer os
exercícios propostos. Nossas aulas sempre lhe fornecerão a base, o suporte para tudo que você ainda
irá aprender. Bons estudos e até nosso próximo encontro!
See you next class!

REFERÊNCIAS



Dictionary Reference.com. Online. Disponível em: http://dictionary.reference.com/?o=100074.
Acesso em: 15 ago. 2010.
Library Index. Women and Children in Poverty - Global Conventions On The Rights Of Women
And Children, Progress Toward International Goals, The Feminization Of Poverty. Online.
Disponível em: http://www.libraryindex.com/pages/2692/Women-Children-in-Poverty.html. Acesso
em: 19 set. 2010.
Say.expressivo.com. Listen online. Online. Disponível em: http://say.expressivo.com/. Acesso em: 23 out.
2010.



Unidade 2 – Estruturas Morfo-léxico-sintáticas
English Basic Level


• 6
th
Lesson

Work!










Introduction
Hello! How are things?
Já falamos sobre o que você faz no seu tempo livre e sobre atividades de lazer. Na aula de
hoje, vamos estudar várias profissões, bem como as pessoas que integram as nossas famílias, ou seja,
nossos parentes.
Enjoy it!
Aim
Aprender a usar os artigos definidos e indefinidos associados a profissões.
Compreender como se usa o possessive –s quando referido a pessoas da família e relações de
parentesco.
Do you like your job?
How do you relax after work?
How many hours do you work?
What do you do?
What don’t you like about your job?
Where do you work?
Speaking
1) The following sentences are answers to four questions. Use the Present Simple to write
these questions.

__________________________________________________ I’m a teacher.
__________________________________________________ I work in a school.
__________________________________________________ I work … hours a day.
. _____________________________ Yes, I do. I like it a lot


Reading

2) Look at the photo of this woman.
What’s her job? Can you guess?





Ms. Rachel Lee, a ____________________

1) Read the interview and complete it
using the questions in the box below:






1. What do you do?
R: I am a human resources manager.
2. ______________________________________________________________
R: I work in a big company and I select people to work for my company.
3. ______________________________________________________________
R: Yes, I do. I like it a lot! My job is very interesting and I meet many people all day.
4. ______________________________________________________________
R: I have regular work hours. 8 hours a day, from 9 a.m. to 5 p.m.
5. ______________________________________________________________
R: Humm. I don’t like it because sometimes it is a bit stressful. It’s a big responsibility to hire
people.
6. ______________________________________________________________
R: I listen to music in the car on my way home or I go to a bar to meet my friends or I go to the
cinema to relax.
3) Complete the label under Rachel’s photo with her job.

Vocabulary

1) Do you know the name of these jobs in English? Match them.




a. b. c. d. e.

( ) architect ( ) detective ( ) footballer ( ) journalist ( ) pilot

2) Label the pictures.

1. Accountant
2. Builder
3. Businessman
4. Cashier
5. Chef
6. Dentist
7. Doctor
8. Driver (bus / taxi)
9. Electrician
10. Engineer
11. Factory worker
12. Farmer
13. Flight attendant
14. Judge
15. Lawyer
16. Maid
17. Mechanic
18. Musician
19. News presenter
20. Nurse
21. Painter
22. Photographer
23. Police officer
24. Politician
25. Receptionist
26. Salesperson
27. Tailor
28. Travel agent
29. Vet
30. Waiter


1. ______________ 2. ______________ 3. ______________ 4. ______________ 5. ______________




6. ______________ 7. ______________ 8. ______________ 9. ______________ 10. ______________




11. _____________ 12. ______________ 13. ______________ 14. ______________ 15. ______________




16. _____________ 17. ______________ 18. ______________ 19. ______________ 20. ______________




21. _____________ 22. ______________ 23. ______________ 24. ______________ 25. ______________




26. _____________ 27. ______________ 28. ______________ 29. ______________ 30. ______________


Grammar

What do you do?

I’m a doctor. I’m in the office / taxi.
I’m an electrician. I work for a mining company. I’m at work / school / home.
I’m unemployed. I work in a factory. I’m on the bus.
I’m retired. I’m at university.

• Sempre utilizamos os artigos para falar de nossas profissões. Ex.: I’m a teacher. He’s an
engineer. Lembre-se: an é usado antes de palavras iniciadas por vogais; e a antes de palavras
iniciadas por consoantes (sempre no singular). Para profissões no plural, dizemos: They’re
dentists. Portanto, não se usa artigo indefinido antes de palavras no plural, certo? Assim: She
is a doctor; They’re doctors.

Pronunciation

1) Observe the vowel sounds below:

/C:/
car
bar
__________
/C±/
hours
about
__________
/¬/
company
bus
__________
/¯/
work
university
__________

2) Add the jobs to the columns above according to the vowel sounds.

Accountant Clerk Farmer Judge

Where’s the stress? Find and underline the stressed syllable of the words below. Check with
a dictionary if necessary.

Accountant
Architect
Detective
Economist
Employee
Engineer
Interesting
Journalist
Manager
Mechanic
Photographer
Politician
Programmer
Receptionist
Responsibility
Secretary
Spokesperson
University

- Use o website http://dictionary.reference.com/?o=100074 ou o http://say.expressivo.com/
para conferir a pronúncia das palavras dos exercícios acima.

Speaking & Writing

1) Underline the expression that is correct about your job.

I work …
a. inside
b. outside
c. in an office
d. at home
e. in a factory
f. in a hospital
g. in a company

I work in the … I work with …
a. morning a. my hands
b. afternoon b. a computer
c. evening c. other people

I …
a. have special qualifications
b. speak languages
c. get a lot of money
d. drive
e. write letters or e-mails
f. wear a uniform

2) Now it’s your turn talk about your job! Write seven sentences about it!
• _____________________________________________________________
• _____________________________________________________________
• _____________________________________________________________
• _____________________________________________________________
• _____________________________________________________________
• _____________________________________________________________
• _____________________________________________________________

3) What’s your mother’s job? Is she a housewife? And what’s your father’s job? Write a
sentence to answer these questions.

_________________________________________________________________________________

Vocabulary

• That is my parents’ house.

• It’s Sally’s family.

• She’s Bill Clinton’s daughter.
1) Match the pictures to the sentences above.

2) What’s the relationship between Bill e Chelsea Clinton?

________________________________________________________________________

3) Observe the family tree below:



Fonte: Website englishexercises.org 2010

4) Look at the family tree and complete the sentences about the Simpsons family with
words from the box.

Grandmother Grandfather Grandmother
Grandfather
Uncle
Aunt
Brother Me Sister
Cousin
aunt - brother - daughters father
grandparents - husband - mother - nephew
niece - parents - sisters - son - uncle - wife
[m1] Comentário: Colocar a
fonte.
a. Homer and Marge Simpson are _____________ and _____________, respectively. They are
Bart, Lisa and Maggie’s _____________, or _____________ and _____________.
b. Bart is Homer and Marge’s _____________. Lisa and Maggie are their _____________.
c. Bart is Lisa and Maggie’s _____________. Lisa and Maggie are Bart’s _____________
d. Ling is Patty’s _____________. Bart is Selma’s _____________.
e. Herb is Bart’s _____________. Patty is Maggie’s _____________.
f. Abraham, Mona, Clancy and Jackie are the children’s _____________.

• Em inglês, sogro, sogra, cunhado e cunhada, são, respectivamente: father-in-law, mother-in-
law, brother-in-law e sister-in-law.

5) Who are they? Look at the Simpsons family tree and write the answers. Remember to
use ‘s.

a. Mona = She’s _______________________
b. Clancy = He’s _______________________
c. Herb = He’s _________________________
d. Selma = She’s _______________________

6) Now, draw your family tree in your notebook. Include the names of people and their
jobs.

Grammar

Por acaso você já viu um tal João’s bar? E o dono do bar era um certo senhor João, correto?
Em inglês, o Genetive Case é formado pela adição do apóstrofo (‘) e s ao substantivo, no qual ‘s é
acrescentada ao nome do dono do objeto de posse, ou seja, o João, dono do bar. Para outras posses
podemos dizer, por exemplo: Mary’s car. Peter’s dog. E lemos da direita para a esquerda: Carro de
Mary. Cachorro de Peter.

• Para palavras que terminam em plural com s, exemplo friends’, acrescentamos somente a
apóstrofe e pronunciamos o –s ao falar. Ex.: My friends’ house. Quando o possuidor for um
nome próprio terminado em s, usa-se apóstrofo (‘) e pode-se usar o s ou não. Ex: The book of
Cris. -> Cris’ book ou Cris’s book.
• Quando houver dois ou mais possuidores e apenas uma coisa a ser possuída, usa-se apóstrofo
(‘) apenas no último dos possuidores. Ex: The book of John and Mary. -> John and Mary’s
book. Se houver dois possuidores e mais de uma coisa a ser possuída, usa-se apóstrofo nos
dois possuidores. Ex: The books of John and Mary-> John’s and Mary’s books.
• Usamos esta forma possessiva apenas para pessoas e animais. Ex: The Book of John ->
John’s book. Não utilizamos ‘s como posse para coisas. Ex.: the end of the film, não the film’s
end. Quando o possuidor não for nem uma pessoa, nem um animal, não se usa ‘s, usa-se of.
Ex: The top of mountain. Ou pode-se colocar o possuidor antes do possuído. Ex: The
mountain top.
• Usamos também a apóstrofe para falar de nossos relatives (parentes em português) e de
nossos parents (falso cognato que parece significar parente, mas significa “pais”). Ex. My
mother’s sister is my aunt.
• Preste bastante atenção nas frases que possuem ‘s, pois esse símbolo pode significar posse
(Ben's computer) ou o verbo to Be na 3ª pessoa (Ben's British=Ben é britânico).

1) Can you see what is the use of ‘s in the text below? Write V for verb to be and G for
genitive case.

This is a photo of Anna, her husband and her children. Her husband's name is Frank. He's an
engineer. Her daughter's name is Sarah. She's 19 and she's a student. Sarah's boyfriend is an
accountant. His name is Jeremy.

2) Write apostrophe 's into the gaps.
Example: I met _______ sister yesterday. (Mandy)
Answer: I met Mandy's sister yesterday.

a) This is ___________________ book. (Gabriel)
b) Let's go to the___________________. (Johnsons)
c) The___________________ room is here. (children)
d) ___________________ sister is twenty years old. (John)
e) ___________________ and___________________ bags have green stickers. (Susan - Steve)
f) ___________________ shoes are on the first floor. (men)
g) My___________________ car is not expensive. (parents)
h) ___________________ CD player is new. (Louis)
i) This is the___________________ bike. (girl)
j) These are the___________________ pencils. (teachers)


Summary

Hoje foi dia de falar sobre trabalho e família, assuntos importantes até mesmo para uma
entrevista de emprego. Esse novo vocabulário acrescido da matéria sobre o Genitive Case pode
ajudar você a se comunicar em diversas situações. Lembre-se sempre: só o aprendizado das aulas não
é suficiente para que você aprenda e fale inglês efetivamente. Pratique, esteja em contato com esse
idioma para que a atividade de escutar se torne uma constante. Primeiro a gente ouve, depois
aprende e por último produz. Vá ao cinema no fim de semana, assista a um filme ou preste atenção a
uma música para treinar seus ouvidos. Esse é seu homework de hoje!

Have fun!!!


Ana Célia Lima

REFERÊNCIAS

Dictionary Reference.com. Online. Disponível em: http://dictionary.reference.com/?o=100074.
Acesso em: 15 ago, 2010.
English Exercises. The Simpsons Family Tree. Online. Disponível em:
http://www.englishexercises.org/makeagame/my_documents/my_pictures/2008/sep/DBZ_Simpsons
_Family_Tree_by_Marruche_web.jpg. Acesso em: 15 ago, 2010.
Say.expressivo.com. Listen online. Disponível em: http://say.expressivo.com/. Acesso em: 23 out. 2010.



Unidade 2 – Estruturas Morfo-léxico-sintáticas
English Basic Level


• 7
th
Lesson



Routine, routine!








Introduction
Hello, dear student! Is everything ok?
Em mais uma etapa em prol do seu desenvolvimento em inglês, vamos aprender a qualificar
pessoas e objetos e a falar as horas. Vamos abordar também pronúncia e vocabulário aprendendo
novas expressões, além do Present Simple Tense para atividades rotineiras.
Let’s talk about your routine!
Speaking

1) Read the conversations and underline seven adjectives in the sentences below. (Lembre-
se de que os adjetivos são as palavras que qualificam pessoas, coisas etc.)

A. John: - What do you think of Steve Jobs?
Bob: - I think he’s a great businessman but he’s a strange person.
John: - Yes, I agree, but I like him anyway. He’s very talented.
B. John: - What do you think of Madonna?
Mary: - I think she’s terrible!
John: - I think she’s quite pretty and a very good singer.
C. John: - What do you think of Mick Jagger?
Louis: - He’s not so young and he gets dressed like a teenager, sometimes.

2) Now, find the opposite of the adjectives of the previous exercise in the box below:
Aim
Aprender a falar sobre atividades cotidianas.
Compreender as horas em inglês.
Usar adjetivos nas frases, verificando a pronúncia dos sons das vogais, além de novas
expressões.




Vocabulary




1) Match the colors and shapes below, like the exemplo.





black blue brown green gray orange pink red yellow

losangle square circle triangle rectangle


2) See the list of opposites below and make 10 expressions using adjectives + nouns:

Big Small
Cheap



U$ 45.00
Expensive



U$1.000.00
Safe Dangerous
Dirty Clean
Dry
Wet
Easy Difficult
Empty Full
Fast Slow
Fat Thin
amazing - awful - bad - normal
old - ugly - untalented
High

Low

Light

Dark
Long Short
New

Old
Rich

Poor
Tall & Short

1. ____________________________
2. ____________________________
3. ____________________________
4. ____________________________
5. ____________________________
6. ____________________________
7. ____________________________
8. ____________________________
9. ____________________________
10. ____________________________

Grammar

Os adjetivos têm a função de dar qualidade aos nomes – em inglês nouns – ou seja, os
substantivos. Diferente do português é importante observar que:

• os adjetivos em inglês não têm plural. Ex.: new companies / black computers;
• os adjetivos em inglês também diferem do português por anteceder o substantivo. Veja os
exemplos acima em português: novas empresas / computadores pretos, ou seja, a ordem é
inversa. Observe, portanto, que, em português, os adjetivos podem vir tanto antes quanto
depois dos nomes. Em inglês vêm sempre antes deles.

1) Check the expressions from the previous exercise.

2) Now, make comments about the pictures using very (muito), quite (bastante) and not very
(não muito). Use the adjectives in the box.

fair cheap beautiful punctual expensive busy unfair ugly
a b c d
It costs $1.200,00. He’s always late. This is ugly Betty. It’s big but a poor continent.

a)___________________________________________________________________________
b) __________________________________________________________________________
c) __________________________________________________________________________
d) __________________________________________________________________________

Vocabulary

ROUTINE

1) Observe the pictures.

a) b) c) d) e)

f) g) h) i) j)

2) Now, match the pictures to the routines below .

( ) have dinner
( ) have breakfast
( ) have lunch
( ) take a shower
( ) wake up
( ) go to work
( ) go to bed
( ) go to the gym
( ) come back home
( ) watch TV

3) Complete Sally’s routine with the expressions above .

On weekdays, I ______________________ at about six o’clock. First, I
__________________ - a cup of coffee, a banana, cornflakes, and toast. At
about seven o’clock I _________________ by bus. I work in a music store
in Brooklyn. I love it! The store opens at eight. I work all morning and then I
_____________________ at midday – a sandwich in a café. The store closes at five o’clock, and I
____________________. In the evening I __________________ to make some exercises. I really
worry about my health! When I get home, at nine, I __________________and get in my pijamas and
________________with my family. We love watching soap operas. At eleven o’clock I
__________________ and I have sweet dreams.

Grammar

1) Read the sentences about the text.

Sally wakes up at six in the morning. She works in a music store and the store closes at five. She
watches TV with her family at night.

Você notou que, quando a Sally relatava sua rotina, os verbos eram diferentes?

I wake up at six.
She wakes up at six.

Pois é, um dos usos mais comuns do Simple Present é para falar de atos e atividades
rotineiras ou que se repetem em um determinado espaço de tempo. Observe os quadros abaixo:

I
You He
We She
They


wake up
It

wakes up

To make the negative, we use do or does + not.
I
You He
We She
They

don’t (do not) wake up
It
doesn’t (does not) wake up

To make the interrogative, we also use do or does.
I
you he
we she


Do
They


wake up at 6?

Does
it

wake up at 7?

2) Complete the questions and answers.

a) Do you go to the gym? Yes, I do. No, I don’t.
b) Does she wake up late? Yes, she does. No, he doesn’t.
c) Do you go to work by bus? Yes,_________. No, _________.
d) _______ your mother watch TV? Yes,_________. No, _________.
e) _______ you worry about your health? Yes,_________. No, _________.
f) _______ she love her job? Yes,________. No, _________.

3) Underline the affirmative or negative form to make true sentences.

a) I work/ don’t work ten hours a day.
b) My co-workers go/ don’t go to the gym.
c) My boss travels/ doesn’t travel a lot.
d) I drive/ don’t drive to work.
e) My secretary uses/ doesn’t use the computer a lot.

4) Unscramble the words to make questions and answer them. Follow the example:

Example: you/ speak Spanish? Do you speak Spanish?
_No, I don’t.___________________________________________________________

a) travel/ Denise/ a lot __________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
b) you and Mike/ a lot of/ jobs / have _____________________________
______________________________________________________________________
c) your company/ a website/ have ___________________________
______________________________________________________________________

Vocabulary

TELLING THE TIME

1) Look at the clocks:
Canada (morning) Brazil(morning) London (afternoon)

etc.usf.edu/.../33354/clock-08-00_33354.htm etc.usf.edu/.../33534/clock-11-00_33534.htm etc.usf.edu/.../33054/clock-03-00_33054.htm
Do you know how to answer to the question “what time is it?”

2) So, tell the time in the three clocks above.
Clock 1: It’s_______________________________________________________________
Clock 2: _________________________________________________________________
Clock 3: _________________________________________________________________

Speaking & Pronunciation

1) Try to say the time:
a) 8:15 b)9:30 c) 10:45 d)11:00

ngfl.northumberland.gov.uk/.../piechartstut2.htm
Temos quatro quartos na figura acima. Você concorda que em 8:15 passou-se 1/
4
de hora; em
9:30 passou metade da hora; em 10:45 falta um quarto para a próxima hora? Assim, temos:

American pronunciation British pronunciation
8:15- It’s a quarter after eight. 8:15- It’s a quarter past eight.
9:30- It’s nine thirty. 9:30- It’s half past nine.
10:45- It’s a quarter to eleven. 10:45- It’s a quarter to eleven.
11:00- It’s eleven o’clock. 11:00-It’s eleven o’clock.
Observe the other examples:
8:05- It’s five after eight. 8:05- It’s five past eight.
9:20- It’s twenty after nine. 9:20- It’s twenty past nine.

Em inglês, quando se passa da metade da hora, dizemos que faltam x minutos para a próxima
hora. Assim, temos na língua falada na América do Norte e na Inglaterra, o seguinte:
8:35- It’s twenty-five to nine. 9:40- It’s twenty to ten
10:50-It’s ten to eleven. 11:55- It’s five to twelve.

Além do A.M. e do P.M. – anti-meridien e post-meridien – temos outras maneiras de dizer
12:00 (twelve o’clock): midday (in the afternoon) e midnight (in the morning).

2) Practice:

A B C D
________________ __________________ __________________ __________________

E F G H
_______________ __________________ __________________ ___________________

Writing

1) Now, that you know how to tell the time, to use adjective and routine verbs, write a
small composition about your own daily routine (include times of the day if possible).
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
Summary

Vimos na aula de hoje como dar qualidade aos nomes (substantivos) e falar de nossos hábitos
e atividades diárias, tópicos que podem ser importantes para uma entrevista de emprego ou para
elogiar um colega de trabalho e para comunicar-se efetivamente em inglês em diversos contextos.
Espero que você esteja gostando e aprendendo com as aulas, pois este é o nosso objetivo: fazer com
que você aprenda inglês, de forma que essa língua o ajude a ser bem sucedido em sua carreira. Não
se esqueça de pedir ao seu tutor dicas de atividades; peça também que ele esclareça todas as suas
dúvidas!

Bye bye!

Ana Célia Lima
Viviany Gomes Pontes

REFERÊNCIAS

Dictionary Reference.com. Online. Disponível em: http://dictionary.reference.com/?o=100074.
Acesso em: 15 ago. 2010.

Say.expressivo.com. Listen online. Online. Disponível em: http://say.expressivo.com/. Acesso em: 23
out. 2010.




Unidade 2 – Estruturas Morfo-léxico-sintáticas
English Basic Level


• 8
th
Lesson



I have a meeting every Monday morning!








Introduction
Hi!!! How are things?
Hoje vamos utilizar em nossa aula advérbios, preposições e expressões de tempo com a
finalidade de dar mais detalhes sobre os nossos horários ou Schedule. Temos também vocabulário e
pronúncia para que você pratique mais essas novas estruturas.
Let’s start!
Reading & Reading Comprehension
Mary's hobbies and interests
By Kenneth Beare, About.com Guide
Mary has a lot of hobbies and interests. She usually gets up early, so she can run before work. She doesn't
often have time to ski, but she occasionally goes on Saturdays during the winter. Mary often rides a horse at a
stable near her home. She sometimes goes after work, but she usually goes horseback riding on Sundays. She
loves music. She always goes to choir practice on Wednesday evenings and sings in church on Sundays. She
doesn't have much extra money, so she rarely goes to concerts in the city. She seldom watches TV because
she likes doing things outside. She usually goes to the gym if it's raining outside. She isn't often alone because
she has a lot of friends. She occasionally does something alone, but she usually does her activities with one of
her friends. She's a happy woman!
Fonte: About.com Website
1) Answer the questions below about the text “Mary’s hobbies and Interests”.

a. Why does she usually get up early?
She gets up early to run before work.
She gets up early to go to work.
She gets up early to have breakfast.
Aim
Aprender como falar sobre atividades cotidianas e a frequência com que elas acontecem
através do uso de advérbios, preposições e expressões de tempo.

b. How often does she ski?
She often skis.
She occasionally skis in winter.
She rarely skis in winter.
c. Does she ride a horse?
She rides a horse every day.
She often rides a horse.
She never rides a horse.
d. When doe she usually go horseback riding?
She usually goes horseback riding after work.
She usually goes horseback riding on Saturdays.
She usually goes horseback riding on Sundays.
e. What kind of music does she like doing?
Playing the violin
Singing
Playing the piano
f. How often does she go to concerts?
Every Sunday
Rarely
Never
g. How often does she watch TV?
She usually watches TV every night.
She seldom watches TV.
She never watches TV.
h. What does she usually do if it's raining?
She goes outside.
She goes to the gym.
She calls friends.
i. How often is she alone?
She is often alone.
She isn't often alone.
She is usually alone.
j. How often does she do something alone?
She never does something alone.
She occasionally does something alone.
She always does something alone.
Grammar

Always 1) Complete the chart with the words
_________________ in the box below:
_________________
Sometimes
_________________
Hardly Ever / Seldom / Rarely
_________________

As palavras acima são advérbios de frequência. Observe as frases seguintes:
I always come to work on time.
They are seldom home when we call.
He usually eats breakfast at this time.

100%




0%
NEVER
OCCASIONALLY
OFTEN
USUALLY
A função desses advérbios muitas vezes é responder à pergunta “How often...?” (com qual
frequência...?) e eles são utilizados antes dos verbos principais – a única exceção é com o verbo To
Be (veja o segundo exemplo acima). Com os advérbios seldom, rarely, hardly ever e never usamos
sempre verbos na forma afirmativa.

2) Underline all the adverbs of frequency in the text about Mary.

3) Put the adverbs of frequency in the brackets ( ) in the correct places.

a. The weather is bad in November. (always)
b. It rains in California. (never)
c. Peter doesn't get up before seven. (usually)
d. They do not play tennis on Sundays. (always)
e. Mary watches TV. (hardly ever)
f. My sister drives to work with a friend. (usually) She drives alone. (never)
g. Carlos is an excellent student. He goes to class. (always)

4) Unscramble these sentences (Reorganize as frases seguintes).

Example: get always up you 7.00 at. - You always get up at 7.00.
a. sometimes at We restaurant a eat. ______________________________________________
b. happy always Shane is. _____________________________________________________
c. doesn't always She take a taxi. ________________________________________________
d. often listens music Tom to. __________________________________________________
e. is Paul never late. __________________________________________________________
f. Sally to sometimes gym goes the. _____________________________________________
g. Dad cook sometimes dinner. _________________________________________________
h. you do often study English? _________________________________________________

Vocabulary

1) Complete the time expressions below:

sixty seconds = a m__ __ __ __ __ sixty minutes = an h__ __ __
twenty-four hours = a d __ __
seven days = a w__ __ __
four weeks = a m__ __ __ __
twelve months = a y__ __ __

2) Observe the dialogue:
A: Do you always carry a briefcase?
B: (Yes,) I usually do. / No, I usually don’t. / No, I rarely do. /No, I hardly ever do.
• Other frequency adverbs and expressions are:
Every day/week/month/year
Once a day/week/month/year
Twice a day/week/month/year
Three times a day/week/month/year
Four times a day/week/month/year
• These expressions are used at the beginning and end of sentences, not before main verbs.

3) Answer the questions about yourself using the time expressions above:
a. How often do you eat in a restaurant? ____________________________________________
b. How often are you late for work? ________________________________________________
c. How often do you have meetings? _______________________________________________
d. How often do you carry a briefcase? _____________________________________________
e. How often do you travel on business? ____________________________________________
f. How often do you visit your clients? _____________________________________________
g. How often do you work late? ___________________________________________________
h. How often do you work at weekends? ____________________________________________

¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨
The Date
1) Match the pictures to the words below:

_____ the autumn /
fall
_____ Christmas
_____ Easter
_____ New Year
_____ spring
_____ summer
_____ winter




1. 2. 3. 4.




5. 6. 7.

2) Complete the months of the year with vowels. Remember to use CAPITAL LETTERS
in the beginning.

a. J__n__ __ry
b. F__br__ __ry
c. M__rch
d. __pr__l
e. M__y
f. J__n__
g. J__l__
h. __ __g__st
i. S__pt__mb__r
j. __ct__b__r
k. N__v__mb__r
l. D__c__mb__r
3) Ordinal numbers. Complete with words and numbers.

1
st
= first
2
nd
= ______________
___ = third
___ = fourth
5
th
= ______________
6
th
= ______________
___ = seventh
___ = eighth
___ = ninth
10
th
= ______________
11
th
= ______________
___ = twelfth
13
th
= ______________
14
th
= ______________
___ = fifteenth
___ = sixteenth
___ = seventeenth
18
th
= ______________
___ = nineteenth
___ = twentieth
___ = twenty-first
22
nd
= ______________
23
rd
= ______________
24
th
= ______________
___ = twenty-fifth
___ = twenty-sixth
27
th
= ______________
28
th
= ______________
___ = twenty-ninth
30
th
= ______________
31
st
= ______________

• Most of the ordinal numbers are formed by number + th and they are used to say the dates.
What’s the date today? Today is 24/10 = the twenty-fourth of October OR October the
twenty-fourth. In English it’s also possible to say the month before the day 10/24. (A
maioria dos números ordinais é formada pelo número + th e eles são usados para dizer as
datas. Qual é a data de hoje? Hoje são 24/10 = vinte e quatro de outubro. Observe que em
inglês existem os dois sistemas exemplificados acima. Também é possível dizer o mês antes
do dia. Ex.: 10/24).

Grammar

1) Complete the sentences with the prepositions of time AT, IN and ON.

a. My birthday is _____ May.
b. My brother's birthday is _____ the 5th of November.
c. Let's meet _____ six o'clock.
d. I love to go shopping _____Christmas time.
e. We often get up early ______ the morning.
f. What do you do _____ the afternoon?
g. Do you always dream _____ night?
h. What do you normally do _____ Friday nights?
i. We usually go to the movies _____ the evening.

2) Take a look at the chart below and check your answers.

IN ON AT
the morning Monday two o’ clock
the afternoon Friday afternoon midday, midnight
the evening the twenty-second of April lunchtime, dinnertime
December, January… February the 28
th
night
the summer, the spring… my birthday the weekend
1888, 1994, 2005… New Years Day Christmas, Easter, New Years

We use:
IN for long periods of time (parts of the day, months, seasons and years): in April - in 1986 - in
the winter - in the 19th century - in the 1970s - in the morning(s) / in the afternoon(s) / in the
evening(s) (but don’t say in the night, say at night.

ON for specific periods of time (days of the week and dates): on March 12
th
, on the 20
th
of June,
on Wednesday(s) - on Tuesday morning(s) - on Sunday afternoon(s) - on Saturday night(s) - on
Christmas Day (but at Christmas).

AT for times: at 5 o’clock - at 11.45 - at midnight - at lunchtime. And we also use it with time
expressions like: at night - at Christmas - at the moment - at the same time - at weekends - at the age
of…

3) Time to practice! Choose the correct prepositions to complete the gaps in the sentences.

a. Jane’s flight arrives ______ January 26
th
______ 2 o'clock ______ the afternoon.
b. Shops in Brazil are usually open ______ lunchtime.
c. Michael has lunch with his clients this Friday ______ noon.
d. ______ December 31
st
many people drink champagne. It's tradition to
kiss the one you love ______ midnight.
e. Traditionally, British people drink tea ______ 5:00 PM.
f. In Spain people often have a siesta ______ the afternoon.
g. The hills in Italy are covered with flowers ______ the spring.
h. We meet at the coffee shop ______ 9:30 ______ the morning every Thursday.
i. In the USA, they celebrate the Independence Day ______ July 4
th
.
j. It snows here every year ______ December. We always go outside and play in the snow ______ Christmas
day.
Pronunciation

Em inglês temos alguns sons bem diferentes do português e vamos abordá-los em nossa aula.
É o som do TH de quando dizemos “thank you”, por exemplo. Esse som tem duas formas de
pronúncia, representados pelos símbolos fonéticos / ¯/ (unvoiced – sem vibração das cordas vocais)
como na palavra third e /· / que ocorre, por exemplo, em they (voiced – com vibração das cordas
vocais). Todas as vezes em que tivermos essas duas letras juntas em uma palavra, temos a pronúncia
de um dos dois sons citados acima, obrigatoriamente. Esse som é produzido com a língua entre os
dentes.

1) Copie e cole os links em seu navegador, ouça e repita as palavras:

/ ¯/ Thursday thirteenth birthday think thanks
http://say.expressivo.com/eric/Thursday.___ thirteenth.___ birthday.____ think._____ thanks.
/· / this the other their with mother
http://say.expressivo.com/eric/this. the._____ other._____ their._____ with._____ mother.

2) Now, listen and repeat the sentences below:

a. Thu. 13 - Thursday the thirteenth. (http://say.expressivo.com/eric/Thursday_the_thirteenth)
b. 6/12 - The twelfth of June. (http://say.expressivo.com/eric/The_twelfth_of_June)
c. 10/23 - The twenty-third of October. (http://say.expressivo.com/eric/The_twenty-
third_of_October)
d. 3/15/1999 – The fifteenth of March, nineteen ninety-nine
(http://say.expressivo.com/eric/The_fifteenth_of_March,_nineteen_ninety-nine)
e. 1/20/2008 – The twentieth of January, two thousand and eight
(http://say.expressivo.com/eric/The_twentieth_of_January,_two_thousand_and_eight)

3) Where’s the stress in the months of the year? Underline the stressed syllable.
a. January
b. February
c. March
d. April
e. May
f. June
g. July
h. August
i. September
j. October
k. November
l. December
4) Which 5 months are NOT stressed on
the first syllable?

Speaking

1) Answer the questions and remember to
use the time expressions:
When do you usually…?
Study ___________________________________
Work ___________________________________
See all your family ________________________
Listen to the radio _________________________
Do housework ____________________________
Go to the beach ___________________________
Go shopping _____________________________
Go on vacation ___________________________
Watch TV _______________________________
Relax ___________________________________
What time do you normally?
Start work _______________________________
Finish work ______________________________
Get up __________________________________
Have lunch ______________________________
Have dinner ______________________________
Go to work ______________________________
Go to school _____________________________
Go to bed _______________________________
Have breakfast ___________________________
Wake up ________________________________
Writing

1) Write a text about your favorite time of day, day of the week, month, season and
public holiday. Use dates and time expressions.
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________


Summary

Hoje, nesta aula, estudamos as expressões de tempo e vocabulário para falarmos de nossas
atividades e da frequência com que elas ocorrem. Também estudamos as preposições de tempo in , at
e on. Todas essas palavras e expressões são relevantes. Você consegue perceber que aos poucos seu
vocabulário está crescendo? Pratique esse novo vocabulário. Anote as palavras novas e as que são
mais úteis em seu campo de trabalho. Tudo isso será de grande auxilio na hora de falar inglês. Bons
estudos e até a próxima!

See you soon!
Ana Célia Lima

REFERÊNCIAS
Beare, Kenneth. About.com Website. Mary’s Hobbies and Interests. Online. Disponível em:
http://esl.about.com/od/beginnerreadingskills/a/adverbs_of_frequency_reading.htm. Acesso em: 23
out. 2010.
Say.expressivo.com. Listen online. Online. Disponível em: http://say.expressivo.com/. Acesso em:
23 out. 2010.


Unidade 2 – Estruturas Morfo-léxico-sintáticas
English Basic Level


• 9
th
Lesson



Yes, I can!








Introduction
Good morning! Good afternoon! Good evening! How are you?
Hoje em nossa aula vamos aprender a usar expressões e verbos para falar de algo muito
importante para você ser bem sucedido: suas habilidades. Além disso, vamos ver também estruturas
usadas para você expressar suas opiniões, preferências e falar do que você gosta e do que não gosta.
Let’s get it started!
Aim
Entender e usar estruturas próprias de falas sobre as suas habilidades bem como sobres suas
preferências e gostos.
Speaking

5) Read the dialogues.
a. - Can you play the piano?
- Yes, a little. How about you?
- No, I can't, but I can play the guitar.
b. - Can you cook?
- Not really. I can make toast and pasta, that's all.
- Everyone can make toast!
- Well, can you cook?
- Yes, I can. I can cook delicious fish and
chicken.
- Wow, that's great.
c. - So what can you do?
- I can draw, and I can paint really well too. I can
also speak English and Korean. How about you?
- I can play chess and I can write computer
programs. I can also speak Spanish.
- Excellent!

6) Practice the dialogues. Copy and paste the dialogues at the website
http://say.expressivo.com. Then, listen and repeat the dialogues.

Vocabulary

1) Label the pictures below with the underlined expressions from the dialogues above.





__________________ __________________ __________________ __________________





__________________ __________________ __________________ __________________

2) Which of these activities CAN you do? ________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________
Grammar

• Usamos Can e Can’t para falar de coisas que conseguimos fazer ou que temos habilidade
para fazer. Ex.: I can write a text but I can’t type (digitar) it.
• Can é um verbo auxiliar modal do inglês que, além de utilizarmos para falar de habilidades,
usamos também para formar frases negativas e fazer perguntas. Ex.: I can’t drive. Can you
drive? Observe que não dizemos I can to drive, e sim, I can drive.
• Can e Can’t têm também outras funções: a de expressar possibilidade ou de fazer pedidos.
Ex.: I can help you tomorrow. (possibilidade)
Can you open the window, please? Can you tell me the time? (pedido)
• Os verbos modais não mudam de acordo com as pessoas (I, he, we, they...). Veja a
conjugação de can nas formas afirmativa, negativa e interrogativa, abaixo:

Affirmative Negative Interrogative
I can plan a meeting. I can’t plan a meeting. Can I plan a meeting?
You can plan a meeting. You can’t plan a meeting. Can you plan a meeting?
He can plan a meeting. He can’t plan a meeting. Can he plan a meeting?
She can plan a meeting. She can’t plan a meeting. Can she plan a meeting?
It can plan a meeting. It can’t plan a meeting. Can it plan a meeting?
We can plan a meeting. We can’t plan a meeting. Can we plan a meeting?
You can plan a meeting. You can’t plan a meeting. Can you plan a meeting?
They can plan a meeting. They can’t plan a meeting. Can they plan a meeting?

• Now, observe the short answers:

Yes, I can.
Yes, you can.
Yes, he can.
Yes, she can.
Yes, it can.
Yes, we can.
Yes, you can.
Yes, they can.
No, I can’t.
No, you can’t.
No, he can’t.
No, she can’t.
No, it can’t.
No, we can’t.
No, you can’t.
No, they can’t.
1) Make 4 negative sentences with the verb can according to the pictures below using the
expressions in the box:








1. 2. 3. 4.

1. You ____________________________________________
2. You ____________________________________________
3. You ____________________________________________
4. You ____________________________________________

2) Choose the correct word to complete the sentences.

a. She can’t _______________ Italian. ( ) speak ( ) to speak
b. _______________ he play chess? ( ) Do ( ) Can
c. Can you help me? Sorry, I _______________ . ( ) don’t ( ) can’t
d. _______________ I see the doctor tomorrow? ( ) Can ( ) Does
e. Can she swim? Yes, she _______________ . ( ) can’t ( ) can
f. I_______________ go out tonight. I'm busy. ( ) can’t ( ) can
g. Can you_______________ to the cinema tonight? ( ) to go ( ) go
h. You_______________ park here. It's no parking. ( ) can’t ( ) don’t
i. I_______________ play football, but not basketball. ( ) can ( ) don’t
j. _______________ I park my car here? ( ) Can ( ) Do
k. Where? I_______________ see him. ( ) doesn’t ( ) can’t
l. _______________ you help me with my homework? ( ) Can ( ) Does
m. Jim makes great food. He_______________cook really well.
( ) can ( ) can’t
PARK IN THIS STREET.
SMOKE HERE.
TAKE PHOTOS IN A MUSEUM.
USE CELL PHONES IN THE CINEMA.
Pronunciation
“CAN e CAN'T: A DIFERENÇA ESTÁ NO RITMO DA FRASE
É notória e persistente a dificuldade que estudantes brasileiros de ESL têm em distinguir as formas afirmativa
e negativa do verbo CAN. O segredo é que a diferença está mais no ritmo da frase do que na pronúncia do / t /.
Da mesma forma que nas frases afirmativas e negativas com o verbo TO BE, o verbo CAN quase desaparece
quando pronunciado numa frase afirmativa, tornando-se um simples apêndice atônico do verbo (ao contrário
do que ocorre em português com o verbo poder ou conseguir). Na sua forma negativa, o CAN'T sobressai em
relação ao resto da frase”. Exemplo:

Escute aqui a frase acima.
Fonte: English Made in Brazil (Online).
Como vimos acima, só colocamos stress no verbo can em perguntas começadas com “can” e
em respostas curtas afirmativas, ao passo que can’t é sempre pronunciado com stress.

Vocabulary

Verb phrases
Verb phrases ou expressões verbais são expressões nas quais temos verbos + substantivos,
adjetivos ou preposições com significados específicos de acordo com um determinado contexto.
Vamos aprender algumas delas?
Buy (a newspaper / a ticket)
Call / phone (a company)
Dance (ballet / the tango)
Find (some money)
Give (someone a discount)
Hear (a noise)
Help (someone)
Look for (your car keys)
Meet (a friend / a client)
Ride (a bike / a horse)
See (a film)
Sing (a song)
Swim (everyday)
Take (your umbrella)
Talk (to someone)
Tell (a secret)
Travel (by bus / by plane)
Turn on / off (the computer)
Wait for (a taxi / someone) Walk (home / to work)
1) Find the meaning of the verb phrases above. Use a dictionary or ask your tutor.
Speaking

Conversation
What do you like doing?
- In my free time I like swimming, traveling, going out with my friends, staying home with my
family… What about you?
- I love going to the cinema, listening to music and going shopping, but I don’t like driving in
big cities and I hate waking up early on weekdays.
Grammar

No exemplo acima, temos duas pessoas conversando sobre suas preferências. Como estão
conjugados os verbos após as expressões destacadas? like, love, don’t like e hate?
1) Reescreva-as abaixo:
☺ 1. ___________________________________________________________________________
® 2. ___________________________________________________________________________
☺☺ 3. ___________________________________________________________________________
®® 4. ___________________________________________________________________________

Após os verbos destacados acima, utilizamos o verbo no gerúndio. Assim como dizemos em
português os sufixos ANDO, ENDO, INDO como em estudANDO, comENDO, sorrINDO. Em
inglês, acrescentamos o sufixo ING aos verbos, o que forma studyING, eatING, SmilING. Em alguns
casos devemos fazer modificações nos verbos. É o caso de verbos terminados em –e e de verbos de
uma só sílaba formados por consoante + vogal + consoante. Veja os exemplos abaixo:
Get = getting
Drive = driving
Run = running
Live = living
Swim = swimming Make = making

2) Now, write the ING form of the verbs below:
Buy =
Call =
Cook =
Dance =
Draw =
Find =
Give =
Hear =
Help =
Look for =
Meet =
Paint =
Phone =
Play =
Read =
Ride =
See =
Sing =
Smoke =
Swim =
Take =
Talk =
Tell =
Travel =
Turn on / off =
Wait for =
Walk =
Write =

3) Write about Susan’s likes and dislikes using the expressions in the box below:





a. She likes watching TV. _______________________________________________________
b. __________________________________________________________________________
c. __________________________________________________________________________
d. __________________________________________________________________________
e. __________________________________________________________________________
f. __________________________________________________________________________
g. __________________________________________________________________________
h. __________________________________________________________________________


4) Choose the correct answer. Use the words in the box.

a. I_______________ playing football. It's fantastic.
b. Susan likes_______________ stories.
c. We hate_______________ for clothes.
d. I like dancing, but I_______________ singing.
e. I love_______________ my friends in Italy.
f. Stephen_______________ studying, but he likes reading.
5) Put the words in the correct order to form phrases.

a. Mike doing likes housework. __________________________________________________
b. hates exercise. Carla doing ____________________________________________________
c. like swimming don't winter. I the in _____________________________________________
d. My mum like cooking. doesn't _________________________________________________
e. love weekend. the They going cinema the to at _____________________________________
f. I to work morning. going Monday hate on ________________________________________

Writing

☺ watching TV, reading the newspaper
® going to the market, taking photos
☺☺ going shopping, listening to music
®® cooking, exercising
DON’T LIKE
HATES
LOVE
PHONING
SHOPPING
WRITING
Utilizando as verb phrases que você já aprendeu até o momento, escreva um pequeno parágrafo
sobre as suas preferências no seu tempo livre e sobre o que você gosta ou não de fazer. Use os verbos
like, don’t like, love e hate para expressar seus gostos.
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
Summary

Na aula de hoje falamos mais de você, suas habilidades, seus gostos... Tudo isso com o
propósito de desenvolver seu vocabulário com novas palavras e expressões para facilitar a sua
interação com o mundo. Em todas as aulas aprendemos pronúncia para que você fale e seja
compreendido pelo interlocutor. A pronúncia é fator determinante no aprendizado do inglês uma vez
que as alterações mais sutis fazem grande diferença para quem ouve. Caso você tenha dificuldade,
peça ao seu tutor dicas de sites, consulte dicionários e a internet, fontes inesgotáveis de informação.
A pesquisa ajuda na progressão do seu conhecimento.
Thank you very much!
Ana Célia Lima
REFERÊNCIAS

English made in Brazil. Diferença entre can e can’t. Online. Disponível em:
http://www.sk.com.br/sk-can.html. Acesso em: 01 nov. 2010.

Say.expressivo.com. Listen online. Online. Disponível em: http://say.expressivo.com/. Acesso em:
23 out. 2010.


Unidade 2 – Estruturas Morfo-léxico-sintáticas
English Basic Level


• 10
th
Lesson


This briefcase is mine!








Introduction
Hey! How are things?
Hoje vamos falar de mim, de você, deles... Tudo isso utilizando os pronomes em inglês
conhecidos por nós como pronomes oblíquos (object pronouns) e os pronomes possessivos
(possessive pronouns).
Let’s have some fun!

Reading
1) Read the text about Cathy.

About (1) me
Aim
Conhecer, praticando através de exercícios, os pronomes do inglês: object pronouns e
possessive pronouns.
Aprender a pronúncia correta dos sons de algumas vogais.


My name’s Cathy, and that’s (2) me in the picture.
I’m 26, I’m a Scorpio, and I’m single.
I work for a big company. It’s a good job, but I don’t like (3) it. I prefer
being outside.
I have one brother, He’s 23. I love (4) him, but we’re very different. He has a girlfriend. She’s
beautiful, but my parents don’t like (5) her.
We live at home with our parents. We have a sister, but she doesn’t live with (6) us. She’s married
and she has two children. We see (7) them on weekends.
I listen to all kinds of music, but my favorite is jazz. I play the saxophone, but I don’t play (8) it very
well. I’m not very sporty but I like dancing. I have a lot of friends, and I go out with (9) them every
weekend. What about (10) you?

Grammar


Provavelmente você não sabe como as palavras numeradas são chamadas, mas com certeza
você entende a função delas. Elas são chamadas object pronouns e têm a função de substituir
substantivos em frases. Ex.: She meets Alice. She invites her to her house.
Observe que na segunda frase substituímos Alice por her.
• Os object pronouns também são usados após verbos e preposições. Ex.: See you tomorrow.
Listen to me! (após o verbo see e a preposição to).

Compare na tabela abaixo os subject pronouns (ou pronomes do sujeito: I, he, you, they, etc.)
e os object pronouns (ou pronomes oblíquos – do objeto – me, him, you, them, etc.):

Subject pronouns Object pronouns
I me
you you
he him
she her
it it
we us
they them

Os object pronouns são o objeto na frase. Assim, no trecho: “She’s beautiful, but my parents
don’t like (5) her”, Her substitui his girlfriend (objeto do verbo gostar) que foi citado anteriormente.
É errado dizer My parents don’t like she, pois, “My parents” é o sujeito da frase e “his
girlfriend” é o objeto.

Let’s practice!

1) Complete the sentences with the object pronouns.

a) I don’t like the Doors. Do you like _________________?
b) I don’t like Justin Bieber. Do you like ______________?
c) I don´t like to listen to jazz. Do you like _____________?
d) I don’t like Maria Betânia. Do you like ______________?
e) I don’t like Spice Girls. Do you like _______________?
f) I don’t like winter. Do you like ______________?

2) Rewrite the sentences and substitute for object pronouns.

a) Tell Lucy she needs to finish this report today._______________________________
b) My son loves his job. __________________________________________________
c) Peter likes his strict boss. _______________________________________________
d) My driver drives many cars. ___________________________________________
e) Talk to me and to the manager if you need help. _____________________________
Speaking

1) Write 2 names in the squares below:

Famous actors




Famous actresses




TV programmes




Pop groups




2) Make 8 questions and answers about the people, programmes and groups.

What do you think of (Tarcisio Meira)?

He/she/it’s OK / great / terrible.
They’re OK / great / terrible.
I don’t know him / her / it / them.

a) __________________________________________________________________________
b) __________________________________________________________________________
c) __________________________________________________________________________
d) __________________________________________________________________________
e) __________________________________________________________________________
f) __________________________________________________________________________
g) __________________________________________________________________________
h) __________________________________________________________________________

Grammar


1) Read the sentences below.

• That’s my car. That car is mine.
Qual a diferença entre as palavras sublinhadas nas frases acima? Veja ainda essas outras
frases:

Tell Lucy that car is my car.
I have my bag and she has her bag.
We need a ticket and he needs his ticket too.
She has her money and we have our money.
My brothers’ names are the same as their mother’s name.

like him
don't like her
love it

I

hate them
Você notou a repetição dos substantivos nas frases acima? Será que existe uma maneira de
dizer o que se pretende sem essa repetição? A resposta é SIM! Veja a solução:

Tell Lucy that car is mine.
I have my bag and she has hers.
We need a ticket and he needs his.
She has her money and we have ours.
My mother’s name is the same as theirs.

Viu só? Esses termos grifados são chamados Possessive Pronouns. Eles substituem os
substantivos que, geralmente, já foram mencionados anteriormente. As expressões com os possessive
pronouns sempre substituem uma expressão com um possessive adjective + noun. Ex.: It’s her car.
It’s hers (her car = hers).

Possessive Pronouns Possessive adjectives
mine my
yours your
his his
hers her
its* its
ours our
theirs their

* Apesar de existir, o pronome ITS raramente é usado.
• A diferença é que os possessive adjectives qualificam substantivos (ex.: my house, your
office, etc.), enquanto os pronomes substituem essas expressões. Ex.: A - Whose book is it? Is
it yours (your book)? B - Yes, it is.
• O possessive pronoun nunca é usado antes de um substantivo, pois sua função é substituí-lo.
Outra forma de indicar posse pode ser feita pela construção one of + possessive pronoun.
Eg: A friend of yours (one of your friends) is here.

Vamos praticar!

1) Finish the sentences with a possessive pronoun.

a) It’s your money. It’s ______________
b) It’s our car. It’s _________________
c) They’re your books. They’re ______________
d) It’s his laptop. It’s ________________
e) It’s their documents. It’s _________________
f) It’s her briefcase. It’s ____________________
g) They’re our mobiles. They’re __________________

2) Choose the best answer to fill in the blanks.

a) ( ) Mia left_________ notebook on the bus.
(1) hers (2) her (3) him
b) ( ) My brother has __________ own car.
(1) he (2) him (3) his
c) ( ) This was not my fault. It was ___________.
(1) your (2) her (3) yours
d) She calls you and ________ everyday.
(1) mine (2) him (3) his
e) This is my document. That one is __________.
(1) mine (2) theirs (3) her


Pronunciation

Vowel sounds - /O OO O:/ / ± ±± ±/ /* ** */ /* ** *± ±± ±/

Book /b± ±± ±k/
Cook /g± ±± ±g/
Good /_± ±± ±-/
Yours /¢O OO O:Ò=/
Sporty /·OO OO O:Ò4):/
Tomorrow
/4* ** *’OO OO O:Ò* ** *± ±± ±/
No /Þ* ** *± ±± ±/
Home /´* ** *± ±± ±O/
Saxophone
/’·¬g·* ** *×* ** *± ±± ±Þ/
Brother /’pÒ¬·* ** *Ò/
Parents /’O]*Ò* ** *Þ4·/
Children /’4e¨¤-Ò* ** *Þ/

1) Practice the words and repeat them after the website www.say.expressivo.com .

2) Observe the pronunciation of the possessive pronouns below:







3) Rhyming words – Match the possessive pronouns to the words in the second box
according to the rhymes:

Writing

1) Now write a text about like the Cathy’s.
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________

Summary

MINE
YOURS HIS
HERS ITS
OURS THEIRS
HOURS
WORK MORE
MISS WHERE
FINE THIS
Estudamos os pronomes na aula de hoje, pronomes que conhecemos como oblíquos e
pronomes que indicam posse em inglês. Por serem parecidos com outra estrutura do inglês que já
vimos anteriormente na aula 4, os possessive adjectives, é importante que a diferença entre essas
estruturas tenha ficado clara e, principalmente, que você pratique sempre e de novo tudo que
aprender nas aulas. Pesquise e faça exercícios; peça também a orientação de seu tutor para tirar todas
as suas dúvidas.
Faça bom proveito dessas aulas, pois elas foram pensadas de modo a auxiliar você em seu
processo de aprendizado. Pratique também a pronúncia em inglês!
Don’t forget! Practice makes perfect!
See you soon!

Ana Célia Lima
Viviany Gomes Pontes

REFERÊNCIAS

Dictionary Reference.com. Online. Disponível em: http://dictionary.reference.com/?o=100074.
Acesso em: 15 ago. 2010.

Say.expressivo.com. Listen online. Online. Disponível em: http://say.expressivo.com/. Acesso em:
23 out. 2010.




Unidade 2 – Estruturas Morfo-léxico-sintáticas
English Basic Level



• 11
th
Lesson

Who was Juscelino Kubitschek?








Introduction
Hello! How are you?
Na aula de hoje vamos falar do que já passou, através de expressões de tempo e de verbos;
vamos aprender e praticar o uso de estruturas para falar do passado em inglês.
Come with me! (Venha comigo)
Speaking

7) Personalities Quiz – Choose a, b or c.

• Who was Juscelino Kubitschek?
a. a politician b. a singer c. a sportsman
• Who was Leonardo DaVinci?
a. a dancer b. a painter c. a singer
• Who was Ayrton Senna?
a. a taxi driver b. a F1 driver c. a pilot of boeings
Aims (Objetivos)
• Praticar o tempo passado dos verbos em inglês
através de frases e vocabulário com expressões
referentes ao passado.
• Entender como funcionam os verbos regulares do
inglês e a pronúncia diferenciada do –ed ao final dos
verbos. regulares.
• Who was Albert Einstein?
a. a musician b. an artist c. a scientist
• Who was Monteiro Lobato?
a. a composer b. a pianist c. a writer
• Who was Santos Dumont?
a. a driver b. an inventor c. a poet

Vocabulary

Word Formation

Muitas palavras em inglês são formadas por derivação, de verbos, substantivos, etc. No
exercício acima, temos várias palavras que designam atividades ou profissões formadas a partir de
substantivos e verbos e às quais são acrescentados os sufixos –er, -or, -ian e -ist.

1) Complete a tabela abaixo com as profissões do quiz do exercício anterior de acordo com a
terminação.

-er -or -ian -ist
Footballer Doctor Technician Psychologist



Grammar

1) Read the sentences below.

• Talking about today
+ He is in a meeting this afternoon.
? Do you like to travel on business?
- She doesn’t have free time during the week.

• Talking about yesterday
Como será que ficam as sentenças acima no tempo passado? Você deve estar se perguntando
o que muda... Para começar, temos em inglês o que chamamos de verbos regulares, e os verbos work,
travel nas frases acima são desse grupo de verbos. Mas o que dizer do verbo is em “He is in a
meeting this afternoon”? Ele também é um verbo regular? O verbo to be tem a sua particularidade
em todos os tempos verbais, portanto no passado também. Vamos ver por partes.

Verb To Be

Present simple Past simple
I am I was
You are You were
He is He was
She is She was
It is It was
We are We were
They are They were

Então, observe a frase do exemplo nas formas presente e passado:

He is in a meeting this afternoon. He was in a meeting yesterday afternoon.

Observe agora as formas negativa e interrogativa do verbo To Be no passado:
Negatives: He wasn’t(was not) in a meeting yesterday afternoon/You weren’t (were not) in a
meeting yesterday afternoon.
Questions: Was he….?/ Were you…?
Short answers: Yes, I/ he/ she/ it was or Yes, you/ we/ they were.
No, I/ he/ she/ it wasn’t or No, you/ we/ they weren’t.

Os demais verbos são classificados em regulares e irregulares. Vamos ver agora a conjugação
do verbo regular “work”:

Present simple Past simple
I work I worked
You work You worked
He works He worked
She works She worked
It works It worked
We work We worked
They work They worked

Viu como é simples? Os verbos não mudam de acordo com os pronomes como acontece no
tempo verbal Simple Present. Observe o exemplo abaixo:

I work a lot every day. I worked a lot yesterday. (qualquer pessoa, singular ou plural, vai
ser sempre a mesma coisa: terminação em ed)

O que dizer das negativas e interrogativas dos verbos de ação? Ora, também é muito simples:
aqui precisamos de um verbo auxiliar que, no tempo passado, é o did para todas as pessoas.
Negative
I didn’t (did not) work a lot yesterday
You didn’t (did not) work …
He didn’t (did not) work …
She didn’t (did not) work …
It didn’t (did not) work …
We didn’t (did not) work …
They didn’t (did not) work

Question
Did I work? Yes, you did/ No, you didn’t.
Did you work? Yes, I did/ No, I didn’t.
Did he work? Yes, he did. No, he didn’t.
Did she work? Yes, she did/No, she didn’t
Did it work? Yes, it did/ No, it didn’t.
Did we work? Yes, we did/ No, we didn’t.
Did they work? Yes, they did/No they didn’t.

Até aqui você deve ter percebido que, para fazer o passado dos verbos regulares, acrescenta-
se –ed. No entanto na negativa e na interrogativa em que usamos o auxiliar did não repetimos essa
terminação, ou seja, o verbo volta para o infinitivo. Fácil, não é?

• É importante lembrar também que só acrescentamos ED aos verbos regulares em frases
afirmativas no passado. Observe:
I worked a lot yesterday.
I didn’t work a lot yesterday.
Did you work a lot yesterday?

Para acrescentarmos ED aos verbos, temos que seguir algumas regras. Preste atenção:
• Em caso de verbos regulares de uma só sílaba, que terminem em consoante + vogal +
consoante, repetimos a última letra e acrescentamos ED. Ex.: stop – stopped;
• já em caso de verbos que terminam em E, acrescentamos apenas a letra D. Ex.: move –
moved;
• para os verbos regulares que terminam em Y, precedidos de consoante, tiramos a letra y e
acrescentamos IED. Ex.: study – studied.

Let’s practice!

2) Here you have a list of regular verbs. Add ED to put them in the past simple.

live answer accept
like ask add
approve arrive attach
cry calculate communicate
disappear dress disagree
end explain play
request intend balance
manage miss need
pretend carry succeed

3) Write 5 positive sentences in the simple past with verbs you learned in this lesson.

a. __________________________________________________________________________
b. __________________________________________________________________________
c. _________________________________________________________________________
d. __________________________________________________________________________
e. __________________________________________________________________________

4) Turn the sentences below in negative and interrogative. Be careful with the verb to Be!

a) He answered the phone call from Miami.
( -) ______________________________________________________________________________
( ?) _____________________________________________________________________________
b) They called their boss to know about the meeting.
( -) ______________________________________________________________________________
( ?) _____________________________________________________________________________
c) We lived in London last year because of Fabio’s job.
( -) ______________________________________________________________________________
( ?) _____________________________________________________________________________
d) John was a successful manager before he retired.
( -) ______________________________________________________________________________
( ?) _____________________________________________________________________________
e) You were my first partner in the company.
( -) ______________________________________________________________________________
( ?) _____________________________________________________________________________

f) Luis wanted to open a new bank account.
( -) ______________________________________________________________________________
( ?) _____________________________________________________________________________
g) Harry was a trainee when he started to work here.
( -) ______________________________________________________________________________
( ?) _____________________________________________________________________________

Vocabulary

Time expressions

I lived in São Paulo when I was 5.
I accepted to work there for four years.
I wanted to travel to China two years ago.
Yesterday evening I waited for your call.
She graduated in 2000.

Other expressions
This morning, the day before yesterday, last week, last month, last Tuesday, last summer, last year...

• We can say yesterday morning, yesterday afternoon and yesterday evening, BUT yesterday
night doesn’t exist. We say last night. (Muito “bacana” essa dica, não é?)

1) Fill in the sentences with a time expression:

a) I was born in Africa ___________ 1970.
b) My boss moved back to Brazil ____________ he got married.
c) He lived in Bristol ____________ three years.
d) I graduated four years ___________.
e) __________ week I got a promotion.
f) We accepted the new partner ___________ evening.
g) I didn't go home___________ weekend because some friends were here.
h) I played tennis every day ___________ I was a teenager.
i) I was at the cinema with my friends ___________ Saturday.
Pronunciation

-ED ending

Há três formas de pronunciar o som do ED /¨ ¨¨ ¨- -- -/, /4 44 4/ or /- -- -/. Observe o quadro abaixo:

Se o verbo terminar em verbo*: examplo pronúncia Sílaba
um desses sons: com -ed: do -ed: extra?
Unvoiced*
(sem voz)
/t/ want wanted
Voiced**
(com voz)
/d/ end ended
/¨ ¨¨ ¨- -- -/ sim
/p/ hope hoped
/f/ laugh laughed
/s/ dress dressed
/sh/ wash washed
/tch/ watch watched
unvoiced
/k/ like liked
/4 44 4/
play played
allow allowed
voiced
Todos os
outros
sons…
disappear disappeared
/- -- -/
Não
*significa que suas cordas vocais vibram quando diz o som.
**significa que suas cordas vocais não vibram.

• O som do E na terminação ED só é pronunciado quando o último som do verbo no infinitivo
é /4 44 4/ ou /- -- -/. Ex.: decide /- -- -¨ ¨¨ ¨’· ·· ·C CC C¨ ¨¨ ¨- -- -/ sendo a pronúncia do passado decided
/- -- -¨ ¨¨ ¨’· ·· ·C CC C¨ ¨¨ ¨- -- -¨ ¨¨ ¨- -- -/.
• Note que o som é que é importante, não a letra final. Para ter certeza, consulte sempre a
pronúncia do verbo no infinitivo (utilize o site http://dictionary.reference.com/?o=100074) e
verifique se o som final é de /4 44 4/ ou /- -- -/, isto é, se é voiced ou unvoiced.

1) Clique no link abaixo e assista ao video sobre os voiced e unvoiced sons no passado. Com
essa atividade você saberá o que significa em termos de som cada um desses sinais, ok?
http://my.englishclub.com/video/past-simple-regular-verb-1

Summary

Hoje falamos do que já passou, isto é, de como se faz o passado dos verbos em geral. As
estruturas estudadas hoje podem auxiliar quando você falar de suas atividades anteriores, do que fez
no passado e assim por diante. Espero que você estude através das atividades aqui propostas e não se
esqueça de trazer suas dúvidas para os chats e fóruns. Esclarecê-las só depende de você. Faça sua
parte. Pratique o novo vocabulário com as expressões de tempo e principalmente a pronúncia dos
sons dos verbos no passado. Estarei aqui quando você precisar, bem como seu professor tutor.

Enjoy your study!

Ana Célia Lima
Viviany Gomes Pontes
REFERÊNCIAS
Dictionary Reference.com. Online. Disponível em: http://dictionary.reference.com/?o=100074.
Acesso em: 15 ago. 2010.
Englishclub.com. Past Simple Regular Verb Endings. Disponível em
http://my.englishclub.com/video/past-simple-regular-verb-1. Acesso em: 12 nov. 2010.

Say.expressivo.com. Listen online. Online. Disponível em: http://say.expressivo.com/. Acesso em:
23 out. 2010.


Unidade 2 – Estruturas Morfo-léxico-sintáticas
English Basic Level


• 12
th
Lesson


Where did you go for your last holiday?









Introduction
HI, dear student! What’s up?
Em nossa aula de hoje, vamos abordar o passado por meio de acontecimentos históricos (ou
não) usando o tempo verbal do inglês que conta com verbos regulares e irregulares.. O seu passado e
o passado do mundo são importantes para o nosso presente. Para isso, vamos contar com uma aula
repleta de gramática, vocabulário e pronúncia!
Enjoy it! Practice it!
Vocabulary

8) Que verbos utilizamos com cada uma dessas expressões? Você se lembra? Alguns já
foram nosso objeto de estudo. Com alguns deles usamos go, have ou get. Coloque cada
um dos verbos na coluna correta. Depois, confira suas respostas em um dicionário.

_______________
a newspaper (=buy)
a taxi / bus / train (=take)
an e-mail / letter (=receive)
dressed
home (=arrive)
Aim
Estudar o Simple Past dos verbos em inglês.
Conhecer mais alguns verbos e acrescentar alguns vowel sounds à nossa lista.
to a restaurant (=arrive)
up



_______________
away (for the weekend)
by bus
for a walk
home (by bus / car)
out (on Friday night)
shopping
to a restaurant
to bed (early / late)
to church / to mosque
to the beach
_______________
breakfast / lunch / dinner
a car
a drink
a good time
a sandwich
a shower






9) Practice the expressions above. Copy and paste the dialogues at the website
http://say.expressivo.com. Then, listen and repeat.

• Você sabe a diferença entre as expressões go home e get home? Escreva aqui:
_________________________________________________________________________________

Speaking

3) Paula and David live in São Paulo and they are talking about David’s night out. Read
the dialogue and practice it.

Paula: Did you go out last night?
David: Yes, I did. What about you? Did you have fun?
Paula: No I didn’t. I had a test this morning so I stayed home to study last night.
David: I went out for a boys night out with my friends.
Paula: Hmmm. Good! Where did you go?
David: We went to a bar and after the bar we went to a friend’s house for a party.
Paula: Wow! It seems like you had a lot of fun!
David: Yes, we did. We talked and drank and it was very nice!
Paula: What did you have to eat and drink?
David: Well, at the beach bar we drank beer and after the party we had some sandwiches.
Paula: And how did you go home?
David: Oh, we took a taxi.
Paula: Very good idea! Did you get home very late?
David: No, I didn’t. I got home at about 1 p.m.
Paula: So, did you have a good time?
David: Yes, I did. It was great! But now I feel a bit tired and I want to go to bed again.

Grammar

1) Quais as 2 palavras que se repetem nas questões sublinhadas acima?
_________________________________________________________________________________

2) Qual a diferença entre as questões abaixo? Escreva as respostas das duas perguntas.
Where did you go? Did you have a good time?
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________

Como vimos na aula anterior, usamos o Simple Past para falar de atividades ou ações
terminadas. Ainda nesta unidade, vamos revisar o que já aprendemos e acrescentar os verbos
irregulares do inglês. Veja a conjugação do verbo irregular “get” (no sentido de chegar) no passado:

Affirmative Negative Interrogative
I got home late. I didn’t get home late. Did I get home late?
You got home late. You didn’t get home late. Did you get home late?
He got home late. He didn’t get home late. Did he get home late?
She got home late. She didn’t get home late. Did she get home late?
It got home late. It didn’t get home late. Did it get home late?
We got home late. We didn’t get home late. Did we get home late?
You got home late. You didn’t get home late. Did you get home late?
They got home late. They didn’t get home late. Did they get home late?
• Observe agora as short answers:
Yes, I did.
Yes, you did.
Yes, he did.
Yes, she did.
Yes, it did.
Yes, we did.
Yes, you did.
Yes, they did.
No, I didn’t.
No, you didn’t.
No, he didn’t.
No, she didn’t.
No, it didn’t.
No, we didn’t.
No, you didn’t.
No, they didn’t.

Como você pode ver, frases negativas e interrogativas exigem o auxiliar DID(N’T), e, após o
auxiliar, usamos o verbo no infinitivo uma vez que o auxiliar já demonstra que a frase está no tempo
passado, assim como as frases afirmativas demandam o uso dos verbos no passado, sejam eles
regulares ou não.
• Sempre que precisar, consulte a lista de verbos irregulares no final do livro ou um dicionário.
Os verbos que não constam nessa lista, provavelmente são regulares e devem ser acrescidos
de (I)ED de acordo com a terminação.
• Lembre-se sempre da seguinte ordem para perguntas em inglês, tanto no presente quanto no
passado:

ASI = auxiliar + sujeito + infinitivo (verbo)
Did you have a good time?
Did you get home late?

(wh-question)
QUASI = pronome interrogativo + auxiliar + sujeito + infinitivo (verbo)
How did you go home?
What time did you get home?

• O verbo can, que estudamos na aula 9, é um verbo modal utilizado também para formar
perguntas e frases negativas e é conjugado no passado em inglês da seguinte forma:
+ - ?
I could swim when I was 5. I couldn’t swim when I was 5. Could I swim when I was 5?
3) Encontre e circule os verbos abaixo na conversation do início da aula e os reescreva:

Drink = ______________________
Have = ______________________
Take = ______________________
Go = ________________________

4) Complete the sentences below with the simple past of the verbs in the box (consulte a
lista de verbos a que já me referi):



a. She _________________ us all the information we asked for.
b. I _________________ a very good time at the trade fair (feira de negócios).
c. I _________________ very nervous before my exam yesterday.
d. He _________________ to Paris by train.
e. I _________________ about it in the newspaper.
f. A woman came into the shop and _________________ five hats.

5) Teresa went on a business trip. Write questions using the words given (remember to use
QUASI and ASI):
Example: where / the hotel / was = Where was the hotel?_______________

a. Where / she / went = ________________________________________________
b. How long / she / stayed / there = _______________________________________
c. If / the food / was / good = ____________________________________________
d. If / she / went / by plane = ____________________________________________

6) Fill in the blanks with the past form of the verbs in parenthesis.

a. My sister (make) __________________ a birthday cake for me last week.
b. My friends (drive) __________________ to Los Angeles two weeks ago.
c. Elizabeth (take) __________________ some flowers to her mother last Saturday.
d. Last week my aunt (have) __________________ a baby.
e. The child (drink) __________________ some milk last night.
f. My teacher (buy) __________________ some new books last month.
7) Put the verbs into the correct form to complete the text about Simon’s holiday.

Last year I (spend) __________________ my holiday in Ireland. It (be) __________________ great.
I (travel) __________________ around by car with two friends and we (visit) __________________
lots of interesting places. In the evenings we usually (go) to a pub. One night we even (learn)
BE BUY GIVE GO HAVE READ
__________________ some Irish dances. We (be) __________________ very lucky with the
weather. It (not / rain) __________________ a lot. But we (see) __________________ some
beautiful rainbows. Where (spend / you) __________________ your last holiday?

8) Find the regular verb in each line and write it into the gap.
Example: say, lose, dance, sing - dance__

a) read, feel, play, see -________________
b) listen, do, go, make -________________
c) know, help, say, think -________________
d) like, write, forget, eat -________________
e) take, bring, cut, clean -________________
f) watch, be, have, meet -________________
g) put, buy, cook, teach -________________
h) catch, find, answer, lose -______________
i) want, tell, win, sit -________________
j) sell, build, drink, open -________________

Vocabulary

CULTURE QUIZ
1) Circle the correct answer:
1. She served as Prime Minister of the United Kingdom from 1979 to 1990. She was the first
woman in her position in the UK.
Hanna Suchocka Elisabeth Domitien Margaret Thatcher Edith Cresson



2. She was the first African American woman to become The United States Secretary of State. Her
name comes from Italian.
Miriam A. Ferguson Madeleine Albright Patience Sewell Latting Condoleezza Rice





3. Who was the inventor of dynamite?
The Chinese Georg Friedrich
Henning
Alfred Nobel Joseph Wilbrand



4. Who were the three musketeers in Alexandre Dumas's novel by the same name.
Athos, Portos,
d'Artagnan
Portos, d'Artagnan,
Aramis
Athos, Portos, Aramis Aramis, d'Artagnan,
Athos



5. Which war began in 1914?
Spanish-American war Russo-Japanese war World War II World War I



6. What Italian Renaissance artist painted the Sistine Chapel?
Claude Monet Leonardo Da Vinci Vincent Van Gogh Michelangelo


7. This pharmacist invented Coca Cola.
Frank Robinson James Russell Doctor John Pemberton Viktor Schauberger



8. Which company made the first commercial portable cell phone in 1983?
Samsung Nokia Att Motorola



Fonte: Adaptado do site www.123facts.com

Pronunciation

Vowel Sounds – Diphthongs /O OO O¨ ¨¨ ¨/ /¨ ¨¨ ¨* ** */ /] ]] ]* ** */ /± ±± ±* ** */
/O OO O¨ ¨¨ ¨/ /¨ ¨¨ ¨* ** */ /] ]] ]* ** */ /± ±± ±* ** */*
boy year where tourist




* Esse som não é muito comum.
1. Put the words below in the chart according to the vowel sounds. Check the
pronunciation at the website www.say.expressivo.com

airport
beer
coin
enjoy
euro
fair
here
plural
square
sure
toilet
we’re


Writing

1) Utilizando os verbos no passado estudados nesta aula de hoje, gostaria que você
escrevesse um texto contando sobre suas últimas férias. Para isso, você deve estruturar
o seu texto de modo que responda às seguintes perguntas:
- Where did you go? (to the beach, to the countryside,…)
- Who did you go with? (with your friends, family…)
- How did you go? (by car, by bus, by train, by plane…)
- What did you do?
- How long did you stay there? (2 days, a weekend, 3 weeks, a month…)
- Did you have a good time?
What did you do for your last holiday?
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________

Summary

Que tal a aula de hoje? Muitas descobertas e seu vocabulário crescendo? Hoje falamos de
verbos regulares e irregulares. Sim, os verbos irregulares são muitos e não os aprendemos em um
piscar de olhos. Aprender requer dedicação. Espero que você aproveite esse novo conhecimento não
apenas de modo teórico; anote as novas palavras e expressões que você encontra, pois só depende de
você estudar de modo a desenvolver suas habilidades linguísticas através dos tópicos que são
ensinados durante as aulas.
Basta querer! Bons estudos!

Bye bye!

Ana Célia Lima


REFERÊNCIAS

123 Facts.com. Trivia Quizzes. Online. Disponível em: http://www.123facts.com/. Acesso em: 01
nov. 2010.

Say.expressivo.com. Listen online. Online. Disponível em: http://say.expressivo.com/. Acesso em:
23 out. 2010.



Unidade 2 – Estruturas Morfo-léxico-sintáticas
English Basic Level


• 13
th
Lesson


Shopping for furniture









Introduction
Good morning! Good afternoon! Good evening!
Hoje temos muita coisa nova para estudar! Gramática, vocabulário e pronúncia de novas
palavras relacionadas a casas, móveis e demais objetos de decoração.
Let’s go!
Vocabulary
1. Complete the boxes in the picture below with the names:

DOOR – GARAGE – ROOF – STAIRS – WALL – WINDOW

Aim
Conhecer uma nova estrutura, There to be, no presente e no passado.
Conhecer vocabulário referente a móveis e as preposições indicadoras de lugar.
Treinar os sons das consoantes do inglês.


2. Do you live in a big house? How many rooms does it have? 7? 8? 9? …?
_________________________________________________________________________________

3. Look at the pictures below. Can you label the rooms? Use the words in the box:








1. ____________________________ 2. __________________________ 3. ___________________________


4. ____________________________ 5. __________________________ 6. ___________________________

4. Where are these objects from? Write BA for BATHROOM, BE for BEDROOM, D for
DINING ROOM, K for KITCHEN and L for LIVING ROOM.
BATHROOM – BEDROOM – DINING ROOM – GARAGE – HALL – KITCHEN





1. Armchair ( ) 2. Fireplace ( ) 3. Lamp ( )





4. Desk ( ) 5. Plant ( ) 6. Sofa ( )





7. Shower ( ) 8. Picture ( ) 9. Mirror ( )





10. Bed ( ) 11. Bath ( ) 12. Shelves ( )





13. Sink ( ) 14. Clock ( ) 15. Light ( )





16. Cupboard ( ) 17. Cooker ( ) 18. Floor ( )





19. Toilet ( ) 20. Fridge ( ) 21. Carpet ( )

Grammar

THERE TO BE

O verbo THERE + TO BE corresponde ao nosso haver ou existir e o utilizamos para falar do que
existe em um determinado espaço, por exemplo: There is a sofa in the living room. Para a forma do
verbo no singular, presente, vamos usar there is (affirmative) – ex.: there’s a car in the garage ou
there isn’t (negative ) – ex.: there isn’t a computer in the study room); para fazer perguntas, você já
sabe, invertemos a ordem. Ex.: Is there a television in your kitchen?
Como você pode observar pelo exemplo acima, podemos contrair “there + is” em frases
afirmativas (there’s), porém não podemos contrair a forma there are, usada para o plural. Ex.: There
are two dogs in the garden. There aren’t clouds in the sky today. Are there plants in your house? E
para respostas curtas vamos usar as mesmas estruturas. Observe: Is there a hospital in your street?
Yes, there is. / No, there isn’t. Ou para o plural: Are there many stores near your house? Yes, there
are. / No, there aren’t.
1) Make 5 (+) sentences to describe the picture below using THERE IS / THERE ARE:

a. _______________________
_________________________
b. _______________________
_________________________
c. _______________________
_________________________
d. _______________________
_________________________
e. _______________________
_________________________

2) What isn’t there in your street? Make 4 negative sentences.
Example: There isn’t a bank in my street.
a. _________________________________________________________
b. _________________________________________________________
c. _________________________________________________________
d. _________________________________________________________

3) Answer the questions about yourself. Use: Yes, there is / no, there isn’t / yes, there are /
no, there aren’t.
a. Are there two chairs in your bedroom? __________________________________________
b. Is there a television in your living room? _________________________________________
c. Is there a bus stop in your street? _______________________________________________
d. Are there pets in your house? __________________________________________________
e. Is there a computer in your bedroom? ___________________________________________
f. Are there flowers in your kitchen? ______________________________________________

¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨
THERE TO BE IN THE PAST

Assim como usamos o verbo There to be para falar de coisas que existem, também o
utilizamos para falar do que já existiu. Para usá-lo no passado, substituímos is e are por was e were,
respectivamente. Fazemos o mesmo para respostas curtas, porém there was e there were servem para
falar do passado, e geralmente são acompanhados de expressões de tempo. Ex.:
( + ) There was a good film on TV yesterday.
( - ) There weren’t many people at the conference last Friday.
( ? ) Were there parking spaces at the shopping mall on Sunday?

Let’s do exercises!

4) Complete the sentences below with the correct form of There to BE in the Past.
Ex.: How many people were there in the office yesterday?
a. _______________ a woman... no, wait: _______________ two women and three men.
b. - _______________ any problems with the new car this morning?
- No, the new car works perfectly.
c. It was really hard to find the way to Rose's house. _______________ any signs on the street
showing which way to go!
d. - So, did you go to New York last week?
- No, I tried to book a flight but_______________ any seats left.
e. - Can you help me find a copy of this book?
- I'm not sure we have it anymore. _____________one on that shelf last week... Hmm, it's been
sold.
f. ___________________ a new student in your class yesterday?

Pronunciation

Consonant Sounds /º ºº º/ /g gg g/ /p pp p/ /O OO O/

Shower
Wall
____________
____________

Clock
Kitchen
____________
____________

Bathroom
Bed
____________
____________

Carpet
Plant
____________
____________
1) Find two more words with the consonant sounds above and complete the spaces.

• Assim como em português, algumas letras do inglês são chamadas silent, ou seja, elas não são
pronunciadas. Isso acontece com a palavra hora em português (hour em inglês).
• Sempre consulte um dicionário e verifique a pronúncia das palavras. Dicionário Online:
http://dictionary.reference.com/?o=100074

Vocabulary

Prepositions of place (Preposições que indicam lugar)

1) Observe as figuras à esquerda e utilize as preposições de lugar para completar as frases
sobre o living room abaixo:






Fonte: EnglishClub.com










Up
Down Out of
Into
In On
Under Over
Next to
Across
Along


Fonte: Flickr.com

2) Use as preposições acima e faça frases descrevendo a posição de 2 objetos ao seu redor.
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________

Writing

1) Look at the picture Vincent’s Bedroom at Arles by Vincent Van Gogh and make
sentences using THERE + TO BE and prepositions:

a. ___________________________________________________________________________
b. ___________________________________________________________________________
c. ___________________________________________________________________________
d. ___________________________________________________________________________
e. ___________________________________________________________________________
f. ___________________________________________________________________________
g. ___________________________________________________________________________


Summary

Hoje falamos do que existe, e você aprendeu a descrever um ambiente e seus móveis e
demais objetos que o compõem. Além disso, você viu como precisar a localização desses objetos
através das preposições de lugar. Outra coisa nova foram os sons das consoantes, o que vamos
estudar um por um até o final do curso. Isso vai auxiliá-lo no reconhecimento das diferenças de sons
entre a língua inglesa e o português com que você já está acostumado. Como você pode perceber, aos
poucos, com o passar das aulas, seu vocabulário aumenta e você descobre mais coisas novas sobre a
língua inglesa. O que sempre recomendo ao final de nossas aulas é a prática; sem prática não há
aprendizado. Busque aprender e colabore para que isso aconteça de forma efetiva. Estude!

See you soon!

Ana Célia Lima

REFERÊNCIAS

Dictionary Reference.com. Online. Disponível em: http://dictionary.reference.com/?o=100074.
Acesso em: 15 ago. 2010.

English Club.com. Prepositions of place. Online. Disponível em:
http://www.englishclub.com/vocabulary/prepositions-of-place.htm. Acesso em: 30 nov. 2010.

Flickr.com. Photos Gabriel HL. Online. Disponível em:
http://www.flickr.com/photos/gabrielhl/2743022850/. Acesso em: 29 nov. 2010.



Unidade 2 – Estruturas Morfo-léxico-sintáticas
English Basic Level


• 14
th
Lesson


Where’s the post office?








Introduction

Hi! It’s time to study!!!
Nesta aula vamos aprender um novo tempo verbal, além de expressões verbais e nomes de
lugares para aumentar o seu vocabulário. Temos ainda a pronúncia de um som muito peculiar do
present continuous.
Let’s start!?


Aim
Aprender a falar do que está acontecendo através do present continuous.
Verificar a diferença entre este e o present simple.
Conhecer novas expressões verbais, nomes de lugares, estabelecimentos comerciais e a
pronúncia do som do –ing.
Reading

1) Read the sentences below:

He works from 8 a.m. to 5 p.m.
Excuse me, do you speak English?
What does she do in your company?
Most people learn time is money.
I go to São Paulo once a week.

Compare the sentences above with these new sentences.

He is working overtime this week.
Listen to those people. What language are they speaking?
What are you doing in your day by day?
Maria is learning English in Britain at the moment.
I’m going to an important meeting now.

Grammar

What’s different?

Você deve se lembrar de que os verbos das frases do primeiro grupo estão no Present Simple
e ele é usado para falar sobre coisas de rotina ou que se repetem no tempo (vimos isso na aula 5). Já
o tempo verbal dos verbos que compõem as frases do segundo grupo nós o chamamos de Present
Continuous e ele é usado, geralmente, quando

• a ação ocorre no momento ou perto do momento da fala;
• a ação não é terminada, ou seja, está em progresso;
• se quer referir a um futuro próximo.

Tom and Ann are talking in a café:
TOM: I’m reading an interesting book at the moment.
ANN: Lend me it when you finish reading!
Tom não está lendo o livro no momento da fala. Ele começou a ler o livro, mas ainda não
terminou.
Some more examples:
-Catherine wants to work in Italy, so she is learning Italian (but she isn’t learning exactly at the time
of speaking).
-Some friends of mine are starting their own business. They hope it’s finished before 2011.

• A estrutura do present continuous consiste no uso do verbo to be (am / is / are) + verbos com a
terminação –ing, que significa o gerúndio da língua inglesa. Observe a conjugação do verbo
work:

Affirmative
I am working.
You are working.
He is working.
She is working.
It is working.
We are working.
They are working.
Negative
I’m not working.
You aren’t working.
He isn’t working.
She isn’t working.
It isn’t working.
We aren’t working.
They aren’t working.
Interrogative
Am I working?
Are you working?
Is he working?
Is she working?
Is it working?
Are we working?
Are they working?
Facílimo, não é mesmo?
• Existem regras para acrescentarmos - ing aos verbos. São as seguintes:
- Em caso de verbos terminados na letra –e, tiramos a letra –e e acrescentamos –ing. Ex.: live –
living;
- em caso de verbos de apenas uma sílaba, terminados em consoante + vogal + consoante, dobramos
a última letra e acrescentamos –ing. Ex.: stop – stopped;
- para todos os outros verbos, com outras terminações, acrescenta-se –ing ao verbo. Ex.: walk –
walking.
• Quando usamos o Present Continuous para falar de coisas que estão acontecendo,
frequentemente temos as expressões de tempo hoje (today), esta semana (this week), este mês
(this month), etc.
-You’re working hard today.
- Is Mr. Brown travelling on business this month?
• Usamos o Present Continuous também para falar sobre mudanças:
-The population of the world is rising very fast. (not “rises”)
- Is your English getting better? (not “does your English get better”)
Other uses:
-I always check my e-mails. (confiro sempre, todo dia, etc.)
-I’m always checking my e-mails. (confiro o tempo todo, mais vezes do que é necessário)
-You always watch TV. You love to watch the news.
-You are always watching TV. You should do something more active.

• IMPORTANT: The following verbs are not normally used in continuous verbs.





PRACTICE

1) Are the underlined verbs right or wrong? Correct the verbs that are wrong.
a) The water boils. Can you turn it off? Wrong: is boiling.
b) Water boils at 100 degrees Celsius. _______________________________________
c) Look! That man tries to save the file in his computer. __________________________
d)Can you hear those people? What do they talk about? __________________________
e) The boss travels to Miami every week. _______________________________________
f) I must go home now. It gets late. ____________________________________________
g) I usually drive to work. ___________________________________________________
h)‘Hurry up! It’s time to leave the office.’ ‘Ok, I come. ____________________________

2) Put the verb in the correct form, present simple or present continuous.
a) Julia is very good at languages. She _______________(speak) four languages very well.
b) ___________________ (listen) to the news everyday?
c) The Apple computers _____________________ (get better) day by day.
d) ‘How is your English?’ ‘Not bad. It __________________(improve) slowly.
e) Ron is in London at the moment. He ___________________(stay) at the Park Hotel.
Like love hate want need prefer
Know realize suppose mean understand seem
Believe remember belong contain consist depend

f) My employees ______________ in Bristol. They have shared a house there for a long time.
g) Sonia __________________ (look) for a place to live near her office.

3) Write about something you always do and you are always doing with the verbs below.


a) It’s always raining when I try to play soccer._________________________________
b) ____________________________________________________________________
c)_____________________________________________________________________
d)_____________________________________________________________________
e)_____________________________________________________________________
f)_____________________________________________________________________
g)_____________________________________________________________________
h)_____________________________________________________________________
i)_____________________________________________________________________
j)_____________________________________________________________________
k)_____________________________________________________________________

Vocabulary

PLACES IN TOWN
1) Match the pictures to the nouns.
( ) baker’s
( ) bus stop
( ) butcher’s
( ) church
( ) department store
( ) drugstore 1. 2. 3. 4.
( ) bridge
( ) gas station
( ) museum
( ) parking lot
( ) police station 5. 6. 7. 8.
( ) post office
( ) river
lose spend leave rain do break use think forget start go
( ) sports center
( ) square
( ) train station
( ) travel agent 9. 10. 11. 12.







13. 14. 15. 16.




17.
Reading

English exercise "Present continuous OR Present simple?"


1) Read and complete the text with the appropriate verb tenses:

“My name _______________ (to be) Peter; l _______________ (to live) in the suburbs of Boston
with my family. Most people _______________ (to believe) we _______________ (to be) rich
because we _______________ (to live) in a big house. But our family _______________ (to seem) to
be like any other one. Have a look:
Maggy, my wife, _______________ (to like) cooking. She _______________ (to enjoy) being in the
kitchen with her friends. At the moment she _______________ (to make) a cake and you can't talk to
her.
What really _______________ (to worry) her is our daughter who _______________ (to prefer) to
chat in front of her computer instead of cooking with her. Like many teenagers, Jenny
_______________ (to think) it _______________ (to be) easier to get advice from someone you
_______________ (not + to go to) see later. It's 5 pm. Paul, my son, _______________ (to play)
basketball in the garden and I _______________ (to watch) TV, I _______________ (to wait) for
this delicious cake that Maggy _______________ (to cook) . I told you, a family as yours.” (Peter)

Fonte: www.tolearnenglish.com
Pronunciation

-ING Sound

O som da pronúncia do gerúndio em inglês, formado pela terminação –ing, é muito peculiar,
representado pelo símbolo /ª ªª ª/. Esse símbolo traduz, na maioria das vezes, o som das letras i+n
seguidas das letras k ou g. Esse som é recorrente no present continuous por causa da terminação dos
verbos.

1) Circule as palavras abaixo que não possuem o som /ª ªª ª/. Lembre-se de consultar a
pronúncia em um dicionário! (Sugestão: http://dictionary.reference.com/?o=100074)

Boiling
Daughter
Drugstore
English
Garden
Kitchen
Long
Meeting
Reading
Spend
Think
Working

2) Pratique os verbos no present continuous que você aprendeu nesta aula no site
http://say.expressivo.com/.

Writing

2) Write about the things you are doing these days. Ex.: I am studying English.

___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
3) Complete the answers using the present continuous and the verb phrases given.

a. What is she doing at the travel agent’s? She is ………………………………………………..
(book a ticket).
b. What is he doing at the post office? He is ……………………………………………………...
(send a letter).
c. What are they doing at the drugstore? They are ..........................................................................
(buy some medicine).
d. What is she doing at the bus station? She is ……………………………………………………
(wait for her cousin).
e. What is Mark doing at the department store? He is ……………………………………………
(buy Christmas gifts).
f. What is Lisa doing at the museum? She is …………………………………………………….
(work). She is a tour guide.
g. What are they doing at the gas station? They are ........................................................................
(fill in their car).
h. What are Claire and Susan doing at the square? They are ……………………………………
……………….. (take a walk).

Summary

Na aula de hoje o tema foi o seu presente, o que você tem feito recentemente. Estudamos o
present continuous e você percebeu a diferença entre os dois tempos verbais Present continuous x
Present Simple (que você tem estudado a partir da aula 5). Além disso, vimos um novo vocabulário
que diz respeito a lugares na cidade e estabelecimentos comerciais. Você aprendeu ainda expressões
com verbos no gerúndio e verbos que não são usados no gerúndio, em inglês. Espero que faça bom
proveito da gramática, vocabulário e pronúncia contidos nesta aula.

Remember that practice makes perfect!
Let’s go study?

Ana Célia Lima
REFERÊNCIAS


Dictionary Reference.com. Online. Disponível em: http://dictionary.reference.com/?o=100074.
Acesso em: 15 ago. 2010.

Say.expressivo.com. Listen online. Online. Disponível em: http://say.expressivo.com/. Acesso em:
23 out. 2010.

ToLearnEnglish.com. Present Continuous or Present Simple? Online. Disponível em:
http://www.tolearnenglish.com/exercises/exercise-english-2/exercise-english-12052.php. Acesso em:
12 dez. 2010.



Unidade 2 – Estruturas Morfo-léxico-sintáticas
English Basic Level


• 15
th
Lesson


How much coffee and water do you drink a day?









Introduction
Hello! How are you?
Hoje é dia de estudar inglês! Novas estruturas gramaticais, novas palavras e a pronúncia de
novos sons da língua inglesa esperam por você nesta aula.
Enjoy your class!
Speaking & Reading

1) Read the conversations below:
Talking about coffee
Aim
Conhecer novas palavras e um novo vocabulário que inclui comida, bebida e
substantivos contáveis e incontáveis de modo geral.
Conhecer os quantifiers do inglês, palavras muito importantes para falarmos de
quantidade.
Aprimorar a pronúncia de mais alguns sons das consoantes.
A: How much coffee do you drink?
B: About 8 cups a day.
A: That's too much!
B: How many cups of coffee do you drink?
A: No more than 2 cups a day.
B: That's not enough.
Talking about water

A: How much water do you drink?
B: About a glass.
A: That's not enough.
B: How many glasses of water do you drink?
A: At least 8 glasses a day.
B: That's too much.
8 cups of coffee is unhealthy*. 8 glasses of water is healthy**. Coffee is usually recommended by
doctors (2 cups maximum) and water is always recommended by doctors (8-12 glasses is the
recommended standard).
*Unhealthy = it’s not good for you. Não é saudável para você.
**Healthy = it’s good for you. É saudável para você.
Agora, responda à seguinte pergunta:
2) How much water do you drink a day? How many cups of coffee do you drink a day?
_________________________________________________________________________________
Vocabulary
FOOD

1) Write B for Breakfast, S for Snack (lanche), L for Lunch and D for Dinner.






1. Pineapple ( ) 2. Sugar ( ) 3. Sweetening ( ) 4. Lettuce ( )





5. Rice ( ) 6. Bananas ( ) 7. Potatoes ( )




8. Chocolate ( ) 9. Cookies ( ) 10. Cake ( ) 11. Candies ( )




12. Coffee ( ) 13. Meat ( ) 14. Pork ( ) 15. Ice cream ( )





16. Onion ( ) 17. Carrot ( ) 18. Cereal ( )





19. Tea ( ) 20. Mushroom ( ) 21. Cracker ( ) 22. Peas





23. Hamburger ( ) 24. Beans ( ) 25. Chicken ( )






26. Jam ( ) 27. Yogurt ( ) 28. Orange juice ( ) 29. Milk ( )





30. Lemmon ( ) 31. Spaghetti ( ) 32. Apples ( ) 33. Butter ( )




34. Passion fruit ( ) 35. Strawberry ( ) 36. Oil ( ) 37. Garlic ( )





38. Eggs ( ) 39. Bread ( ) 40. Fish ( )




41. Peach ( ) 42. French fries ( ) 43. Ham ( ) 44. Cheese ( )





45. Fruit salad ( ) 46. Salad ( ) 47. Tomato ( ) 48. Toast ( )
COUNTABLE X UNCOUNTABLE NOUNS

Em inglês, os substantivos são divididos em contáveis e incontáveis (countable and
uncountable nouns). Os contáveis são os substantivos que têm forma no plural e podem ser contados.
Ex.: apples, potatoes, cookies….
Já os substantivos incontáveis não possuem plural e servem para porções ou coisas que não
podem ser contadas. Ex.: one rice, two rices; não contamos arroz, então o certo é dizer Rice, sem
plural.
Caso você queira dizer que tem uma quantidade específica daquela porção, você vai usar as
medidas ou falar do recipiente e isso sim, pode ser contado. Ex.: a / one kilo of coffee, two kilos of
meat, three glasses of water, etc. Entendeu direitinho?

• Em alguns dicionários você pode consultar se o substantivo é contável ou incontável, as
palavras possuem os símbolos [C] para countable nouns, e [U] para uncountable nouns.
• Em certos casos, dependendo da expressão utilizada, o substantivo pode ser contável e
incontável. Ex.: ice cream [U] – não sabemos a quantidade, ice cream cone (casquinha de
sorvete) [C].
• Substantivos abstratos são incontáveis.
• Você pode usar a/an antes de countable nouns apenas no singular.
• Você não pode usar a/an antes de um uncountable noun. Ao invés disso, você deve usar a
medida e assim a palavra se torna countable. Ex.: A grain of sand, a block of ice, a lot of
wisdom.

As seguintes palavras são incontáveis em inglês, mas geralmente contáveis em português:
Information
Advice
Weather
Equipment
News
Medicine
Hair
Furniture
Fruit
Vacation
Music
Bread
Por serem incontáveis, é comum que, com essas palavras, para que se dê uma ideia de plural,
usemos expressões como a piece of, a bar of, a pint of, a liter of, a glass of, a can of, etc. Se assim
acontecer, lembre-se de que essas expressões têm plural:
Ex: Would you like a piece of cheese?
I have some pieces of advice for you.
She bought two bars of soap in the market.
Se uma palavra é incontável, o verbo que a acompanha deve estar obrigatoriamente no
singular:
The news is amazing.
The weather is nice today.
The information was given last night.
Let’s practice?!?!
5) Label the food pictures (above) in the vocabulary exercise [C] or [U], countable or
uncountable according to the picture (se você não souber a quantidade certa, ou não puder
numerar a quantidade no plural, o substantivo é incontável).

6) Countable or Uncountable? Some of the following sentences contain mistakes. Find the
mistakes and correct them.
1. How many money do you have in the bank?
2. How many dollars do you get for 1000 Euros?
3. My brother is lonely because he has only little friends.
4. We have a little time left so we need to hurry.
5. I read his message many times and I don’t understand it.
6. How many times does it take to go from London to New York?
7. There are not many furniture in this room so there is lots of space.
8. I bought two clothes this weekend, a jacket and a little pants.
9. We had very little bad weather this year.
10. The news about the company’s profits were very bad.

Grammar

Quantifiers
Já vimos que um substantivo em inglês pode ser contável ou incontável. Dependendo dessa
característica, certas palavras poderão ou não acompanhá-lo. Os quantifiers são quantificadores,
adjetivos, pronomes e artigos que usamos para qualificar os substantivos em termos de quantidade.
Veja a tabela seguinte:
Countable Uncountable
A/an -
Any (of) Any
Some Some
Few/ a few Little/ a little
(How) many (How) much
A lot of/ lots of A lot of/ lots of
Observe os exemplos a seguir:
Would you like an apple? I need some new shoes.
Would you like some tea? I have few/a few friends.
How much money do you have? How many girlfriends does he have?
I got a lot of/ lots of presents. Let´s make a lot of/ lots of money.

Fonte: Blog Dicas e Regras de Inglês
• Usamos some para quantidades indefinidas ou desconhecidas apenas em frases positivas ou
para oferecer ou pedir algo. Ex.: I have some money at the bank. Can I have some water?
• Any é usado em frases interrogativas ou negativas. Ex.: I don’t have any free time during the
week. Do you need any help?
Vamos utilizar novamente as perguntas do começo desta aula para observarmos o uso dos
quantifiers:
How much water do you drink a day? How much coffee do you drink a day?
Uncountable nouns
• Full answers
+ I drink a lot of water.
+ I drink quite a lot of coffee.
- I don’t drink much water.
- I don’t drink any coffee.
• Short answers
+ A lot (muito)
+ Quite a lot (bastante).
- Not much (não muito).
- None (nenhum, nada).
Countable nouns
How many candies do you eat a day? How many hamburgers do you eat a day?
• Full answers
+ I eat a lot of hamburgers.
+ I eat quite a lot of candies.
- I don’t eat many candies.
- I don’t eat any hamburgers.
• Short answers
+ A lot.
+ Quite a lot.
- Not many.
- None.
It’s time to exercise!
1) Choose the correct quantifier (much, any, many, lots of, a lot, little, a little).
a. They had __________________ homework in mathematics.
b. How __________________ time do you need to finish the work?
c. There are too __________________ students in the library.
d. Did you visit __________________ foreign country?
e. Although he's very ill, he didn't take __________________ medicine.
f. __________________ people know as much about linguistics as John does.
g. They say __________________ medicine is a dangerous thing.
h. He's having __________________ of trouble passing his driving test.
i. I spend __________________ of my time reading novels.
j. He knows __________________ English.

2) Complete the questions using how much / how many:
__________________ lemonade have we got? Not much.
__________________ bottles are there? Three.
__________________ meat is there? We have got two steaks.
__________________ bananas have we got? We haven’t got any.
__________________ sugar have we got? Enough.
__________________ bread have we got? Some.
__________________ bikes are there in the garden? Two.
__________________ milk have we got? About one and a half litre.
__________________ years is this wine old? It’s 22 years old.

¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨

MEASURES (medidas)

1 inch (in) = 1 polegada = 2,54 centímetros;
1 foot (ft) = 1 pé = 30,48 centímetros;
1 yard (yd) = 1 jarda = 91 centímetros;
1 mile* = 1 milha = 1.609 quilômetros;
1 league = 1 légua = 4.828 milhas.
1 libra (lb) = 0,454gramas
1 once (oz) = 28,35 gramas
1 cup ( xícara) = 0,2371 litros
1 gallon (gal) = 3.7851 litros

Pronunciation

Vamos aproveitar o novo vocabulário desta aula para estudar a pronúncia de alguns sons.
Veja:
/_ __ _/ /´ ´´ ´/ /- -- -/ /e ee e/
glass healthy dinner sugar





1) Complete the table above with words from the box.

Bread
Candies
Fish
Hamburger
How
Passion fruit
Spaghetti
Yogurt


2) Add two more words from this lesson to each column. Use a dictionary.
(http://dictionary.reference.com/?o=100074). Check with your tutor and practice the
pronunciation at www.say.expressivo.com.

Summary

Na aula de hoje estudamos um novo vocabulário referente a comida, bebida e refeições por
meio de substantivos contáveis e incontáveis em inglês. Além disso, ainda vimos os quantifiers,
usados para falar de quantidades e número de substantivos, plural ou singular. Vimos também novas
expressões e palavras que não têm plural e como utilizá-las. A pronúncia também teve destaque na
aula de hoje, com novos sons de consoantes. Nosso objetivo neste curso é fazer com que você
entenda e pratique a língua inglesa no seu ambiente de trabalho. Não se esqueça de tirar suas dúvidas
e de estudar tudo de novo para que você aprenda bem! Seu aprendizado depende de seu esforço!

See you next class!!!

Ana Célia Lima


REFERÊNCIAS


Blog Dicas e Regras de Inglês (postado por Nara). Online. Disponível em:
http://dicasingles.blogspot.com/2007/03/countable-and-uncountable-nouns.html. Acesso em: 12 dez.
2010.

Dictionary Reference.com. Online. Disponível em: http://dictionary.reference.com/?o=100074.
Acesso em: 15 ago. 2010.

Say.expressivo.com. Listen online. Online. Disponível em: http://say.expressivo.com/. Acesso em:
23 out. 2010.
Unidade 2 – Estruturas Morfo-léxico-sintáticas
English Basic Level


• 15
th
Lesson


How much coffee and water do you drink a day?





Aim
Conhecer novas palavras e um novo vocabulário que inclui comida, bebida e
substantivos contáveis e incontáveis de modo geral.
Conhecer os quantifiers do inglês, palavras muito importantes para falarmos de
quantidade.
Aprimorar a pronúncia de mais alguns sons das consoantes.




Introduction
Hello! How are you?
Hoje é dia de estudar inglês! Novas estruturas gramaticais, novas palavras e a pronúncia de
novos sons da língua inglesa esperam por você nesta aula.
Enjoy your class!
Speaking & Reading

3) Read the conversations below:
Talking about coffee

A: How much coffee do you drink?
B: About 8 cups a day.
A: That's too much!
B: How many cups of coffee do you drink?
A: No more than 2 cups a day.
B: That's not enough.
Talking about water

A: How much water do you drink?
B: About a glass.
A: That's not enough.
B: How many glasses of water do you drink?
A: At least 8 glasses a day.
B: That's too much.
8 cups of coffee is unhealthy*. 8 glasses of water is healthy**. Coffee is usually recommended by
doctors (2 cups maximum) and water is always recommended by doctors (8-12 glasses is the
recommended standard).
*Unhealthy = it’s not good for you. Não é saudável para você.
**Healthy = it’s good for you. É saudável para você.
Agora, responda à seguinte pergunta:
4) How much water do you drink a day? How many cups of coffee do you drink a day?
_________________________________________________________________________________
Vocabulary
FOOD

2) Write B for Breakfast, S for Snack (lanche), L for Lunch and D for Dinner.






1. Pineapple ( ) 2. Sugar ( ) 3. Sweetening ( ) 4. Lettuce ( )





5. Rice ( ) 6. Bananas ( ) 7. Potatoes ( )




8. Chocolate ( ) 9. Cookies ( ) 10. Cake ( ) 11. Candies ( )




12. Coffee ( ) 13. Meat ( ) 14. Pork ( ) 15. Ice cream ( )





16. Onion ( ) 17. Carrot ( ) 18. Cereal ( )





19. Tea ( ) 20. Mushroom ( ) 21. Cracker ( ) 22. Peas





23. Hamburger ( ) 24. Beans ( ) 25. Chicken ( )






26. Jam ( ) 27. Yogurt ( ) 28. Orange juice ( ) 29. Milk ( )





30. Lemmon ( ) 31. Spaghetti ( ) 32. Apples ( ) 33. Butter ( )




34. Passion fruit ( ) 35. Strawberry ( ) 36. Oil ( ) 37. Garlic ( )





38. Eggs ( ) 39. Bread ( ) 40. Fish ( )




41. Peach ( ) 42. French fries ( ) 43. Ham ( ) 44. Cheese ( )





45. Fruit salad ( ) 46. Salad ( ) 47. Tomato ( ) 48. Toast ( )
COUNTABLE X UNCOUNTABLE NOUNS

Em inglês, os substantivos são divididos em contáveis e incontáveis (countable and
uncountable nouns). Os contáveis são os substantivos que têm forma no plural e podem ser contados.
Ex.: apples, potatoes, cookies….
Já os substantivos incontáveis não possuem plural e servem para porções ou coisas que não
podem ser contadas. Ex.: one rice, two rices; não contamos arroz, então o certo é dizer Rice, sem
plural.
Caso você queira dizer que tem uma quantidade específica daquela porção, você vai usar as
medidas ou falar do recipiente e isso sim, pode ser contado. Ex.: a / one kilo of coffee, two kilos of
meat, three glasses of water, etc. Entendeu direitinho?

• Em alguns dicionários você pode consultar se o substantivo é contável ou incontável, as
palavras possuem os símbolos [C] para countable nouns, e [U] para uncountable nouns.
• Em certos casos, dependendo da expressão utilizada, o substantivo pode ser contável e
incontável. Ex.: ice cream [U] – não sabemos a quantidade, ice cream cone (casquinha de
sorvete) [C].
• Substantivos abstratos são incontáveis.
• Você pode usar a/an antes de countable nouns apenas no singular.
• Você não pode usar a/an antes de um uncountable noun. Ao invés disso, você deve usar a
medida e assim a palavra se torna countable. Ex.: A grain of sand, a block of ice, a lot of
wisdom.

As seguintes palavras são incontáveis em inglês, mas geralmente contáveis em português:
Information
Advice
Weather
Equipment
News
Medicine
Hair
Furniture
Fruit
Vacation
Music
Bread
Por serem incontáveis, é comum que, com essas palavras, para que se dê uma ideia de plural,
usemos expressões como a piece of, a bar of, a pint of, a liter of, a glass of, a can of, etc. Se assim
acontecer, lembre-se de que essas expressões têm plural:
Ex: Would you like a piece of cheese?
I have some pieces of advice for you.
She bought two bars of soap in the market.
Se uma palavra é incontável, o verbo que a acompanha deve estar obrigatoriamente no
singular:
The news is amazing.
The weather is nice today.
The information was given last night.
Let’s practice?!?!
7) Label the food pictures (above) in the vocabulary exercise [C] or [U], countable or
uncountable according to the picture (se você não souber a quantidade certa, ou não puder
numerar a quantidade no plural, o substantivo é incontável).

8) Countable or Uncountable? Some of the following sentences contain mistakes. Find the
mistakes and correct them.
1. How many money do you have in the bank?
2. How many dollars do you get for 1000 Euros?
3. My brother is lonely because he has only little friends.
4. We have a little time left so we need to hurry.
5. I read his message many times and I don’t understand it.
6. How many times does it take to go from London to New York?
7. There are not many furniture in this room so there is lots of space.
8. I bought two clothes this weekend, a jacket and a little pants.
9. We had very little bad weather this year.
10. The news about the company’s profits were very bad.

Grammar

Quantifiers
Já vimos que um substantivo em inglês pode ser contável ou incontável. Dependendo dessa
característica, certas palavras poderão ou não acompanhá-lo. Os quantifiers são quantificadores,
adjetivos, pronomes e artigos que usamos para qualificar os substantivos em termos de quantidade.
Veja a tabela seguinte:
Countable Uncountable
A/an -
Any (of) Any
Some Some
Few/ a few Little/ a little
(How) many (How) much
A lot of/ lots of A lot of/ lots of
Observe os exemplos a seguir:
Would you like an apple? I need some new shoes.
Would you like some tea? I have few/a few friends.
How much money do you have? How many girlfriends does he have?
I got a lot of/ lots of presents. Let´s make a lot of/ lots of money.

Fonte: Blog Dicas e Regras de Inglês
• Usamos some para quantidades indefinidas ou desconhecidas apenas em frases positivas ou
para oferecer ou pedir algo. Ex.: I have some money at the bank. Can I have some water?
• Any é usado em frases interrogativas ou negativas. Ex.: I don’t have any free time during the
week. Do you need any help?
Vamos utilizar novamente as perguntas do começo desta aula para observarmos o uso dos
quantifiers:
How much water do you drink a day? How much coffee do you drink a day?
Uncountable nouns
• Full answers
+ I drink a lot of water.
+ I drink quite a lot of coffee.
- I don’t drink much water.
- I don’t drink any coffee.
• Short answers
+ A lot (muito)
+ Quite a lot (bastante).
- Not much (não muito).
- None (nenhum, nada).
Countable nouns
How many candies do you eat a day? How many hamburgers do you eat a day?
• Full answers
+ I eat a lot of hamburgers.
+ I eat quite a lot of candies.
- I don’t eat many candies.
- I don’t eat any hamburgers.
• Short answers
+ A lot.
+ Quite a lot.
- Not many.
- None.
It’s time to exercise!
3) Choose the correct quantifier (much, any, many, lots of, a lot, little, a little).
a. They had __________________ homework in mathematics.
b. How __________________ time do you need to finish the work?
c. There are too __________________ students in the library.
d. Did you visit __________________ foreign country?
e. Although he's very ill, he didn't take __________________ medicine.
f. __________________ people know as much about linguistics as John does.
g. They say __________________ medicine is a dangerous thing.
h. He's having __________________ of trouble passing his driving test.
i. I spend __________________ of my time reading novels.
j. He knows __________________ English.

4) Complete the questions using how much / how many:
__________________ lemonade have we got? Not much.
__________________ bottles are there? Three.
__________________ meat is there? We have got two steaks.
__________________ bananas have we got? We haven’t got any.
__________________ sugar have we got? Enough.
__________________ bread have we got? Some.
__________________ bikes are there in the garden? Two.
__________________ milk have we got? About one and a half litre.
__________________ years is this wine old? It’s 22 years old.

¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨

MEASURES (medidas)

1 inch (in) = 1 polegada = 2,54 centímetros;
1 foot (ft) = 1 pé = 30,48 centímetros;
1 yard (yd) = 1 jarda = 91 centímetros;
1 mile* = 1 milha = 1.609 quilômetros;
1 league = 1 légua = 4.828 milhas.
1 libra (lb) = 0,454gramas
1 once (oz) = 28,35 gramas
1 cup ( xícara) = 0,2371 litros
1 gallon (gal) = 3.7851 litros

Pronunciation

Vamos aproveitar o novo vocabulário desta aula para estudar a pronúncia de alguns sons.
Veja:
/_ __ _/ /´ ´´ ´/ /- -- -/ /e ee e/
glass healthy dinner sugar





3) Complete the table above with words from the box.

Bread
Candies
Fish
Hamburger
How
Passion fruit
Spaghetti
Yogurt


4) Add two more words from this lesson to each column. Use a dictionary.
(http://dictionary.reference.com/?o=100074). Check with your tutor and practice the
pronunciation at www.say.expressivo.com.

Summary

Na aula de hoje estudamos um novo vocabulário referente a comida, bebida e refeições por
meio de substantivos contáveis e incontáveis em inglês. Além disso, ainda vimos os quantifiers,
usados para falar de quantidades e número de substantivos, plural ou singular. Vimos também novas
expressões e palavras que não têm plural e como utilizá-las. A pronúncia também teve destaque na
aula de hoje, com novos sons de consoantes. Nosso objetivo neste curso é fazer com que você
entenda e pratique a língua inglesa no seu ambiente de trabalho. Não se esqueça de tirar suas dúvidas
e de estudar tudo de novo para que você aprenda bem! Seu aprendizado depende de seu esforço!
See you next class!!!

Ana Célia Lima

REFERÊNCIAS


Blog Dicas e Regras de Inglês (postado por Nara). Online. Disponível em:
http://dicasingles.blogspot.com/2007/03/countable-and-uncountable-nouns.html. Acesso em: 12 dez.
2010.

Dictionary Reference.com. Online. Disponível em: http://dictionary.reference.com/?o=100074.
Acesso em: 15 ago. 2010.

Say.expressivo.com. Listen online. Online. Disponível em: http://say.expressivo.com/. Acesso em:
23 out. 2010.


Unidade 2 – Estruturas Morfo-léxico-sintáticas
English Basic Level


• 16
th
Lesson


Are you going to get a new passport?



Introduction
Aim
Aprender como usar os verbos em inglês no tempo futuro.


Hi! What’s up?
Está na hora de praticar e aprender mais sobre a língua inglesa, não é mesmo? Hoje vamos
prever o futuro, fazer planos e falar de você e suas metas, tudo isso usando uma nova estrutura
gramatical e acrescentando novas palavras ao seu vocabulário.
It’s time to study!
Reading

1) Read a part of the letter Ronald Smith wrote to his secretary about his holiday in
California. He is an important businessman on vacation!
“This place is magic! Yesterday I visited the
dolphins in the middle of the ocean. Then I watched a
show with whales.
Tomorrow I’m going to climb a mountain and
I’m going to try bungee jumping. I hope I don’t get
hurt! The day after tomorrow I’m going to sail with my
new friends and we’re going to visit a desert island on
the north coast. We’re going to stay there all day long,
sunbathing and swimming… isn’t it great? I’m in
paradise!”

Reading comprehension

1. Is he talking about…? (More than one option is possible.)

a. the past b. the present c. the future

2. Is he enjoying his vacation?
_____________________________________________________________________________

3. Find three plans he makes for “tomorrow”.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________

Grammar

O que são as expressões sublinhadas na carta acima? Você compreende a função delas nesse
contexto?
_________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________

Usamos estruturas como as grifadas no texto acima quando temos um plano já definido sobre
o futuro antes da fala, como nos exemplos retirados da carta de Ronald:
- I’m going to climb a mountain tomorrow.
- I’m going to try bungee jumping.

Se quisermos falar sobre Ronald Smith, podemos dizer:
- He’s going to sail with his friends.
- They’re going to visit a desert island.

Ou seja, a estrutura é feita com o verbo to be + going to + verbo principal no infinitivo, sendo que
a única variação se dá no verbo to be e no verbo principal, que muda de acordo com o que é falado.

Affirmative Negative
I am
You are
He is
She is going to visit another country.
It is
We are
They are

I’m not
You aren’t
She isn’t
He isn’t going to visit another country.
It isn’t
We aren’t
They aren’t
Você já sabe como formamos a estrutura negativa e a interrogativa, não é? Claro que sim!
São formadas da mesma maneira que fazemos com todas as estruturas com o verbo to be.

Am I Yes, you are. / No, you aren’t.
Are you Yes, I am . / No, I’m not.
Is she Yes, she is. / No, she isn’t.
Is he going to visit another country? Yes, he is. / No, he isn’t.
Is it Yes, it is. / No, it isn’t.
Are we Yes, we are. / No, we aren’t.
Are they Yes, they are. / No, they aren’t.
Também utilizamos going to para fazer previsões e falar de coisas que achamos que vão
acontecer, geralmente com base em algum indício. Ex.:
- It’s going to rain tonight! (The clouds are dark.)
- I think I’m going to be sick. (I feel terrible now.)

• Como going to é uma estrutura usada para falar do futuro, vamos associá-la a certas
expressões de tempo como: tomorrow, the day after tomorrow, next week, next year, next
holiday...

Practice

1) Write a question with going to for each situation.
Example: Your friend won some money in the lottery yesterday. You ask:
(what/ do with it?) What are you going to do with it?____________________________
a) Your friend is going to have a job interview tomorrow afternoon. You ask:
(what/ wear?) ___________________________________________________________
b) Your friend bought a new computer last month. You ask:
(where/ put it?) _________________________________________________________
c) Your friend decided to have a party tomorrow night. You ask?
(who/ invite?)__________________________________________________________

2) Use your prediction skills and say what’s going to happen next in these situations.
Example: Emma is driving. There is very little gas left in the tank. The nearest gas station is 30
miles from there. (run out) She’s going to run out of gas._____________________
a) There are a lot of black clouds in the sky. (rain) It ______________________________________
____________________________
b) It is 8:30 a.m. Jack is leaving his house. He has to be at work at 8:45 but the journey takes 30
minutes. (late) He _________________________________________________________________
c) A man is holding a big box and he can’t see where he’s walking. There is a hole in front of him.
(fall) He _________________________________________________________________________

3) Ronald Smith is going to travel to Italy on business for a week. Check his schedule
below and write sentences with going to.

Day Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday Sunday
8 a.m.
to
10 a.m.
Opening
ceremony
Meeting
with staff
Visit Rome Meeting with
the president
Conference Free Free
12 p.m.

Free Lunch
with staff
Free Japanese
restaurant
Free Visit
Venice
Free

2 p.m.
to
4 p.m.
Speech at
convention
center
Meeting
with the
president
Speech at
convention
center
Visit the
Vatican city
Meeting
with the
president
Free
6 p.m.
8 p.m.
Dinner with
the staff
Dinner with
president
Dinner with
the staff
Dinner at the
hotel
Dinner with
the staff
Free Free
10 p.m. Sleep early Walk
around
Go
downtown
Farewell
party
Pack my
luggage
Go to the
airport
Free

4) Write about each day of Mr. Smith’s business trip (at least 2 activities). Don’t forget to
use the GOING + TO structure!
On Monday he is __________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
On Tuesday he is __________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
On Wednesday he is ________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
On Thursday he is _________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
On Friday he is ____________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
On Sunday he is ___________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________

Vocabulary

At the airport

1) Match the words in column A with the definitions in column B.
a) duty free shop. ( ) the place where your passport is checked.
b) check-in desk ( ) the moment when a plane starts flying.
c) take off ( ) the place where you can buy things at good prices.
d) baggage claim ( ) the bags or hand luggage you keep with you inside the plane
e) immigration control ( ) the place where you have your tickets checked.
f) carry-on luggage ( ) the place where you have your baggage back when you
arrive at your destination.

2) Answer the questions about you.
a) What time are you going to get up tomorrow?
_____________________________________________________________________________
b) What are you going to wear tomorrow?
_____________________________________________________________________________
c) What are you going to do at home tonight?
_____________________________________________________________________________
d) What are you going to eat for dinner?
_____________________________________________________________________________
e) Where are you going to go for your next holiday?
_____________________________________________________________________________
f) When are you going to travel on business?
_____________________________________________________________________________

¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨

Holidays - Leisure

OUTDOOR ACTIVITIES


go camping go fishing do extreme sports


visit monuments go to a shopping center go jogging

INDOOR ACTIVITIES


play chess/cards surf/chat on the internet send/receive e-mails


take a nap play the drums go bowling
(a musical instrument)

1) Make plans about your next weekend with going to. Choose some outdoor and indoor
activities you would like to do.
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________

¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨
THE WEATHER

1) Dê uma olhada lá do lado de fora de sua janela e tente responder: “What’s the weather
like?”

Is it sunny? Is it rainy? Is it snowy? Is it cloudy?




• A terceira opção: “It’s snowy” é pouco provável na maior parte do Brasil. E aí, conseguiu
responder à pergunta? Veja mais algumas formas:

It’s windy. It’s stormy. It’s cold. It’s hot.




2) Find what’s the weather like at this moment in São Paulo (Brazil), Houston (USA) and
Melbourne (Australia).
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________

Pronunciation

Consonant sounds

Bem, meu caro aluno. Agora vamos estudar mais alguns sons das consoantes. Lembre-se de
usar um dicionário, como o http://dictionary.reference.com/?o=100074, online.

5) Complete the table with words from the box below.

Chess
Stay
Tomorrow
Travel
Trip
Visit
Use
Yesterday

/+ ++ +/ /Ò ÒÒ Ò/ /· ·· ·/ /¢ ¢¢ ¢/
very rain swimming year


/+ ++ +/ /Ò ÒÒ Ò/ /· ·· ·/ /¢ ¢¢ ¢/



6) Add two more words from this lesson to each column. Check and practice the
pronunciation at www.say.expressivo.com.

Writing

1) Congratulations! A new airline company offered you plane tickets for a trip abroad for
5 days on your next holiday! All you have to do is to fill in the form below and decide
where to go. Tick ( ) your choices!

1 a ( ) go to the beach b ( ) go to the countryside c ( ) go to the mountains
2 a ( ) in January b ( ) in July c ( ) other
3 a ( ) in the summer b ( ) in the winter c ( ) any
4 a ( ) at a hotel b ( ) at a hostel c ( ) at a campsite
5 a ( ) go with your friends b ( ) go with your husband / wife c ( ) go with your parents

2) Now, you have to write an e-mail to the airline company with your choices and wait for
their answer! Answer the questions according to the options you ticked ( ) above.
• Where are you going to go?
• When are you going to go?
• Where are you going to stay?
• Who are you going to go with?

I’m going to_______________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
Summary

Gostou de falar sobre seus planos para o futuro e sobre suas futuras férias? Pois é, mas, antes
das férias escolares, você ainda tem muito o que estudar. Apenas passamos da metade do curso.
Temos ainda mais 14 aulas nas quais você vai desenvolver, além de gramática, vocabulário e
pronúncia. Vamos desenvolver também sua capacidade de se comunicar e negociar em inglês. Hoje
falamos de planos e previsões, vimos novas expressões ligadas ao seu lazer e a pronúncia de mais
alguns sons das consoantes. Que tal, para praticar o conteúdo da aula de hoje, você mandar um e-
mail para o seu tutor falando de seus objetivos e metas como aluno e como profissional? Esse é um
método muito eficaz de colocar em prática e fixar a nova matéria de hoje!

Keep on studying!!! Bye bye!

Ana Célia Lima
Viviane Gomes Pontes
REFERÊNCIAS

Dictionary Reference.com. Online. Disponível em: http://dictionary.reference.com/?o=100074.
Acesso em: 15 ago. 2010.

Say.expressivo.com. Listen online. Online. Disponível em: http://say.expressivo.com/. Acesso em:
23 out. 2010.




Unidade 2 – Estruturas Morfo-léxico-sintáticas
English Basic Level

( ) Houston, USA
• 17
th
Lesson

( ) Melbourne, Australia
Which one is the biggest?

( ) São Paulo, Brazil







Introduction
Hey! Good morning! Good afternoon! Good evening!
É hora do inglês! Hoje temos muita coisa nova para estudar! Gramática, vocabulário e
pronúncia sempre fazem parte de nossas aulas e têm a função de ajudá-lo a desenvolver suas
competências linguísticas no aprendizado de inglês.
Aim
Compreender como funcionam os adjetivos nos graus comparativo e superlativo.
Enriquecer o vocabulário relacionado a adjetivos de personalidade.
Treinar os sons de outras consoantes.
Have a nice class!
Reading

1) Read the text below.

a. b.














c. d.












I can run one hundred meters in one minute.
I can complete a forty-kilometer marathon
in five hours. I’m not a professional athlete
but I’m faster than most of them.

Do you think I am fat? I’m not. I am
stronger than all my friends. When I was
younger, around twelve, I could carry my
nine-year-old brother in my hands.


I’ve been practicing physical exercises
since I was five. I was five when I could
ride a bike. I’m fifteen now and I’m fitter
than all my friends.


My alarm clock goes off at 6 a.m., but I
wake up at seven. It takes me two hours to
get dressed in the morning. When my
friends and I eat a three-course dinner they
are finished with dessert before I am done
with my appetizers. I am slower than
everyone I know.



Reading comprehension

2) Answer according to the texts:
a. Which text describes a strong and fat man? ____
b. Which text describes a fit and sporty man? ____
c. Which text describes a lazy and slow man? ____
d. Which text describes a fast runner? ____

3) Em qual dos textos o personagem não se compara com seus amigos? ____

Grammar

COMPARATIVE ADJECTIVES

Observe as seguintes palavras: faster, stronger, younger, fitter, slower. O que elas têm em
comum além da terminação -er?
Elas são os adjetivos: fast, strong, young, fit, slow.
Mas para que serve a terminação -er seguida do than?
Juntas elas fazem a forma comparativa do adjetivo. Veja outros exemplos:
- I am smaller than my sister. - She is older than her husband.

• Usamos a forma comparativa de um adjetivo + than para estabelecer uma comparação entre
dois lugares, pessoas, animais, coisas, etc. Ex.:
- Tokyo is bigger than Madrid. - Paul is taller than Mark.

• Para formar o grau comparativo de adjetivos de uma sílaba, acrescente -er ao adjetivo. Se o
adjetivo terminar em –e, acrescente apenas –r. Ex.:
- London is larger than New York. - Mike is faster than Ben.

• Para formar o comparativo de adjetivos longos (duas sílabas ou mais), acrescente a palavra
more antes do adjetivo. Ex.:
- Frank is more romantic than Peter. - A car is more expensive than a bike.

• Quando um adjetivo de uma sílaba terminar em consoante + vogal + consoante (CVC), nós
dobramos a última consoante e acrescentamos –er. Ex.:
- Rio is hot but Dubai is hotter (than Rio). - Julie is thin but Maria is thinner (than Julie).

• Quando um adjetivo de duas sílabas terminar em –y, troque o –y por –i e acrescente –er.
- Frank is happier than Peter. - Roger is busier than Carl.

• Good, bad e far têm formas comparativas irregulares. Veja:
- Sue is better (good) than Sally.
- Michael is worse (bad) than Paul.
- This beach is farther (far) than I thought.

Practice

1) Complete the sentences using a comparative form and the adjectives in the box.


a) Rio is big but Mexico city is _____________ than Rio.
b) Robert is ________than Mary. He has millions of dollars at the bank and she doesn’t.
c) This restaurant is good but the other one is _______________.
d) My car is __________________ than yours. (My car: $90 mi- Yours: $75 mi)
e) This computer is very bad but the one we had before was _______________.
f) It’s ________________ to send an e-mail than to write an letter to our boss.
g) My dog is _____________ than yours. He always obeys me when I give him orders.
h) We need someone ______________ than George to carry all those boxes.
i) New York is _____________ than Mumbai.

2) Give the comparative forms of the adjectives below:
a) thin _________________ b) old __________________
c) fat___________________ d) handsome __________________
e) lucky _________________ f) cold ______________________
g) important ________________ h) good __________________
Intelligent good strong
populated bad rich
expensive hot easy

i) bad _____________________ j) far_____________________
3) Write 4 sentences using the comparatives.
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________

¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨

SUPERLATIVE ADJECTIVES

1) Read the following examples:

I’m better at mathematics than my brother. I’m the best at maths in my work.

His boss is younger than him . He’s the youngest in the office.

Tina is more intelligent than my secretary. Tina is the most intelligent girl at university.

John is busier than his boss. John is the busiest worker in his company.

• Usamos a forma superlativa de um adjetivo para comparar um lugar, pessoa, animal ou coisa,
etc. com o restante do grupo. Ex.:
- Rio and Paris are big cities, but I believe Mexico City is the biggest city in the world (comparando
Mexico às outras cidades do mundo).

Agora é sua vez! Analise os exemplos acima e estabeleça a diferença entre as formas
comparativa e superlativa dos adjetivos e tente descobrir as regras!

Ponto para você que descobriu que as regras se parecem com a do comparativo dos adjetivos!
Com a exceção de que não acrescentamos –er ou –ier e sim –est ou –iest.

• Lembre-se de que, como comparamos uma pessoa ou coisa a um grupo, usamos o artigo the.
Ex.: the best, the strongest, the fastest, the busiest, the most interesting. Observe mais
exemplos:
- London is the largest city in England. - Mike is the fastest runner in the race.
- Rio is one of the hottest cities in Brazil. - Russia is the biggest country in Europe.
- São Paulo is the noisiest city in Brazil. - This is the easiest job I’ve ever taken.

• Para formar o superlativo de adjetivos longos (duas ou mais sílabas), acrescente the most
antes do adjetivo. Ex.:
- Frank is the most important manager here.
- Planes are the most expensive vehicles.

• Good, bad e far têm formas comparativas irregulares.
Sue is the best (good) co-worker in the company.
Michael is the worst (bad) employer here.
This city is the farthest (far) that I’ve ever visited.

Practice

1) Fill in the gaps with superlative forms of the adjectives in the box.



a. The sun is the __________________star in the sky.
b. I laughed a lot last night at the meeting. David is the _________________ co-worker we have.
c. I don’t have a lot of money, so I am going to buy the _______________ house I can find.
d. The _________________ sport in Brazil is definitely soccer.
e. Where did you get that book? Did you know it is the ______________ book about economy?
f. Joseph traveled from Miami to Russia last year by plane. That was the _______________ ride he
had.
g. The bank that is ______________ to our house is 10 kilometers away.
h. That airline company has the ________________ planes I ever seen. There are 800 seats there!
i. My boss’ chair is the ______________ chair I ever sit in. It’s really confortable!
j. The street I drove to work on this morning is the _______________ street in my town.

2) Read about these cities.

____ Madrid
Population: A little more than 3 million people.
Size: 230 square miles.
Transportation: Madrid’s Barajas Airport is about 15 miles away from the city center.
Climate: In the summer, Madrid reaches 95 degrees Fahrenheit.

__________________________ Chicago
BRIGHT FUNNY LARGE NARROW RARE
CHEAP CLOSE POPULAR LONG SOFT
Population: 3 million people.
Size: 250 square miles.
Transportation: Chicago’s O’hare Airport is about 20 miles away from the city center.
Climate: In the summer, Chicago reaches 80 degrees Fahrenheit.

Tokyo
Population: 12 million people.
Size: 600 square miles.
Transportation: Tokyo’s International Airport is about 40 miles away from the city center.
Climate: In the summer, Tokyo reaches 90 degrees Fahrenheit.

Rio de Janeiro
Population: 8 million people.
Size: 500 square miles.
Transportation: Rio de Janeiro’s Galeão Airport is about 10 miles away from the city center.
Climate: In the summer, Rio de Janeiro reaches 90 degrees Fahrenheit.

a) Compare Chicago and Tokyo.
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________

b) Compare Rio, Madrid and Chicago.
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________

Vocabulary

PERSONALITY ADJECTIVES

Agora veremos alguns adjetivos para descrever pessoas, o que vai enriquecer seu vocabulário.
Algumas palavras são parecidas com o português, mas, caso tenha dúvidas, consulte um dicionário.
Sugestão: Dicionário Michaelis Online
http://michaelis.uol.com.br/moderno/ingles/index

Positive Personality Adjectives
cheerful kind responsible
cooperative lovely silly
dynamic lucky successful
enthusiastic modern talented
fair peaceful unusual
faithful pleasant warm
friendly punctual wise
generous proud willing
hilarious receptive

Negative Personality Adjectives
afraid embarrassed nervous
ambiguous forgetful strange
angry hungry selfish
annoyed jealous snobbish
ashamed lazy tired
anxious lonely upset
careless mean weak
clumsy naive worried
dangerous

• Para saber sobre a personalidade de alguém, geralmente usamos a pergunta: “What’s she/he
like?” Ex.: -What’s Mr. Smith like?
- He’s very smart, punctual and enthusiastic!
• Quando utilizamos a pergunta: “What does he/she look like?” queremos nos referir à
aparência da pessoa. Ex.: -What does Mr. Smith like?
-He’s very tall, young and handsome!

Practice

1) Match the columns.
a) generous ( ) she does not give attention to what she is doing
b) jealous ( ) she believes things too easily and does not have enough experience.
c) kind ( )she wants what other people have. She doesn’t like others to succeed.
d) lazy ( ) she’s nice, gentle and helpful
e) mean ( ) she doesn’t like to work or exercise. She’s happy doing nothing.
f) careless ( ) she doesn’t like spending money, specially on other people.
g) naïve ( ) she likes to give presents and to help other people.

2) Let’s talk about you!
a. Who is the most intelligent person in your family? _________________________________
b. Who is the most boring workmate you know? _____________________________________
c. Who is the tallest person in your family? _________________________________________
d. Who is the busiest person at work? _____________________________________________

Pronunciation

Vamos aproveitar o novo vocabulário desta aula, principalmente de adjetivos, para estudar a
pronúncia de mais alguns sons das consoantes? Let’s go!

/× ×× ×/ /4 44 4/ /= == =/
× ×× ×at s4 44 4rong la= == =y


1) Complete the table above with one word from this lesson according to the consonant
sound.

2) Circle the word with the consonant sound that doesn’t rhyme.
× ×× ×at × ×× ×ast love physical
s4 44 4rong important populated tall
la= == =y busy dessert expensive

• Use a dictionary (http://dictionary.reference.com/?o=100074). Check with your tutor and
practice the pronunciation at www.say.expressivo.com.

Summary

Nosso objetivo é transmitir o conhecimento básico e imprescindível para que você se
comunique, leia e entenda a língua inglesa tão necessária para o seu sucesso no mercado de trabalho.
Hoje vimos uma matéria importante, que lhe permite comparar, de formas diferentes, pessoas, coisas
e lugares. Vimos também um vocabulário de adjetivos de personalidade e na parte de pronúncia
vimos outros sons de consoantes. Faça os exercícios desta aula e pratique falando sobre as pessoas
que você conhece. Estabeleça comparações no seu ambiente familiar ou de trabalho. Esse será o seu
homework!

See you!!!

Ana Célia Lima
Viviane Gomes Pontes

REFERÊNCIAS

Dicionário Michaelis. Online. Disponível em: http://michaelis.uol.com.br/moderno/ingles/index.
Acesso em: 13 nov. 2010.

Dictionary Reference.com. Online. Disponível em: http://dictionary.reference.com/?o=100074.
Acesso em: 15 ago. 2010.

Say.expressivo.com. Listen online. Online. Disponível em: http://say.expressivo.com/. Acesso em:
23 out. 2010.

Unidade 2 – Estruturas Morfo-léxico-sintáticas
English Basic Level


• 18
th
Lesson


Would you like another cup of coffee?









Introduction

Hello! How are you, dear student?
Que tal estudarmos um pouco de gramática, vocabulário e pronúncia da língua inglesa?
Temos muito a aprender com a aula de hoje!
It’s time! Are you ready?
Reading

1) Read the dialogues below:

Aim
Entender os usos do verbo “to like” em duas estruturas e funções diferentes.
Conhecer alguns advérbios em inglês e como eles são usados.
Treinar a pronúncia de novos sons das consoantes segundo o alfabeto fonético
internacional.
Oh! I would
like to go there
someday too…
I like going to
Salvador for
the Carnival.
a.


b.



c. d.

Você pôde observar o que essas pessoas pensam e ler o que falam. Você notou que elas
usaram o verbo like de 2 diferentes formas para exprimir um desejo ou expressar de que gostam?
Assim:
a. I like going to Salvador.
b. He would like to go to Salvador or He’d like to go to Salvador.
Qual (ou quais) das expressões expressa(m) um desejo?
Qual (ou quais) das expressões representa(m) um gosto ou preferência?

Grammar

Like x Would like
We like getting to
know different
places riding our
bikes.
I’d like to
be like my
parents...

Usamos a expressão would like quando queremos exprimir um desejo ou plano. Você reparou
qual a forma dos verbos após a expressão would like? Observe os exemplos acima.
• Quando usamos would like, devemos usar em seguida verbos no infinitivo. Ex.: I really
would like to travel on my next holiday.
• Would é frequentemente reduzido para ‘d na forma falada. Ex.: She’d like to buy a new car
next year.

Outros exemplos:
-What kind of food do you like? (expressa verdades, preferências pessoais)
-I like ice cream and bananas.
-I like Chinese food.

What kind of food would you like?

(expressa a possibilidade de escolher ou de oferecer algo)
I would like Italian food. (Eu prefereria comida italiana)

• Veja a diferença entre as duas formas de fazer perguntas usando o verbo like e would like:

Does he like going to Salvador? -Yes, he does.
- No, he doesn’t.

Would you like to go to Salvador? - Yes, I would.
- No, I wouldn’t.

• Note que não precisamos usar “s” na terceira pessoa do singular quando usamos would. Ex.:
He would like to go to Salvador. He would likes to go to Salvador.

Viu a diferença entre as duas formas? Em uma falamos do presente, de preferências em geral;
na outra falamos de situações que podem ou não acontecer no futuro, intenções e desejos.
Hora de praticar!
Practice

1) Complete the sentences. Use the correct form of like or would like.

a) He _____________________ soda with his lunch every day.
b) She _____________________ working overtime once a week.
c) He _____________________ to travel on his next vacation.
d) _____________________ to see that project now?
e) We _____________________ working together. We do it every day.
f) What _____________________ to do now?

2) Fill in the words to complete the sentences using "would like or wouldn't like".

a) You want to do something with your friend tonight. You ask: What _____________________ to
do tonight?
b) You are expressing how much you want to go to Paris. You say: I _____________________ to go
to Paris. I _____________________ to go to Rome.
c) You don't like working as a waiter. You say: I _____________________ to work as a waiter again
in the future.
d) You offer your friend a sandwich. You ask: _____________________ a sandwich?

¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨
Adverbs

Você estudou previamente (aulas 7 e 17) alguns adjetivos em inglês. E na aula 8 vimos
alguns advérbios de frequência. Você sabe a diferença entre as funções de adjetivos e de advérbios?
Veja nos exemplos abaixo a diferença entre bad e badly:
a. I am a bad driver.
b. I drive badly.
Bom, a função de um adjetivo é dar uma qualidade a um nome (substantivo); já o advérbio
qualifica uma ação (expressa pelo verbo). Agora que você já sabe, identifique nos exemplos acima o
adjetivo e o advérbio.


A maioria dos advérbios de modo (que indicam como uma ação é feita ou como ela acontece)
termina em –ly, como em beautifully (beautiful), carefully (careful). No entanto alguns advérbios são
irregulares e apresentam a mesma forma do adjetivo. É o caso de fast e hard. A grande exceção, mas
que também se encaixa na categoria de advérbio irregular, é o adjetivo good que se transforma no
advérbio well. Assim temos:

He’s a fast runner. (adjective) / He runs fast. (adverb)
Sally is a hard worker. (adjective) / Sally works hard. (adverb)
She is a good (adjective) manager. / She manages the company well (adverb).

Reading

1) Read the text about Alfie and Joey.

Alfie and Joey are mechanics. Alfie has a
good job. He works hard every day. He also
works fast. Alfie has a new car. It’s a fast
car, and it runs well. Joey’s doesn’t have a
good business. He is a slow worker, and he
works only on Mondays. His car was in a bad
accident and runs badly. It’s a very hard
job. He works slowly. Alfie works hard, and
Joey hardly works.











Reading comprehension

1) Answer the questions using the adjectives and adverbs above.

a) Does Alfie have a bad job? No, he doesn’t. He has a good job._________________________
b) Is Alfie a bad worker? ____________________________________________________________
c) Does Alfie work slowly every day? _________________________________________________
d) Is Alfie’s car slow? ______________________________________________________________
e) Does Alfie’s car run badly? _______________________________________________________
f) Does Joey have a good business? ___________________________________________________
g) Is Joey a fast worker? __________________________________________________________
h) Does Joey’s car run well? _______________________________________________________
i) Is Joey’s job easy? _____________________________________________________________
j) Does Joey work fast? ___________________________________________________________
k) Does Alfie work slowly? ________________________________________________________

2) Class Discussion: Practice answering and asking questions below with your friends.
Share the answers with your tutor.




a) How do you work? _______________________________________________________________
b) How do you cook? _______________________________________________________________
c) How do you swim? _______________________________________________________________
d) What kind of student are you? ______________________________________________________
e) How do you dance? ______________________________________________________________
f) What kind of car do you like? _______________________________________________________

3) Correct the mistakes in the following sentences:
Example: My English teacher speaks too fastly
fast
, so I can’t understand him.
a) Kate drives careful because she doesn’t want to have an accident.
b) Brian came to work lately today.
c) The boss spoke angry with my co-worker today.
d) Chris and Danny can do this job very good.

4) Fill in the words in brackets with adjective or adverb.
a) He reads a book _______________. (quick)
b) He is a ______________ driver. (careful)
c) My secretary speaks ____________ (loud)
d) It was a _____________ (boring) meeting yesterday.
e) Jin speaks Chinese _____________. (fluent)
f) The women work ____________. (hard)
g) Eric likes to sing ____________ songs. (sad)
Vocabulary

Common Adverbs
Suggestion Box (adverbs only)
Badly – beautifully – dangerously – fast – hard – lazily – safely – slowly – well

Adverbs of time (When?)
yesterday
today
tomorrow
now
then
later
tonight
right now
last night
this morning
next week
already
recently
lately
soon
immediately
still
yet
. . . ago

Adverbs of place (Where?)
• Observação: Não use “to” com esses advérbios.
here
there
over there
everywhere
anywhere
nowhere
home
downtown
back
away
out

Adverbs of manner (How?)
• Observação: Nos adjetivos terminados em y troca-se o y pelo i e são acrescentadas as letras –
ily. Ex.: easy – easily.
fast
well
hard
quickly
slowly
carefully
hardly
absolutely
together
alone
lonely
easily
friendly
angrily
happily


Adverbs of frequency (How often?)
frequently
occasionally
seldom
rarely
normally
regularly
every day
once in a while
once a week
twice a day
again

5) Fill in the blanks with the appropriate adverbs (check the lists above). More than one
answer is possible:

5.1) Adverbs of time
a) I shall go to Delhi ________________
b) We have ________________ booked the tickets.
c) The flight was ________________ .
d) Miss Kitty arrived ________________ . She missed the bus.
e) We went to the post-office ________________ .

5.2) Adverbs of place
f) Petit stood ________________the company for two hours.
g) Come ________________ and sit with me.
h) King went ________________ because he was sick.
i) John took his boss _______________ to buy some coffee to the office.

5.3) Adverbs of manner
j) Mrs. Kity works _________________.
k) I need to wear a raincoat because it’s raining _______________.
l) Dr. Brum listens to the patients _________________.
m) Let’s have a break________________.

5.4) Adverbs of frequency
n) She _____________ arrives late at work.
o) Mr. Brown goes to New York______________
p) Oh no! My chauffer had a car crash ______________
q) I______________ have lunch at noon.

Pronunciation

Consonant Sounds /¤ ¤¤ ¤/ /O OO O/ /Þ ÞÞ Þ/

Os sons que vamos estudar na aula de hoje são muito usados também na língua portuguesa,
com exceção do som de /¤ ¤¤ ¤/ (que é mais “pronunciado”). Vamos utilizar palavras que vimos na aula
de hoje, principalmente adjetivos e advérbios.

Let’s start?!?

/¤ ¤¤ ¤/ /O OO O/ /Þ ÞÞ Þ/
like tomorrow next





7) Complete the table above with words from the box.

Badly
Immediately
Morning
Now
Soon
Well

8) Add two more words from this lesson to each column. Use a dictionary
(http://dictionary.reference.com/?o=100074). Check with your tutor and practice the
pronunciation of adverbs and adjectives at www.say.expressivo.com.


Summary

Hoje foi dia de conhecer uma nova estrutura gramatical, a expressão would like em contraste
com o verbo to like, e de estudar advérbios. Agora você aprendeu a discernir um advérbio de um
adjetivo, certo? Esperamos que você pratique essas novas estruturas e o vocabulário, pois eles são
muito importantes para desenvolver e otimizar o seu aprendizado, em especial a pronúncia,
extremamente relevante para você que quer se comunicar com o mundo.

Enjoy your study!
Good bye!!!

Ana Célia Lima
Viviane Gomes Pontes

REFERÊNCIAS

Dictionary Reference.com. Online. Disponível em: http://dictionary.reference.com/?o=100074.
Acesso em: 15 ago. 2010.

Say.expressivo.com. Listen online. Online. Disponível em: http://say.expressivo.com/. Acesso em:
23 out. 2010.


Unidade 2 – Estruturas Morfo-léxico-sintáticas
English Basic Level


• 19
th
Lesson


Have you ever traveled abroad?






Aim
Compreender como funciona um novo tempo verbal chamado Present Perfect.
Contrastar o uso do Present Perfect com o uso do Past Simple, já estudado.
Enriquecer o vocabulário com novas palavras e alguns particípios de verbos.
Conhecer novos sons de consoantes em inglês.

Introduction
Hi! Are you OK?
Na aula de hoje vamos estudar um novo tempo verbal e temos novos verbos a aprender, desta
vez no particípio, além de gramática e vocabulário. Temos ainda a pronúncia de sons muito
importantes na língua inglesa!
Shall we start?
Grammar

1) Take a look at the sentences below.


a. Jane lost her car key last week (veja que ela sabe quando perdeu a
chave).






b. Tom is looking for his car key. He can’t find it.
He has lost his car key (ele a perdeu, mas não sabe precisar quando e ainda não
pôde encontrá-la).

No caso de Jane, usamos o Past Simple para explicar o fato, uma ação terminada, e temos um
tempo definido. Já no caso de Tom, não sabemos quando ocorreu, por isso usamos o Present Perfect,
que estudaremos a partir de agora.
A estrutura do Present Perfect consiste em juntar o verbo to have no presente (have / has) +
verbo principal no particípio. Lembrando que o particípio em português é indicado pela terminação
-ado(a), -ido. Ex: estudado, trabalhado, partido, comido. A função desse tempo verbal é:


• falar sobre algo que aconteceu num tempo não especificado no passado e que ainda tem
algum efeito no tempo presente:
- Tom has lost his car key.
• falar sobre o resultado presente de uma ação no passado:
-Why can’t Tom go to the party?
- Because he has lost his car key.
• d
ar
u
m
a
in
formação nova geralmente relacionada ao presente:
- I have lost my job. (E agora não tenho emprego.)
- Jane has found her car key. (Ela está com a chave agora.)
• falar de algo que começou no passado e continua por um período de tempo até o presente:
- Tom and his family have lived in the same house for 15 years. (Eles se mudaram 15 anos atrás e
permanecem lá até os dias de hoje.)
- She has worked for the same company since 1998.
- My brothers have played with the same band for 10 years.
Lembre-se desta formula:









No tempo verbal present perfect o verbo auxiliar é o verbo have / has. Isso quer dizer que, ao
invés de usar doesn’t ou don’t para a forma negativa, vamos usar haven’t / hasn’t, assim como para
fazer perguntas. Veja:
Present Perfect = have/has + past participle of the main verb
- Have you lived here for a long time?
- No, I haven’t. I have lived here for only three months.
- Yes, I have. I have lived here since I was born.
• Lembre-se de que usamos have para os pronomes pessoais I / you / we / they; e has para os
pronomes he / she / it.

Já o particípio passado tem formas variadas. Se os verbos são regulares, a terminação é a
mesma do Past simple (ou seja, acrescenta-se –ed aos verbos – veja as regras na aula 11); caso os
verbos sejam irregulares, devemos consultar uma lista de verbos. Observe os exemplos:
- The police have arrested two robbers of the bank.
- Have you seen that new Leonardo DiCaprio film?
- They haven’t found a new job yet.

Importante: A diferença entre o Past Simple e o Present Perfect é que no past simple temos
ações terminadas e o uso do auxiliar did, enquanto no present perfect falamos de ações que ainda têm
efeito no presente e usamos have ou has como auxiliares. Além disso, o tempo quando a ação
aconteceu não é importante no present perfect; já no past simple usamos: yesterday, last week, etc.
para demarcar quando a coisa aconteceu.
Utilizados principalmente no Past simple e no Present perfect, aqui temos uma lista de verbos
irregulares no presente, passado e particípio para que você estude. Os demais verbos provavelmente
serão regulares – terminam em – (i)ed. Veja:

Infinitive Past Simple Past Participle
be was, were been
become became become
begin began begun
break broke broken
bring brought brought
build built built
buy bought bought
choose chose chosen
come came come
cut cut cut
do did done
drink drank drunk
[m2] Comentário: Aqui não
seria “has”? Não, mesmo caso de
family. My family are very glad to
meet you.
drive drove driven
eat ate eaten
fall fell fallen
feel felt felt
fight fought fought
find found found
forget forgot forgotten
get got got
give gave given
go went gone
have had had
hear heard heard
keep kept kept
know knew known
leave left left
lose lost lost
make made made
mean meant meant
meet met met
pay paid paid
put put put
read read /red/ read /red/
Infinitive Past Simple Past Participle
ride rode ridden
run ran run
say said said
see saw seen
sell sold sold
show showed shown
sleep slept slept
speak spoke spoken
spend spent spent
swim swam swum
take took taken
teach taught taught
think thought thought
understand understood understood
wake woke waken
wear wore worn
win won won
write wrote written

Practice

1) Read the situations and complete the sentences. Choose one of the following verbs and
put the past participles given.




Example: Mike was looking for his wallet. He has found his wallet.__________
a) Linda has problems with her car. It_________________________________ .
b) My office has new computers. My boss_____________________________ them recently.
c) This is Tom’s first time in Europe. He has never _____________________ there before.
d) Louise loves shrimp. She has just_________________________________ some in a restaurant.
e) They are having a big party now. They_____________________________ a lot of friends.

2) Choose, circle and write the correct words or phrases.
a) Peter __________________ a meeting yesterday. (has/ has had/ had)
b)They _______________ the car. It looks new again. (have cleaned/ cleaned/has cleaned)
c) Last year we _________________ to Italy. (went/ goed/ has gone)
d) John and Peggy ________________ the project. Now they can have a break.
(has finished/ have finished/ finished)
e) They _______________ each other at a party two weeks ago. (have met/meeted/ met)
f) I’m sorry but I ________________ to bring the documents for you this morning. (forgot/forget/
have forgotten)

Vocabulary

Have you ever…?

Essa pergunta é muito usada para introduzir conversas e para questionar sobre experiências
de vida até o presente momento. Uma vez que se obtém a resposta positiva, é possível dar
Be Break Buy Eat Find Meet
(Been) (Broken) (Bought) (Eaten) (Found) (Met)
continuidade ao assunto usando o passado simples (com o auxiliar did), pois vai ser mencionado o
tempo definido logo em seguida.

- Have you ever been to London?
-Yes, I have.
- When did you go there?
- I went there two years ago.

-I have never eaten Indian food.
-Really? Have you ever eaten Brazilian food?
-Oh, yes, I have.
-Where did you eat it?
- I ate it last Christmas.

• Observe que, quando usamos o advérbio never, o verbo auxiliar (have ou has) é mantido na
forma positiva uma vez que never é um advérbio de negação.

Practice

1) Make questions about life experiences and then ask a partner. Look for the past
participles you need in a list of irregular verbs. Remember the regular verbs end in –ed.
Example: (ever/ ride/horse) Have you ever ridden a horse?______________________
a) (ever/ be/to California) ________________________________________________
b) (ever/run/ a marathon) ________________________________________________
c) (ever/ speak/ to a famous person) ________________________________________
d) (always/live/ in this town)______________________________________________
e) (most beautiful place/ ever/ visit) What____________________________________

2) Make questions according to the answers with: Have you/ they ever..., Has she/ he
ever...?
a)____________________________________Yes, I've been to Paris twice.
b) ____________________________________No ,they have never studied French.
c) ____________________________________Yes, I've visited the Art Museum many times.
d)____________________________________Yes, Paula has tried sushi once or twice.
e) ____________________________________No, she has never been to New York.
f) ____________________________________Yes, my parents have come to Los Angeles three
times.
Already, just and yet
Leia as frases abaixo:

- My colleagues have already understood the new rules in the office.
- They have already done what you asked them to.
• Already (“já” em português) é usado em frases afirmativas entre o auxiliar e o verbo
principal.
- He has just arrived home.
- I have just finished my homework.
• Usamos just com o Present Perfect em frases afirmativas entre o verbo auxiliar e o verbo
principal com a função de falar sobre atividades completadas ou acontecidas recentemente.
- Have you finished the report yet?
- I haven’t been to the supermarket yet.
• A palavra “yet” é usada sempre ao final de frases interrogativas e negativas, sendo que “yet”
usado na interrogativa tem o significado de “já”; na forma negativa “yet” significa “ainda”
em português.

3) Complete the sentences in column ‘B’. Use the verbs in brackets + just, already, yet.
Example: Would you like something to do? No, thanks. I’ve just finished a report now. (just/ finish)
b) Do you know where my secretary is? Yes, I __________________________her. (just/ see)
c) What time are you leaving home? I ________________________________. (already/leave)
d) What is the news today? I don’t know. I_____________________.
(not/watch TV/yet)
e) Are your relatives with you? Yes, they__________________________. (just/arrive)

Gone (to) and been (to)

Veja a diferença entre os verbos been e gone (verbos to be e to go, respectivamente) no
present perfect:
- Tim is travelling on business. He has gone to Ireland. (Ele está lá agora ou a caminho.)
- My boss is in Brazil again. He has been to Switzerland. (Ele já esteve lá, mas retornou.)

Time expressions + Present Perfect / Past Simple

Usamos o Present Perfect Simple com today, this morning, this evening, etc. quando estes
períodos de tempo ainda não terminaram no momento da fala. Assim:
- I’ve begun a new project this week.
- Have you had enough time for yourself this year?
- We haven’t called him today.
- It hasn’t rained a lot this summer.

For, since, ago

• We use for + a period of time. Ex.: Minutes, hours, days, weeks, years, a long/short time, etc.
I have been ill for five days.
I have worked overtime for hours.
• We use since + a word that expresses a definite point in time. Ex.: Friday, last March, I was a
child, etc.
He has been in London since Monday.
He has been living in London since 2003.
• We use ago to say before now or duration + ago. Ago is generally used with the Past simple,
I started my therapy two years ago. (= two years before now)
‘When did he go out?’ ‘Ten minutes ago.’ (= ten minutes before now)

4) Complete with since, ago or for.
a) We studied French ______________ 10 years.
b) They have worked here _______________ they were at college.
c) We have known each other ______________ a long time.
d) We started this book 5 months ________________.
e) Thy have tried to win the lottery ______________ years.
f) Leslie has gone to Ohio on business _______________ 1982.
g) Melissa arrived at the office an hour ______________.
h) Two days _____________ we decided to change our strategy.

Writing

1) Answer the questions below:
a. Where have you lived? __________________________________________________
b. How long have you lived there? ___________________________________________
c. Have you ever been a volunteer? __________________________________________
d. Have you ever traveled abroad? ___________________________________________
e. Where have you worked? ________________________________________________
f. How long have you worked there? _________________________________________

2) Write a small paragraph talking about your general experience using the answers from
the previous exercise:
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________

Pronunciation

Vamos estudar a pronúncia de mais alguns sons das consoantes? Let’s start!?!

3) Circle the word with the consonant sound that doesn’t rhyme.
/4 44 4e ee e/ child fish question watch
/L LL L/* televi· ·· ·ion please revision usually
/- -- -L LL L/ just college get January
/L LL L/* Som não muito comum.

• Use a dictionary (http://dictionary.reference.com/?o=100074). Check with your tutor and
practice the pronunciation at www.say.expressivo.com.

Summary

Na aula de hoje você conheceu um novo tempo verbal, parecido com o Past Simple, que
você já viu nas aulas 11 e 12, porém com suas peculiaridades: o Present Perfect. Você aprendeu a
diferenciar esses dois tempos verbais e as expressões que são comumente utilizadas com cada um
deles. Agora que você já sabe tudo isso, é hora de praticar, falar, em inglês, de suas experiências e
atividades exercidas até o momento. Hoje estudamos também os últimos sons de consoantes que
você ainda não conhecia. Pratique, pesquise e tire suas dúvidas sobre o que não entendeu. A próxima
aula será uma revisão de toda a gramática, vocabulário e pronúncia que vimos até hoje! Faça uma
revisão das aulas da segunda unidade de nosso livro e prepare-se para perguntar o que não está claro
para você. Bons estudos!

See you next class!
Good bye!!!

Ana Célia Lima
Viviane Gomes Pontes
REFERÊNCIAS

Dictionary Reference.com. Online. Disponível em: http://dictionary.reference.com/?o=100074.
Acesso em: 15 ago. 2010.

Say.expressivo.com. Listen online. Online. Disponível em: http://say.expressivo.com/. Acesso em:
23 out. 2010.


Unidade 2 – Estruturas Morfo-léxico-sintáticas
English Basic Level


• 20
th
Lesson


Revision






Aim
Revisar os principais tópicos de gramática, vocabulário e pronúncia estudados e que
compreendem as estruturas morfo-léxico-sintáticas da língua inglesa.


Introduction

Hello! Good morning! Good afternoon! Good evening!
Hoje terminamos mais uma etapa de nossas aulas. Até aqui estudamos gramática, vocabulário
e pronúncia, que fazem parte do conhecimento básico que você deve ter para ler e se comunicar em
inglês, o que, segundo nossa ementa, você vai fazer a partir das próximas aulas. Aproveite para tirar
todas as suas dúvidas!
Time to revise!!! Let’s go?
Grammar

Temos três verbos muito importantes na língua inglesa, os verbos auxiliares To Be, To Do e
To Have, cada um deles tem sua importância para determinados tempos verbais. Relembre:

To Be = AM (NOT), IS(N’T), ARE(N’T) (present) [ser, estar]
WAS(N’T), WERE(N’T) (past)
• O verbo to be é usado como auxiliar principalmente no present continuous (am / is / are +
verb + -ing) – aula 14. Ex.: I’m studying. He isn’t reading.Are we working? etc.
• É usado também para fazer definições e falar das horas – aulas 3, 4, 5, 6 e 7. She’s a waiter.
Are they domestic animals? It’s nine o’clock.
• Usamos THERE + IS(N’T) / ARE(N’T, que tem o significado de haver, existir – no presente.
* Não usamos there am. No passado, essa estrutura se transforma em THERE + WAS(N’T) /
WERE(N’T) com a mesma função – aula 13. Ex.: There is a new film at the cinema. Was
there a microwave in your kitchen?
• Com a estrutura GOING TO também usamos o verbo to be como auxiliar – aula 16. Assim:
She is going to move house next week. They aren’t going to buy a new car.

To Do = DO(N’T), DOES(N’T) (present)
DID(N’T) (past)
• O verbo to do é usado como auxiliar principalmente no present simple nas formas negativa e
interrogativa, acompanhado de verbos principais no infinitivo (I / you / we / they + do / don’t
– he / she / it + does / doesn’t) – aulas 5 e 7. Ex.: She doesn’t like fast food. Do you live near
the office? etc.
• DID(N’T) são usados na forma passada seguidos de verbos no infinitivo. Só usamos os
verbos no passado na forma afirmativa – aulas 11, 12 e 19. Ex.: Did you go on holiday last
year? She didn’t like his new apartment. You waited for 12 hours before travelling. He won a
marathon last Sunday. Lembre-se de que, quando usamos auxiliaries, no caso did e didn’t, os
verbos voltam para o infinitivo no presente.

To Have = HAVE(N’T), HAS(N’T) (present perfect)
• O verbo to have é usado como auxiliar no present perfect nas formas negativa e interrogativa
acompanhado de verbos principais no particípio deles [I / you / we / they + have(n’t) – he /
she / it + has(n’t)] – aulas 19. Ex.: We haven’t been to Canada. Has your boss gone to the
bank yet? etc.
Agora que já revisamos as estruturas dos tempos verbais estudados, vamos rever as funções
deles?
• Present simple = expressa rotina, hábitos e generalizações ou fatos verdadeiros sobre algo;
• present continuous = expressa ações acontecendo no momento ou em um futuro próximo;
• there to be = fala do que há, existe ou do que houve, existia em um determinado local;
• going to = expressa planos ou previsões sobre o futuro;
• past simple = fala de ações terminadas no passado;
• present perfect = refere-se a experiências de vida até o momento e ações iniciadas no
passado, mas que ainda têm efeito no tempo presente.

Pronouns & Adjectives

Personal pronouns Object pronouns Possessive adjectives Possessive pronouns
I Me My Mine
You You Your Yours
He Him His His
She Her Her Hers
It It Its Its
We Us Our Ours
They Them Their Theirs

• Personal pronouns = também chamados de subject pronouns porque funcionam como o
sujeito das frases. Temos para singular: I (1ª pessoa) /you (2ª pessoa) /he /she /it (3ª pessoa); e
plural: we (1ª pessoa)/ you (2ª pessoa)/ they (3ª pessoa) – aula 3. Ex.: Michael is a lawyer. He
is a successful businessman.
• Object pronouns = são usados para se referir ao sujeito, ou aos pronomes do sujeito – aula
10. Ex.: I don’t like him. Listen to me!
• Possessive adjectives = são os adjetivos de posse, sempre acompanhados de um substantivo –
aula 4. Ex.: My job. Our car. Its name.
• Possessive pronouns = esses pronomes substituem geralmente expressões com adjetivos
possessivos e ocorrem na maioria das vezes ao final das expressões. Ex.: -Is that your coat?
-No, it’s hers. Mine is black.
*Para falar da posse de objetos ou parentesco, podemos usar ‘s. Ex.: They’re Silvia’s daughters. That
is Robert’s new motorbike.
Articles , Demonstrative Pronouns & Prepositions of time

• Definite article = the é usado tanto para o singular quanto para o plural para falar de algo que
já foi mencionado antes ou que é conhecido – aula 4. Ex.: The door is open (você sabe a qual
porta se refere).
• Indefinite article = a / an são usados somente no singular, para se referir a um objeto ou
pessoa qualquer, que não foi mencionado ou especificado – aulas 4 e 6. Ex.: He is an
engineer. It’s a very big house.
• This / these Indicam pessoa ou coisa que está próxima de quem fala, no singular e
no plural, respectivamente – aula 4. Ex.: This is a book. These are some grammar topics.
• That / those Serve para mostrar uma pessoa ou coisa que está longe de quem fala,
no singular e no plural, respectivamente – aula 4. Ex.: That is Mr. Johnson’s wife.Those are
the boys who work in the sales department.
• IN para períodos longos de tempo (partes do dia, meses, estações do ano e anos) – aula 8. Ex,:
in March, in 1994, in the summer, etc. Never say in the night, but say at night.
• ON para períodos de tempo específicos (dias da semana e datas) – aula 8. Ex.: on September
11
th
, on the 4
th
of July, on Christmas Day (but at Christmas).
• AT para horas e algumas expressões de tempo – aula 8. Ex.: at 7 o’clock, at midday - at
bedtime e também: at the moment, at the same time, at weekends, etc.

Can & Can’t – aula 9

Can e can’t são verbos modais; eles não se flexionam e podem ser usados para formar frases
negativas e interrogativas assim como os auxiliares. A diferença entre eles é que “can” expressa,
possibilidade, permissão ou habilidade. Ex.: I can swim very well. Can you open the window, please?
I can’t help you, sorry.

Like & Would Like

Quando usamos os verbos like, love, don’t like e hate para falar de nossos gostos e
preferências, os verbos que vêm na sequência terminam em gerúndio (–ing) – aula 9. Ex.: I like
surfing the internet. Lisa hates doing housework. They don’t like working at weekends. We love
eating out at restaurants.
Já a expressão would like é usada para falar de desejos para o futuro, após usarmos would
like, o verbo que vem em seguida vem no infinitivo com “to” – aulas 9 e 18. Ex.: He would like to be
a good dentist. They would like to live in a bigger apartment.

Some / Any / (How) much / (How) many – aula 15

• Some = frases afirmativas para falar de quantidades incertas ou para oferecer algo. Would you
like some water? I’d like to have some free time to travel.
• Any = frases negativas e interrogativas. Ex.: She doesn’t have any free time. Is there any
cheese in the fridge?
• (How) much = usado com substantivos incontáveis. Ex.: How much noise is there in your
city? Not much. I don’t have much money at the bank.
• (How) many = usado com substantivos contáveis. Ex.: How many children do they have?
There are many cars in the streets nowadays.

Adjectives & Adverbs

A diferença entre adjetivos e advérbios é que adjetivos qualificam substantivos e os advérbios
qualificam ações, ou têm funções de expressar dúvida, negação, frequência, etc.
• Adjectives = aparecem sempre antes dos substantivos e não têm plural – aula 7. Ex.: new
office, tall buildings, young child. Os adjetivos têm grau comparativo e superlativo:
• Comparative adjectives = para fazer comparações entre um ou mais elementos, usamos os
adjetivos na forma comparativa + “than” [do que]– aula 17. Big = bigger (no adjetivo de
uma sílaba que termina em consoante + vogal + consoante – a última letra é repetida e
acrescenta-se –er); small = smaller (acrescenta-se–er); easy = easier (adjetivos terminados
em –y precedidos de consoante, tiramos o –y e acrescentamos –ier); interesting = more
interesting (adjetivos de duas ou mais sílabas usamos more / less + adjetivo). Adjetivos que
não seguem essas regras: bad = worse, good = better, far = farther.
• Superlative adjectives = para comparar um elemento com um grupo de elementos, usamos
“the” [o / a / os / as]+ os adjetivos na forma superlativa – aula 17. Fat = fattest (adjetivo de
uma sílaba que termina em consoante + vogal + consoante – a última letra é repetida e
acrescenta-se –est); new = newest (acrescenta-se–est); preety = prettiest (adjetivos
terminados em –y precedidos de consoante, tiramos o –y e acrescentamos –iest); important =
the most important (adjetivos de duas ou mais sílabas usamos the most / least + adjetivo).
Adjetivos que não seguem essas regras: bad = worst, good = best, far = farthest.
• Adverbs = existem advérbios de modo (calmly, aggressively – acrescenta-se –ly ao adjetivo),
de tempo (yesterday, now, tomorrow), de frequência (always, never, often, sometimes), etc.
Eles têm função e qualificam ações, geralmente – aula 18. Advérbios irregulares: good =
well, hard = hard, fast = fast.

Vocabulary

1) Circle the word that is different.
Example:
Brazil China French The USA
a. Cooker Footballer Lawyer Teacher
b. Brother Father Mother Uncle
c. Angry Hungry Tall Tired
d. Always Often Sometimes Today
e. Been Bought Saw Wrote
f. Cooked Heard Studied Walked
g. Chair Desk Kitchen Sofa
h. Bank Drugstore Gas station Square
i. Beans Carrots Coffee Rice
j. Badly Hard Love Well

2) Write the next word:
Example: two, three, four____
a. Fifty, forty, ______________
b. Monday, Tuesday, ______________
c. Second, third, ______________
d. Tenth, twentieth, ______________
e. Morning, afternoon, ______________
f. Twice, three times, ______________
g. Second, minute, ______________
h. Autumn, winter, ______________
i. April, May, ______________
j. Last week, this week, ______________

3) Answer the questions:
Example: What’s the opposite of new? Old____
a. What’s the eighth month of the year? _______________________________________
b. Who’s your father’s brother? _____________________________________________
c. In which room do you have a sofa? ________________________________________
d. What’s the opposite of cheap? ____________________________________________
e. What’s the past tense of buy? _____________________________________________
f. Where can you buy tickets and book a holiday? ______________________________
g. What language do they speak in France? ____________________________________
h. Who is the person who cares for patients in a hospital? _________________________
i. What’s the opposite of hate? ______________________________________________
j. What’s the synonym of shy? ______________________________________________

4) Complete the verbs.
Example: play__ football
a. G_________ married
b. H_________ lunch
c. G_________ shopping
d. D_________ homework
e. M_________ a noise
f. T_________ photos
g. T_________ on your mobile phone
h. G_________ someone a present
i. P_________ the guitar
j. W_________ for the plane

5) What can you see? Label the pictures.




_________________ _________________ _________________ _________________




_________________ _________________ _________________ _________________




_________________ _________________ _________________ _________________
6) Complete the sentences with a preposition.
a. Giovani’s Italian. He’s __________ Napoli.
b. Brazilian men often talk _________ football.
c. My sister’s _________ college. She studies engineering.
d. How often do you listen _________ the radio?
e. What time did you wake _________ this morning?
f. Is there a TV _________ your dining room?
g. I don’t drink a lot _________ alcohol.
h. How long did you wait _________ the train?
i. Their office is next _________ my apartment.
j. Have you even been _________ London?

Pronunciation

Vamos agora rever a pronúncia dos sons das vogais e consoantes segundo o IPA.

Vowel Sounds

Vogais com som curto (short vowels)
Vogais com som longo (long vowels)
Ditongos (diphthongs)








/¨ ¨¨ ¨/ = It /) )) )· ·· ·/ = me /¬ ¬¬ ¬/ = man /C CC C· ·· ·/ = car
/C CC C/ = clock /O OO O· ·· ·/ = tomorrow /± ±± ±/ = book /4 44 4· ·· ·/ = you
/* ** */ = children /) )) )· ·· ·/ = university /] ]] ]/ = men /¬ ¬¬ ¬/ = bus
/] ]] ]¨ ¨¨ ¨/ = name /* ** *± ±± ±/ = home /C CC C¨ ¨¨ ¨/ = hi /C CC C± ±± ±/ = about
/O OO O¨ ¨¨ ¨/ = boy /¨ ¨¨ ¨* ** */ = year /] ]] ]* ** */ = chair /± ±± ±* ** */ = tourist*
Consonant Sounds


Vozeadas (voiced consonants)
Desvozeadas (unvoiced consonants)










/O OO O/ = plant /p pp p/ = bathroom /g gg g/ = kitchen /_ __ _/ = glass
/× ×× ×/ = fat /+ ++ +/ = travel /4 44 4/ = tall /- -- -/ = dinner
¨ ): ¬ C:
C O: ± 4:
* ): ] ¬
]¨ *± C¨ C±
O¨ ¨* ]* ±*
O p g _
× + 4 -
· = e L
+ · 4e -L
¤ Ò º ¢
O Þ ª ´
/· ·· ·/ = chess /= == =/ = busy /e ee e/ = sugar /L LL L/ = television
/+ ++ +/ = birthday /· ·· ·/ = mother /4 44 4e ee e/ = question /- -- -L LL L/ = January
/¤ ¤¤ ¤/ = like /Ò ÒÒ Ò/ = rain /º ºº º/ = shower /¢ ¢¢ ¢/ = yesterday
/O OO O/ = morning /Þ ÞÞ Þ/ = next /ª ªª ª/ = meeting /´ ´´ ´/ = healthy

1) Use a dictionary (http://dictionary.reference.com/?o=100074). Check with your tutor and
practice the pronunciation at www.say.expressivo.com.

2) Where’s the stress. Underline the stressed syllable in the words below:
a. American
b. Afternoon
c. Thirteen
d. Breakfast
e. July
f. Musician
g. Between
h. Bathroom
i. Tomorrow
j. Pronunciation
k. Sunglasses
l. Magazine
m. Chocolate
n. Umbrella
o. Receptionist
p. Grandmother
q. Dangerous
r. Museum
s. Supermarket
t. Newspaper
Summary

Hoje revisamos a maior parte dos tópicos que você viu até agora em termos de gramática,
vocabulário e pronúncia. Com isso, nosso objetivo é que, a partir desta aula, você já esteja pronto
para ler e se comunicar em inglês com mais facilidade. Mas é preciso ainda que você estude, pratique
e tire todas as suas dúvidas. A partir da próxima aula, vamos ler textos, diálogos e vídeos sobre
situações cotidianas para que você desenvolva suas habilidades de leitura e conversação.

See you soon!

Ana Célia Lima

REFERÊNCIAS

Dictionary Reference.com. Online. Disponível em: http://dictionary.reference.com/?o=100074.
Acesso em: 15 ago. 2010.

Say.expressivo.com. Listen online. Online. Disponível em: http://say.expressivo.com/. Acesso em:
23 out. 2010.


Unidade 3 – Compreensão auditiva e leitura
para comunicação em língua inglesa

English Basic Level


• 21
st
Lesson


At the airport







Introduction

Hi there! How are things?
Na aula de hoje vamos abordar uma situação específica como meio de preparar você para
uma viagem de negócios. O nosso tema de hoje é: At the airport!
Enjoy it!
Vocabulary

AIR TRAVELING

travel agency - agência de viagem
flight reservation - reserva de voo
hotel reservation - reserva de hotel
visa - visto de entrada
air ticket - passagem aérea
airplane ticket - passagem aérea
flight ticket - passagem aérea
one-way ticket - passagem só de ida
round-trip ticket - passagem de ida e volta
airport - aeroporto
airline - companhia aérea
departure - partida
arrival - chegada
rest room - banheiro, toilete
airline counter - balcão da linha aérea
check in (a flight, a hotel) - despachar a
Aim
Entender diálogos, vídeos e textos que possam auxiliar em uma viagem de negócios, no
caso, em um aeroporto.
bagagem e receber o cartão de embarque;
registrar-se em um hotel
check out (hotel) - fechar as contas
baggage - bagagem
luggage - bagagem
suitcase - mala
briefcase - maleta de mão
hand baggage - bagagem de mão
carry-on bag - bagagem de mão
boarding pass - cartão de embarque
baggage ticket - ticket da bagagem
lost baggage - bagagem extraviada
gate - portão
Disembarkation Card - cartão de
desembarque, documento exigido por alguns
países e distribuído no avião
Arrival/Departure Record - documento de
registro de chegada e partida, semelhante ao
anterior e também normalmente distribuído no
avião.
Customs Declaration - documento de
declaração à alfândega
Accompanied Baggage Declaration -
documento de declaração à alfândega
semelhante ao anterior.
immigration control - contrôle de imigração
immigration officer - fiscal de imigração
baggage claim area - área de recebimento de
bagagem
conveyor - esteira transportadora da bagagem
customs - alfândega
go through customs - passar pela alfândega
customs officer - fiscal alfandegário, oficial
da receita federal
lockers (available at hotels, airports, train
stations and bus terminals) - armários
chaveados para guardar malas
temporariamente
airport limousine - microônibus que faz
transporte entre aeroporto e hotéis
shuttle bus - ônibus que circula entre
diferentes terminais nos grandes aeroportos
Fonte: http://www.sk.com.br/
Listening, Speaking & Watching


At the Airport


Before you travel with us through this unit, watch this video with some information about
flights and vocabulary we are going to use!
Enjoy this amazing video!

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=lCKFGYFxg7A&feature=fvw

1) Read and complete the dialogue below between the C (check-in attendant) and P
(passenger). Use the words in the box below:










C: Next please. May I see your _______________, please?
P: Yes, of course. There you are.
C: Thank you. Fight ____________ to Houston.
P: Yep!
C: Alright. How many suitcases do you have?
P: I’ve got three suitcases and two carry-ons.
C: Did you ____________ them yourself, Mr. Smith?
P: Yes, I did. I packed them this morning.
C: And where did you leave your _____________ just after you packed them?
P: I left them in the hotel hallway.
C: Have you already checked if anybody opened your bags after you packed them?
P: Not yet, but I don’t think anybody touched them.
C: Are you sure? These are just the ______________ procedures, sir.
P: I still don’t understand why you have so many questions.
C: Just a few more questions.
P: Go ahead.
C: Are any of the articles on this list in your ________________?
P: Let me see. Firearms… fireworks… lighters… matches. No, no, no.
C: Good. Everything is all right. Could you put your suitcase on the scales please?
P: Yes, of course.
C: It’s six kilos ______________. That’ll cost US$10.95, sir.
P: Oh, wow. That’s expensive. Anyway, there you go.
Aisle Bags Flight Luggage MA307 Overweight
Pack Scheduled Security Suitcase Tickets
C: All right. One ______________ seat. Your seat number is 16D. The flight is
_________________ to depart on time. Here are your _______________ pass.
P: Thank you.
C: You’re welcome. Have a good __________________.

Reading Comprehension

1) Answer the questions:
a) How many suitcases did the passenger have?
______________________________________________________________________
b) How overweight was Mr. Smith’s suitcase?
______________________________________________________________________
c) Where did Mr. Smith have to put the suitcase?
______________________________________________________________________
d) What are the objects that Mr. Smith can’t take in the flight?
______________________________________________________________________
e) Does he have these objects in his luggage?
______________________________________________________________________
f) What do you call these objects in Portuguese?
______________________________________________________________________


Listening, Speaking & Oral Comprehension

Immigration and Customs



Do you know this place at the pictures? It’s called Customs
Customs is an authority or agency in a country responsible for collecting and safeguarding
customs duties and for controlling the flow of goods including animals, personal effects and
hazardous (dangerous) items in and out of a country.
Fonte: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Customs

Practice

1) Listen to a conversation in the Customs in the link: http://www.esl-
lab.com/customs/customrd1.htm and answer the questions at the website. Check with
your tutor and colleagues.

2) After you finish these questions, go back to the listening activity for this vocabulary
exercise and practice your speaking skills and/or use the Internet to find more
information about this topic.

a) Please be sure to collect your __________________, including any small electronic devices
and clothing, before you get off the plane.
( ) mail ( ) belongings ( ) luggage
b) Could you open your ______________? Our x-ray machine shows that you might have a
small knife and bottle inside . . . things you can't take on the plane.
( ) wallet ( ) pocket ( ) luggage
c) What is the _______________ of your visit to the US? Business or pleasure?
( ) design ( ) purpose ( ) meaning
d) Where will you be _____________ during your week-long vacation? In a hotel downtown?
You can find some great accommodations there.
( ) staying ( ) renting ( )shopping
e) I will _______________ several business meetings while in the US. We will be reviewing the
future plans of our companies.
( ) attend ( )discuss ( ) test

3) Listen to the conversation one more time and fill in the gaps.
Customs Officer: Next. Uh, your _______________, please.
Woman: Okay.
Customs Officer: Uh, what is the purpose of your _______________?
Woman: I'm here to _______________ a teaching convention for the first part of my trip, and then I
plan on touring the capital for a few days.
Customs Officer: And where will you be staying?
Woman: I'll be staying in a room at a hotel _______________ for the entire week.
Customs Officer: And uh, what do you have in your _______________?
Woman: Uh, well, just, just my _______________ belongings, um . . . clothes, a few books, and a
CD player.
Customs Officer: Okay. Uh, please open your bag.
Woman: Sure.
Customs Officer: Okay . . . Everything's fine. [Great]. Uh, by the way, is this your first visit to the
_______________?
Woman: Well, yes and no. Actually, I was born here when my _______________ were working in
the capital many years ago, but this is my first trip back _______________ then.
Customs Officer: Well, _______________ your trip.
Woman: Thanks.

4) Discussion. Ask your partner(s) the following questions. Remember to ask follow up wh-
questions, use your imagination!

a) Have you ever flown? Where did you go the first time? __________________________________
b) Do you like flying? Why / Why not? _________________________________________________
c) Have you ever flown business class? _________________________________________________
d) Do you think it's good value? _______________________________________________________
e) What is the best / worst airline you've flown? Why? _____________________________________

Vocabulary

1) Match the sentences to the answers in the 2 conversations. :

Checking In
(A = attendant, B = passenger)
1. A: Good morning. Can I have your ticket,
please?
2. A: Thank you. Would you like smoking
or non-smoking?
3. A: Would you like a window or an aisle
seat?
4. A: Do you have any baggage?

5. A: Here's your boarding pass. Have a
nice flight.


( ) B: An aisle seat, please.

( ) B: Here you are.

( ) B: Non-smoking, please.

( ) B: Thank you.

( ) B: Yes, this suitcase and this carry-on bag.
Passport Control
(A = attendant, B = passenger)
1. Good morning. Can I see your passport?
2. Thank you very much. Are you a tourist
or on business?
3. That's fine. Have a pleasant stay.
( ) B: I'm a tourist.
( ) B: Thank you.

( ) B: Here you are.

Fonte: http://esl.about.com/od/beginnerpronunciation/a/bd_airport.htm



2) Complete the sentences about the airport. The first letters are given.
a. A trip on an airplane is called a f_____________.
b. A flight within one country is called a d_____________ flight.
c. A flight between different countries is called an i_____________ flight.
d. The letters and numbers which identify an airplane making a specific flight are called a
f_____________ n_____________.
e. Ordering a seat to be held for you on the day you want to travel is called making a
r_____________.
f. A printed piece of paper which allows you to travel on an airplane is a t_____________.
g. The first thing to do at the airport is c_____________ i_____________, which means to
register as a passenger for a flight.
h. A document which identifies you as a citizen of a certain country and which allows you to
travel to other countries is called a p_____________.
i. A stamp in your passport which allows you to travel to another country is called a
v_____________.
j. A seat next to the window in an airplane is called a w_____________ s_____________.
k. A seat next to the passage between the rows of seats in an airplane is called an
a_____________ s_____________.
l. The suitcases and bags which contain your belongings are called b_____________.
m. A bag which you carry with you on the airplane is called a c_____________ bag.
n. A small ticket with printed numbers that identify your baggage is called a baggage
c_____________ c_____________.
o. A printed card which allows you to get on an airplane is called a b_____________
p_____________.
p. A door which leads from the airport building into an airplane is called a g_____________.
q. The area where you pick up your baggage after a flight is called b_____________
c_____________.
Fonte: http://a4esl.org/q/h/9901/nr-airport.html




Reading & Reading Comprehension

So you aren't really sure about what happens if you arrive late at the airport or if the weather keeps you from
flying. It's time to get to know some of the myths and confusion surrounding air travel.

Top myths of air travel

1. You will be compensated if your flight cancels - If it is a mechanical issue, crew is unavailable, or some
other reason where the airline is at fault, compensation is definitely a possibility! (…) the airline does not owe
you compensation - no hotel, meals, transportation, etc.. (...)

2. If you miss your flight you will be booked on the next one out - Not necessarily, and not necessarily for
free. It depends on why you missed your flight. (…) If you are connecting and your flight in was late, an
airline may have already protected you on the next flight (…). But if you just showed up late at the airport, the
airline is in no way obligated to put you on the next flight, or any flight without charging you a fee.

3. When a flight is cancelled because of something beyond an airline's control they will book you on the next
available flight. This does not mean the next flight out, but the next one that has space on it. (…) If space isn't
available on the next flight you can certainly request to standby and take your chances.

4. Flights hold for people who check in late - Not a chance, unless you own or run the airline. (…) So if you
check in late, get yourself to the gate!

5. If your flight cancels you will be booked on the next available flight regardless of airline - Not so if you are
on a low cost airline, and it is more difficult to get this to happen now that tickets are usually electronic.

6. If an airline goes bankrupt you will be protected on another airline, or be able to get your money back –
(…) You may or may not get a refund eventually from an airline that has stopped operating completely.(…)
you may be accommodated, most often on a space-available basis.

7. It's okay to bring lighters in your carry-on luggage - Say bye-bye to your Bic if you try this, although
airports in the US now generally permit lighters through airport security.

8. If you make a group booking, with your family, or a travel companion, you will be seated together – (…) If
you can book your seat numbers in advance then things will usually work out, but if not don't panic. The gate
agent will try and get those seats together and you can also ask the flight attendant to help you.
Fonte:Adaptado de www.about.com
1) Circle the words which are similar to Portuguese – cognates. Read the text again.

2) Check all the words you don’t know in a dictionary
(http://dictionary.reference.com/?o=100074) and practice the pronunciation at
www.say.expressivo.com.


Summary

Na aula de hoje vimos diálogos, vídeos e situações referentes ao tópico “At the airport”. Não
se preocupe se você não conhece um aeroporto ou nunca viajou de avião. Quando chegar o
momento, você estará preparado, uma vez que estudou e aprendeu nesta aula. Não se esqueça de
pesquisar, ver mais vídeos e diálogos. Abaixo deixo algumas sugestões de atividades para você fazer
em casa, como “extra practice”:

• http://www.oup.com/elt/global/products/headway/elementary/f_everydayenglish/hwy_elem_
dialogue06/

Goodbye!

Ana Célia Lima
Viviane Gomes Pontes

REFERÊNCIAS

About.com. Air travel – Top 10 myths about Air travel and Airports. Online. Disponível em:
http://airtravel.about.com/od/travelindustrynews/a/airmyth.htm. Acesso em: 30 dez. 2010.

Dictionary Reference.com. Online. Disponível em: http://dictionary.reference.com/?o=100074.
Acesso em: 15 ago. 2010.

Esl.about.com. Beginner dialogues – At the airport. Online. Disponível em:
http://esl.about.com/od/beginnerpronunciation/a/bd_airport.htm. Acesso em: 30 dez. 2010.

Esl-lab.com. Immigrations and customs. Online. Disponível em: http://www.esl-
lab.com/customs/immigrationcustoms-mcquiz.htm. Acesso em: 30 dez. 2010.

Say.expressivo.com. Listen online. Online. Disponível em: http://say.expressivo.com/. Acesso em:
23 out. 2010.

Sk.com.br. Vocabulary for travelling. Online. Disponível em: http://www.sk.com.br/sk-travl.html.
Acesso em: 30 dez. 2010.

• Extra video

Oxford University Press Website. Everyday English – At the airport. Online. Disponível em:
http://www.oup.com/elt/global/products/headway/elementary/f_everydayenglish/hwy_elem_dialogu
e06/. Acesso em: 30 dez. 2010.
Unidade 3 – Compreensão auditiva e leitura
para compreensão e comunicação em língua inglesa

English Basic Level


• 22
nd
Lesson


On a plane






Introduction
Hello! How are you?
A aula de hoje tem como tema as viagens de avião. O que acontece após o embarque? Você
vai descobrir nesta aula, porque estaremos On a plane!
Have a nice class!
Reading & Reading Comprehension
• Text I
Interview with a Business Traveller

Interviewer: Good morning Sir. I'd like to ask you a few questions if I may.
Jack: Well, I'm waiting to catch my flight so I guess I can answer a few questions.

Interviewer: Thank you, Sir. First of all, how often do you travel?
Jack: I travel about twice a month.

Interviewer: Where are you flying to on this trip?
Jack: I'm flying to Austin, Texas.

Interviewer: … and where did you fly on your last trip?
Jack: I flew to Portland, Oregon. I've already been there three times!

Aim
Entender novo vocabulário em textos e diálogos sobre viagens de avião ou situações
que ocorrem durante uma viagem, seja ela doméstica ou internacional.
Interviewer: Really! Do you enjoy travelling for business?
Jack: Yes, although I prefer staying in the office.

Interviewer: What do you like most about travelling?
Jack: I like visiting new cities and trying out new food.

Interviewer: Is there anywhere you would like to visit that you haven't visited yet?
Jack: Yes, I'd like to go to Hawaii! I love going to the beach!

Interviewer: Thank you very much for your time today.
Jack: You're welcome. My pleasure.

1) Check your understanding with this multiple choice comprehension quiz, tick ( - -- - )
the correct answer:
a. Jack is waiting to catch a flight.
( ) True ( ) False ( ) Doesn't say
b. Jack travels twice a month.
( ) True ( ) False ( ) Doesn't say
c. Jack especially likes going to Portland.
( ) True ( ) False ( ) Doesn't say
d. Jack is flying to Oregon.
( ) True ( ) False ( ) Doesn't say
e. Jack flew to Portland for his last trip.
( ) True ( ) False ( ) Doesn't say
f. Jack has already been to Portland four
times.
( ) True ( ) False ( ) Doesn't say
g. Jack likes eating in good restaurants.
( ) True ( ) False ( ) Doesn't say
h. Jack would like to visit Hawaii.
( ) True ( ) False ( ) Doesn't say
i. Jack doesn't enjoy travelling for business.
( ) True ( ) False ( ) Doesn't say
j. Jack likes visiting new cities and meeting
new people.
( ) True ( ) False ( ) Doesn't say

Fonte: http://esl.about.com/od/beginningreadingskills/a/d_biztravel.htm

• Text II

What to Wear and Carry on a Plane Trip
Flying in Style and Comfort
By Susan Breslow Sardone, About.com Guide


Dress comfortably, but in style.
(…) With all of the checkpoints people must go through to get from the terminal to the plane to their
destination — check-in, security, passport control, customs, immigration — it’s smart to dress
comfortably and in a way that won’t cause a delay for you or your fellow plane passengers. (…)
The following tips can help you decide how to dress and otherwise prepare for your next plane trip:
Dress in Layers (…)
S-t-r-e-t-c-h (…)
Avoid Heavy Metal (…)
Wear Slip-On Shoes (…)
Manage Your Electronics (…)
Minimize Liquids (…)

Fonte: http://honeymoons.about.com/od/flying/a/whattowear.htm

1) Circle the words which are similar to Portuguese – cognates. Read the text again.

2) Check all the words you don’t know in a dictionary
(http://dictionary.reference.com/?o=100074) and practice the pronunciation at
www.say.expressivo.com.

3) Write a paragraph about the reasons why the author gives this tips for what to wear
and carry on a plane travel.
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________

Listening, Reading & Speaking

1) Read along with the audio recording. The listening track is available at:
http://www.dailyesl.com/plane-tickets.htm.

When I go on vacation, I usually travel by plane. In the past, I used to book a flight with a
travel agency, but now, I tend to search online for good deals on plane tickets. Finding the best
price on plane tickets is probably the most important consideration, but the departure time, the
number of layovers, and the length of flight are also important factors. Making plane reservations
online is pretty easy to do, but don't forget that you still have to pay certain fees and taxes that go
along with the price of the ticket. Finally, keep in mind that you might have to pay a cancellation fee
if you decide to change your flight plans or cancel your flight.

2) Answer the question: What are the advantages and disadvantages of reserving plane
tickets online verses working with a travel agent?
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
3) What are the most important points you look for when choosing an airline for your next
flight? Rank the following points from the most (1) to least important (7): price,
destination, length of flight, on-time record, meals, comfort and seating, and customer
service.
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________

¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨
On a plane

1) Listen to the conversation at http://www.esl-lab.com/plane1/plnscr1.htm by pressing the
“Play Audio” button.

2) Read and review the Vocabulary and the sample sentences.


Captain: Hello everyone, this is the captain speaking, and I want to welcome you to Flight 18 bound
for Seattle. Our flight time today is 2 hours and 14 minutes, and we will be flying at an average
altitude of 29,000 feet. The local time in Seattle is a quarter to twelve (11:45), and the current
weather is sunny, but there is a chance of rain later in the day. We will be arriving at Gate 13, and we
will be announcing connecting flights on our approach to the Seattle airport.
On behalf of Sky Airlines and the crew, I want to wish you an enjoyable stay in the Seattle area or at
your final destination. Sit back and enjoy the flight.

• Key Vocabulary
bound (adjective): going to or heading for
- The plane is bound for London with stops in Atlanta and New York City.
feet (noun): 12 inches or 0.3 meters
- The flight attendant was only few feet away when I got her attention.
announce (verb): give information
- We need to wait at the gate until they announce our flight.
connecting flight (noun): when you arrive at the airport, your next plane is there to get on so you can continue
your trip
- We didn't arrive in time to catch our connecting flight.
crew (noun): all of the people who work together on a ship, train, or plane
- The plane's crew were very friendly and helpful.
destination (noun): the place you are going to
- What is your final destination on this trip?
altitude (noun): height
- This plane flies at an altitude of 31,000 feet..
approach (noun, also a verb): nearing or coming to - The plane is approaching the airport.
- It started to snow very heavily as the airplane started its approach to the airport.

Vocabulary

1) Complete the sentences using the words from the box below. Check in a dictionary.

At the airport: Attention please, British Airways announce the _____________________________
of flight BA 362 to London Heathrow. Would passengers to London go to
_____________________________ number 7 for immediate _____________________________ ?
Please _____________________________ embarkation cards.
On the plane: Good morning ladies and gentlemen. On behalf of Captain Andrew and his
_____________________________ , welcome on board this British Airways Boeing 737. I
apologize for the _____________________________ , but we will be
_____________________________ very shortly. Some information about the flight:
Our flight _____________________________ to London will be two hours and twenty-five minutes.
We will be flying at the _____________________________ of 30,000 feet, and our
_____________________________ will be 500 miles per hour. We hope you have a pleasant flight.
The flight attendant: In a moment we will be _____________________________ at London
Heathrow where the weather is fine and sunny. Please make sure that your seatbelt is
_____________________________ , your seat is in the _____________________________ position
and your table is _____________________________ away.
CREW DELAY DEPARTURE
EMBARKATION GATE HAND OUT
FASTENED UPRIGHT FOLDED
TAKING OFF TIME HEIGHT
SPEED LANDING



Fonte: http://www.tolearnenglish.com/exercises/exercise-english-2/exercise-english-17029.php

2) Fill in the sentences using the verbs in the box:



a. We____________________ (now, fly) at an altitude of 7500 metres.
b. You____________________ (buy) newspapers at the newsstand.
c. The passengers____________________ (board) the plane at the moment.
d. The steward can't bring you a newspaper: he____________________ (serve) lunch.
e. Passengers usually____________________ (wait) for their flight in the departure lounge.
f. The plane____________________ off (take) an hour late.

3) Now, complete the sentences below with the best answer:

1. The ___________ will be serving food and beverages after the plane reaches its cruising altitude.
A. flight attendants B. pilots C. security officers

2. After the plane lands, you can pick up your luggage at the ______________.
A. boarding area B. baggage claim area C. overhead compartment

3. If the cabin loses pressure during flight, you should put on your _____________ so you can
breathe comfortably.
A. seat belt B. life jacket C. oxygen mask

Quiz – On a Plane

A person who serves passengers on an airplane is a f_____________ a_____________.

The passage between the rows of seats is called an a_____________.

are boarding are now flying buy took is serving wait
A s_____________ b_____________ is a strap worn as a belt to prevent you from being thrown out
of your seat.

An a_____________ is a small bar next to the seat which is used to support your arms while you are
seated.

A c_____________ b_____________ is a button on the armrest which is pushed when you want to
call a flight attendant.

Another button on the armrest is for the small light above your seat. This light is called a
r_____________ l_____________.

The o_____________ b_____________ are small compartments used for storing baggage above the
seats.

A w_____________ s_____________ is a flat panel used to prevent light from entering the window.

The pilot may say, "Please prepare for t_____________ o_____________."; this means that the
airplane will soon leave the ground and rise into the sky.

Small rooms on the airplane which have toilets and sinks are called _____________.

If there is a v_____________ sign on the door, the lavatory is empty.

If there is an o_____________ sign on the door, someone is in the lavatory

A form on which you provide information about the contents of your baggage is a c_____________
d_____________ form.

A form on which you write your name, address, and travel plans in a foreign country is an
i_____________ f_____________.

L_____________ is when the airplane goes down and reaches the ground again after a flight.

• Check your answers with a colleague or with your tutor.

Fonte: http://a4esl.org/q/h/9901/nr-airplane.html
Summary

Na aula de hoje falamos de aviões, tripulação, embarque e desembarque, situações que
ocorrem em uma viagem de avião, de modo geral. Espero que você se prepare através desse novo
vocabulário, faça os exercícios propostos e busque sempre mais. Pesquise na internet vídeos e sites
que sejam de seu interesse sobre o assunto. Como “extra practice” hoje, deixo mais dois links com
um quiz sobre aviões da BBC e um exercício no qual uma aeromoça fala sobre seu trabalho. Bons
estudos!

• http://www.bbc.co.uk/apps/ifl/worldservice/quiznet/quizengine?ContentType=text/html;quiz
=1134_planes

• http://www.elllo.org/yeartwo/feb21st/job/job.htm

See you!

Ana Célia Lima

REFERÊNCIAS

About.com. Flying – What to wear. Online. Disponível em:
http://honeymoons.about.com/od/flying/a/whattowear.htm. Acesso em: 31 dez. 2010.

Activities4ESLStudents.org. On an Airplane. Online. Disponível em: http://a4esl.org/q/h/9901/nr-
airplane.html. Acesso em: 31 dez. 2010.

DailyESL.com. Travel – Making plane reservations. Online. Disponível em:
http://www.dailyesl.com/plane-tickets.htm.. Acesso em: 31 dez. 2010.
Dictionary Reference.com. Online. Disponível em: http://dictionary.reference.com/?o=100074.
Acesso em: 15 ago. 2010.

Esl.about.com. Beginner reading skills – A business travel. Online. Disponível em:
http://esl.about.com/od/beginningreadingskills/a/d_biztravel.htm. Acesso em: 31 dez. 2010.

Esl-lab.com. Plane – Travel on Sky Airlines. Online. Disponível em: http://www.esl-
lab.com/plane1/plnscr1.htm. Acesso em: 31 dez. 2010.

Say.expressivo.com. Listen online. Online. Disponível em: http://say.expressivo.com/. Acesso em:
23 out. 2010.

ToLearnEnglish.com. Exercise – On the plane. Online. Disponível em:
http://www.tolearnenglish.com/exercises/exercise-english-2/exercise-english-17029.php. Acesso em:
31 dez. 2010.


• Extra videos

BBC.co.uk. Quiz – Planes. Online. Disponível em:
http://www.bbc.co.uk/apps/ifl/worldservice/quiznet/quizengine?ContentType=text/html;quiz=1134_
planes. Acesso em: 31 dez. 2010.

ELLLO.org. Job – Katrina talks about her job. Online. Disponível em:
http://www.elllo.org/yeartwo/feb21st/job/job.htm. Acesso em: 31 dez. 2010.




Unidade 3 – Compreensão auditiva e leitura
para comunicação em língua inglesa

English Basic Level


• 23
rd
Lesson


At the hotel







Introduction
Hey! How are you?
O tema de nossa aula hoje é: At a hotel! Você vai aprender vocabulário referente a esse tema,
além de textos, vídeos e diálogos.
Are you ready?!
Vocabulary

Staying in a Hotel

daily rate - diária
porter - carregador de bagagem, porteiro
chambermaid - camareira
tip - gorgeta
tipping - dar gorgeta
lobby - saguão de entrada
Aim
Conhecer estruturas frasais e vocabulário sobre hotéis, estadia, staff do hotel etc., com o
intuito de preparar você para suas viagens de negócio como futuro businessman.
front desk - recepção
voucher - comprovante de reserva e pagamento da estadia
guest - hóspede
single room - quarto de solteiro
double room - quarto de casal
credit card - cartão de crédito
safe-deposit box - cofre
extra charge - custo adicional
key - chave
key card - chave de cartão
local call - chamada telefônica local
long-distance call - chamada longa-distância
international phone call - ligação internacional
station-to-station - ligação telefônica normal
person-to-person - ligação um pouco mais cara mas que se paga apenas no caso de se conseguir contato com
a pessoa desejada
collect call - ligação a cobrar
room service - serviço de quarto
minibar - frigobar
vending machine - máquinas de vender bebidas, etc.
swimming pool - piscina
city tour - passeio turístico pela cidade
city map - mapa da cidade
mall - shopping, centro comercial
youth hostel - albergue da juventude (excelentes na Europa)
tourist office - departamento de atendimento ao turista
1) Before you are our guest in this unit, learn some vocabulary below and watch this video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=wyqfYJX23lg&feature=related








Types of Accommodations
bed and breakfast
guesthouse
hotel
inn
resort
youth hostel

2) Try to find photos of this kind of accommodation on the Internet. If you don’t
understand, consult a dictionary or ask your tutor.

3) If you're traveling on a budget (when you can’t spend a lot of money) and you want to
meet other young people like you, you can consider staying at a _______________.
a) ( ) youth hostel
b) ( ) hotel
c) ( ) resort

Amenities
cable TV
check in / check out
hot tub
indoor / outdoor heated pool
kitchen / kitchenette
microwave
queen-size bed / king-size
bed
restaurant
room rates
sitting area

4) What are the most important amenities for you? Rank from the most important (1) to
the least important ( 11).


Hotel expressions
book a hotel
call the front desk
cancel a reservation
make a reservation
order room service
call the belboy / bellhop

5) Do you always ask the bellboy for some help? What services do you usually ask in a
hotel?
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________

Practice

1) Match the columns to make a dialogue between a receptionist and a guest. After you
finish, use some of the phrases to have a conversation with a partner.

Check in
Guest Receptionist
1) Good morning. I’d like to check in. a) ( ) Pardon me. Can you spell your
last name, please?
2) My reservation is under James Novarsik. b) ( ) I’ll call the bellhop, sir. He’ll
be here in a minute.
3) It’s N.OV.A.R.S.I.K.. c) ( ) Do you have a reservation?
4) Try my company. It’s kisravon Computers. d) ( )Yes, there it is. The confirmation
number is 873946.
5) Can you park the car for me? e) ( ) Sorry, but we don’t have a
reservation under your name.
6) Alright. Can you help me with my f) ( )Of course, sir. We provide
baggage? paid parking for guests.


At the reception desk

Receptionist Guest

1) What kind of room would you like, a) ( ) Non Smoking. Is there a
sir/madam? restaurant/ swimming pool/ a
sauna in the hotel?
2) Would you like a single room or a b) ( ) Can I have a room with a view
a double room? of the mountains?
3) Would you like a smoking or non- c) ( ) Thank you very much. Have a
smoking room? nice day.
4) The restaurant is on the first floor. d) ( )What floor is my room on?
5) Your room number is 709. It’s on the e) ( ) Could you please send my
seventh floor. luggage to my room?
6) Sure. We’ll send it right up. f) ( ) I’d like a single room, please.

In his/her room
Receptionist Guest

1) (on the telephone)Andrew. May I a) ( ) Sure, thanks a lot.
help you?
2) Someone will be right up. b) ( ) Can you send a chambermaid,
please?
3) I can make the call for you if c) ( ) Also, can I request a wake-up
you like. call for tomorrow morning at 7?
4) Oh, I’m very sorry. I will send d) ( ) Can you tell me how to make a
the maintenance man up for you. long distance call?
5) Sure, have a good night, sir. e) ( ) Oh, by the way, the lights
aren’t working in my room.
Can you send somebody up here?




Check out
Receptionist Guest

1) Good morning, sir. Are you ready a) ( )Can you call a taxi for me?
to check out?
2) Sure. What is your room number? b) ( ) My luggage is still in my room.
Could you send someone to get it?
3) Your minibar and telephone calls are c) ( ) 709. Here’s your key. Can you
included in your bill, sir/madam. calculate my bill please?
4) How would you like to pay? d) ( ) What forms of payment do you
accept?
5) The taxi will meet you in front of the e) ( ) I’d like to pay in credit card.
hotel entrance. Can you make a receipt for me?
6) Here you are. Sign here please. f) ( ) Have a nice day!

Listening, Reading & Speaking

1) Listen to a man making a reservation in a hotel and answer the questions at the website:
http://esl-lab.com/hotel1/hotel1.htm




2) Choose the best word to fill in the spaces from the dialogue you’ve just listened to:
2.1 Do you have any rooms with a _______________ where I can prepare basic meals?
a) ( ) cooking b) ( ) kitchenette c) ( ) suite

2.2 This hotel is one of the best in the city, and the employees try to roll out the __________ carpet
for special guests.
a) ( ) red b) ( ) blue c) ( ) green

2.3 This hotel is one of the best in the city, and the employees try to roll out the __________ carpet
for special guests.
a) ( ) cheap b) ( ) reasonable c) ( ) expensive
2.4 Let me ______________ to see if we have any rooms available.
a) ( ) test b) ( ) view c) ( ) check

2.5 I'd like to ______________ a hotel room for April 21st.
a) ( ) buy b) ( ) scheduled c) ( ) reserve

3) Work in pairs. Students A will be the guest, students B will be the receptionist. Use the
prompts below.
Checking-in
GUEST:
Hi! I’ve booked a single room in the name of ……
I have a reservation. My name is ………..
Hi! Do you have any vacancies? I need a twin room for 2 nights.
What is the price of a single room?
Is breakfast included?
What is the check-out time?
Is there the Internet here?
Is the reception open 24 hours a day?
Can I have a wake-up call? Can you please wake me up at 7 o’clock?
Is there room service?
Is there a bank near here?

RECEPTIONIST:
Good morning.
Sorry, what’s your name? How do you spell it? How do you pronounce it?
Just a moment, I’ll look it up. ……… Ah, here it is.
Can you fill in this form, please?
Sign here, please.
Can I have your passport, please?
Here is your key card. You’re in room no. 26 on the second floor.
The lift is at the end of the corridor.
You can take anything from the mini bar, we will put it on your bill.
You can use our restaurant, the TV room, the indoor swimming pool, or our laundry service.
Breakfast is served from 8:30 to 11:30.
4) Do you know what do these words mean? Look them up and choose the best answer.
4.1What’s a valet?
a) ( ) an employee who controls the way people are used and money is spent.
b) ( ) an employee of a restaurant or hotel, who puts your car in a parking space for you.
c) ( ) serves meals to people in a hotel restaurant.

4.2 What’s a chambermaid?
a) ( ) a woman whose job is to clean and tidy hotel bedrooms
b) ( ) a woman who cooks in the hotel kitchen.
c) ( ) a woman who gives information in the hotel.

4.3 What’s a concierge?
a) ( ) a person who is invited to visit someone's home or attend a particular social occasion.
b) ( ) someone whose job is to help people plan trips and make travel arrangements.
c) ( ) an employee whose job is to assist guests by booking tours, making theatre and restaurant
reservations, etc.

Reading & Reading Comprehension
Tipping Etiquette
*Tip is the money you give a waiter, for example, when the service in a restaurant is good.
The Secrets Behind Tipping Etiquette at Hotels
By Charlyn Keating Chisholm, About.com Guide
(…) Here's a general tipping guide to follow whenever you travel. Remember, tipping more or less is
at your discretion and should be guided by the quality of service you receive. Use this tipping guide
to give you an idea of the appropriate tipping ranges.
• Drivers
Courtesy Shuttle Driver -- $1-$2 per person, or $4-$5 per party
Taxi or Limousine Driver -- 15-20% of the total fare
Tipping drivers extra is expected if they handle your bags (tipping about $1-$2 per bag). (…)
• Checking In
Porter/Doorman -- $1-$2 per bag they help you with (more if it is very heavy). Tiping is not required for just
opening a door (a smile and thank you is always appreciated).
Bell Staff -- $1-$2 per bag if they bring the bags to your room. If they prepare your room and show you
around, tipping $5-$10 should cover everything (including the bags).
• In Your Room
Room Service -- In most hotels, a gratuity of 12-15% is already included in the price of your order (check the
menu). Tipping extra is OK, particularly if the person delivering the order takes extra care to set up your meal.
(…)
Maids/Housekeeping Staff -- A wide range is acceptable here, depending on the level of extra service and
hotel level, but generally from $1-$5 per night. It is best to do your tipping daily, since you might have
different people cleaning your room. (…)
Maintenance/Service People -- For fixing something that was broken, or bringing something that was
missing, tipping is not required.
Delivery of Special Items -- For a special request (like an extra blanket), $2 for one item, or $1 each for more
than one item.
• Coming and Going
Doorman -- $1-$2 for calling a cab; extra if he covers you with an umbrella in the rain (...)
Valet Parking -- $1-$2 to the attendant giving back your car. Tipping when they park the car is optional.
• Dining Out
Waitstaff -- 15-20% of the bill, excluding tax and expensive wine. Many restaurants automatically add a 15%
gratuity for parties of six or more, so check the menu. You can add another 5% for exceptional service.
Wine Steward/Sommelier -- If they help you choose a bottle of wine (or choose it for you), 10-20% of the
wine bill only. (…)
Buffet Servers -- $1-$2 per person dining.
• In the Lounge
Bartender/Cocktail Waitress -- 10-15% of the total tab.
• Special Services
(…) Hotel Staff -- If they set up something special for you (for your anniversary), tip at the end of your stay.
• Leisure Time
Hair Stylists -- 15% of the total bill. If someone else shampoo'd your hair, leave them $2-$5.
Manicurist -- 10-15% of the total bill.
Massage Therapist -- 15-20% of the total bill.
Swimming Pool Attendant -- Tipping is not required, unless you request extra service (…)


Fonte: adapted from http://hotels.about.com/od/hotelsecrets/a/tipping-etiquette.htm


1) Look at the cognates in the text and underline them. Now, circle all the numbers (they
are very important, especially in this text) and read the text again.

2) Can you remember?
a. How much you should tip a the maintenance people who fix something that was broken in
your room? ________________
b. How much you should tip the bell staff if they carry two of your bags? ________________
c. How much you should pay a doorman if they call you a taxi? ________________
d. How much you should tip the bartender? ________________

Summary

Hoje falamos da sua estadia, do seu conforto, das pessoas que o cercam geralmente quando
você viaja. Falamos também de situações que, se você ainda não viveu, viverá em breve, a trabalho.
Espero que tenha aproveitado a aula e que faça as atividades propostas. Por falar nisso, hoje você
tem mais um link para abrir no seu computador e verificar sua compreensão do conteúdo estudado na
aula de hoje!

Extra practice

• http://www.esl-galaxy.com/travel/At%20the%20hotel.pdf

See you next class!

Ana Célia Lima
Viviane Gomes Pontes

REFERÊNCIAS

About.com. Hotel secrets – Tipping etiquette. Online. Disponível em:
http://hotels.about.com/od/hotelsecrets/a/tipping-etiquette.htm. Acesso em: 03 jan. 2011.

Esl-lab.com. Hotel – Hotel Reservations. Online. Disponível em: http://esl-
lab.com/hotel1/hotel1.htm. Acesso em: 31 dez. 2010.
Sk.com.br. Vocabulary for travelling. Online. Disponível em: http://www.sk.com.br/sk-travl.html.
Acesso em: 30 dez. 2010.

Youtube.com. English for hotel and tourism – Checking into a hotel. Online. Disponível em:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=wyqfYJX23lg&feature=related. Acesso em: 31 dez. 2010.

• Extra video

Esl-galaxy.com. Travel – At the Hotel. Online. Disponível em: http://www.esl-
galaxy.com/travel/At%20the%20hotel.pdf. Acesso em: 03 jan. 2011.





Unidade 3 – Compreensão auditiva e leitura
para comunicação em língua inglesa

English Basic Level


• 24
th
Lesson


In a Shop



Introduction

Good morning! Good afternoon! Good evening!
Independente da hora do dia, essa é uma boa hora para aprender inglês! Hoje vamos falar de
gastos e vamos ver diálogos, textos e também um vídeo para ilustrar o tema de nossa aula.
Let’s start?!?
Vocabulary
Places - Shops and Stores
Here are the principal definitions of each word with an example sentence using the target word in context.
Shop = a place which sells various goods; store
Janet went out quickly to get some things at
the shop.
baker's a shop which sells bread and pastries
Could you go to the baker's and get two
loaves of whole-wheat bread?
butcher's a shop which sells various types of meat
I went to the butcher's and bought a few
steaks.
department
store
a large store which sells a number of
items located in various departments
There are a number of department stores
located at the mall in the suburbs.
dry cleaner's a shop which cleans clothes
Can you take these trousers down to the dry
cleaner's?
fishmonger's a shop which sells fish (British English)
Why don't we go get some salmon at the
fishmonger's for dinner tonight?
fish-shop a shop which sells fish; fishmonger's
Oh, look at that fresh fish in the fish-shop's
window!
Aim
Aprender como fazer compras em inglês.
greengrocer's
a shop which sells fruit and vegetables
(British English)
I went out to get some fresh vegetables at the
greengrocer's.
grocer's a shop which sells various food items
Jack has just gone out to get some things at
the grocer's.
ironmonger's
a shop which sells materials and
equipment for building (British English)
I bought a new hammer at the ironmonger's.
hardware
store
a shop which sells materials and
equipment for building (American
English)
I need to get some paint at the hardware
store before I can begin redecorating the
apartment.
stationer's
a shop which sells paper, pens and pencils
and other writing materials (British
English)
She bought three pens and some envelopes at
the stationer's.
sweetshop
a shop which sells candies and various
sweet goods (British English)
I bought a half-pound of chocolates at the
sweetshop.
tobacconist's
a shop which sells tobacco goods such as
cigarettes and cigars
He picked up three packs of cigarettes at the
tobacconist's on his way to work.

1) Before you do your shopping, watch this video about some kinds of stores:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ceEcd46n60o














Words related to the action of buying…

• Words that describe the items they want to purchase: some bread, some milk, etc.
• Where can I find . . .?
• I’m looking for . . .
• Do you have . . . ?






If you want to go shopping there are a number of things you have to consider. If you would
like to find a bargain you should make sure to go to a sale. The only problem with a sale is that it is
sometimes hard to exchange something once you buy it. Many stores also refuse to give a refund on
anything you have bought. If you are looking for clothes, make sure to try them on, check the size to
make sure that it is a good fit. Another good idea is to look at the tag and label to see instructions for
washing, etc. It's always a good idea to also ask the shop assistant for advice. Finally, when you go to
the cashier you can usually pay by credit card or check if you don't have the cash. Never forget to get
the receipt!
Listening, Reading & Speaking

1) Read and listen about Wal-Mart at this link:
http://www.manythings.org/voa/places/205.html

2) Match the columns and get the meaning of the words below.
a) bargain ( ) a piece of paper or material fastened to an
object that gives information about it.
b) sale ( ) a document that you get from someone showing
that you have given them money or goods.
c) refund ( ) an event or period of time during which a store
reduces the prices of some of its goods.
d) tag ( ) money that was yours that you get again

e) receipt ( ) something you buy that costs much less than
normal.

3) Shopping Online or at local department stores is an activity many people enjoy. How
often do you go shopping for the following items and where do you buy them: clothing,
gifts for friends and family, music, DVD movies, electronics? Name places and discuss
with a friend.
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________

4) Listen to the dialogue at the website http://www.esl-lab.com/shop1/shoprd1.htm
And answer the questions there.

5) Listen again and fill in the gaps to complete the dialogue.

Man: Hi young _______________.How may I help you?
Girl: Well, . . . yeah. I'm _______________for a Father's Day's gift.
Man: Okay. How about _______________your father a new wallet?
Girl: Hmm. How much is that wallet?
Man: Huh . . . which one?
Girl: The __________________one.
Man: Oh. It's only $40.95.
Girl: Huh? That's too ________________for me. Do you have a cheaper one?
Man: Hmm. How about this brown leather one?
Girl: Umm. . . I don't think my father will like the ______________on the outside, and it doesn't
have a _________________to put pictures.

6) Do the task below according to the prompts in parenthesis and the examples.

(A) (money) for (something)

• What do you think is cheap?
(1) Ten dollars for a shirt is cheap.
(2)

• What do you think is expensive?
(1)
(2)

• What do you think is a reasonable price to pay for a pair of shoes?
(1)

• What do you think is a reasonable price to pay for a dinner with a date?
(1)


(B) be (adjective)+er than,

• Make three comparative sentences using some of the following adjectives in the box:



(1) Fish is healthier than beef or pork.
(2)
(3)

(C) be more (adjective) than

• Make three sentences using some of the following adjectives:


cheap healthy roomy tight high low
spicy cozy safe fast big
delicious filling important powerful reliable affordable
environmentally friendly durable compact comfortable

(1) Compact cars are more environmentally friendly than gas guzzlers.
(2)
(3)

7) Have a conversation with a partner or write your answers about the questions below.

About how much did you spend on presents last year?
About how much do you usually spend each day?
Are you a price conscious shopper?
Are you good at saving money?
Are you saving money to buy something? If so, what are you planning to buy?
How much will it cost?
How much longer will you need to save before you can buy it?
Do banks pay a higher percent of interest here or in your country?
Do you compare prices at different stores when you shop?
Do you enjoy shopping?
Do you ever buy second-hand things? ("used things")
Reading & Reading Comprehension

In a Shop
By Kenneth Beare, About.com Guide

1) Match the columns to complete the conversation.

Shopping for a Sweater
(A = shop assistant, B = customer)
A: Can I help you?
A: What size are you?
A: How about this one?
A: Certainly, there's the changing rooms
over there.
A: How does it fit?
A: Yes, here you are.
A: OK, how would you like to pay?
A: Yes, we do. Visa, Master Card and
American Express.
A: Thank you. Have a nice day!
( ) B: I'm an extra large.
( ) B: It's too large. Do you have a
larger one? (smallest?)
( ) B: Do you take credit cards?
( ) B: OK, here's my Visa.
( ) B: Thank you.
( ) B: Thank you, goodbye.
( ) B: Thank you. I'll have it, please.
( ) B: Yes, I'm looking for a sweater.
( ) B: Yes, that's nice. Can I try it
on?

Key Vocabulary
Can I help you? size - extra small, small, medium, large, extra large
Can I try it (them) on? How does it fit?
changing rooms How would you like to pay?
credit cards
Fonte: http://esl.about.com/od/beginnerpronunciation/a/bd_shop.htm

A Typical Shop Worker's Desk

2) Here is the story with ten words missing. Choose one these ten words below to fit into
the correct gap.





Shop workers probably have the ______________desks of all. The desks of shop workers are used
for a number of purposes. They often have a computer and a_____________to take care of
paper_____________, but they also use their desk as a place to lay their various____________as
they work at their different tasks. In many_____________shops, you will also be surprised at
how____________a shop worker's desk is! Shop workers have to do a variety
of______________tasks that often involve greasy equipment. Of course, the grease from the tools
and the_____________dirty the desk as the shop worker sits down to do a report or make a
telephone call. Shop_____________usually don't clean their desk too often as they know that the
desks will just get dirty the next time they_____________to have a cup of coffee.
Fonte: http://esl.about.com/library/beginner/bl_beginner_read_shopworker.htm


Summary

Hoje falamos de compras. Você gostou do assunto? Ainda temos muito o que estudar,
discutir, aprender... Esperamos que, com muita dedicação e motivação, você persevere nos estudos,
physical telephone workers untidiest work
dirty tools machine equipment sit down
mesmo após o término desta aula. Para incentivar e promover a sua curiosidade é que deixo dois
links de atividades relacionadas ao nosso tema da aula de hoje.

Enjoy it!!

Extra practice

• http://esl.about.com/library/vocabulary/blwordgroups_places_shops_q.htm

• http://www.esl-lab.com/eslbasic/shoppingmall-1.htm

See you soon!

Ana Célia Lima
Viviane Gomes Pontes

REFERÊNCIAS

Esl.about.com. English as 2nd Language – A Typical Shop Worker’s Desk. Online. Disponível em:
http://esl.about.com/library/beginner/bl_beginner_read_shopworker.htm. Acesso em: 30 dez. 2010.

Esl.about.com. English as 2nd Language – In a Shop. Online. Disponível em:
http://esl.about.com/od/beginnerpronunciation/a/bd_shop.htm. Acesso em: 30 dez. 2010.

Esl.about.com. English as 2nd Language – Places, Shops and Stores. Online. Disponível em:
http://esl.about.com/library/vocabulary/blwordgroups_places_shops_e.htm. Acesso em: 30 dez.
2010.

Esl-lab.com. Shopping – Shopping for the Day. Online. Disponível em: http://www.esl-
lab.com/shop1/shoprd1.htm. Acesso em: 31 dez. 2010.

ManyThings.org. Places – Walmart (American Mosaic 2009). Online. Disponível em:
http://www.manythings.org/voa/places/205.html. Acesso em: 31 dez. 2010.

Youtube.com. Let’s go shopping. Online. Disponível em:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ceEcd46n60o. Acesso em: 31 dez. 2010.

• Extra links

Esl.about.com. English as 2nd Language – Places, Shops and Stores. Online. Disponível em:
http://esl.about.com/library/vocabulary/blwordgroups_places_shops_q.htm. Acesso em: 30 dez.
2010.

Esl-lab.com. Shopping centers – Malls and Department Stores. Online. Disponível em:
http://www.esl-lab.com/eslbasic/shoppingmall-1.htm. Acesso em: 31 dez. 2010.




Unidade 3 – Compreensão auditiva e leitura
para comunicação em língua inglesa

English Basic Level


• 25
th
Lesson


In the Street







Introduction
Hello! Are you fine?
Hoje vamos falar sobre como não ficar perdido e como perguntar as direções na rua, em
inglês. Temos muito o que estudar nesta aula e você vai aprender a dar localizações e a perguntar
para chegar aonde quer ir.
Are you ready to start? So, let’s go!
Vocabulary

Preposition Use - in / at / on - prepositions of place

By Kenneth Beare, About.com Guide
IN
Use 'in' with spaces:
in a room / in a building
in a garden / in a park
Use 'in' with bodies of water:
in the water
in the sea
in a river
Use 'in' with lines:
in a row / in a line
in a queue

AT
Use 'at' with places:
at the bus-stop
at the door
at the cinema
at the end of the street
Use 'at' with places on a page:
at the top of the page
at the bottom of the page
Use 'at' in groups of people:
at the back of the class
at the front of the class
ON
Use 'on' with surfaces:
on the ceiling / on the wall / on
the floor
on the table
Use 'on' with small islands:
I stayed on Maui.
Use 'on' with directions:
on the left
on the right
straight on
Aim
Conhecer como são indicadas as direções em inglês.


• IMPORTANT NOTES
In / at / on the corner
We say 'in the corner of a room', but 'at the corner (or 'on the corner') of a street'
In / at / on the front
We say 'in the front / in the back' of a car
We say 'at the front / at the back' of buildings / groups of people
We say 'on the front / on the back' of a piece of paper

1) Now that you have studied the use of on / at / in as a preposition of place, try the follow-
up quiz to test your understanding at http://esl.about.com/library/quiz/blgrquiz_prep1.htm.

2) Test your understanding, watch this video at Youtube
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=B5wPc_4bfbQ .


3) Put the words in the box into the blank spaces below:






• Directions by street name and nearby landmarks:
A: You look _________________. Can I help?
B: Yeah. I’m __________________ for the Caprice Theater. Do you know ______________ it is?
A: It’s on the _________________ of Elm Street and 22nd Avenue. It’s ______________ to the Art
Gallery. You can’t _________________ it.

• Directions by Subway or Bus:
A: Excuse me. Can I trouble you for a _____________?
B: Sure. What’s wrong?
A: I’m lost. Do you know _________ to get ________ the Stadium?
across how looking lost miss moment
off on take to transfer way
where next corner down exit far
front left your
B: The easiest _________ to get there is probably by subway. Just ___________ the Central Line to
Broadway Station. ______________ to the Green Line and Get __________ at Harbour Station. If
you go out ___________ number four it should be right in ____________ of you.

• Directions by Foot or Car:
A: Can I get to the Harlton Hotel from here _____________ foot?
B: Sure. It’s not that ______________. Just go ______________ 4
th
Avenue to Main Street. Turn
______________ on Main. It should be on ______________ right. It’s _______________ from the
park.
Fonte: http://lcrb.org/lessons/Lesson_1007.pdf

4) Look at the picture of the Town map below and give directions to the places, eliciting
street and corner street and what it is next to or across from. REMEMBER, you are on
the corner of Second Avenue and Forest Street:

a. The jewelry store ____________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
b. The bar ____________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
c. The police station ____________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
d. The toy store ________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
e. The movie theater ____________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
f. The sporting goods store ______________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
























Fonte: http://www.englishadvantage.info/lesson/giving-directions/


Listening & Reading

1) Take a look at the map below.







2) Now, go to the website http://www.esl-lab.com/eslbasic/travel-sightseeing-1.htm play the
listening and complete the sentences with the words missing. Then, mark the sentences
true or false.

a. The hotel is next to the _____________.
( ) True ( ) False
b. The zoo is ____________ the police station.
( ) True ( ) False
c. The __________ is between the post office and the supermarket.
( ) True ( ) False
d. The bowling alley is on _________ Street.
( ) True ( ) False
e. The _______________ corner of ________ Street and ________ Street.
( ) True ( ) False
f. ______________ front of ________________.
( ) True ( ) False
g. ______________________________________________.
( ) True ( ) False
h. ______________________________________________.
( ) True ( ) False
i. ______________________________________________.
( ) True ( ) False
j. ____________________________________________.
( ) True False
3) To practice a little bit more, go to the website http://www.elllo.org/games/games/12-LG-
Directions.htm, play the “listen” button and try to find the correct place in the map.

Reading & Reading Comprehension

Business English - Directions to a Meeting

By Kenneth Beare, About.com Guide

Text I
Directions to a Meeting

Mark: Linda, do you know how to get to Daniels Co.? I've never been there before.
Heather: Are you driving or taking the subway?
Mark: The subway.
Heather: Right. Take the no. 9 from West 72nd street. Get off at Times Square and change to the
shuttle. Go across town and get off at Grand Central station. Go above ground and walk north on
Park Avenue.
Mark: Just a moment, let me write this down!
Heather: Take the no. 9 from West 72nd street. Get off at Times Square and change to the shuttle.
Got it?
Mark: Yes, thanks. Now, once I get to Times Square, which train do I take?
Heather: Change to the shuttle. Go across town and get off at Grand Central station. Go above
ground and walk north on Park Avenue.
Mark: Can you repeat that?
Heather: Change to the shuttle. Go across town and get off at Grand Central station. Go above
ground and walk north on Park Avenue.
Mark: Thanks Heather. How long does it take?
Heather: It takes about a half an hour. When is your meeting?
Mark: It's at nine. I'll leave at eight-thirty.
Heather: That's a busy time of day. You should leave at eight.
Mark: OK. Thanks, Heather.
Heather: No problem.

Key Vocabulary
to get to somewhere
to take the subway
to change to another train
to go across town
to get off
to go above ground
to walk north / south / west / east
to take time
a busy time of day
Fonte: http://esl.about.com/od/businessreading/a/d_mdirect.htm

1) Check your understanding of the text above at :
http://esl.about.com/library/quiz/bl_mdirect.htm.


Reading Dialogue: Directions to the Museum

Text II

(On the street corner)
Tourist: Excuse me, can you help me? I'm lost!
Person: Certainly, where would you like to go?
Tourist: I'd like to go to the museum, but I can't find it. Is it far?
Person: No, not really. It's about a 5 minute walk.
Tourist: Maybe I should call a taxi ...
Person: No, no. It's very easy. Really. (pointing) I can give you directions.
Tourist: Thank you. That's very kind of you.
Person: Not at all. ... Now, go along this street to the traffic lights. Do you see them?
Tourist: Yes, I can see them.
Person: Right, at the traffic lights, turn left into Queen Mary Avenue.
Tourist: Queen Mary Avenue.
Person: Right. Go straight on. Take the second left and enter Museum Drive.
Tourist: OK. Queen Mary Avenue, straight on and then the third left, Museum Drive.
Person: No, it's the SECOND left.
Tourist: Ah, right. The second street on my left.
Person: Right. Just follow Museum Drive and the museum is at the end of the road.
Tourist: Great. Thanks again for your help.
Person: Not at all.

Fonte: http://esl.about.com/od/intermediatereading/a/d_museum.htm

2) Check your understanding of the text above at :
http://esl.about.com/library/quiz/bl_musuem.htm.

Summary

Na aula de hoje você aprendeu a não se perder, se precisar de se comunicar em inglês,
principalmente com a ajuda de um mapa. Você também viu algumas preposições necessárias para
pedir e dar direções. Recomendo a você mais dois links para que leia, entenda e estude essa matéria.

Practice makes perfect!

Extra practice

• http://esl.about.com/od/intermediateconversation/a/Asking-Directions.htm

• http://www.bbc.co.uk/worldservice/learningenglish/radio/specials/1655_how_to_ask/page2.s
html


Bye!

Ana Célia Lima
REFERÊNCIAS

Elllo.org. Games – Directions. Online. Disponível em: http://www.elllo.org/games/games/12-LG-
Directions.htm. Acesso em: 03 jan. 2011.

EnglishAdvantage.info. Giving Directions. Online. Disponível em:
http://www.englishadvantage.info/lesson/giving-directions/. Acesso em: 03 jan. 2011.

Esl.about.com. English as 2nd Language – Prepositions of Place. Online. Disponível em:
http://esl.about.com/od/grammarintermediate/a/prepositions_of_place.htm. Acesso em: 30 dez. 2010.

Esl.about.com. English as 2nd Language – Quiz on Prepositions. Online. Disponível em:
http://esl.about.com/library/quiz/blgrquiz_prep1.htm. Acesso em: 30 dez. 2010.

Esl.about.com. English as 2nd Language – Business Reading, Directions to a Meeting. Online.
Disponível em: http://esl.about.com/od/businessreading/a/d_mdirect.htm. Acesso em: 30 dez. 2010.

Esl.about.com. English as 2nd Language – Quiz on Directions to a Meeting. Online. Disponível em:
http://esl.about.com/library/quiz/bl_mdirect.htm. Acesso em: 30 dez. 2010.

Esl.about.com. English as 2nd Language – Reading, Directions to the Museum. Online. Disponível
em: http://esl.about.com/od/intermediatereading/a/d_museum.htm. Acesso em: 30 dez. 2010.

Esl.about.com. English as 2nd Language – Quiz on Directions to the Museum. Online. Disponível
em: http://esl.about.com/library/quiz/bl_musuem.htm. Acesso em: 30 dez. 2010.

Esl-lab.com. Travel – sightseeing. Online. Disponível em: http://www.esl-lab.com/eslbasic/travel-
sightseeing-1.htm. Acesso em: 03 jan. 2011.

LCRB.org. Giving Directions. Online. Disponível em: http://lcrb.org/lessons/Lesson_1007.pdf.
Acesso em: 03 jan. 2011.

Youtube.com. Giving directions in English. Online. Disponível em:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=B5wPc_4bfbQ. Acesso em: 03 jan. 2011.
• Extra links

BBC.co.uk. Learning English – How to ask directions. Online. Disponível em:
http://www.bbc.co.uk/worldservice/learningenglish/radio/specials/1655_how_to_ask/page2.shtml.
Acesso em: 03 jan. 2011.

Esl.about.com. English as 2nd Language – Conversation, Asking Directions. Online. Disponível
em: http://esl.about.com/od/intermediateconversation/a/Asking-Directions.htm. Acesso em: 03 jan.
2011.




Unidade 3 – Compreensão auditiva e leitura
para comunicação em língua inglesa

English Basic Level


• 26
th
Lesson


At the restaurant







Introduction
Hi! Is everything ok with you?
Pense no seu restaurante e no seu prato favorito... Pensou? Agora você vai estudar e praticar
como se comunicar em um restaurante e fazer esse pedido a um garçom!
Enjoy this class!

Vocabulary
Aim
Aprender estruturas frasais e vocabulário mais usados em um restaurante: como pedir
um prato ou a conta.

1) To order a meal in a restaurant you need some vocabulary. Watch, listen to this video
and repeat the words at http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=9qMrqdbOihg&feature=related.








2) Look at the useful words to use in a conversation at a restaurant below:

• Places to Eat Out
Bistro
Fast Food Restaurant
Hotel Restaurant
Pub
Restaurant
Snack Bar

• Parts of a Menu
1
st
Appetizers/Entrees/Hors D'oeuvres
Soups /Starters
2
nd
Main Courses (Meat/Fish/Vegetarian)
3
rd
Desserts
Beverages (Drinks in general, coffee etc.)
Wine/Drinks List (sometimes on a separate
menu)


Booking a table At the Restaurant Ordering
I'd like to book (reserve) a table for
two at 8.30 pm, please.
I'd like to book a table for a party
of four at 9 pm, please.
I'd like to book a table for four at 7
in the name of Smith, please.
Could I have a table by (next to)
the window, please?
Could I have a non-smoking table,
please?
Could I have a table away from the
toilets, please?
Could you make sure it's a quiet
table, please?
Good evening, the name is Smith. I
have a table booked for four.
Do you have the menu in
Portuguese/Spanish ..., please?
Do you have a high chair for young
children, please?
Could we have a table over there,
please?
I'm sorry but I asked for a table by
the window.
Could we have an extra chair,
please?

I'd like .............., please.
For starters I'll have the … and for
the main course I'd like the …
Could I have chips instead of
baked potatoes, please?
What is the house special today?
Is there anything you would
recommend?
Could I see the wine menu, please?
I'll have a bottle of the ….
I'll have a glass of house red/white,
please.
Which wine would you
recommend?



Complaining During &After the Meal Paying
Excuse me, but my soup is cold.
Excuse me, we've been waiting for
over half an hour for our drinks.
I'm sorry but I ordered a side salad
not the vegetables.
Excuse me this steak is over done,
I ordered rare.
I'm afraid this wine tastes corked.
Excuse me this wine isn't chilled
properly.
Could we have some more bread,
please?
Do you have a pepper mill?
Could I have some dressing /
sauce, please?
Could you pass me the salt, please?
That was delicious. My
compliments to the chef.
Could I have the bill, please?
Do you take Credit Card / check?
We'd like separate bills, please.
Is service included?
No, please. This is on me. (When
you want to pay for everyone.)




http://www.learnenglish.de/vocabulary/eatout.htm

3) Match the two columns and order the dialogue:

Ordering a Meal
By Kenneth Beare, About.com Guide
(A = waiter, B = customer)

A: Hi. How are you doing this afternoon?
A: Certainly, here you are.
A: Grilled tuna and cheese.
A: Would you like something to drink?
A: Thank you. (returning with the food) Here
you are. Enjoy your meal!
A: Can I get you anything else?
A: That'll be $6.75.
A: Thank you! Have a good day!

( ) B: Bye.
( ) B: Fine, thank you. Can I see a menu,
please?
( ) B: Here you are. Keep the change!
( ) B: No, thanks. I'd like the check (bill -
UK English), please.
( ) B: Thank you.
( ) B: Thank you. What's today's special?
( ) B: That sounds good. I'll have that.
( ) B: Yes, I'd like a coke.

Key Vocabulary
Can I see a menu?
Here you are
Enjoy your meal!
Would you like ...
Can I get you anything else?
I'd like the check (bill - UK English), please.
That'll be $6.75.
Have a good day!

Adaptado de: http://esl.about.com/od/beginnerpronunciation/a/bd_restaurant.htm
Listening & Reading

1) Watch this video at http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=y5dkB_Bcb_M&feature=related.
Then, practice the sentences by repeating.

2) Read the dialogue below:

Ordering at a Restaurant

Waitress: Hi, welcome to our restaurant.
Customer: Thank you very much.
Waitress: How many people are there?
Customer: Just the one.
Waitress: Just one person, ok. Smoking or non-smoking?
Customer: Non-smoking, please.
Waitress: Come along and have a seat right here.
Customer: Thanks.
Waitress: Here are your menus and a glass of water.

Waitress: Can I get you something to drink?
Customer: Mmm I was wondering about this wine actually. What’s your house wine?
Waitress: Our house wine is this red wine right here and it’s 10 dollars.
Customer: Oh, I think I’ll have a glass of that actually.
Waitress: Just a glass?
Customer: How much is it for a bottle?
Waitress: 10 dollars.
Customer: Oh sorry. Yeah I’ll have a bottle then, thanks.
Waitress: Can I take your order for an appetiser?
Customer: Mmm I quite like the look of several of these. Now the melon, does that come with
anything else?
Waitress: The melon? It just comes with some garnish, but it’s pretty much just plain melon with
garnish and some whipped cream.
Customer: What would you recommend?
Waitress: Well, I really recommend the fries. They’re quite good and they come with cheese and
tomatoes and some chile on top.
Customer: Oh, they sound nice. Ok, I’ll have those, thanks.

Waitress: Are you ready to order your meal?
Customer: Yes, I think I’m ready now. I think I’ll have this vegetable goulash.
Can you tell me, is it vegetarian?
Waitress: It is, actually. It’s all vegetarian but it does come with cheese.
Customer: Oh, that’s ok, I eat cheese. Do I get any with it?
Waitress: It comes with a side order of rice or potatoes.
Customer: I’d like rice, please.
Waitress: Ok.

Waitress: Did you enjoy your meal?
Customer: It was delicious, thank you.
Waitress: Can I get you anything else?
Customer: Oh, I’d like to look at the desert menu, please. Mm, these all look nice. Oh, I think I must
go for this chocolate cake here.
Waitress: Chocolate cake. Very good choice. That’s our most popular dish.
Customer: Could I get cream with it, please?
Waitress: Would you like custard or whipped cream?
Customer: Whipped cream, please.
Waitress: Coming right up.
Customer: Could I have the bill, please?
Waitress: Certainly. Here you go.
Customer: Mmm 30 dollars. Oh, that’s ok, that’s not too bad.
Waitress: Thank you for coming.
Customer: Ok, no problem.
Waitress: Bye, come again!
Customer: Bye!

3) Now, listen to the same dialogue at http://www.elllo.org/english/0501/512-Akane-
Restaurant.html and practice the sentences.

Reading & Reading Comprehension

Ordering Food in a Restaurant

One of the most important tasks in English is ordering food when you go to a restaurant.
There are basic forms and questions, as well food vocabulary that you can use in places where people
speak English.

By Kenneth Beare, About.com Guide
1) Take a look at this Menu:

Starters
Chicken Soup $2.50
Salad $3.25

Sandwiches - Main Course

Ham and cheese $3.50
Tuna $3.00
Vegetarian $4.00
Grilled Cheese $2.50
Piece of Pizza $2.50
Cheeseburger $4.50
Hamburger deluxe $5.00
Spaghetti $5.50

Drinks

Coffee $1.25
Tea $1.25
Soft Drinks - Coke, Sprite, Root Beer, etc. $1.75

2) Choose from the Menu above and decide what you would like in this restaurant. Write
your options for Starters, Main Course and Drinks:
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________

3) Read this dialogue:

Waiter: Hello, can I help you?
Kim: Yes, I'd like to have some lunch.
Waiter: Would you like a starter?
Kim: Yes, I'd like a bowl of chicken soup, please.
Waiter: And what would you like for a main course?
Kim: I'd like a grilled cheese sandwich.
Waiter: Would you like anything to drink?
Kim: Yes, I'd like a glass of coke, please.
Waiter... After Kim has her lunch.: Can I bring you anything else?
Kim: No, thank you. Just the bill.
Waiter: Certainly.
Kim:I don't have my glasses. How much is the lunch?
Waiter: That's $6.75.
Kim: Here you are. Thank you very much.
Waiter: You're welcome. Have a good day.
Kim: Thank you, the same to you.
• Notice how the waiter asks: What would you like? and Kim responds: I'd like ...
"Would like" is the polite form used when asking and requesting.

4) Fill in the gaps with the correct word. Do NOT look at the text above!

Waiter: Hello, Can I _______________ you?
Kim: Yes, _______________ to have some lunch.
Waiter: _______________ a starter?
Kim: Yes, I'd like a bowl of chicken soup, _______________.
Waiter: And what_______________ for a main course?
Kim: I'd like a grilled cheese sandwich.
Waiter: Would you like_______________ to drink?
Kim: Yes, I'd like a glass of coke, please.
Waiter... After Kim has her lunch.: Can I bring you anything else?
Kim: No, thank you. Just the_______________.
Waiter: Certainly.
Kim:I don't have my glasses. _______________ is the lunch?
Waiter: That's $6.75.
Kim: _______________. Thank you very much.
Waiter: You're_______________. Have a good day.
Kim: Thank you, the_______________.
Adaptado de: http://esl.about.com/library/beginner/blwouldlike.htm

My Favorite Restaurant

I like to eat out and I go to a (1)___________ for dinner twice a week. I (2)__________ with my
husband, Bill.
Our (3)___________ restaurant is an Indian restaurant in Cleveland Street in Surry Hills. It is not
very big (4)___________ it is always busy. There are only a (5)___________ tables in the restaurant
and there is a white (6)___________ on each table. There is also a vase with (7)___________
flowers on each table. There are plants in the (8)___________. We usually (9)___________ hot
curries and eat them with rice. The food is (10)___________ so we enjoy it very much. The service
is (11)___________ and friendly.
Bill and I always have a (12)___________ evening at our favorite restaurant.

• These are the words to choose from:


5) Choose the right word from the list to fill in the gaps.

BUT CORNERS DELICIOUS FAVORITE
FEW GO LOVELY ORDER
PLEASANT QUICK RESTAURANT TABLECLOTH
By Kenneth Beare, About.com Guide





I really hate ______________. I prefer to go to a good ______________that serves everything,
including the ______________, using the best ______________. Sometimes, I like to
______________ something that I have tried at home. First, I look up the ______________in the
______________and then I cook the ______________. Next, I go to the restaurant, and when the
______________comes to my table I ask for the ______________and order what I have already
cooked at home! Sometimes, I like to go out for a ______________. You can have a drink in either a
______________or a ______________, which are usually nicer. At the end of the evening, it's time
to ask for the ______________and, usually, if the ______________has been good, it's a good idea to
leave a 15%-20% tip.

Adaptado de: http://esl.about.com/od/vocabularybeginners/a/Gap-Fill-Food-And-Restaurants.htm

Summary

Hoje vimos como você deve se comportar em um restaurante, como fazer pedidos e
comunicar-se com os garçons e pessoas nesses ambientes. Coloque em prática os diálogos, veja os
vídeos e pesquise mais. Para ajudá-lo a desenvolver esse vocabulário da aula de hoje, você vai ler e
estudar através dos dois links que deixo como seu homework.

Enjoy your time to study!

Extra practice

• http://www.esl-lab.com/rest1.htm

• http://www.bbc.co.uk/worldservice/learningenglish/business/tendays/day10videobd.shtml

BAR BILL COOKBOOK DESSERT DISH FAST FOOD
INGREDIENTS LOUNGE MENU ORDER RECIPE RESTAURANT
SERVICE TAKE-AWAY TIP WAIT PERSON
BAR BILL COOKBOOK DESSERT DISH FAST FOOD
INGREDIENTS LOUNGE MENU ORDER RECIPE RESTAURANT
SERVICE TAKE-AWAY TIP WAIT PERSON
See you!

Ana Célia Lima
REFERÊNCIAS

Beare, Kenneth (esl.about.com website). English as 2nd Language – At a Restaurant. Online.
Disponível em: http://esl.about.com/od/beginnerpronunciation/a/bd_restaurant.htm. Acesso em: 03
jan. 2011.

Beare, Kenneth (esl.about.com website). English as 2nd Language – Food and Restaurants.
Online. Disponível em: http://esl.about.com/od/vocabularybeginners/a/Gap-Fill-Food-And-
Restaurants.htm. Acesso em: 03 jan. 2011.

Beare, Kenneth (esl.about.com website). English as 2nd Language – Ordering Food in a
Restaurant. Online. Disponível em: http://esl.about.com/library/beginner/blwouldlike.htm. Acesso
em: 03 jan. 2011.

Elllo.org. At the Restaurant – Akane Restaurant. Online. Disponível em:
http://www.elllo.org/english/0501/512-Akane-Restaurant.html . Acesso em: 03 jan. 2011.

Youtube.com. English Vocabulary – Restaurant. Online. Disponível em:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=9qMrqdbOihg&feature=related. Acesso em: 03 jan. 2011.

• Extra links
BBC.co.uk. Learning English – 10 Days in Manchester. Online. Disponível em:
http://www.bbc.co.uk/worldservice/learningenglish/business/tendays/day10videobd.shtml. Acesso
em: 03 jan. 2011.

Davis, Randall (esl-lab.com website). Ordering at a Restaurant. Online. Disponível em:
http://www.esl-lab.com/rest1.htm. Acesso em: 03 jan. 2011.




Unidade 4 – Uso do Inglês como Ferramenta de Negociação

Business English


• 27
th
Lesson


Writing a letter / e-mail
Formality x Informality






Introduction

Hello! Are you all right?
In this lesson we are going to practice and develop your business writing skills in English. I
hope you appreciate it!

Have a great class!
Aim
In this lesson we are going to read and study business writing.
Vocabulary

WRITING BUSINESS LETTERS
Useful phrases

• Salutation
Dear Mr Brown Dear Ms White
Dear Sir(s) Dear Madam
Dear Sir or Madam Gentlemen

• Starting
We are (I am) writing to inform you that ...
to confirm ...
to request ...
to enquire about...
I am contacting you for the following reason.
I recently read/heard about . . . and would like to
know . . .
Having seen your advertisement in ... , I would like
to ...
I would be interested in (obtaining/receiving) ...
I received your address from ... and would like
to ...
I am writing to tell you about ...

• Referring to previous contact
Thank you for your letter of March 15 ...
Thank you for contacting us.
In reply to your request ...
Thank you for your letter regarding ...
With reference to our telephone conversation
yesterday ...
Further to our meeting last week ...
It was a pleasure meeting you in London last
month.
I enjoyed having lunch with you last week in
Tokyo.
I would just like to confirm the main points we
discussed on Tuesday . . .

• Making a request
We would appreciate it if you would ...
I would be grateful if you could...
Could you please send me . . .
Could you possibly tell us/let us have...
In addition, I would like to receive ...
It would be helpful if you could send us ...
I am interested in (obtaining/receiving...)
I would appreciate your immediate attention to this
matter.
Please, let me know what action you propose to
take…

• Offering help
We would be happy to ...
Would you like us to ...
We are quite willing to ...
Our company would be pleased to ...

• Giving good news
We are pleased to announce that ...
I am delighted to inform you that ...
You will be pleased to learn that ...

• Giving bad news
We regret to inform you that ...
I'm afraid it would not be possible to ...
Unfortunately we cannot/we are unable to ...
After careful consideration we have decided (not)
to ...

• Complaining
I am writing to express my dissatisfaction with ...
I am writing to complain about ...
Please note that the goods we ordered on (date)
have not yet arrived.
We regret to inform you that our order n°--- is now
considerably overdue.
I would like to query the transport charges which
seem unusually high.

• Apologizing
We are sorry for the delay in replying ...
I regret any inconvenience caused
I would like to apologize for (the delay/the
inconvenience) ...
Once again, I apologise for any inconvenience.

• Orders
Thank you for your quotation of ...
We are pleased to place an order with your
company for ...
We would like to cancel our order n°...
Please confirm receipt of our order.
I am pleased to acknowledge receipt of your order
n°...
Your order will be processed as quickly as
possible.
It will take about (three) weeks to process your
order.
We can guarantee delivery before ...
Unfortunately these articles are no longer
available/are out of stock.

• Prices
Please, send us your price list.
You will find enclosed our most recent catalogue
and price list.
Please, note that our prices are subject to change
without notice.
We have pleasure in enclosing a detailed
quotation.
We can make you a firm offer of ...
Our terms of payment are as follows:

• Referring to payment
Our records show that we have not yet received
payment of ...
According to our records ...
Please, send payment as soon as possible.
You will receive a credit note for the sum of ...

• Enclosing documents
I am enclosing ...
Please, find enclosed ...
You will find enclosed ...

• Closing remarks
If we can be of any further assistance, please let us
know.
If I can help in any way, please do not hesitate to
contact me.
If you require more information ...
For further details ...
Thank you for taking this into consideration.
Thank you for your help.
We hope you are happy with this arrangement.
We hope you can settle this matter to our
satisfaction.

• Referring to future business
We look forward to a successful working
relationship in the future.
We would be (very) pleased to do business with
your company.
I would be happy to have an opportunity to work
with your firm.

• Referring to future contact
I look forward to seeing you next week.
Looking forward to hearing from you.
" " to receiving your comments.
I look forward to meeting you on the 15th
I would appreciate a reply at your earliest
convenience.

• Ending business letters
Sincerely, }
Yours sincerely, } (for all customers/clients)
Sincerely yours, }
Regards, (for those you already know
and/or with whom you already have a working
relationship)






Reading & Practice

Why to Study Business English?
There is almost no argument that the English language has become the international language
for communication around the globe. When we specifically examine the workings of the world of
business, we see that it too, is becoming globalized, as corporations and business ventures are
constantly striving to expand and break through into global markets and dispersing company centers
worldwide.
The result is that employees and executives alike, now have to work hard to improve their
Business English in order to increase the success rates on that next major business deal and to be able
to confidently interact with people in work settings, which are gradually becoming more culturally
and linguistically diverse. English is the key to overcoming such diversity.

Business Writing
Writing has always been an essential part of doing business, as any proposal, agreement or
contract must always be given in writing so as to make it formal and valid, in the name of both
proper business conduct and for legal purposes. Often, we think of software for business finances,
business plans, or project management before considering software for business writing and
communication. It is a well-known fact that the best work opportunities are reserved for candidates
with the best Business English skills, of which writing is increasingly important. At the website
http://www.whitesmoke.com/business-writing.html you can try your business writing skills and
improve your writing.

*(Há uma ferramenta no canto direito, na parte do meio da tela, onde você pode escrever o
seu texto e o software o corrige automaticamente.)
Sample Letter
By Kenneth Beare, About.com Guide

Here is a sample letter using some of the forms you have seen at the vocabulary:
Ken's Cheese House
34 Chatley Avenue
Seattle, WA 98765
Tel:
Fax:
Email: kenny@cheese.com
October 23, 2006
Fred Flintstone
Sales Manager
Cheese Specialists Inc.
456 Rubble Road
Rockville, IL

Dear Mr. Flintstone
With reference to our telephone conversation today, I am writing to confirm your order for: 120 x
Cheddar Deluxe Ref. No. 856
The order will be shipped within three days via UPS and should arrive at your store in about 10 days.
Please, contact us again if we can help in any way.
Yours sincerely,
Kenneth Beare
Director of Ken's Cheese House
Source: http://esl.about.com/cs/onthejobenglish/a/a_basbletter.htm

1) Number the parts of a letter in the correct order, according to the sample letter above:

a. Salutation _____
b. Signature _____
c. Date _____
d. Receiver’s address _____
e. Complimentary close _____
f. Body of the letter _____
g. Letterhead / sender’s address _____

2) Now that you know the vocabulary to use and that you have an example of a letter,
choose a topic and write a formal business letter. Send it by e-mail to your tutor.

---------------------------------------------------------------------

5 Tips for Better Business Emails
Nowadays, people exchange business emails more than they do business letters. However,
writing business emails leaves room for some questions. For example, should you write in a formal
business tone or in a casual tone? If you want to know how to write better business emails, then read
these five tips:

1. Provide an informative and short subject line
The subject line is important because it alerts your reader as to what your email is about, so
make sure you write a short but informative subject line. Never write a long sentence as your subject
line; a few words describing your email content or purpose will do. And never leave the subject line
blank either.

2. Make your email brief and get straight to the point
You don’t need to write a novel. Long emails can be boring to read. Just write a brief and
concise text explaining your purpose. If you need to elicit a response from your reader, formulate
questions that need short answers like “yes” and “no” (this questions start with auxiliaries like do,
have, is, was, did, can, etc.).

3. Write in a conversational tone
Business emails can have a conversational tone that is less formal than a normal business
letter. However, be careful not to make your tone too casual or too familiar. You should also write in
proper business English as much as possible.

4. Limit your use of emoticons
Some business emails may allow the use of emoticons, but this is usually done when the
people exchanging emails have already established a business relationship. Generally, you should
limit or avoid the use of emoticons because they will make your email look unprofessional. Using
emoticons in your cover letter as you apply for a job, for example, is unacceptable.

5. Proofread your email and run a spell check and grammar check
Check if your email has grammatical and typographical errors. If you have a hard time
writing business English, try WhiteSmoke's Business English version program to help you.

Source: http://www.whitesmoke.com/5-tips-for-better-business-emails

How to write an email
Emails are generally shorter than letters. As they are often written quickly, in response to a
request or question, they may contain only a few lines. Informal English, abbreviations, and absence
of standard salutations are common when you write emails.
• Emails may contain the following elements:
- Subject line = This shows the reader the exact subject of the email
- (Salutation) = This is optional. Some people start with "Hi", others with the first name "Clare",
or others with no name or salutation at all.
- Reason for writing
- Main point
- (Closing) = There are a variety of closing phrases, such as "Cheers" or "Thanks". These are
also optional.

How to write better emails
1. Use a descriptive subject line. Don’t write "Urgent"; write "Meeting at 10am about pay rise".
Use a subject line each time you reply to an email, to avoid subject lines starting Re: or R:R:
Be careful to avoid writing general subject lines, such as "Hello" or "Hi", as some email providers
automatically delete these as spam.
2. Keep your emails short. Try to keep to only one point in each email. If necessary, you can send
more emails on different points. If you write a descriptive subject line for each email, it's easier for
your reader to understand the content of your email. (…)
3. Write simple, direct English. This is especially important if you're writing to someone whose first
language is not English. Here are some ways of writing simple English:
- use active forms, not passive forms;
- write short sentences, not long ones;
- use common words, not technical or jargon words if your reader is not in the same field as you.
4. Make sure your reader knows what to do next. Help your reader act on your email. For example, if
you want your reader to find some information for you, write "Please can you find me the sales
figures for 2009" instead of the vaguer "I'm going to need the sales figures for 2009".
5. Reduce the amount of email you send:
- make a phone call rather than write an email. This is particularly effective if you only want a quick
piece of information;
- only send an email to the people who need to see it. Don't automatically click "reply to all" if only
one or two people need to read your message;
- don't take part in chain emails (when you have to forward something on to five of your best friends,
for example);
- don't reply to spam.
6. Don't send heavy attachments. If possible, send a zip file, or give web addresses where your reader
can find information.
7. Be careful what you write in your email. Try to make your emails informative and polite, and use
a neutral tone. Remember that your reader could forward your email to other people, so only write
what you would be happy for other people to read. (No gossip, no personal comments, no
confidential information and no ambiguous English such as sarcastic humour.)
Avoid using emoticons and smilies in business emails, or too many exclamation marks.
8. Check your email before you send it. Use a spell check to eliminate spelling mistakes. Read your
email aloud to check for grammar and punctuation errors. Ask yourself these questions:
"Is this clear?"
"Does my reader know what to do next?"
"Is this polite?"
There are a number of ways to start the email. In many cases, you can copy the sender and
use the same greeting, but if you are the one to write first, here are some possible greetings:
- Friends and colleagues = "Hi" is informal, and you can use it for friends and colleagues. You can
also use "Hello" or "Hello + first name" if you know the person well.
- For acquaintances = Use "Dear Mr. Jones" / "Dear Ms Jones" if you know the name of the person.
Like with letters, use Ms instead of Miss or Mrs.
- Formal emails = If you don't know the name of the person, you can write "Dear Sir", "Dear
Madam" or "Dear Sir / Madam".
- Writing to a group of people = If you are writing to a group of people, you could use a collective
noun: "Dear customers", "Dear partners". If you are writing to a group of people who work in the
same company or department, you could write "Dear All", "Dear colleagues", or "Hello everyone".
- Writing to a group of bosses in your company = Here you could write "Dear Managers", "Dear
Directors" or "Dear Board members".
- No greeting = Often in companies, you write quick emails to colleagues. Using email in this way is
almost like using the telephone. In these situations, you don't need to write any greeting or name, but
just start the message.

Starting your email
Your first sentence should tell the reader what your email is about. Here are four of the most
common reasons for writing an email, along with some sentences you can use to start:
1. Replying to a previous email = Thanks for the information. / Thanks for your phone call. / Thanks
for getting me the figures.
2. Giving brief updates = Just a quick note to tell you… / Just a quick note to let you know… / Just
to update you on…
3. Referring to an attachment = Take a look at the attached file. / Have a quick look at the file I've
attached about… Thought you might find the attached interesting.
4. Changing plans = Sorry, but I can't make the meeting tomorrow. / Sorry, but I won't be able to
meet you next week. / Sorry, but something has come up and I can't meet you for lunch.
Your first sentence should only have one theme. For example, your reason for writing may be
to ask for help, or to share some information, or to ask a question. Your first sentence for these
different situations could be: "Have you got a few minutes to help me with…?" / "Just wanted to let
you know…" / "Regarding X, can you tell me if…?"
If you have more than one reason for writing, give each reason its own paragraph. It doesn't
matter if your paragraph is only one line long. In fact, the extra space helps your reader to understand
you have more than one reason for writing, and that each reason is different from the other.

Sample email writing
Hi, Sandra,
Just wanted to let you know we got the project! They're signing tomorrow, so we should be starting
the planning next week.
Regarding your presentation to them last year, do you still have the powerpoint files?
Thanks
3) Now that you know some tips for writing business emails, go to the website
http://www.whitesmoke.com/how-to-write-a-business-email read the explanations and the
examples and write a formal email to a director of a company and an informal email to
a workmate. Send both emails for your tutor to check.

Summary

Nesta aula toda redigida em inglês abordamos a linguagem formal e informal que pode ser
utilizada em contextos diferentes no ambiente de trabalho. Você estudou, através da leitura de
exemplos e da solução de alguns exercícios, como escrever cartas e e-mails.
Dúvidas sobre uma palavra ou outra do vocabulário podem surgir. Caso aconteça, lembre-se
de comunicar ao seu tutor e também de consultar o dicionário, seu melhor amigo (aproveite e
consulte a pronúncia também!). Estude, pratique, faça as atividades. Como homework você vai testar
seu conhecimento sobre as linguagens formal e informal no site
http://esl.about.com/library/quiz/bl_business_level_test.htm.

See you! Goodbye!

Ana Célia Lima

REFERÊNCIAS

Beare, Kenneth (esl.about.com website). English as 2nd Language – Guide to Basic Business
Letters. Online. Disponível em: http://esl.about.com/cs/onthejobenglish/a/a_basbletter.htm. Acesso
em: 04 jan. 2011.

Beare, Kenneth (esl.about.com website). English as 2nd Language – Business English Level Test.
Online. Disponível em: http://esl.about.com/library/quiz/bl_business_level_test.htm. Acesso em: 04
jan. 2011.

TheEnglishWeb.com. Business Writing Skills – How to Write an Email. Online. Disponível em:
http://www.theenglishweb.com/business-writing-skills/how-to-write-an-email.php. Acesso em: 04
jan. 2011.

WhiteSmoke.com. 5 Tips for Better Business Emails. Online. Disponível em:
http://www.whitesmoke.com/5-tips-for-better-business-emails. Acesso em: 04 jan. 2011.

WhiteSmoke.com. Business Writing. Online. Disponível em: http://www.whitesmoke.com/business-
writing.html. Acesso em: 04 jan. 2011.

WhiteSmoke.com. How to Write a Business Email. Online. Disponível em:
http://www.whitesmoke.com/how-to-write-a-business-email. Acesso em: 04 jan. 2011.




Unidade 4 – Uso do Inglês como Ferramenta de Negociação

Business English


• 28
th
Lesson


Talking on the Phone
Leaving and Taking Messages





Aim
Our aim is to prepare you to talk about business and solve problems on the telephone.

Introduction
Hello! How are things?
In this lesson we are approaching phone talks, how to leave and take a message in an
answering machine, how to talk on the phone in business contexts and so on.

Are you ready? It’s time to go!
Tips and Vocabulary

Telephone Tips

• Speak slowly and clearly
Listening to someone speaking in a second language over the telephone can be very
challenging because you cannot see the person you are trying to hear. However, it may be even more
difficult for the person you are talking with to understand you. You may not realize that your
pronunciation isn't clear because your teacher and students know and understand you. Pay special
attention to "r's" and "l's" or "b's" and "v's" when you are on the phone. If you are nervous about
using the phone in English, you may notice yourself speaking very quickly. Practice or write down
what you are going to say (…).

• Make sure you understand the other speaker
Don't pretend to understand (não finja entender) everything you hear over the telephone.
Even native speakers ask each other to repeat and confirm information from time to time. This is
especially important if you are taking a message for someone else. (…) Don't be afraid to remind the
person to slow down more than once. Keep your telephone in an area that is away from other noise
distractions such as a radio or television.

• Practice with a friend
Ask another student to practice talking on the phone with you. You might choose one night a
week and take turns phoning each other at a certain time. Try to talk for at least fifteen minutes. You
can talk socially, or role play different scenarios in a business environment. (…)

• Use businesses and recordings
There are many ways to get free telephone English practice. After business hours, you can
call and listen to recorded messages. Write down what you hear the first time, and then call back and
check if your notes are precise. (…) Make sure you have a pen handy so that you can repeat the
information and check your comprehension.

• Learn telephone etiquette (manners)
The way that you speak to your best friend on the phone is very different to the way you
should speak to someone in a business setting. Many ESL speakers make the mistake of being too
direct on the telephone. It is possible that the person on the other line will think that you are being
rude on purpose if you don't use formal language in certain situations. Sometimes just one word such
as "could" or "may" is necessary in order to sound polite. (…) Take the time to learn how to answer
the phone and say goodbye in a polite manner, as well as all the various ways one can start and end a
conversation casually.

• Practice dates and numbers
It only takes a short time to memorize English Phonetic Spelling, but it is something that you
will be able to use in any country. You should also practice saying dates and numbers aloud. (…)

Talking on the telephone can be difficult for a couple of reasons. First of all, you can't
see the person you're talking to, so you can't see his or her body language and "read" his or her face.
Talking on the phone also requires its own special set of words and phrases. Here’s a helpful
reference chart that will help you speak on the telephone phone with confidence in business and
personal situations. We hope you'll find this helpful.

SITUATION EXAMPLES
Introducing yourself. Phrases to use
when you place the call.
When calling a general number:
- May I speak with Marina Smith?
- Hello, this is John Block calling for Marina Smith.
- Is Marina Smith in? (informal)
When the person answers the call directly:
- Hi Marina, it’s John calling. (informal)
- Good afternoon, Marina. This is John Block from ABC
company calling.
- Hi, it's Gerry from the dentist's office here.
Answering the phone. There are many
different ways to answer your phone.
For calls to your direct line:
- Hello? (informal)
- Good morning, this is Marina.
- Good afternoon, XYZ firm. How may I help you?
- XYZ firm, Marina speaking.
- Thank you for calling Boyz Autobody. Jody speaking. How can
I help you?
- Doctor's office.
For calls to your direct line, when the person asks for you by
name:
- Speaking (caller says: “Is Marina there?” and Marina replies:
“speaking”).
- This is she / this is he (caller says: “Is Marina in?” and Marina
replies “This is she”). *The person answering says this if the
caller does not recognize their voice.
For calls to a general number:
- Thank you for calling XYZ. How may I direct your call?
Connecting someone. When you
answer the phone and it is for somebody
else.
- Is Fred in? (informal)
- Is Jackson there, please? (informal)
- Can I talk to your sister? (informal)
- May I speak with Mr. Green, please?
- Would the doctor be in/available?
When you need to put somebody on
hold
- Jim is on another line at the moment. Would you like to hold?
- I’m sorry, I have a call on my other line. Can you please hold?
- Please hold and I’ll put you through.
- Let me see if Jim is available.
- One moment, please.
- Hang on a minute. (informal)
- Just a sec. I'll get him. (informal)
For customer service calls
- All of our operators are currently busy. Please stand by for the
next available operator.
- One minute, I’ll transfer you now.
When you don’t understand the caller - Could you please repeat that?
- I’m sorry, I didn’t catch what you just said.
- Can you please speak a little more slowly?
- Can you please speak a little louder?
- Can you call me back? I think we have a bad connection.
Clarifying what your caller says

- Can you please spell that for me?
- How do you spell your last name?
- And that company name again was, JAQ Industries?
- Let me repeat your information to make sure I got it right.
- Would you mind spelling that for me?
- Did you say 555 Charles St.?
- You said your name was John, right?
Taking a message for someone

- Sammy's not in. Who's this? (informal)
- I'm sorry, John’s not here at the moment. Can I take a message?
- John is in a meeting at the moment. May I ask who’s calling?
- John is at lunch. Would you like to leave a message?
- John has left for the day. Would you like to be put through to
his voice mail?
- I'll let him know you called.
- I'll make sure she gets the message.
Leaving a message for someone - Please tell him that Susan called and ask him to call me back.
My number is 999-343-3423.
- Please ask him to call Susan when he gets in. He already has
my number.
- He’s not in? Please put me through to his voice mail.
- When do you expect him back in the office?
- I need to speak with him on an urgent matter. Please have him
call me as soon as he gets in.
- Yes, can you tell him his wife called, please.
- Thanks, could you ask him to call Brian when he gets in?
- Thanks. My number is 222-3456, extension 12.
Ending a conversation - It’s been great talking with you. I’ve got a meeting now so I
better run.
- Thanks for calling. I’ll speak with you again soon.
- I’ve got another call coming in. Good talking to you.
- It’s 5 o’clock already. I better let you go.
- Well, I guess I better get going. Talk to you soon.
- Thanks for calling. Bye for now.
- I'm afraid that's my other line. I'll talk to you again soon. Bye.
SPECIAL SITUATIONS
Leaving a voice mail - Hello, this is Marina Smith calling to follow-up regarding
your order with XYZ company. Can you please call me back at
999-344-3344.
- Hello, this is John Block from ABC. I’m calling regarding
the upcoming conference in Miami. I’ll try you again later.
- Hi, it’s Marina. Please call me back when you get a minute.
(informal)
- Hey Mikako. It's Yuka. Call me! (informal)
- Hello, this is Ricardo calling for Luke. Could you please
return my call as soon as possible? My number is 334-5689.
Thank you.
- Hello, Maxwell. This is Marina from the doctor's office
Recording a voice mail message on
your machine
- Hello, you’ve reached Marina Smith at XYZ company. I’m
sorry I’m not available to take your call. Please leave a
message and I’ll call you back as soon as I can. Thank you.
- Hello, you’ve reached John Block at ABC. I will be out of
the office all day. I will be checking my voice mail from time
to time and will return all urgent calls. Thank you.
- Hi, this is Elizabeth. I'm sorry, I'm not available to take your
call at this time. Leave me a message and I'll get back to you
as soon as I can.
If you’re going on vacation
- Hello, this is Marina Smith at the XYZ company. I will be on
vacation from Friday, May 12 through Monday, May 22.
Please, leave a message, and I’ll call you back when I return.
Thank you.
Phrases for cell phone calls The fading signal
- I’m sorry, I’m losing you. Can you call me back?
- I can barely hear you. Let me call you back on my other
phone.
- We’re breaking up. I’m having trouble hearing you. Let me
call you back later.
The lost call
- Hi, it’s Marina again. Apparently we got cut off.
- Hi, it’s John again. Sorry I lost you. My cell phone dropped
the signal.
SPELLING OUT NAMES OVER
THE PHONE. Often you will need to
spell something out over the telephone,
such as a last name. It will help your
listener is you offer words for each letter.
Give words or names that are very
common for each letter.
- My last name is Czarnek. C as in cat, Z as in zebra, A as in
apple, R as in Robert, N as in Nancy, e as in egg, K as in king.
- My registration number is 459N4AF. That’s 459, N as in
Nancy, 4 A as in Apple, F as in Frank.



Source: http://www.eslmania.com/students/business_english/Telephone.htm

Reading, Listening & Speaking

1) Take a look at the two examples of phone calls below:

Phone Call 1
— Hi, can I speak to Martin, please?
— Sorry, he’s out at the moment.
Can I take a message?
— Can you tell him that Natasha called?
— OK, Natasha. I’ll let him know when he
gets back.

Phone Call 2

— Hello?
— Hi, is that Tanya? It’s Amy here.
— Hi, Amy! Sorry, the battery on my
mobile is about to run out.
Can you call me on the landline?
— Sure, what’s the number?
— It’s 258 440.
(= two five eight, double four oh)
Finishing an informal call
...
— OK, then. So I’ll see you next Saturday
at 7 o’clock. I’m looking forward to it.
— Yeah, me too. See you on Saturday,
then. Thanks for calling.
— No problem. Bye!
...
— Right, then, I’ll find out how much the
tickets cost and get back to you.
— Thanks, that would be great. Speak to
you later. Bye!




— Good morning, could I speak to Dr.
McSweeney, please?
— Yes, of course. May I ask who’s calling?
— It’s Nigel Briggs.
— OK, just a moment, please.
I’ll put you through.

— Hello, Mr. Briggs? I’m afraid she’s on the
other line at the moment.
Shall I ask her to call you back?
— No, that’s OK. I’ll phone again later.
Thank you. Goodbye.
— Good morning, this is Helen Randall.
Could I talk to Simon Hooper, please?
— I’m afraid he’s away from his desk
at the moment. Would you like to leave
a message?
— Yes, please. Could you ask him to call
me when he gets back? My number is...

2) Which call is:
a. Formal?______
b. Informal? ______
[m3] Comentário: Os dois
telefonemas se misturaram na
página. Tentei separar de novo.
Será que está correto? Verifique,
por favor.

3) There are a number of phrases and idioms that are only used when telephoning. Let's
first take a look at an example dialogue: Here are the most common:

By Kenneth Beare, About.com Guide

Operator: Hello, Frank and Brothers, How can I help you? _Answering the phone_
Peter: This is Peter Jackson. Can I have extension 3421? ___________________
Operator: Certainly, hold on a minute, I'll put you through... ___________________
Frank: Bob Peterson's office, Frank speaking. ___________________
Peter: This is Peter Jackson calling, is Bob in? ___________________
Frank: I'm afraid he's out at the moment. Can I take a message? ___________________
Peter: Yes, Could you ask him to call me at. I need to talk to him about the Nuovo line, it's urgent.
___________________
Frank: Could you repeat the number please? ___________________
Peter: Yes, that's, and this is Peter Jackson. ___________________
Frank: Thank you, Mr. Jackson, I'll make sure Bob gets this asap. ___________________
Peter: Thanks, bye. ___________________
Frank: Bye.

4) Use the spaces in the phone conversation above to name the parts of the dialogue
according to the chart with vocabulary. There’s an example.

5) Put the phone conversation below in the correct order. Use numbers.

____ Bye.
____ Hello.
____ Do you know when she'll be back?
____ O.K. I'll give her the message.
____ Hello. May I speak to Sara?
____ Thanks. Good-bye.
____ Yes, ask her to call Sylvia. My number is 377-6194.
____ No, I don't. Would you like to leave a message?
____ I'm sorry, she's not home now.

Adapted from: http://esl.about.com/od/businessspeakingskills/a/t_vocab.htm

Business Phone Call - Interactive Practice

6) Now, we are going to follow a weblink for you to listen and practice your “phone skills”.
Click on Listen All and follow along. After becoming comfortable with the entire conversation,
become Person A by clicking on the Person A button. You will hear only Person B through the
audio file. There will be a silence for you to repeat the sentences of Person A. Do the same for
Person B. The speed of the conversation is native speed. Use the pause button if the pause
between each sentence is too fast for you. The links is:
http://www.talkenglish.com/LessonPractice.aspx?ALID=483

Dialogue 1
A: "Hello? This is Steve."
B: "Hi Steve, this is Mary from ABC Company. I'm returning your call."
A: "Hi Mary. How are you doing?"
B: "I'm doing great, thanks."
A: "Thanks for returning my call. I couldn't figure out why the ending balance on fiscal year 2003
didn't match the beginning balance on of 2004."
B: "When I checked, it was matching. How much is the difference?"
A: "The amount is exactly $42,000."
B: "Oh. I know what the problem is. We opened another bank account at the end of fiscal year 2003.
I might not have included the new bank statements when I sent over the information."
A: "That makes sense. I'm just glad it wasn't out of my miscalculation. Can you send over the
statements? I should be done by end of day since everything looks good."
B: "Sure. I'll fax them to you immediately. Is 555-123-4567 the number I should fax it to?"
A: "Yes. That is the correct number."
B: "I'll do it right now."
A: "Thank you for your help."
B: "I should have sent them over to you the first time. I apologize for that."
A: "No problem."
B: "Thank you."
A: "Thank you. Bye."

Dialogue 2
A: "Hello, ABC Company."
B: "Hi, this is Janet from Consult R Us. May I speak with Alex, please?"
A: "He's in a meeting right now. Would you like to leave a message?"
B: "Yes. Can you have Alex call me back when he is available? My name again is Janet, and he can
reach me at 555-987-6543."
A: "It's Janet at 555-987-6543. Can I tell him what this is regarding?"
B: "He sent over a fax, and the last page didn't print out. I will need for him to resend the fax to me."
A: "I'll let him know."
B: "Thank you."
A: "Thank you for calling ABC."
B: "Good bye."
A: "Bye."

Dialogue 3
A: "Microsoft, this is Steve."
B: "Hi, Steve, this is Richard from Third Hand Testing. I'm calling in regards to the MSN
assignment. Do you have a minute to answer a couple of questions?"
A: "Sure. What can I help you with?"
B: "We originally agreed on 5 testing procedures, but our program manager received a mail
indicating 4 testing procedures. Is 4 the correct number?"
A: "Yes, it is. We found that we can do the last one here."
B: "Great. Does the timeline change because we reduced one of the testing procedures?"
A: "We don't have to change the timeline. Our original timeframe was very aggressive."
B: "That makes our job a little easier."
A: "Do you have any other questions?"
B: "No. That's all I had. Thanks for your time."
A: "No problem."
B: "Ok. Good bye."
A: "Bye."

Summary

Na aula de hoje você viu, por meio de vários exemplos, como falar e como se comportar ao
telefone em inglês. Espero que sirva como aprendizado e base para o seu estudo. Além disso, para
que você pratique mais um pouco, deixo o link de um Quiz onde você vai testar o seu conhecimento
sobre phone conversations. Faça os exercícios, pesquise e se informe sobre os tópicos aqui
abordados. Este será seu homework.

http://www.bbc.co.uk/worldservice/learningenglish/business/talkingbusiness/unit1telephone/challeng
e.shtml

See you!
Ana Célia Lima
REFERÊNCIAS

BBC.co.uk. Learning English – Telephone Challenge. Online. Disponível em:
http://www.bbc.co.uk/worldservice/learningenglish/business/talkingbusiness/unit1telephone/challeng
e.shtml. Acesso em: 05 jan. 2011.

Beare, Kenneth. (esl.about.com website). English as 2nd Language – Business Speaking Skills,
Telephone Vocabulary. Online. Disponível em:
http://esl.about.com/od/businessspeakingskills/a/t_vocab.htm. Acesso em: 05 jan. 2011.

EslMania.com. Business English - Telephone. Online. Disponível em:
http://www.eslmania.com/students/business_english/Telephone.htm. Acesso em: 04 jan. 2011.

TalkEnglish.com. Lesson practice Vocabulary – Business Phone Call, Interactive Practice. Online.
Disponível em: http://www.talkenglish.com/LessonPractice.aspx?ALID=483. Acesso em: 05 jan.
2011.



Unidade 4 – Uso do Inglês como Ferramenta de Negociação

Business English


• 29
th
Lesson


In a Meeting
Talking about projects






Introduction
Hello! How are you doing?
It’s time to talk about meetings! Do you like them? They often have the purpose of solving
problems. So, let’s study this vocabulary and get some new information!

Let’s start!
Vocabulary
Aim
Learning about meetings. We are going to see dialogues and situations in this context.
1) First of all you are going to watch a video about meetings with some new vocabulary
and information. Watch it at http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6mTu9y2fsT8 .









2) Now that you have seen the video, answer:
a. What types of meetings do you usually attend? ______________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________
b. What’s the role of the chairperson?
- before the meeting: _______________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________
- during the meeting: _______________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________
- after the meeting: ________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________

Useful English Phrases for Participating in a Business Meeting
By Kenneth Beare, About.com Guide

• Opening the Meeting
Good morning/afternoon, everyone.
If we are all here, let's
. . . get started (OR)
… start the meeting. (OR)
. . . start.

• Welcoming and Introducing
Participants
Please, join me in welcoming (name of
participant)
We're pleased to welcome (name of
participant)
It's a pleasure to welcome (name of
participant)
I'd like to introduce (name of participant)
I don't think you've met (name of participant)

• Stating the Principal Objectives of a
Meeting
We're here today to
Our aim is to ...
I've called this meeting in order to ...
By the end of this meeting, I'd like to have ...

• Giving Apologies for Someone Who
is Absent
I'm afraid.., (name of participant) can't be with
us today. She is in...
I have received apologies for the absence of
(name of participant), who is in (place).

• Reading the Minutes (Notes) of the
Last Meeting
First, let's go over the report from the last
meeting, which was held on (date)
Here are the minutes from our last meeting,
which was on (date)

• Dealing with Recent Developments
Jack, can you tell us how the XYZ project is
progressing?
Jack, how is the XYZ project coming along?
John, have you completed the report on the
new accounting package?
Has everyone received a copy of the Tate
Foundation report on current marketing
trends?

• Moving Forward
So, if there is nothing else we need to discuss,
let's move on to today's agenda.
Shall we get down to business?
Is there any other business?
If there are no further developments, I'd like to
move on to today's topic.

• Introducing the Agenda
Have you all received a copy of the agenda?
There are three items on the agenda. First,
shall we take the points in this order?
If you don't mind, I'd like to ... go in order
(OR)
Skip item 1 and move on to item 3
I suggest we take item 2 last.

• Allocating Roles (secretary,
participants)
(name of participant) has agreed to take the
minutes.
(name of participant) has kindly agreed to give
us a report on this matter.
(name of participant) will lead point 1, (name
of participant) point 2, and (name of
participant) point 3. (name of participant),
would you mind taking notes today?

• Agreeing on the Ground Rules for
the Meeting
(contributions, timing, decision-making, etc.)
We will hear a short report on each point first,
followed by a discussion round the table.
I suggest we go round the table first.
The meeting is due to finish at...
We'll have to keep each item to ten minutes.
Otherwise we'll never get through.
We may need to vote on item 5, if we can't get
a unanimous decision.

• Introducing the First Item on the
Agenda
So, let's start with
Shall we start with. .
So, the first item on the agenda is
Pete, would you like to kick off?
Martin, would you like to introduce this item?

• Closing an Item
I think that covers the first item.
Shall we leave that item?
If nobody has anything else to add,

• Next Item
Let's move onto the next item
The next item on the agenda is
Now we come to the question of.

• Giving Control to the Next
Participant
I'd like to hand over to Mark, who is going to
lead the next point.
Right, Dorothy, over to you.
• Summarizing
Before we close, let me just summarize the
main points.
To sum up, ...
In brief,
Shall I go over the main points?

• Finishing Up
Right, it looks as though we've covered the
main items.
Is there any other business?

• Suggesting and Agreeing on Time,
Date and Place for the Next Meeting
Can we fix the next meeting, please?
So, the next meeting will be on... (day), the . . .
(date) of.. . (month) at...
What about the following Wednesday? How is
that?
So, see you all then.

• Thanking Participants for Attending
I'd like to thank Marianne and Jeremy for
coming over from London.
Thank you all for attending.
Thanks for your participation.

• Closing the Meeting
The meeting is closed.
I declare the meeting closed.

Source:
http://esl.about.com/cs/onthejobenglish/a/a_runmeet.ht
m
More Useful Meeting Phrases
By Kenneth Beare, About.com Guide
• Interrupting
May I have a word?
If I may, I think...
Excuse me for interrupting.
May I come in here?

• Giving Opinions
I (really) feel that...
In my opinion...
The way I see things...
If you ask me,... I tend to think that...

• Asking for Opinions
Do you (really) think that... ?
(name of participant) can we get your input?
How do you feel about...?

• Commenting on Other Opinions
I never thought about it that way before.
Good point!
I get your point.
I see what you mean.

• Agreeing with Other Opinions
Exactly!
That's (exactly) the way I feel.
I have to agree with (name of participant).

• Disagreeing with Other Opinions
Up to a point I agree with you, but...
(I'm afraid) I can't agree
• Advising and Suggesting
We should...
Why don't you...?
How/What about...
I suggest/recommend that...

• Clarifying
Have I made that clear?
Do you see what I'm getting at?
Let me put this another way...
I'd just like to repeat that...

• Requesting Information
I'd like you to...
Would you mind... I wonder if you could...

• Asking for Repetition
I didn't catch that. Could you repeat that,
please?
I missed that. Could you say it again, please?
Could you run that by me one more time?

• Asking for Clarification
I'm afraid I don't quite understand what you
are getting at.
Could you explain to me how that is going to
work?
I don't see what you mean. Could we have
some more details, please?


• Asking for Verification
Do you mean that...?
Is it true that...?

• Asking for Spelling
Would you mind spelling that for me, please?

• Asking for Contributions for Other
Participants
What do you think about this proposal?
Would you like to add anything, (name of
participant)?
Has anyone else got anything to contribute?
Are there any more comments?

• Correcting Information
Sorry, that's not quite right.
I'm afraid you don't understand what I'm
saying.
That's not quite what I had in mind.
That's not what I meant.

• Keeping the Meeting on Time
Well, that seems to be all the time we have
today.
Please be brief.
I'm afraid we've run out of time.
I'm afraid that's outside the scope of this
meeting.
Let's get back on track, why don't we?
That's not really why we're here today.
Why don't we return to the main focus of
today's meeting.
We'll have to leave that to another time.
We're beginning to lose sight of the main
point.
Keep to the point, please.
I think we'd better leave that for another
meeting.
Are we ready to make a decision?

Fonte: http://esl.about.com/cs/onthejobenglish/a/a_meetphrases.htm

Reading & Listening

HOW TO BEHAVE IN A MEETING

Politeness

If you are interrupting or disagreeing with people, it is even more
important to be polite: your views are more likely to be respected if you
present them in a professional and non-confrontational (non-argumentative)
way. There are several ways to make what you say sound more polite and less confrontational.
• Use 'can' or 'could'.
'Sean, can I just ask you…?' or 'If you could go through them in order…' Both expressions above are
more polite than simply saying 'I want to know…' or 'Go through them in order…'

• Use 'would like'

'…I'd like to be with other editors…' or 'I would like to be able to show her drawings…' This
sounds much more polite than 'I want…'

• Say 'sorry'
'I'm sorry, but I really strongly disagree…' or 'Sorry to hold the meeting up'. This is a very common
way to 'soften' what you say. By saying sorry you are not really apologizing for what you say - using
'sorry' is telling the listener: 'I'm going to say or do something you might not like, so please don’t get
upset'.

• Use 'just'
'I just wanted to see…' or 'Sean, can I just ask you…?'. The word 'just' gives the listener a message
that you are not asking them to deal with something difficult or time-consuming; that it is not going
to be a problem.

Use 'I think' or 'I feel'
'I do feel quite strongly that we're
bringing this out too soon…' or 'I don’t
think we’ve got any choice…'. These
phrases have the effect of softening
what they are saying, by presenting their ideas as opinions, not orders or instructions.


• Acknowledge people

'Okay everybody, ….' '…as you can see…' or 'Yeah Sean, ….' It's important to acknowledge the
other people in the meeting, by using their names, or words like 'you', 'we', 'everybody', 'my
colleagues' etc. If you don’t use these words and expressions, you may give people the impression
that you are rather detached and/or authoritarian.

Preparing for meetings

Participating in meetings which are conducted in a foreign language can be nerve-wracking –
people may speak very quickly, they may use words that you do not understand, they may have
strong accents, or they may talk about topics which are outside your area of expertise.
All these factors can make meetings difficult, but if you prepare for meetings by studying the
agenda, researching the topics that are likely to be discussed, and preparing vocabulary that you
think you might need during the meeting, you will feel more confident and your performance in the
meeting will be better.


Adapted from: http://www.bbc.co.uk/worldservice/learningenglish/business/talkingbusiness/unit2meetings/expert.shtml

1) Read the General Statements about Meetings below:

"I have to go. I have a meeting I'm late for."
"I have to go to a meeting now. I'll talk to you later."
"I forgot about my 1:00 meeting. I don't have much time for lunch."
"I'll finish the feedback form after my meeting."
"I'll be in meetings all day today."
"I have five meetings today, so I won't have time to help you with this now. Let's set up a time for
tomorrow."
"The meeting went an hour over."
"The meeting was canceled."
"The meeting started 15 minutes late."
"George didn't arrive to the meeting on time."
"We finished late because John had problems with his computer during the presentation portion of
the meeting."
"Are you going to the company meeting next week?"
"Can you set up a meeting for our brainstorm session?"
"My calendar looks pretty clear on Thursday. Set up a meeting for that day."

2) Now, go to http://www.talkenglish.com/LessonDetails.aspx?ALID=477 , click on the
sentences and repeat them.
3) Practice more by clicking on the “Audio” Button at
http://www.bbc.co.uk/worldservice/learningenglish/business/talkingbusiness/unit2meetings/1
agenda.shtml and listen to the conversation. After your finish reading and listening, take
the quiz at the end of the page.

Reading & Reading Comprehension

1) Read this conversation about a meeting.

Tomorrow's Meeting
By Kenneth Beare, About.com Guide

Alice: We're having a meeting tomorrow. Can you make it?
Kevin: When is it taking place?
Alice: We're planning on 10 o'clock. Is that OK?
Kevin: Yes, that'll be fine.
Alice: We're going to go over last quarter's sales figures.
Kevin: Good. I have some input I'd like to make.
Alice: Frank is also going to make some suggestions on improving the bottom line.
Kevin: That'll be interesting. He's got keen insights.
Alice: Yes, he's going to outline some new sales strategies.
Kevin: Is Alan attending?
Alice: No, he's flying to San Francisco and won't be able to make it.
Kevin: Oh well, maybe He'll phone in.

Key vocabulary*: If you don’t understand, look up these words in a dictionary or check with
your tutor.
to make a meeting
to take place
sales figures
quarter
bottom line
insight
strategy
to phone in
Adapted from: http://esl.about.com/od/businessreading/a/d_meet.htm
[m4] Comentário: Não seria
conveniente colocar a tradução
dessas palavras-chave?

2) Now, don’t look at the conversation above, try to remember and answer these multiple
choice questions:

a. When is the meeting?
( ) Next Monday at 10
( )Tomorrow at 10
( ) This afternoon
b. What's the subject of the meeting?
( ) The San Francisco accounts
( ) Last quarter's sales figures
( ) This year's budget
c. What type of suggestions will Frank
make?
( ) Improving research
( ) Improving the bottom line
( ) Sales on the east coast
d. What is Frank going to outline?
( ) Keen insights
( ) New sales strategies
( ) San Francisco partners
e. Who isn't going to attend?
( ) Kevin
( ) Frank
( ) Alan






Summary

Na aula de hoje tivemos como tema as reuniões, mas em inglês. Você viu
vocabulário com o qual você já deve estar acostumado a lidar em português, porém de
uma forma diferente. Você analisou exemplos de frases e de diálogos em conversas
entre empresários no ambiente de trabalho. Com esses exemplos, é preciso que você
pratique, converse com um amigo, vizinho, parente, com softwares de computador, pela
internet, enfim, ferramentas não faltam! O seu homework de hoje está no site:
http://www.englishmedialab.com/listening/Business%20briefing%20.htm no qual você
vai ouvir uma conversation e responder a perguntas sobre essa atividade de listening.

Have a nice time studying!
See you next class!

Ana Célia Lima
REFERÊNCIAS

BBC.co.uk. Learning English – Meetings, Agenda Setting. Online. Disponível em:
http://www.bbc.co.uk/worldservice/learningenglish/business/talkingbusiness/unit2meeti
ngs/1agenda.shtml. Acesso em 13 jan. 2011.

BBC.co.uk. Learning English – Meetings, Language Expert. Online. Disponível em:
http://www.bbc.co.uk/worldservice/learningenglish/business/talkingbusiness/unit2meeti
ngs/expert.shtml . Acesso em 13 jan. 2011.

Beare, Kenneth (esl.about.com website). English as 2nd Language – Tomorrow’s
Meeting. Online. Disponível em: http://esl.about.com/od/businessreading/a/d_meet.htm.
Acesso em: 07 jan. 2011.

Beare, Kenneth (esl.about.com website). English as 2nd Language – Useful English
Phrases for Participating in a Business Meeting. Online. Disponível em:
http://esl.about.com/cs/onthejobenglish/a/a_runmeet.htm. Acesso em: 07 jan. 2011.

Beare, Kenneth (esl.about.com website). English as 2nd Language – Useful Phrases
for Running a Business Meeting. Online. Disponível em:
http://esl.about.com/cs/onthejobenglish/a/a_meetphrases.htm. Acesso em: 07 jan. 2011.

EnglishMediaLab.com. Business Briefing. Online. Disponível em:
http://www.englishmedialab.com/listening/Business%20briefing%20.htm. Acesso em:
07 jan. 2011.

TalkEnglish.com. Business English Lessons – General Statements. Online. Disponível
em: http://www.talkenglish.com/LessonDetails.aspx?ALID=477. Acesso em: 07 jan.
2011.

Youtube.com. Business English Meetings 1. Online. Disponível em:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6mTu9y2fsT8. Acesso em: 07 jan. 2011.




Unidade 4 – Uso do Inglês como Ferramenta de Negociação

Business English


• 30
th
Lesson


Applying for a Job
A Job Interview






Introduction

Hello, my dear student! Good morning, good afternoon, good evening!
This lesson is very important for your future as a business (wo)man. You will
learn how to apply for a position in a company in English.

Good luck!
Vocabulary

EMPLOYMENT – WORK

Assessment Evaluation of one's abilities
Apply Submit an application for a job or position
Background Education - qualifications - experience
Bonus Additional payment to an employee as an incentive or reward
Curriculum
Vitae
Summary of one's education and experience to date; résumé
Dismiss Discharge from employment; (to fire, to sack, to let go)
Employee Person who works for a firm or company
Employer Person or firm who employs people
Fire To dismiss from a job.
Fringe benefits
Advantages offered in addition to salary (life insurance,
retirement scheme, company car, etc.). Also called "perks",
abbreviation for perquisites.
Interview Oral examination of an applicant for employment
Aim
Preparing for a very important
business situation, an appliance for a job.
Make
redundant
Dismiss for economic reasons
Maternity leave Period of absence for a female employee when having a baby
Notice
Advance warning of intention to leave one's job - to give or
hand in one's resignation
Personnel People who work for a firm or company (employees)
Personnel
officer
Manager responsible for recruitment, training and welfare of
personnel (employees)
Promotion Advancement in rank or position in the company
Prospects Opportunities for success or promotion in a career
Recruit Look for and hire personnel
Resign Leave a job voluntarily
Retire Leave employment because of age
Sick leave Absence because of illness - to be on sick leave
Staff People who work for a firm or department; employees
Strength Strong characteristic or particular ability
Strike To go on strike: to stop working in protest against something
Take on Employ or hire
Trainee Person being trained for a job e.g. a trainee salesman
Training
course
A course of study to prepare for a job e.g. a computer course
Unemployment
benefits
Payments made by the state to an unemployed person
Vacancy A position to be filled
Weakness A lack of ability or a shortcoming in character



INTERVIEW QUESTIONS

Preparation for an interview is essential. The list of questions below is designed
to serve as a guide so that you are not taken by surprise!

1 Tell me about yourself.
2 How would you describe yourself? (character/personality)
3 What are your strengths/weaknesses?
4 Are you married? Single? Do you have a partner?
5
What do you do in your free time?
What are your hobbies? / Do you have any hobbies?
6
Why are you interested in working for our company?
Why do you want to work for this company?
7 What type of position do you think you are suited for / would suit you?
8 How would you describe the position we have to offer?
9 What aspects of the position are you most / least interested in?
10
What would you like to find in this job that you didn't have in your previous
job?
11
How do you think you could develop the position?
What would be your strategy to develop the position?
12
What have you got to offer us?
What could you contribute to our company?
13
Why do you want to leave your present job?
Why do you want to change jobs?
14
What were you responsible for?
What did your job involve?
15 What do you think you gained by working in your last job?
16 What do you think of your (last) boss?
17
What are your salary requirements?
How much would you hope to earn in this position?
How much do you think you should be offered for this position?
What salary would you expect (to be offered) for this position?
18 Have you received any offers of a job?
19
Why have you had to look for a job for so long?
Why have you been looking for a job for so long?
Why did it take you so long to find a new job?
20 How do you feel about your future in the profession?
21
Have you had any failures? / What failures have you had?
Have you had any negative experiences?
22 What sort of obstacles have you come across/encountered in your work?
23 If you had to recruit colleagues, what qualities would you look for?
24
Would you be willing to relocate/to move to another part of the country/ to
work abroad?
Did you have to travel abroad in your last job?
25
Don't you think you have too much experience/you are over-qualified for this
job?
26
How long do you think you would stay with us?
If we offered you the job, how long would you expect to stay with us?
27
Which do you prefer: to work alone or in a team?
Do you prefer working alone or with other people as part of a team?
28
Do you know how to manage a team?
Are you capable of leading a team?
Do you think you have the ability to be a team leader?
29
Why should I recruit you?
How could you persuade me to recruit you?
30 Do you have any comments to make, or questions to ask?

Reading, Listening & Watching

1) First of all, watch this video at the website ‘Many Things’ with some
vocabulary and tips for a job interview http://www.manythings.org/b/e/15 :










2) Now that you know some new words for a job interview, read the following
text about job interview questions and answers with comments and tips to
help you.

Common Interview Questions

By Kenneth Beare, About.com Guide
• First Impressions
The first impression you make on the interviewer can decide the rest of the
interview. It is important that you introduce yourself, shake hands, and be friendly and
polite. The first question is often a "breaking the ice" type of question. 'Breaking the ice'
is an important way to begin the job interview, but it shouldn't take too long. Generally,
job interviewers will break the ice to help you feel comfortable. Make sure to give
positive, but not too detailed answers to these 'ice breakers'. Don't be surprised if the
interviewer asks you something like:
- How are you today?
- Did you have any trouble finding us?
- Isn't this great weather we're having?
This type of question is common because the interviewer wants to put you at
ease (help you relax). The best way to respond is in a short, friendly manner without
going into too much detail. Here are some examples correct responses:
Interviewer: How are you today?
You: I'm fine, thank you. And you?
OR
Interviewer: Did you have any trouble finding us?
You: No, the office isn't too difficult to find.
OR Interviewer: Isn't this great weather we're having?
You: Yes, it's wonderful. I love this time of year. (…)

• Referrals
Sometimes, you may have found about a job opportunity through a referral. If
this is the case, make sure to use the referral to your best advantage by mentioning it at
the beginning of the interview.
Comments: Mention the name of the referral at the beginning of the interview. Ideally,
this should be done when asked about how you found the job opening. Provide the name
of the referral. Don't go into too much detail about the relationship, unless asked. Give
the name of the referral only once. Don't continue to repeat the name during the
interview. Don't assume the job interviewer knows the person you are mentioning.

• Getting Down to Business
Once the pleasant beginnings have finished, it's time to begin the real interview.
Here are a number of the most common questions that are asked during the interview.
There is an example of excellent replies given for each question. Following the
examples, you will find a comment describing the type of question and important things
to remember when answering that type of question.
Interviewer: Tell me about yourself.
Candidate: I was born and raised in Milan, Italy. I attended the University of Milan and
received my master's degree in Economics. I have worked for 12 years as a financial
consultant in Milan for various companies including Rossi Consultants, Quasar
Insurance and Sardi and Sons. I enjoy playing tennis in my free time and learning
languages.
(…) Comment: This question is meant as an introduction. Do not focus too specifically
on any one area. The above question will often be used to help the interviewer choose
what h/she would like to ask next. While it is important to give an overall impression of
who you are, make sure to concentrate on work related experience. (…) Work
experience is more important than education in most English speaking countries.
Interviewer: What type of position are you looking for?
Candidate: I'm interested in an entry level (beginning) position. (…)
Comment: You should be willing to take an entry level position in an English speaking
company as most of these companies expect non-nationals to begin with such a position.
In the United States, most companies provide many opportunities for growth, so don't
be afraid to start from the beginning!
Interviewer: Are you interested in a full-time or part-time position?
Candidate: I am more interested in a full-time position. However, I would also consider
a part-time position.
Comment: Make sure to leave open as many possibilities as possible. Say you are
willing to take any job, once the job has been offered you can always refuse if the job
does not interest you.
Interviewer: Can you tell me about your responsibilities at your last job?
Candidate: I advised customers on financial matters. After I consulted the customer, I
completed a customer inquiry form and catalogued the information in our database. I
then collaborated with colleagues to prepare the best possible package for the client.
The clients were then presented with a summarized report on their financial activities
that I formulated on a quarterly basis.
Comment: Notice the amount of detail necessary when you are talking about your
experience. One of the most common mistakes made by foreigners when discussing their
former employment is to speak too generally. The employer wants to know exactly what
you did and how you did it; the more detail you can give the more the interviewer knows
that you understand the type of work. Remember to vary your vocabulary when talking
about your responsibilities. Also, do not begin every sentence with "I".
Interviewer: What is your greatest strength?
Candidate: I work well under pressure. When there is a deadline (a time by which the
work must be finished), I can focus on the task at hand (current project) and structure
my work schedule well. I remember one week when I had to get 6 new customer reports
out by Friday at 5. I finished all the reports ahead of time without having to work
overtime.
Candidate: I am an excellent communicator. People trust me and come to me for advice.
One afternoon, my colleague was involved with a troublesome (difficult) customer who
felt he was not being served well. I made the customer a cup of coffee and invited both
my colleague and the client to my desk where we solved the problem together. (…)
Comment: This is not the time to be modest! Be confident and always give examples.
Examples show that you are not only repeating words you have learned, but actually do
possess that strength.
Interviewer: What is your greatest weakness?
Candidate: I am overzealous (work too hard) and become nervous when my co-workers
are not pulling their weight (doing their job). However, I am aware of this problem, and
before I say anything to anyone, I ask myself why the colleague is having difficulties.
Candidate: I tend to spend too much time making sure the customer is satisfied.
However, I began setting time-limits for myself If I noticed this happening.
Comment: This is a difficult question. You need to mention a weakness that is actually a
strength. Make sure that you always mention how you try to improve the weakness.
Interviewer: Why do you want to work for Smith and Sons?
Candidate: After following your firms progress for the last 3 years, I am convinced that
Smith and Sons are becoming one of the market leaders and I would like to be part of
the team.
Candidate: I am impressed by the quality of your products. I am sure that I would be a
convincing salesman because I truly believe that the Atomizer is the best product on the
market today.
Comment: Prepare yourself for this question by becoming informed about the company.
The more detail you can give, the better you show the interviewer that you understand
the company.
Interviewer: When can you begin?
Candidate: Immediately.
Candidate: As soon as you would like me to begin.
Comment: Show your willingness to work!

• Language
Relating your job experience and how it relates to the specific job for which you
are applying are the two most important tasks during any job interview. Make sure to
use lots of descriptive verbs and adjectives to describe your responsibilities.
Comment: Take some time to prepare descriptive sentences concerning your
responsibilities. Use a dictionary to improve your vocabulary selection.

The above questions represent some of the most basic questions asked on any
job interview in English. Probably the most important aspect of interviewing in English
is giving detail. As a speaker of English as a second language, you might be shy about
saying complicated things. However, this is absolutely necessary as the employer is
looking for an employee who knows his or her job. If you provide detail, the interviewer
will know that you feel comfortable in that job. Don't worry about making mistakes in
English. It is much better to make simple grammar mistakes and provide detailed
information about your experience than to say grammatically perfect sentences without
any real content!

Adapted from: http://esl.about.com/od/businessspeakingskills/a/j_interview2.htm


3) This is another video for you to watch in order to be prepared for a job
interview in English: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=9O_vexk7iLU










4) Now that you've reviewed some basic interviewing technique, open this link
http://esl.about.com/od/jobinterviewing/a/Job-Interviewing-Listening-
Comprehension.htm in a new window and listen a few times to the job
interview listening selection. If you have difficulties understanding, go to
the next page to see a transcription of the job interview.
5) Read the transcript of the listening conversation

Interviewer (Ms Hanford): (opens door, shakes hands) Good morning…
Job Applicant (Mr. Anderson): Good morning, Joe Anderson, it's a pleasure to meet you
Ms Hanford.
Hanford: How do you do? Please take a seat. (Joe sits) It's quite the rainy day outside,
isn't it?
Anderson: Yes, luckily, you have a nice underground parking lot that helped me avoid
the worst of it. I must say this is an impressive building.
Hanford: Thank you, we like working here... Now, let's see. You've come to interview
for the position of e-commerce manager, haven't you?
Anderson: Yes, Peter Smith encouraged me to apply, and I think I'd be ideal for the
position.
Hanford: Oh. Peter… he's a great sysadmin, we like him a lot … Let's go over your
resume. Could you begin by telling me about your qualifications?
Anderson: Certainly. I've been working as the regional assistant director of marketing at
Simpco Northwest for the past year.
Hanford: And what did you do before that?
Anderson: Before that, I was a Simpco local branch manager in Tacoma.
Hanford: Well, I see you have done well at Simpco. Can you give me some more detail
about your responsibilities as assistant director?
Anderson: Yes, I've been in charge of in-house personnel training for our Internet
customer service reps over the past six months.
Hanford: Can you tell me a little bit about what you've been doing in your training?
Anderson: We've been working on improving customer satisfaction through an
innovative e-commerce solution which provides real-time chat service help to visitors to
the site.
Hanford: Interesting. Is there anything in particular you feel would be useful here at
Sanders Co.?
Anderson: I understand that you have been expanding your e-commerce to include
social networking features.
Hanford: Yes, that's correct.
Anderson: I think that my experience in customer relations via the Internet in real-time
puts me in the unique position of understanding what works and what doesn't.
Hanford: Yes, that does sound useful. What difficulties and challenges do you think we
might run into?
Anderson: Well, I think we'll continue to see consumers spend more of the shopping
dollars online. I've been studying how sales directly relate to customer satisfaction with
online services.
Hanford: Would you mind giving me a bit more detail on that?
Anderson: Sure ... if customers aren't satisfied with the service they receive online, they
won't come back. It's much easier to lose customers online. That's why you need to
make sure that you get it right the first time round.
Hanford: I can see you've learnt quite a lot in the short time you've been working in e-
commerce.
Anderson: Yes, it's an exciting field to be working in …


6) Finally, click on this link
http://www.englishmedialab.com/Quizzes/business/listening/job%20interview%
20listening.htm, listen to a business English job interview by clicking on the
“play” button and then answer the questions in the website.


Summary

Hoje tivemos nossa última aula, e quantas matérias estudamos neste semestre,
não? Algumas foram mais fáceis, outras mais complicadas... Na aula de hoje
encerramos um ciclo, e você chegou à etapa final do curso, na qual falamos sobre uma
entrevista de emprego em inglês. Espero que coloque em prática tudo que você leu, viu
e ouviu durante todas as nossas aulas. Por fim, espero ter colaborado com o seu
aprendizado e com sua formação profissional. O resto depende de você!
Make it worth and have a very successful career!

Bye bye!

Ana Célia Lima
REFERÊNCIAS

Beare, Kenneth (esl.about.com website). English as 2nd Language – Example Job
Interview Questions. Online. Disponível em:
http://esl.about.com/od/businessspeakingskills/a/j_interview2.htm. Acesso em: 10 jan.
2011.

Beare, Kenneth (esl.about.com website). English as 2nd Language – Job Interviewing
Example, Listening Comprehension. Online. Disponível em:
http://esl.about.com/od/jobinterviewing/a/Job-Interviewing-Listening-
Comprehension.htm. Acesso em: 10 jan. 2011.

EnglishMediaLab.com. Business English – Job Interview Listening. Online.
Disponível em:
http://www.englishmedialab.com/Quizzes/business/listening/job%20interview%20listen
ing.htm. Acesso em: 11 jan. 2011.

ManyThings.org. ESL Videos – Job Interview. Online. Disponível em:
http://www.manythings.org/b/e/15. Acesso em: 11 jan. 2011.

Youtube.com. Job Interviewing Tips for English Learners. Online. Disponível em:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=9O_vexk7iLU. Acesso em: 11 jan. 2011.


De acordo com o Dicionário On Line de Termos Linguísticos, língua franca é: “Língua de que se servem os falantes de uma comunidade multilíngue para poderem comunicar entre si.” (AIT, 2010) Para exemplificar essa definição, imagine o seguinte: • um francês negociando mercadorias com um chinês; • um italiano em uma entrevista de emprego com um árabe; • um espanhol dando uma palestra para um alemão. Como você acha que eles se comunicariam? Por meio de qual código verbal? Ou melhor, qual idioma seria utilizado nessas conversações? Escolha uma das opções abaixo: a) Francês b) Espanhol c) Italiano d) Português e) N.D.A. Ponto para você, aluno esperto, que marcou a última alternativa! E sabe por quê? Porque o idioma utilizado no mundo todo, em qualquer tipo de comunicação entre nativos de vários idiomas é o INGLÊS. Por ser o idioma adotado em todos os países para a comunicação, seja na área acadêmica ou profissional, o inglês é de extrema importância. O fenômeno da globalização e a expansão da cultura americana como potência socioeconômica tem feito o inglês se expandir por todo o mundo. Mas isso não foi sempre assim, você sabia? Desde o episódio da Torre de Babel, que relata o surgimento das línguas com base no mito da construção Torre, quando os homens receberam de Deus o castigo de falarem línguas diferentes para que
FIGURA 1 – A diversidade de idiomas Fonte: Site DWWorld

da

não se entendessem, deparamos com o problema da comunicação entre pessoas que falam diferentes idiomas. Por muito tempo, durante o Império Romano, o grego foi a língua franca do oriente, enquanto o latim era a língua franca do ocidente. E as duas eram as línguas mais faladas em todo o mundo. Por volta do século VII, o árabe ocupava o papel de língua franca na maior parte da Ásia, África e em partes da Oceania, tendo sido utilizado das Filipinas ao Senegal. Com o passar do tempo, já no século XV, e com as exigências da comunicação para o comércio entre países com diferentes idiomas e a expansão marítima à época dos descobrimentos, com destaque para Inglaterra, França, Portugal e Espanha, grandes potências da época, os países dominantes impunham-se culturalmente sobre os países conquistados. No pacote, óbvio, o domínio de alguns países sobre outros se exercia também no campo da linguagem. Durante algum tempo, nos séculos XV e XVI, também o português foi uma língua franca na África e na Ásia, quando da exploração dos mares da África, América, Ásia e Oceania. Exemplo claro disso é o nosso português, filho do português de Portugal e ensinado a nós desde os primeiros anos da colonização pelos primeiros padres jesuítas que aqui aportaram. Contudo, com a chegada de franceses e ingleses aos portos recém-descobertos pelos portugueses, a competição terminou com a vitória dos últimos a chegar, logo exercendo seu domínio, o que culminou também com a substituição do idioma português. Coitado do Colombo, não é? Não adiantou ter descoberto a América... Logo em seguida, a língua franca passou a ser o francês, considerado a língua de pessoas importantes como os aristocratas e diplomatas da Europa a partir do século XVII. Até hoje o francês ocupa certo lugar de destaque em alguns países que não a França, inclusive emprestando palavras a outros idiomas (ex.: em português temos o balé, o abajur, o buquê e muitas outras). Também o alemão foi utilizado especialmente para negócios em grande parte da Europa durante os séculos XIX e XX. Porém foi no decorrer da Revolução Industrial, durante a qual se acreditou que as máquinas viriam a substituir o trabalho dos homens, que o domínio inglês se exerceu sobre o mundo, através de diversas conquistas geográficas; o idioma inglês foi ensinado pelo mundo afora nas colônias inglesas, incluindo entre elas uma que viria a se destacar e se tornar referência em termos de desenvolvimento, poderio econômico, tecnológico e militar, os Estados Unidos.

Apesar disso, foi só após a Segunda Guerra Mundial que esse domínio se consolidou, assim como consolidou-se também o idioma da terra do Tio Sam, desbancando o francês. O inglês adquire então status de língua franca, e as culturas inglesa e norte-americana se fazem conhecidas em todo o globo. É mole ou quer mais? Ainda assim, nos dias de hoje, não só o inglês ocupa o papel de língua franca. Vários outros idiomas são utilizados em outras partes do mundo. Por exemplo: o russo na região da antiga União Soviética, o Hindi na Índia e o japonês no Japão, entre outros idiomas. Porém a mais utilizada na comunicação em todo o globo é, de fato, o inglês, principalmente no mundo dos negócios internacionais e na diplomacia (apesar de não ser a maior em número de falantes nativos). No mapa abaixo, podemos observar dados do site Bab.la (FIG. 2) sobre os idiomas mais falados no mundo e a porcentagem de falantes, o que nos dá uma ideia da diversidade de idiomas e dos locais onde eles são considerados línguas oficiais (entenda-se por língua oficial o idioma adotado pelo governo nas esferas legislativa, executiva e judicial). Pode-se observar também no mapa que o inglês é tido como idioma oficial em 4 dos 5 continentes, enquanto o português aparece com menos destaque. Apesar disso, você sabia que o nosso idioma é o quinto mais falado do mundo? Para sua informação, além de Portugal e do Brasil, o português também é utilizado em países do continente africano e da Ásia. Em países como Angola, Moçambique, Timor Leste e Macau (China), o português é língua oficial, sendo falado ainda em outros países como Andorra e Namíbia, entre outros.

FIGURA. 2 – Os idiomas e porcentagem de falantes no mundo Fonte: Site bab.la Disponível em: http://pt.bab.la/noticias/idiomas-do-mundo.html. Online. Acesso em: 27 maio 2010.

Veja na TAB. 1, a seguir, os países onde o português é a língua oficial e a quantidade estimada de falantes desses países:
TABELA 1

Países onde o português é a principal ou uma das línguas oficiais

País 1. Brasil 2. Moçambique 3. Angola 4. Portugal 5. Guiné Bissau 6. Timor Leste 7. Guiné Equatorial 8. Cabo Verde 9. Macau

Número de falantes 190 milhões 21 milhões 16 milhões 10 milhões 1.5 milhão 1 milhão 0.5 milhão 0.5 milhão 0.5 milhão

10. São Tomé e Príncipe 157.000
Fonte: Palestra de Jack Scholes, 2009.

A dica já foi dada com relação ao número de falantes nativos do português na TAB. 1. Agora é a sua vez de tentar combinar os idiomas e a respectiva quantidade de falantes nativos deles. Vamos lá? Lembre-se de que contam somente as pessoas nascidas e falantes do idioma local.

Atividade – Ligue os idiomas numerados abaixo com a quantidade de seus falantes nativos.

1. Alemão 2. Árabe 3. Bengali 4. Espanhol 5. Hindi 6. Inglês 7. Japonês 8. Mandarim 9. Português 10. Russo

a) 1 bilhão de pessoas b) 350 milhões de pessoas c) 340 milhões de pessoas d) 300 milhões de pessoas e) 250 milhões de pessoas f) 180 milhões de pessoas g) 170 milhões de pessoas h) 145 milhões de pessoas i) 120 milhões de pessoas j) 95 milhões de pessoas

Ao terminar essa atividade, consulte as respostas na parte inferior direita desta página. Surpresas? Pois é... Apesar de muito utilizado na comunicação e de ser uma língua franca, o inglês ocupa somente a 3ª colocação no ranking dos idiomas com mais falantes nativos, atrás do mandarim e do espanhol. Você sabe o motivo desse resultado? É simples! Ele se deve ao fato de a população da China ser a maior do mundo e, quanto ao espanhol, somam-se os nativos da Espanha com os de vários países da América Latina e outros, justificando o número de falantes dos dois idiomas. Então, dando continuidade à nossa teoria, temos o inglês em 3º lugar, com 340 milhões de falantes nativos, ok. Quanto ao outros falantes do idioma, que fazem com que o inglês seja considerado língua franca, eles podem pertencer a duas outras categorias:

. 6 c). o inglês. Ex. Acesso em: 27 maio 2010. França. Seja como segunda língua ou como língua estrangeira. 8 a). .falantes nativos de países onde o inglês é uma das línguas oficiais. 9 e) e 10 h) históricos há falantes simples é. 5 f).: África do Sul. Canadá.ait.” Disponível em: http://blog.la/noticias/idiomas-do-mundo. Chile. nesta aula vimos. 3 g). o caminho mais sem dúvida. etc. Disponível em: http://www. Blog. 2009.la. Nosso lema então será: Fale inglês e administre o mundo! Até a próxima! Ana Célia Lima REFERÊNCIAS Arca Universal.htm Acesso em: 24 maio 2010. 2.categoria que inclui falantes de países onde o inglês não é adotado como língua oficial.html. também chamada de ESL – English as a Second Language (Segunda Língua). Austrália.” Disponível em: http://pt.bab. 2 d). Associação de Informação Tecnológica. para nos comunicarmos com pessoas de diversos outros países. Online. Acesso em: 27 maio 2010.: Brasil. denominada EFL – English as a Foreign Language (Língua Estrangeira). Ex. Resumo Bom. Dicionário de Termos Linguísticos.com/2009/07/08/salada-de-idiomas/ Online: 08 jul. “Idiomas no mundo. Portanto. podemos então concluir que de inglês no mundo todo devido à difusão desse idioma. pelos fatores culturais e sociais já mencionados nesta aula.pt/recursos/dic_term_ling/index2.arcauniversal. Espero que tenha ficado claro o quão importante esse idioma é para você e que isso seja um meio de motivação para o seu aprendizado. a quantidade de falantes nativos de inglês no mundo e os motivos pelos quais o inglês é considerado língua franca e idioma extremamente utilizado em tempos de globalização. etc. “Salada de Idiomas. 4 b).1. através de números. Respostas: 1 j). 7 i). Bab.

Acesso em: 26 maio 2010. 2004.dwworld.galaor. English Made in Brazil <http://www.00.com. Schütz. Online. O Inglês como Língua Internacional.br/sk-monol. English Made in Brazil <http://www.de/dw/article/0. Ricardo. 1 Introdução Tudo bem contigo? Animada para o nosso Inglês instrumental? . Ricardo. o analfabetismo dos tempos atuais.com.sk. Inglês: Língua franca no local de trabalho. Schütz. em 19 jun. em Belo Horizonte. Disponível em: http://www.br/lingua-franca/ Acesso em: 25 maio 2010.com. “Native-like fluency. “Entenda o que é língua franca. Unidade 1 – O inglês como língua franca e sua necessidade ao profissional administrador • Aula 2 . DW-World.” Disponível em: http://www. Acesso em:11 set.sk..A importância do Inglês para os Negócios Objetivo Entender como o inglês pode propiciar uma carreira bem sucedida no trabalho. Galaor.html>. Jack.Bortoletto. Scholes.br/sk-ingl.html>.1813069.” Palestra de Jack Scholes no auditório da Faculdade Isabela Hendrix. "Monolinguismo. Online. 2009.html Acesso em: 26 maio 2010.

uma vez que o nosso cotidiano já tem stress o suficiente. Por que eles acham que é importante que os filhos saibam outro idioma? Dê sua opinião abaixo: _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________ Bom. Já estamos. com o advento da tecnologia. de certo modo. após o serviço ou a happy hour. porém pertencem a uma enorme lista de palavras e expressões já amplamente utilizadas no nosso cotidiano. se pararmos para pensar. Muitas pessoas. vamos hoje estudar o status do inglês na sociedade e no mercado de trabalho. mesmo os workaholics (pessoas viciadas em trabalho – work em inglês) gostam de. Há muitos anos observamos muitos pais insistindo e obrigando seus filhos. reconhece essas palavras em itálico.. etc. alguns de nossos aparelhos celulares mais recentes possuem bluetooth (transmissor de dados) e várias pessoas. artifícios e utensílios amplamente utilizados em diversas áreas. sendo que é língua oficial em 53 países e tem milhões de falantes em todo o globo. se comunicam e se expressam através de um blog (diário virtual) ou web Messenger (tipo de programa pelo qual enviamos e recebemos instant messages ou mensagens instantâneas. não se tem uma resposta única e correta. familiarizados . notebooks. Por falar em lazer que tal parar um pouco a leitura do nosso livro de inglês e ir dar uma volta no shopping center para comprar um jeans novo e comer um sandwich ou um hamburger? É importante ter. temos os PCs (personal computers).Bom. chegar em casa após essa “hora feliz” e assistir no home theater a um reality show que nem o Big Brother para relaxar. Por que saber uma língua virou requisito para conseguir uma oportunidade de emprego nos dias atuais? É o que vamos ver nesta aula! Depois de tantos dados vistos na primeira aula legitimando o inglês como língua franca e como uma das mais faladas em todo o mundo. crianças. não é? Elas não fazem parte do nosso vocabulário original em português. crianças e adolescentes. não é verdade? Você. mas uma das possíveis razões está no fato de que. seja para trabalho ou lazer. CDs (compact discs). a estudar inglês. uma vez que vários fatores devem ser levados em consideração. adolescentes. adultos. no decorrer do dia. muitas vezes em escolas particulares. na pauta da aula de hoje temos a discutir como o inglês é imprescindível ao trabalho do administrador. algumas horas de folga e diversão. meu caro aluno.

internet banking. merchandising. a língua inglesa vem ganhando cada vez mais espaço e importância também no mundo dos negócios. nas ruas. É possível confirmar isso com uma simples visita à biblioteca da escola. manager. O amplo uso deste nosso objeto de estudo este semestre pode ser confirmado através dos livros publicados nas mais diversas áreas do conhecimento humano. nos restaurantes e em inúmeros estabelecimentos e lugares. Como exemplo disso é só observar as seguintes palavras: designer. network. principalmente no nosso trabalho. Com o advento da tecnologia cada vez mais avançada no mundo globalizado e a grande possibilidade de conversar. peço que você complete o quadro abaixo com algumas palavras e/ou expressões estrangeiras (leia-se inglesas) com as quais você frequentemente se depara no seu dia a dia e que não têm tradução para o português como os exemplos que vimos acima. Lá você verá que a grande maioria dos livros científicos de inúmeras áreas é escrita em inglês por ser essa a língua mais . etc. Agora é a sua vez. Para mostrar o quanto essas palavras e expressões vindas do inglês fazem parte da sua vida. em nomes de estabelecimentos e em atividades como o volleyball.com essas expressões porque elas e muitas outras de origem principalmente inglesa estão presentes na nossa escola. em marcas de roupas e itens de vestuário e de inúmeros objetos e acessórios. a presença do inglês em nosso cotidiano deve-se também à abrangência da cultura norte-americana bem como da cultura britânica em todo o mundo. Além dos fatores sociais. fatos estes que fazem com que informações circulem pelo mundo afora em um curto prazo de tempo. nas lojas. faça uma pequena pesquisa na internet: Sale. ter notícias e comunicar-se com pessoas de todo e qualquer lugar do mundo. econômicos e históricos já mencionados aqui. Podemos encontrar essas palavras nos jornais. assim como ao efeito da expansão de muitas empresas multinacionais impulsionadas principalmente pelo efeito da globalização e da internet (rede internacional de comunicação). Caso você não se lembre.

online).. professor e pesquisador do ensino de inglês. recebendo. o inglês torna-se uma das mais importantes ferramentas. é possível fazer cursos universitários a distância. É hoje inquestionavelmente reconhecido como a língua mais importante a ser adquirida na atual comunidade internacional. o que ele considera ser um fator determinante para se obter sucesso pessoal e profissional. certificados internacionais de cursos acadêmicos de pós-graduação. Para o profissional que já tem fluência em inglês. 75% de toda comunicação internacional por escrito. Além disso. quebrando a barreira de tempo e de espaço e facilitando a vida de quem tem uma rotina corrida como suponho que seja a sua. afirma que “[. É possível também assistirmos a palestras. sendo também uma ferramenta bastante útil em todos os campos de trabalho e que representa o poder de se posicionar e participar ativamente como cidadão ativo neste nosso mundo globalizado. seminários e aulas. Assim como a FEAD. Este fato é incontestável e parece ser irreversível. doutorado e afins. ao fim do curso. tanto acadêmicas quanto profissionais. até em outros países. em um artigo com o título de O Inglês como Língua Internacional (2009. A imagem abaixo exemplifica o que Schütz pensa sobre o que o aprendizado do inglês pode proporcionar nos dias de hoje: . e estas são características de um indivíduo que fala um segundo idioma.] há estimativas de que 85% das publicações científicas do mundo. O inglês acabou tornandose o meio de comunicação por excelência tanto do mundo científico como do mundo de negócios. é cada vez maior o número de empresas e estabelecimentos como escolas e universidades nas quais é possível presenciar e participar de conferências online.acessível a grande parte do público leitor. Schütz reforça sua tese de que o saber uma língua estrangeira é fator contributivo para a formação escolar e acadêmica. 80% da informação armazenada em todos os computadores do mundo e 90% do conteúdo da Internet são em inglês”. mestrado. Com isso. possibilitando o estudo estando o aluno em qualquer lugar do mundo. não é? Schütz (2009.. Ricardo Schütz. online) diz ainda que Ao assumir este papel de língua global. reuniões a distância nas quais a única ferramenta necessária é um computador conectado à internet. diversas faculdades hoje em dia oferecem a opção de curso a distância. como você está fazendo hoje.

notícias. tem um status de extrema importância na cultura mundial. principalmente para famílias de baixa renda. sendo considerado também fator de exclusão social. é importante observar que. denominado por ele monolinguismo. eventos.FIGURA. é na escrita que são registrados contratos. um acordo por escrito? Apesar de a fala ser muito importante. a partir dos primeiros símbolos gráficos e desenhos na pedra. Daí vem a importância de se saber ler e escrever. No mundo de hoje é fácil comprovar essa afirmação. seja através de símbolos gráficos ou de sons. online. apesar da relevância da língua falada. Em seus estudos. como um tipo de analfabetismo do século XXI. Assim como até bem pouco tempo atrás os analfabetos eram socialmente excluídos e menosprezados. uma vez que ter o domínio de outro idioma abre . a invenção da escrita. nem sempre esta foi o meio de comunicação mais efetivo e importante. por exemplo). 2009. Desde a “invenção” da linguagem para a comunicação. leis e tal. o que melhor garante que um contrato seja cumprido em uma transação de negócios? a. Ricardo Shutz (2004) discute o fato de alguém se comunicar através de uma única língua. pois uma pessoa que não consegue interagir com pessoas de outras culturas e com valores diferentes também não tem a habilidade de se expandir socioculturalmente como indivíduo atuante em uma comunidade de falantes. Voltando ao carro-chefe de nossa aula. Um acordo verbal ou b. hoje temos os analfabetos digitais – aqueles que não sabem lidar com a tecnologia e utilizar telefones e computadores modernos – que defendem o direito à inclusão digital. Pense bem. 1 – Proficiência em inglês Fonte: SHUTZ. É com base nisso que acredito podermos associar o status do analfabeto ou do analfabeto digital ao não saber ou não ter em seu currículo uma segunda língua. especialmente para aqueles que a utilizam como ferramenta de trabalho (vide os políticos.

que as pessoas saibam pelo menos uma língua estrangeira. em termos de possibilitar comunicação em qualquer lugar do mundo. profissional e acadêmica da sua vida. Inclusive os recrutadores mais exigentes demandam fluência em inglês de acordo com o cargo pretendido pelo candidato. o Inglês será a sua ferramenta para administrar o mundo! Até breve! ATIVIDADE Olhe ao seu redor. no seu caminho para o trabalho ou para a escola. Veja o quanto você está cercado pela língua inglesa. uma vez que o status desse idioma. Até a próxima! Ana Célia Lima REFERÊNCIAS . Hoje em dia. caríssimo aluno. geralmente o inglês. espero que esteja preparado e motivado para começar nossos estudos práticos desse idioma na nossa próxima aula! Lembre-se.portas tanto no mercado de trabalho quanto na vida. pode ser bastante favorável nas esferas pessoal. Anote todas e faça um caderno de vocabulário. Às vezes esse conhecimento de uma língua estrangeira assume caráter eliminatório nessas seleções. como língua falada no mundo todo. Faça uma lista. Com isso. em muitas empresas vemos que é cobrado como pré-requisito nas seleções de emprego ou nas contratações. principalmente com palavras das quais você não conheça o significado e pesquise. Mantenha-o sempre atualizado. Resumo O objetivo dessa aula foi demonstrar as vantagens de estudar e de saber inglês nos dias de hoje.

o analfabetismo dos tempos atuais. Conhecer vocabulário do dia a dia. Schütz." English Made in Brazil <http://www.sk. Conhecer as principais saudações e cumprimentos. Unidade 2 – Estruturas Morfo-léxico-sintáticas English Basic Level • 3rd Lesson Saying hi and greeting! Aim (OBJETIVO) Tomar contato com o uso do inglês em situações cotidianas.html>.br/sk-ingl. "Monolinguismo. 2004. 2009. Ricardo." English Made in Brazil <http://www. em 19 jun 2009.br/sk-monol.com. “Native-like fluency.” Palestra de Jack Scholes no auditório da Faculdade Isabela Hendrix. Ricardo. .sk. Acesso em: 3 jun. "O inglês como língua internacional.com.html>. Acesso em: 11 set.Scholes. Jack. Schütz. em Belo Horizonte.

De nada!? É o que veremos hoje. . please. ( ) Hi! Hi! What’s your name? My name’s Anna. Your room is 263. Welcome to English Class!!! Speaking A. Have a nice ☺ class! Hi! I am Ana Célia and you? What’s your name? My name is _________________________. What’s your name. student! Como vai você? Fine (+)? So so (+-)? Ok? Você sabe o que dizemos em inglês ao conhecer pessoas novas? E ao reencontrar velhos amigos? Ao chegar ao trabalho? Ao entrar numa sala de reunião? E para agradecer ou dizer: . 3. Just a minute. I have a reservation for 3 nights... What about you? I’m very well! Thank you! C. ( ) Excuse me! D.Introduction Hello. Sir! Can I help you? Yes. Associe as figuras com as conversations acima. ( 2 ) Hello! B. 2. thanks. please. 4…) in the parenthesis. And you? I’m Phillip! Nice to meet you! Nice to meet you too! Good morning Joana! Good morning Beth! How are you! I’m fine. Put a number (1. please? My name’s is Julia Robertson. (…) Good afternoon! Hi. Where can we get a taxi? Over there! Thank you very much! You’re welcome! - 1. Thank you.

She is Angelina Jolie. It is a computer.2. .m. Nas conversations acima temos exemplos de linguagem formal e informal e expressões de significado equivalente. Pleased to ________________ you.m. (post-meridian ou após o meio-dia) em diante. Good to see ______________ guys. b. Preencha o quadro abaixo: Formal Informal Hello! Hi! My name’s. good evening de 6h p.html 2. good afternoon de 12h– 6h p. Thank you! What about you? Very well! Para cumprimentar. You are .. How ______________ you doing? c.com/reo/1/unit1.m. Para se despedir à noite.. We are Brazilian. ________________ are you? I am Susan. Grammar They are the Rolling Stones. Your photo He is Bill Gates.. g. ______________ to meet you two. Listening 1. O oposto de p. é a.real-english. (antimeridian ou antes do meio-dia). What’s your ________________? d. ________________ name’s Helen.m. temos também: good morning até 12h. Assista ao video legendado (with subtitles) do Site Real English: http://www. noon = meio-dia). diga goodnight.. e. (after = depois. f. Complete the sentences below according to the video: a.

: You are a (=one) student (singular) e You are students (plural).As palavras grifadas nas frases acima são conhecidas como pronomes pessoais ou personal/subject pronouns e servem para substituir nomes ou substantivos (sujeito). you. she e it são a terceira pessoa do singular. porém com usos diferentes: he para masculino. __________ is from Bristol. __________ is on his bike. • I. (the dog) f. (Victoria) He She It We You They 2) Chose the correct form of am/is/are. . g. They_____________ Korean. sendo que he. (the posters) c. objetos em geral e animais. Ex. She _____________ an actress. she ou it é o pronome they. __________ are in front of the TV. __________ are on the wall. It_____________ cold today. Ex. she para feminino e it para coisas. O plural de he. • Não há diferença entre you no singular e no plural. (my mother and I) d. You _____________ 20 years old. She is very famous (Angelina Jolie = She). e. Mario _____________ OK. he. __________ is running. h. (Jorge) b. (the car) Answer: She often reads books. __________ is green. geralmente o contexto indica o número. thanks. (the flowers) g. Example: ___ often reads books. c. __________ are in the garden. Angelina Jolie is an actress. 1) Use the correct personal pronouns to complete the phrases below. My name _____________ Jane. a.: • O pronome I é sempre escrito com letra maiúscula. e. b. (Lisa) a. she e it são pronomes no singular. We _____________from Brazil. (Tom) h. I_____________ at home now. Os personal pronouns do inglês são: I You Obs. __________ is in the bank. f. d.

yes or no.: Are you from São Paulo? Yes. Yes. YOU AREN’T. devemos somente acrescentar a palavra not após o verbo. You’RE students. No. SHE IS. Vamos colocar isso em prática nas formas afirmativa e negativa das frases seguintes. It ISN’T cold today. Yes. Já para a forma interrogativa. No. He is NOT ok. Esse verbo é muito importante. They are NOT Korean. IT ISN’T. respectivamente. He’S ok. Yes.As palavras utilizadas para completar o exercício nº 2 acima são o verbo To Be conjugado no presente. WE AREN’T. We are NOT from Brazil. You are NOT students. You are NOT 20 years old. It’S cold today. I’m not. HE IS. pois. They’RE Korean. além de significar ser ou estar. Yes. She’S an actress. THEY AREN’T. conhecidas também como short forms ou forma abreviada na qual suprimimos uma letra.) Short answer No. IT IS. Veja os exemplos abaixo: Interrogative form AM I … ? ARE YOU … ? IS HE … ? IS SHE … ? IS IT … ? ARE WE … ? ARE YOU … ? ARE THEY … ? ( + ) Short answer Yes. Yes. No. No. YOU AREN’T. vamos ter duas opções de resposta: Sim ou não. We’RE from Brazil.: . We AREN’T from Brazil. Para isso usamos a (‘) apóstrofe. You’RE 20 years old. He ISN’T ok. I’M NOT. She ISN’T an actress. Para transformarmos uma sentença em negativa. YOU ARE. I AM. They AREN’T Korean. SHE ISN’T. Yes. Negative form I am NOT at home now. WE ARE. Ex. It is NOT cold today. A forma mais comum de se usar o verbo to Be é usando contrações. You AREN’T students. YOU ARE. Obs. vamos inverter a ordem da forma afirmativa. No. ele tem a função de auxiliar da língua inglesa e passa as frases para a forma negativa e também para a interrogativa. No. I am / No. Veja os exemplos: Affirmative form (Short) I’M at home now. Yes. She is NOT an actress. No. THEY ARE. Sempre que temos uma pergunta que começa com um auxiliar (AM / IS / ARE). You AREN’T 20 years old. HE ISN’T. Negative form (Short) I’M NOT at home now. ( .

is). f. c. a. (I am / I are / I is). You’re.Yes. Use short forms if possible. Are we in the reception? I’m at the office. e. .Yes. Ex. Am I a good boss? . b.______________ . 5) Finish the answers using the correct forms of to be (am. or No. Is she a journalist? .Yes. You’re a businessman. d.No.Yes. he is not. Ambas as formas são corretas. Are we in room 8? . (they am / they are / they is).: Yes.Yes.Yes.: What’s your name? Are you from São Paulo? 3) Complete the table with the missing sentences and use the contractions if possible: Affirmative I You He She It We You They You aren’t American. Answer: Is he a teacher? . Example: Is he a teacher? . he isn't. Are you from England? . Is the telephone ringing? . (it am / it are / it is). Ex. (she am / she are / she is).No ____________. • Lembre-se de que as perguntas em inglês são feitas com o uso de auxiliares ou com as Whquestions no começo das frases. Are your colleagues at work? . Are they the managers? It’s an information desk. Are they new here? . Is your office big? . b.• Nos exemplos acima é possível observar que não são usadas as short forms em respostas curtas afirmativas. a. He isn’t working hard. Is she an intelligent person? Negative Interrogative 4) Answers the questions in English.No.______________ . (you am / you are / you is). are.Yes. • Outra opção para a forma negativa é usar he’s not / she’s not / it’s not ao invés de he isn’t / she isn’t / it isn’t e you’re not / we’re not / they’re not em lugar de you aren’t / we aren’t / they aren’t. Circle the correct form. (we am / we are / we is). .

______________ .expressivo. g.Yes. Are the DVDs in this box? . Online. As vogais são representadas por 20 sons e as consoantes por 24. Um bom website para verificar a classe gramatical e pronúncia de palavras. é: http://dictionary.Yes.______________ . Você deve digitar a palavra e clicar em “Read”.______________ . this. she. demorado para se pronunciar. Are you football fans? . d. e.c.No. Are Dan and Sue at home? .reference.Yes. is / :/ = he.No. Is your car green? . j.______________ . me / / / = name.______________ . Is Tom's boss in the kitchen? .com.______________ . f. e essa divisão é importante em diversos aspectos da língua inglesa. today / = hi. além das definições de palavras e expressões. Disponível em: http://say. i.com/?o=100074. Hoje veremos os sons de algumas vogais: / / = it. . Are you from Scotland? .Yes. Is Henry in his room? . caso você não tenha um dicionário de inglês. nice. Ao deparar com uma vogal como / :/ os dois pontos à frente da vogal mostram que esse é um som longo. a pronúncia. they. h.Yes.No. e é para entender como pronunciar e separar palavras em inglês que vamos estudar os sons.com/. Pronunciation Em inglês temos sons diferentes do português e que são muito importantes para aprendermos esse idioma uma vez que a separação de sílabas é feita considerando os sons. Is the computer working? . As letras que correspondem ao som vão estar sempre grifadas para que você os associe como nas palavras acima.______________ . Você verá que em um dicionário também encontramos. my 1) Tente achar nesta aula palavras que têm sons que rimam com os sons acima: / / / :/ / / / / Outra opção de site que pode auxiliar no seu estudo de pronúncia é o site Say Expressivo.______________ .

por causa da semelhança de pronúncia que existe entre algumas palavras. ticket l. information f. e a apóstrofe (‘) indica qual é a sílaba tônica ou sílaba forte. airport b. temos o substantivo coffee / kǤ.fi:/ (café) que tem a pronúncia parecida com a do verbo cough /kǤf/ (tossir). essa sílaba stressed é importante para que não haja mal-entendidos. computer c. que chamamos em inglês de stress. taxi j. telephone k. put the number according to the words: ______ twenty-one ______ thirty ______ thirty-seven ______ forty ______ forty-two 1 one 2 two 3 three 4 __________________ 5 __________________ / 6 Six 7 __________________ 8 eight / 9 nine / 10 ten / / / ______ fifty ______ fifty-three ______ sixty ______ sixty-four ______ seventy ______ seventy-nine . (Use as palavras do exercício acima e escreva C para as que se relacionam com comunicação e T para as que se relacionam com viagem. O ponto ou um traço separa as sílabas e podemos ver que business tem duas. Por exemplo. Em inglês. toilet 3) Use the words of exercise above and write C for words related with Communication and T for words related with Travel.000 1) Complete with the words in the box: eighteen – eleven – four – five – nineteen seven – thirteen – twelve – twenty 2) Now. station i.nǺs/. internet g. e-mail d. hotel e.Como um exemplo de pronúncia vamos observar a palavra business = / bǺz. 2) Where’s the stress? Underline the stressed syllable in these words: a. market h.) Vocabulary Numbers 1 to 1.

Goodbye.678 = five thousand six hundred and seventy-eight.: 5. Goodnight. Procure decorar os dias da semana (week). How do you say “tchau” in English? Bye. Ex. e. Para isso pesquise em um calendário em inglês ou na internet. See you later. endereços ou quarto de hotel. por exemplo. Days of the week: M___nd___y T___ ___sd___y W___dn___sd___y Th___rsd___y Fr___d___y S___t___rd___y S___nd___y . o and u). Para porcentagem utilizamos a palavra point. podemos dizer double antes do número.: 23. dizemos threeone-three-one-two-double three-double four-double oh. E quando houver dois números iguais em sequência. podemos dizer oh (pronuncia-se ôu) ao invés de zero. i.11 __________________ / ’l 12 __________________ / 13 __________________ 14 fourteen 15 fifteen / 16 sixteen 17 seventeen 18 __________________ 19 __________________ 20 __________________ / ’ : / v / / ______ eighty ______ eighty-eight ______ ninety ______ ninety-six ______ a hundred / one hundred ______ one hundred and five ______ two hundred and thirty-seven ______ a thousand / one thousand ______ two thousand and ten / ______ three thousand Obs. marcando que ele está em dobro. a virgula (comma) indica milhares.: 31 312334400. Ex. See you. ¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨ Days of the week and months of the year 1) Complete with vowels (a. Ao falarmos números de telefone.45 = twenty-three point four five per cent. Ex. See you on Saturday. Ao escrever.

just relax. Em inglês temos os weekdays e o weekend. No weekend (geralmente 2 dias) você não trabalha. Faça a mesma pesquisa para os meses do ano (months).Obs. Diferente do português. Em quais dias você trabalha? Esses são os weekdays. J___n___ ___ry F___br___ ___ry M___rch ___pr___l M___y J___n___ J___ly ___ ___g___st S___pt___mb___r ___ct___b___r N___v___mb___r D___c___mb___r . TODOS os dias da semana são escritos em inglês com letra maiúscula (capital letters). Months of the year (meses do ano).

Acesso em: 15 ago. Disponível em: http://dictionary. Pratique as atividades propostas.com. Say. Você pode criar seu próprio caderno de vocabulário – que pode ser virtual – e deve também pesquisar e procurar novos exercícios.expressivo.com/. 2010. Listen online. para se apresentar e para iniciar conversações em inglês.expressivo.reference. bem como vocabulário de números.com/?o=100074. Online. dias da semana e meses do ano. Online. Practice makes perfect! See you soon! Ana Çélia REFERÊNCIAS Dictionary Reference.Resumo Nesta aula você estudou bastante vocabulário e expressões utilizadas para cumprimentar as pessoas. 2010. Disponível em: http://say. mas também utilize a internet como ferramenta de estudo.com. . Acesso em: 23 out.

Good afternoon or Good evening!!! How are you? Nesta aula de hoje vamos trabalhar com vocabulário referente a objetos e apresentações. please! Aim Compreender palavras e expressões de sala de aula e objetos de trabalho. Aprender como se apresentar e dar informações pessoais. I hope you appreciate it! ☺ Speaking . Introduction Good morning.Unidade 2 – Estruturas Morfo-léxico-sintáticas English Basic Level • 4th Lesson • Have a seat.

1030 Postcode: 60606 E-mail address: john. Pronunciation and Listening Você conhece o alfabeto em inglês? As letras são as mesmas. etc. What’s your _______________ number? 10. Are you a _______________? 5.cell .: • Usamos o verbo to be para falarmos nossa idade. cellular phone and mobile phone are synonims. What’s your _______________? 7. Use the words in the box: First name: John Surname: Smith Country/ City: USA. quanta diferença! A J S B K T C L U D M V E N W F O X G P Y H Q Z I R .from how .your Obs.surname .. _______________ old are you? 6.e-mail . What’s your first name? 2. he’s 38. Chicago Student Age: 27 Address: Washington St. Where are you _______________? 4. What’s your _______________ phone? address .com Phone number: 312 345 6789 Cell phone: 312 9012 3456 √ Yes No 1.1) Look at the form below: 2) Complete the questions to get this information. • Para falarmos nosso e-mail em inglês utizamos a @ (at). • Postcode ou zipcode do exercício acima são conhecidos em português como __ __ __. mas a pronúncia. (dot) e _ (underline).. • Cell phone. Ex. What’s your _______________? 3.phone . What’s your _______________ address? 9.postcode student . o . What’s your _______________? 8.smith@hotmail.: I’m 25..

org. A D J K d. H L M N c. ouça e repita tudo que lá houver para ser repetido. Faça isso quantas vezes forem necessárias para você fixar a pronúncia correta das palavras): http://www. VIP… / F L M ____ S ____ Z / / ____ Y / / O / / :/ Q ____ W / :/ R 4) Circle the letter that doesn’t rhyme: a. C F S X Vocabulary 1) Look at the pictures and match the sentences.htm 2) Os sons agora estão agrupados de acordo com a pronúncia. G I T V b. (Ligue as frases à imagem correspondente) a) b) c) d) e) f) g) .ngfl-cymru.uk/vtc/ngfl/ngfl-flash/alphabet-eng/alphabet. PC. B E P O e. Acrescente à tabela. USA. DVD.1) Listen and repeat the sounds (Vá ao endereço eletrônico seguinte. as letras que estão faltando: / A ____ J ____ / / :/ B C ____ E G ____ ____ ____ 3) Let’s practice with abbreviations like: CD.

_________ surname is French. (you he she our) it’s) it) This is my favorite pen.( ) What’s its name? ( ) Your car is new! ( ) What’s his business? ( ) What’s her name? ( ) Sorry. _________ name is Luis Alberto. _________ colors are black and green. (her _________ children are in pre-school. (he her his) my its) _________ e-mail address is ana@gmail. (I They’re the Moreau’s. _________ house is big and confortable. (it its Congratulations! _________ family is so beautiful! (your it’s you) Reading . Our telephone is not working! ( ) My country is the biggest in South America.com. ( ) Where are their receptionists? Grammar Look at the chart: Subject Pronouns I you he she it we you they Possessive Adjectives my your his her its our your their Let’s practice! 2) Choose the correct word to complete the sentences.

2-Belo Horizonte is a modern city in Minas Gerais. All my family lives and works there: my father is a teacher.1) Read the sentences about Belo Horizonte in Brazil. (Existem The outras escolas de direito e ele estuda em I study is called FEAD. 3-Belo Horizonte is an important city in the state. I’ll help you! Indefinite articles A Definite articles The Administration school where I study in a Law school. 1-Belo Horizonte is the capital of Minas Gerais. 1) Can you explain the use of articles? . school. my mother is an architect and my brother is an engineer student. _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________ Grammar Can you explain the uses of the articles in the sentences above? Ok. it’s just 113 years old. I live in a big town in Minas Gerais. I like there because it’s nice and exciting! The city where I live is young. Writing 1) Use o texto acima como exemplo para escrever um texto sobre a cidade onde você mora. mas aqui o curso inicia-se por som de vogal) * We use indefinite articles with jobs. An I study in an Administration me referido a ela antes). (Só existe uma uma delas e é a primeira vez que a escola denominada FEAD e eu já havia menciono). (Existem outras escolas de administração e ele estuda em uma delas.

a saber: singular/plural e perto/longe do ouvinte (em relação ao objeto). -What are these? -They are radios. -What are those? -They are boxes. Você notou que this e that são pronomes demonstrativos no singular e que these e those são no plural? Você sabe por que se usa um ou o outro? Temos duas categorias para classificá-los. -What’s that? -It’s a box.The in sentence 1 ______________________________________________________ A in sentence 2 ________________________________________________________ An in sentence 3 _______________________________________________________ A/a in sentence 4 _____________________________________________________ Observe the examples: Fonte: Educarede Fonte: Wired Fonte: Minas de ouro Fonte:Paper crave -What’s this? -It’s a radio. THIS: singular THESE: plural objeto perto do ouvinte Como você classificaria that e those? THAT: THOSE: .

Now, look at these words: Column 1 Singular radio cd boy city radios cd’s boys cities Plural Singular box brush bus match boxes brushes buses matches Column 2 Plural

• O plural em inglês é formado em sua maioria pela adição da letra –s, como podemos observar na coluna 1. • Por outro lado, na coluna 2, temos algumas exceções. Em palavras que terminam em s, x, sh e ch, acrescenta-se –es. Por fim, as palavras que terminam em y, como boy e city?

boy

boys

city

cities

-y precedido por vogal

-y precedido por consoante

2) Practice, make the sentences below plural. a. The radio and the television are broken. __________________________________________ b. I have a big box to put in the bus trunk. ________________________________________ c. The pretty girl likes her beautiful toy. __________________________________________ • Remember: adjectives don’t have a plural form!

3) Now, match the office/classroom objects to the pictures and write the plural form. (1) backpack _____________ (2) bin __________________ (3) board ________________ (4) book _________________ (5) calculator _____________ (6) chair _________________ (7) computer desk _________ (8) eraser ________________ (9) marker _______________ ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )

(10) paper clip ____________ (11) pen _________________ (12) pencil _______________ (13) secretary _____________ (14) stapler _______________ (15) table ________________ ( ) ( ) ( ) Reading 1) Read the text below and write the correct information about John: First name: _________________________ Last name: _________________________ Place of work: ________________________ Job: ________________________________ Age: ________________________________ Marital status: ________________________ Wife’s name: ____________ Job: _________ Girl’s name: _____________ Age: ________ Boy’s name: _____________ Age: ________ Writing ( ) ( ) ( )

Hi! My name is James Johnson but my friends call me Jimmy. I’m 40 years old and I’m a manager in New York. I work for a big company and I sometimes travel to other cities. I’m married to a Brazilian girl named Elisa. She’s a teacher, and we have 2 kids. This is my family. These are my two kids. Their names are Louisa and Victor. Louisa is 12 and Victor is 9. Nice to meet you!

1) Now, write your own profile:

Resumo

Hoje você viu como são dadas informações pessoais e também aprendeu a descrever objetos através do uso de artigos, adjetivos de posse, pronomes demonstrativos e aprendeu o gênero de alguns substantivos em inglês. Uma vez que você viu como se apresentar em inglês, faça um teste! Converse com alguém que sabe inglês e coloque em prática os diálogos da nossa aula. Vale a pena tentar! É importante que no seu tempo livre você se mantenha em contato com a língua inglesa e faça exercícios relativos à matéria. Se sentir dificuldade, peça ao seu tutor sugestões de atividades extras, pois é praticando que se aprende! Think about it!

Bye, bye!!! Ana Célia Lima Viviany Gomes Pontes

Meninas, o que vocês acham de fazer um glossário ao final de cada aula com as palavras novas, principalmente aquelas que entram nos comandos dos exercícios? Por exemplo: below, match, own, profile, etc. (Em ordem alfabética, é claro.)

REFERÊNCIA National Grid For Learning. The alphabet. Online. Disponível em: http://www.ngflcymru.org.uk/vtc/ngfl/ngfl-flash/alphabet-eng/alphabet.htm. Acesso em: 12 set. 2010.

Unidade 2 – Estruturas Morfo-léxico-sintáticas English Basic Level

• 5th Lesson

Activities & Hobbies

Aim Aprender como dar pequenas informações sobre hábitos, atividades e hobbies, utilizando expressões e verbos em contextos do cotidiano.

Introduction Hi! How are you? Hoje vamos falar sobre você, seus costumes, hábitos... O que você faz no seu dia a dia? Onde trabalha? Onde mora? O que faz em seu tempo livre? Esses são os tópicos sobre os quais aprenderemos bastante nesta aula! Let’s go! Reading

Meu prezado aluno, tente ler o texto seguinte, ainda que você sinta dificuldades para fazê-lo. É muito importante que você tente. Você ficará surpreso com o que vai descobrir a respeito de você mesmo! Assim espero ...!

Women and Children in Poverty - Global Conventions On The Rights Of Women And Children, Progress Toward International Goals, The Feminization Of Poverty
“Women are poorer than men because they are often denied equal rights and opportunities, lack
(5) access to assets, and do not have the same entitlements as men. They also carry the burden of

reproductive and care work and represent the majority of unpaid labour.” —United Nations Development Program, Gender and Poverty Reduction “The quality of a child's life depends on decisions made every day in households, communities and in the halls of government…. As children go, so go nations. It's that simple.” —UNICEF Executive Director Carol Bellamy. (10) Virtually all groups that study poverty—from international organizations like the United Nations and the World Bank to small local charities—agree that the most effective way to reduce it is to improve the social, economic, and political situation of women and, by extension, children. Women's levels of health, education and security reflect those of their families. When a mother suffers the effects of poverty, future generations of her family do as well, creating a cycle of impoverishment from which (15) it is very difficult to escape.
Fonte: Library Index Website, 2010.

E então, leu tudo? Está surpreso com a quantidade de palavras que você achava que não conhecia, mas que conseguiu reconhecer muito bem? Agora vamos analisar o que você entendeu. • Ao se deparar com textos como este, você descobrirá que várias palavras são parecidas com palavras em português. Ex.: information. Essas palavras são chamadas de cognatos. Identifique também números e nomes próprios, eles ajudam na compreensão do texto. 1) Underline the cognate words in the text above. (Sublinhe as palavras cognatas no texto acima) 2) Associe as palavras aos respectivos significados:
a. poverty n. (line 1) b. rights n. (line 1) c. goals n. (line 2) d. entitlements n. (line 2) e. denied v. (line 4) f. assets n. (line 5) ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ) ativo, bens, posses; ) caridades, beneficência; ) direitos; ) direitos adquiridos, benefícios; ) fardo, carga, peso; ) lares, domicílios; ) melhorar; ) negado, recusado;

g. burden n. (line 5) h. unpaid labour adj + n. (line 6)

i. j.

households n. (line 8) charities n. (line 11)

( ( ( (

) níveis; ) objetivos; ) pobreza; ) trabalho não-remunerado.

k. improve v. (line 11) l. levels n. (line 12)

Vocabulary Irregular plurals 3) No texto acima, temos alguns substantivos que têm o plural irregular (sem s no final). Complete a tabela ao lado: Singular child / men / / woman / people / / Activities e Hobbies 4) Match the pictures to the activities listed below:
a. ( b. ( c. ( d. ( e. ( f. ( g. ( h. ( i. ( j. ( k. ( l. ( m. ( n. ( o. ( p. ( q. ( r. ( s. ( ) Cook a meal ) Do a martial art ) Drink coffee ) Drive a car ) Eat fast food ) Go to the cinema ) Have a sandwich ) Listen to music ) Live in an apartment ) Meet friends ) Play chess ) Play the guitar ) Read a book ) Ride a bike ) Sleep ) Smoke ) Study languages ) Surf the Internet ) Take photos 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 10. 11. 12. 13. 6. 7. 8. 9. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

Plural /

¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨ ¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨

/

He works in the office. • Para conjugar verbos no Present Simple. she e it. acrescentamos S ao verbo. They don’t work in the office. ( 5) Use the activities listed above to make four sentences about you (positive and negative). 22. • Na forma negativa. You work in the office. 20. Negative I don’t work in the office. Ex. ( x. pessoa do singular: he. You don’t work in the office.t. 24. utilizamos os pronomes + verbos e verbos auxiliares somente para frases negativas e interrogativas (do / does / don’t / doesn’t). ( u.) I don’t smoke. • Usamos os auxiliares does e doesn’t na 3ª. 25. You don’t work in the office. • Repare que na terceira pessoa do singular. Veja abaixo a conjugação do verbo to work (trabalhar) nas formas afirmativa e negativa: Affirmative I work in the office. (-) __________________________________ (-) ___________________________________ Grammar As frases formadas acima descrevem ações no tempo presente. acrescentamos ES ao auxiliar (doesn’t) e o verbo fica na forma infinitiva. (+) __________________________________ (+) __________________________________ ( .: Brazilian people love soccer! Cats don’t like dogs. z. 26. forma afirmativa. ( w. We don’t work in the office. It works in the office. atividades rotineiras ou verdades incondicionais. He doesn’t work in the office. She doesn’t work in the office. 21. She works in the office. It doesn’t work in the office. 19. ( v. Ex. You work in the office. We work in the office. They work in the office. . ( y. ( ) Take the dog for a walk ) Talk on the phone ) Travel ) Walk ) Watch TV ) Wear glasses ) Work in an bank 23.: (+) I drive a car.

precedidos por consoante.Na forma afirmativa. Ex.: He watches TV. Ex. Z e O.: He has a new job. CH. 1) Complete the sentences with the correct form of the verbs (use os verbos que estão entre parênteses em cada frase): .: She studies Spanish. SS. X. • Tiramos o Y e acrescentamos IES a verbos terminados em Y. Observe: • Acrescentamos ES a verbos terminados em SH. Ex. porém temos exceções à regra. usamos a palavra HAS. colocamos s na maioria dos verbos. • O verbo TO HAVE na 3ª pessoa do singular é irregular.

When the phone ___________________ (ring). The shops in England ___________________ (open) at 9:00 in the morning. The children ___________________ (speak) English. Smith ___________________ (smoke) too much. h. My brothers ___________________ (play) basketball professionally. We both ___________________ (listen) to the radio in the morning. s. f. l. She ___________________ (study) every day. d. t. n. Jane is a teacher. Chris ___________________ (sing) in a band. . It ___________________ (cost) a lot to live there. Andy and John ___________________ (like) beer. b. I ___________________ (live) in a small town. o. The food in Japan is expensive. p. Jackie ___________________ (have) two children now. Our teacher ___________________ (like) music. We ___________________ (watch) TV on Sundays. r. They ___________________ (help) their parents. He always has a cigarette. His job is great because he ___________________ (meet) a lot of people. Mr. k. q. g. She ___________________ (teach) French. I ___________________ (meet) my friends on the weekend. e. She ___________________ (speak) four languages. j.a. m. He ___________________ (read) comics. i. please answer it. c.

g. Na aula de hoje. vamos ver como se usam DO e DOES para perguntas. My workmates ___________________ travel much. We ___________________ know him.: Does he drive? E da ordem QUASI (Question word [what. b.: Do you like the Beatles? Yes. You ___________________ ride your bike every weekend. Ex. h. but he ___________________ speak Italian. I have a television. She ___________________ work abroad. f. Dave speaks English. I he don't. k. She works in Brazil. l. / No. • Lembre-se da ordem para perguntas ASI (Auxiliar + Sujeito + Infinitivo). e. com o mesmo auxiliar. I ___________________ have any brothers or sisters. i.] + Auxiliar + Sujeito + Infinitivo). who. French. Ex. a. Ex. sobre o Present Simple. 2. We are new here. 1.: I work in a hotel. mas com a função de conferir uma informação. Para fazer perguntas em inglês. c. Questions with question words in the Simple Present . They ___________________ sell that brand anymore. Companies ___________________ like disorganized people. I do. • Podem também ser feitas perguntas com a negativa (DOESN’T / DON’T). Questions without question words in the Simple Present Auxiliary Subject Verb Complement Yes/No Subject Auxiliary (+ n't) Yes. I do. They___________________ eat meat. We live close to the sea. etc. They are vegetarian. Hill ___________________ live in New York. d. does. and German. Mr.: Don’t you study English? • Sempre que uma pergunta começar com um auxiliar (am / is / are / do / does). teremos uma short answer. sempre vamos precisar de verbos auxiliares. how. Do you read the news? No. he doesn't. j. where. He lives in Boston.2) Use does and doesn’t to make the sentences below negative. Yes. but we ___________________ go often. Does Peter live in a house? No. Ex.: Where do you work? Esse tipo de pergunta exige respostas específicas. I don’t. Ex. but I ___________________ watch it often.

the pupils / to wear / school uniforms -_____________________________________ e. he / to read / books -____________________________________________________ . they / to play / a game -_________________________________________________ c. a. shopping? with? She goes to the department store. Do you like your job? _________________________________ a) ______________you______________mineral water? (to drink) b) ______________your teacher______________your homework? (to check) c) ______________they______________in the old house? (to live) d) ______________your parents______________TV in the afternoon? (to watch) e) ______________your grandmother______________the phone? (to answer) 3) Arrange the words below and form questions.Question word Auxiliary Subject What Where Who do does do you Verb Complement do Answer in your free time? I play games on my computer. I live with my parents and a sister. Do you have a big family? _________________________________ c. Do you drive to work? _________________________________ b. Do you practice sports? _________________________________ e. Do you use a computer at work? _________________________________ f. your mother go you live Let’s do some exercises! 1) Answer the questions about yourself: a. you / to go / to the cinema -______________________________________________ f. she / to have / friends -__________________________________________________ g. d. you / to be / from Paris -________________________________________________ d. Do you watch TV on Sundays? _________________________________ 2) Fill in the blanks to make questions. she / to collect / stickers -________________________________________________ b.

food school sports two d. you / / = clock. have help negative teacher b. job / / = bad. mas em palavras diferentes. are bank thanks sandwich c. men / :/ = do. nem sempre que houver duas letras em sequência. Assim. man • Não há regras para a pronúncia dos sons em inglês. o som será o mesmo. 1) Circle the different word according to the vowel sound: a.Pronunciation Vowel Sounds / / = bed. cost hobby old shopping .

they do. I don’t. b.Verifique sempre a pronúncia de novas palavras no dicionário! Use um dos sites abaixo para verificar a pronúncia dessas palavras: • http://say. we go to the cinema or listen to music. she does. c. f. Where ____________________________________________ ? I live in Belo Horizonte. She cooks every day. Do women and men have equal rights? _______________________________________________________________________ b.reference. Who are the groups who study poverty? . e. Who __________________________________________ with? I live with my wife and my three children. d.expressivo. Do ______________________________________ the Internet? Yes.com/?o=100074 Speaking 1) Complete the questions according to the answers: a. I live in a house. What ______________________________________ free time? We watch TV. The capital city of Minas Gerais. Do women represent the majority of unpaid labour? _______________________________________________________________________ c. Do _______________________________________ apartment? No. They love it! Reading Comprehension 1) Read the text in the beginning of the lesson and answer the questions about it: a. Does _________________________________________ cook? Yes.com/ ou • http://dictionary.

Acesso em: 19 set._______________________________________________________________________ d. Women and Children in Poverty . Bons estudos e até nosso próximo encontro! See you next class! REFERÊNCIAS Dictionary Reference. Disponível em: http://say. Progress Toward International Goals. .html. Online. estude mais sob a orientação do seu tutor e nunca deixe de fazer os exercícios propostos. Acesso em: 15 ago. o suporte para tudo que você ainda irá aprender. Listen online.com/. Disponível em: http://www.com.com. Library Index.Global Conventions On The Rights Of Women And Children. bem como sobre atividades de lazer. Online. Say. What situations of women and children have to be improved? _______________________________________________________________________ Summary (Resumo) Vimos nesta aula como falar sobre atividades rotineiras e hobbies.com/pages/2692/Women-Children-in-Poverty.reference. Disponível em: http://dictionary. 2010. 2010. Nossas aulas sempre lhe fornecerão a base.libraryindex. The Feminization Of Poverty. 2010.expressivo. Também aprendemos os plurais irregulares de certas palavras do inglês. Além de tudo isso.com/?o=100074. Se você ainda tiver dificuldades. Acesso em: 23 out. Online. você viu um dos tempos verbais mais importantes e utilizados em inglês: o Simple Present.expressivo.

vamos estudar várias profissões. Compreender como se usa o possessive –s quando referido a pessoas da família e relações de parentesco. nossos parentes. Enjoy it! . bem como as pessoas que integram as nossas famílias. Na aula de hoje. Introduction Hello! How are things? Já falamos sobre o que você faz no seu tempo livre e sobre atividades de lazer.Unidade 2 – Estruturas Morfo-léxico-sintáticas English Basic Level • 6th Lesson Work! Aim Aprender a usar os artigos definidos e indefinidos associados a profissões. ou seja.

a ____________________ Where do you work? 1. 5. __________________________________________________ I work … hours a day. I do. __________________________________________________ I work in a school. What’s her job? Can you guess? 1) Read the interview and complete it using the questions in the box below: Do you like your job? How do you relax after work? How many hours do you work? What do you do? What don’t you like about your job? Ms. 3. ______________________________________________________________ R: I work in a big company and I select people to work for my company. to 5 p. . I like it a lot! My job is very interesting and I meet many people all day. It’s a big responsibility to hire people. ______________________________________________________________ . 8 hours a day. ______________________________________________________________ R: Yes. What do you do? R: I am a human resources manager.m. I do. 4.Speaking 1) The following sentences are answers to four questions. _____________________________ Yes. 6. ______________________________________________________________ R: I have regular work hours. Use the Present Simple to write these questions. ______________________________________________________________ R: Humm. 2. from 9 a. I like it a lot Reading 2) Look at the photo of this woman. __________________________________________________ I’m a teacher. I don’t like it because sometimes it is a bit stressful. Rachel Lee.m.

R: I listen to music in the car on my way home or I go to a bar to meet my friends or I go to the cinema to relax. 3) Complete the label under Rachel’s photo with her job.

Vocabulary

1) Do you know the name of these jobs in English? Match them.

a.

b.

c.

d.

e.

(

) architect

(

) detective

(

) footballer

(

) journalist

(

) pilot

2) Label the pictures.
1. Accountant 2. Builder 3. Businessman 4. Cashier 5. Chef 6. Dentist 7. Doctor 8. Driver (bus / taxi) 9. Electrician 10. Engineer 11. Factory worker 12. Farmer 13. Flight attendant 14. Judge 15. Lawyer 16. Maid 17. Mechanic 18. Musician 19. News presenter 20. Nurse 21. Painter 22. Photographer 23. Police officer 24. Politician 25. Receptionist 26. Salesperson 27. Tailor 28. Travel agent 29. Vet
30. Waiter

1. ______________ 2. ______________ 3. ______________ 4. ______________ 5. ______________

6. ______________ 7. ______________ 8. ______________ 9. ______________ 10. ______________

11. _____________ 12. ______________ 13. ______________ 14. ______________ 15. ______________

16. _____________ 17. ______________ 18. ______________ 19. ______________ 20. ______________

21. _____________ 22. ______________ 23. ______________ 24. ______________ 25. ______________

26. _____________ 27. ______________ 28. ______________ 29. ______________ 30. ______________

Grammar

What do you do?
I’m a doctor. I’m an electrician. I’m unemployed. I’m retired. I work for a mining company. I work in a factory. I’m in the office / taxi. I’m at work / school / home. I’m on the bus.

I’m at university.

• Sempre utilizamos os artigos para falar de nossas profissões. Ex.: I’m a teacher. He’s an engineer. Lembre-se: an é usado antes de palavras iniciadas por vogais; e a antes de palavras iniciadas por consoantes (sempre no singular). Para profissões no plural, dizemos: They’re

dentists. Portanto, não se usa artigo indefinido antes de palavras no plural, certo? Assim: She is a doctor; They’re doctors.

Pronunciation

1) Observe the vowel sounds below:
/ :/ / / / / / /

car bar __________

hours about __________

company bus __________

work university __________

2) Add the jobs to the columns above

according to the vowel sounds.

Accountant

Clerk

Farmer

Judge

Where’s the stress? Find and underline the stressed syllable of the words below. a dictionary if necessary.

Check with

Accountant Architect Detective Economist Employee Engineer

Interesting Journalist Manager Mechanic Photographer Politician

Programmer Receptionist Responsibility Secretary Spokesperson University

Use o website http://dictionary.reference.com/?o=100074 ou o http://say.expressivo.com/ para conferir a pronúncia das palavras dos exercícios acima.

Speaking & Writing

1) Underline the expression that is correct about your job.

I work …

a. inside b. outside c. in an office d. at home

e. in a factory f. in a hospital g. in a company

I work in the … a. morning b. afternoon c. evening

I work with … a. my hands b. a computer c. other people

I… a. have special qualifications b. speak languages c. get a lot of money d. drive e. write letters or e-mails f. wear a uniform

2) Now it’s your turn talk about your job! Write seven sentences about it! • • • • • • • _____________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________

3) What’s your mother’s job? Is she a housewife? And what’s your father’s job? Write a sentence to answer these questions.

_________________________________________________________________________________

Vocabulary • That is my parents’ house. • It’s Sally’s family.

• She’s Bill Clinton’s daughter. 1) Match the pictures to the sentences above.

2) What’s the relationship between Bill e Chelsea Clinton?

________________________________________________________________________

3) Observe the family tree below:

Grandfather

Grandmother

Grandfather

Grandmother

Uncle

Aunt

Brother

Me

Sister

Cousin
[m1] Comentário: Colocar a fonte.

Fonte: Website englishexercises.org 2010

4) Look at the family tree and complete the sentences about the Simpsons family with words from the box.

aunt - brother - daughters father grandparents - husband - mother - nephew niece - parents - sisters - son - uncle - wife

a. Homer and Marge Simpson are _____________ and _____________, respectively. They are Bart, Lisa and Maggie’s _____________, or _____________ and _____________. b. Bart is Homer and Marge’s _____________. Lisa and Maggie are their _____________. c. Bart is Lisa and Maggie’s _____________. Lisa and Maggie are Bart’s _____________ d. Ling is Patty’s _____________. Bart is Selma’s _____________. e. Herb is Bart’s _____________. Patty is Maggie’s _____________. f. Abraham, Mona, Clancy and Jackie are the children’s _____________. • Em inglês, sogro, sogra, cunhado e cunhada, são, respectivamente: father-in-law, mother-inlaw, brother-in-law e sister-in-law.

5) Who are they? Look at the Simpsons family tree and write the answers. Remember to use ‘s.

a. Mona = She’s _______________________ b. Clancy = He’s _______________________ c. Herb = He’s _________________________ d. Selma = She’s _______________________

Ex: The books of John and Mary-> John’s and Mary’s books. Peter’s dog. usa-se apóstrofo (‘) e pode-se usar o s ou não. E lemos da direita para a esquerda: Carro de Mary. Ex: The mountain top. -> John and Mary’s book. Grammar Por acaso você já viu um tal João’s bar? E o dono do bar era um certo senhor João. Include the names of people and their jobs. usa-se apóstrofo (‘) apenas no último dos possuidores. Quando o possuidor não for nem uma pessoa. draw your family tree in your notebook. My mother’s sister is my aunt.6) Now. . Ex: The Book of John -> John’s book. -> Cris’ book ou Cris’s book. mas significa “pais”). Quando o possuidor for um nome próprio terminado em s. • Para palavras que terminam em plural com s. Ex. ou seja. dono do bar. acrescentamos somente a apóstrofe e pronunciamos o –s ao falar.: the end of the film. • Quando houver dois ou mais possuidores e apenas uma coisa a ser possuída. exemplo friends’. usa-se apóstrofo nos dois possuidores. não the film’s end.: My friends’ house. Para outras posses podemos dizer. Ex. nem um animal. não se usa ‘s. Ex: The book of Cris. o Genetive Case é formado pela adição do apóstrofo (‘) e s ao substantivo. Ex: The book of John and Mary. correto? Em inglês. Cachorro de Peter. • Usamos esta forma possessiva apenas para pessoas e animais. usa-se of. Se houver dois possuidores e mais de uma coisa a ser possuída. por exemplo: Mary’s car. • Preste bastante atenção nas frases que possuem ‘s. o João. Ex. Ou pode-se colocar o possuidor antes do possuído. pois esse símbolo pode significar posse (Ben's computer) ou o verbo to Be na 3ª pessoa (Ben's British=Ben é britânico). Ex: The top of mountain. • Usamos também a apóstrofe para falar de nossos relatives (parentes em português) e de nossos parents (falso cognato que parece significar parente. no qual ‘s é acrescentada ao nome do dono do objeto de posse. Não utilizamos ‘s como posse para coisas.

He's an engineer. Esse novo vocabulário acrescido da matéria sobre o Genitive Case pode ajudar você a se comunicar em diversas situações.Steve) f) ___________________ shoes are on the first floor. her husband and her children. Her daughter's name is Sarah. (men) g) My___________________ car is not expensive. Sarah's boyfriend is an accountant. assuntos importantes até mesmo para uma entrevista de emprego. (John) e) ___________________ and___________________ bags have green stickers. a) This is ___________________ book. 2) Write apostrophe 's into the gaps. (girl) j) These are the___________________ pencils. Her husband's name is Frank. (children) d) ___________________ sister is twenty years old. (Louis) i) This is the___________________ bike. Lembre-se sempre: só o aprendizado das aulas não é suficiente para que você aprenda e fale inglês efetivamente. (parents) h) ___________________ CD player is new. esteja em contato com esse idioma para que a atividade de escutar se torne uma constante. (Gabriel) b) Let's go to the___________________. Example: I met _______ sister yesterday. (Susan . Pratique. Primeiro a gente ouve. His name is Jeremy.1) Can you see what is the use of ‘s in the text below? Write V for verb to be and G for genitive case. She's 19 and she's a student. This is a photo of Anna. (teachers) Summary Hoje foi dia de falar sobre trabalho e família. (Johnsons) c) The___________________ room is here. depois . (Mandy) Answer: I met Mandy's sister yesterday.

Acesso em: 15 ago.org/makeagame/my_documents/my_pictures/2008/sep/DBZ_Simpsons _Family_Tree_by_Marruche_web. Vá ao cinema no fim de semana. Acesso em: 15 ago. English Exercises. The Simpsons Family Tree. Esse é seu homework de hoje! Have fun!!! Ana Célia Lima REFERÊNCIAS Dictionary Reference.reference. Acesso em: 23 out.com.com.englishexercises.expressivo. Disponível em: http://say. routine! . Online. Listen online. 2010. 2010. 2010. Unidade 2 – Estruturas Morfo-léxico-sintáticas English Basic Level • 7th Lesson Routine. Say. Disponível em: http://dictionary. Online.com/?o=100074.com/.expressivo.aprende e por último produz. Disponível em: http://www. assista a um filme ou preste atenção a uma música para treinar seus ouvidos.jpg.

2) Now. Usar adjetivos nas frases. John: . Vamos abordar também pronúncia e vocabulário aprendendo novas expressões. verificando a pronúncia dos sons das vogais.Aim Aprender a falar sobre atividades cotidianas. John: . I agree. C. John: . além do Present Simple Tense para atividades rotineiras. find the opposite of the adjectives of the previous exercise in the box below: . John: . He’s very talented. coisas etc.What do you think of Madonna? Mary: .Yes.I think he’s a great businessman but he’s a strange person. sometimes.I think she’s terrible! John: . (Lembrese de que os adjetivos são as palavras que qualificam pessoas.What do you think of Steve Jobs? Bob: . but I like him anyway.What do you think of Mick Jagger? Louis: . dear student! Is everything ok? Em mais uma etapa em prol do seu desenvolvimento em inglês. Compreender as horas em inglês. Let’s talk about your routine! Speaking 1) Read the conversations and underline seven adjectives in the sentences below. B. além de novas expressões.He’s not so young and he gets dressed like a teenager.) A.I think she’s quite pretty and a very good singer. Introduction Hello. vamos aprender a qualificar pessoas e objetos e a falar as horas.

normal old .amazing . black blue brown green gray orange pink red yellow losangle square circle triangle rectangle 2) See the list of opposites below and make 10 expressions using adjectives + nouns: Big Small Dirty Clean Empty Full Cheap Expensive Dry Wet Fast Slow U$ 45.awful .00 Dangerous Easy Difficult Fat Thin .000.untalented Vocabulary 1) Match the colors and shapes below.00 Safe U$1.ugly . like the exemplo.bad .

2) Now. • os adjetivos em inglês também diferem do português por anteceder o substantivo. make comments about the pictures using very (muito). Diferente do português é importante observar que: • os adjetivos em inglês não têm plural. Veja os exemplos acima em português: novas empresas / computadores pretos. portanto.: new companies / black computers. Use the adjectives in the box. ____________________________ 2. Em inglês vêm sempre antes deles. que. ____________________________ 7. ____________________________ 9. Observe. ____________________________ 6. em português. Ex. ____________________________ 4. ____________________________ 8. ____________________________ 10.High Low Long Short Rich Poor New Light Dark Old Tall & Short 1. ____________________________ 5. ____________________________ Grammar Os adjetivos têm a função de dar qualidade aos nomes – em inglês nouns – ou seja. 1) Check the expressions from the previous exercise. ____________________________ 3. os substantivos. os adjetivos podem vir tanto antes quanto depois dos nomes. a ordem é inversa. fair cheap beautiful punctual expensive busy unfair ugly . quite (bastante) and not very (não muito). ou seja.

a) b) c) d) e) f) g) h) i) j) 2) Now.00. d It’s big but a poor continent. b He’s always late.a It costs $1. match the pictures to the routines below . c This is ugly Betty.200. a)___________________________________________________________________________ b) __________________________________________________________________________ c) __________________________________________________________________________ d) __________________________________________________________________________ Vocabulary ROUTINE 1) Observe the pictures. ( ) have dinner ( ) have breakfast ( ) have lunch ( ) take a shower ( ) wake up ( ) go to work ( ) go to bed ( ) go to the gym ( ) come back home ( ) watch TV .

I work in a music store in Brooklyn. Você notou que. We love watching soap operas. Sally wakes up at six in the morning. at nine. She works in a music store and the store closes at five. I work all morning and then I _____________________ at midday – a sandwich in a café. and I ____________________. Pois é. I __________________and get in my pijamas and ________________with my family. I love it! The store opens at eight. In the evening I __________________ to make some exercises. cornflakes. quando a Sally relatava sua rotina. um dos usos mais comuns do Simple Present é para falar de atos e atividades rotineiras ou que se repetem em um determinado espaço de tempo.a cup of coffee. She watches TV with her family at night. First. Observe os quadros abaixo: I You We They wake up He She It wakes up . She wakes up at six. At about seven o’clock I _________________ by bus.3) Complete Sally’s routine with the expressions above . and toast. On weekdays. The store closes at five o’clock. At eleven o’clock I __________________ and I have sweet dreams. I ______________________ at about six o’clock. os verbos eram diferentes? I wake up at six. I __________________ . a banana. Grammar 1) Read the sentences about the text. I really worry about my health! When I get home.

I don’t. a) Do you go to the gym? b) Does she wake up late? c) Do you go to work by bus? d) _______ your mother watch TV? e) _______ you worry about your health? f) _______ she love her job? Yes. Yes. Yes. we use do or does + not. No. a) I work/ don’t work ten hours a day. _________._________._________. Yes. we also use do or does._________. e) My secretary uses/ doesn’t use the computer a lot. No. Follow the example: Example: you/ speak Spanish? Do you speak Spanish? _No. Yes.________.To make the negative. b) My co-workers go/ don’t go to the gym. she does. c) My boss travels/ doesn’t travel a lot. he doesn’t. _________. I do. Yes. No. I don’t. d) I drive/ don’t drive to work. No. I You We They don’t (do not) wake up He She It doesn’t (does not) wake up To make the interrogative. 3) Underline the affirmative or negative form to make true sentences. I you Do we They wake up at 6? Does he she it wake up at 7? 2) Complete the questions and answers. No.___________________________________________________________ . No. _________. 4) Unscramble the words to make questions and answer them. _________.

usf.edu/./33054/clock-03-00_33054.htm etc.htm Do you know how to answer to the question “what time is it?” 2) So. Clock 1: It’s_______________________________________________________________ Clock 2: _________________________________________________________________ Clock 3: _________________________________________________________________ Speaking & Pronunciation 1) Try to say the time: a) 8:15 b)9:30 c) 10:45 d)11:00 .usf../33354/clock-08-00_33354.edu/.htm etc../33534/clock-11-00_33534. tell the time in the three clocks above.usf..edu/.a) travel/ Denise/ a lot __________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________ b) you and Mike/ a lot of/ jobs / have _____________________________ ______________________________________________________________________ c) your company/ a website/ have ___________________________ ______________________________________________________________________ Vocabulary TELLING THE TIME 1) Look at the clocks: Canada (morning) Brazil(morning) London (afternoon) etc....

northumberland. temos: American pronunciation 8:15.It’s eleven o’clock. 10:45. temos na língua falada na América do Norte e na Inglaterra.It’s five after eight.uk/. 11:00-It’s eleven o’clock..It’s a quarter to eleven.It’s a quarter to eleven. 10:50-It’s ten to eleven.M.M. em 9:30 passou metade da hora. Observe the other examples: 8:05.It’s five past eight.gov. 9:30. quando se passa da metade da hora. Você concorda que em 8:15 passou-se 1/4 de hora. em 10:45 falta um quarto para a próxima hora? Assim. 9:20.It’s a quarter after eight. dizemos que faltam x minutos para a próxima hora. Além do A.It’s twenty past nine. e do P. 8:05. – anti-meridien e post-meridien – temos outras maneiras de dizer 12:00 (twelve o’clock): midday (in the afternoon) e midnight (in the morning).It’s a quarter past eight. 10:45. British pronunciation 8:15.htm Temos quatro quartos na figura acima.It’s half past nine./piechartstut2.It’s five to twelve. Em inglês. 9:20.It’s twenty to ten 11:55. o seguinte: 8:35.It’s nine thirty.It’s twenty after nine. 2) Practice: A ________________ B __________________ C __________________ D __________________ .. 11:00. 9:40.It’s twenty-five to nine. 9:30. Assim.ngfl.

E _______________ F __________________ G __________________ H ___________________ Writing 1) Now. that you know how to tell the time. to use adjective and routine verbs. de forma que essa língua o ajude a ser bem sucedido em sua carreira. tópicos que podem ser importantes para uma entrevista de emprego ou para elogiar um colega de trabalho e para comunicar-se efetivamente em inglês em diversos contextos. pois este é o nosso objetivo: fazer com que você aprenda inglês. write a small composition about your own daily routine (include times of the day if possible). Não se esqueça de pedir ao seu tutor dicas de atividades. _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ Summary Vimos na aula de hoje como dar qualidade aos nomes (substantivos) e falar de nossos hábitos e atividades diárias. peça também que ele esclareça todas as suas dúvidas! . Espero que você esteja gostando e aprendendo com as aulas.

Say.com. Acesso em: 15 ago. Online.com/. Listen online.com/?o=100074. Unidade 2 – Estruturas Morfo-léxico-sintáticas English Basic Level • 8th Lesson I have a meeting every Monday morning! .expressivo. Online. Acesso em: 23 out.expressivo. 2010.reference. Disponível em: http://dictionary.Bye bye! Ana Célia Lima Viviany Gomes Pontes REFERÊNCIAS Dictionary Reference. Disponível em: http://say. 2010.com.

but she usually goes horseback riding on Sundays. She usually goes to the gym if it's raining outside. She gets up early to go to work.Aim Aprender como falar sobre atividades cotidianas e a frequência com que elas acontecem através do uso de advérbios. She seldom watches TV because she likes doing things outside. preposições e expressões de tempo. About. She doesn't often have time to ski. preposições e expressões de tempo com a finalidade de dar mais detalhes sobre os nossos horários ou Schedule. Mary often rides a horse at a stable near her home. a. so she rarely goes to concerts in the city. She doesn't have much extra money. Let’s start! Reading & Reading Comprehension Mary's hobbies and interests By Kenneth Beare. She loves music. She usually gets up early. She always goes to choir practice on Wednesday evenings and sings in church on Sundays.com Guide Mary has a lot of hobbies and interests. but she occasionally goes on Saturdays during the winter. She occasionally does something alone. Introduction Hi!!! How are things? Hoje vamos utilizar em nossa aula advérbios.com Website 1) Answer the questions below about the text “Mary’s hobbies and Interests”. She sometimes goes after work. She's a happy woman! Fonte: About. Temos também vocabulário e pronúncia para que você pratique mais essas novas estruturas. She gets up early to have breakfast. . She isn't often alone because she has a lot of friends. Why does she usually get up early? She gets up early to run before work. but she usually does her activities with one of her friends. so she can run before work.

How often does she watch TV? She usually watches TV every night. She occasionally does something alone. She calls friends. She never rides a horse. Does she ride a horse? She rides a horse every day. How often does she ski? She often skis. She usually goes horseback riding on Saturdays. She goes to the gym. She rarely skis in winter. d. . Grammar 100% Always _________________ _________________ Sometimes _________________ Hardly Ever / Seldom / Rarely 1) Complete the chart with the words in the box below: NEVER OCCASIONALLY OFTEN USUALLY 0% _________________ As palavras acima são advérbios de frequência. She is usually alone. How often does she do something alone? She never does something alone. He usually eats breakfast at this time. She isn't often alone. How often does she go to concerts? Every Sunday Rarely Never g. She usually goes horseback riding on Sundays. They are seldom home when we call. e. What kind of music does she like doing? Playing the violin Singing Playing the piano f. h. She often rides a horse. She seldom watches TV. She occasionally skis in winter. She never watches TV. How often is she alone? She is often alone. What does she usually do if it's raining? She goes outside. i. c. When doe she usually go horseback riding? She usually goes horseback riding after work. She always does something alone.b. j. Observe as frases seguintes: I always come to work on time.

Mary watches TV.. (always) b. doesn't always She take a taxi. 3) Put the adverbs of frequency in the brackets ( ) in the correct places. Sally to sometimes gym goes the. _________________________________________________ h. is Paul never late.. (usually) She drives alone. hardly ever e never usamos sempre verbos na forma afirmativa. __________________________________________________ e.You always get up at 7. Com os advérbios seldom. ________________________________________________ d. .?) e eles são utilizados antes dos verbos principais – a única exceção é com o verbo To Be (veja o segundo exemplo acima). Dad cook sometimes dinner. Peter doesn't get up before seven.A função desses advérbios muitas vezes é responder à pergunta “How often. They do not play tennis on Sundays. Carlos is an excellent student. _____________________________________________________ c. He goes to class.. (usually) d. 2) Underline all the adverbs of frequency in the text about Mary.00. a. My sister drives to work with a friend. you do often study English? _________________________________________________ Vocabulary 1) Complete the time expressions below: sixty seconds = a m__ __ __ __ __ sixty minutes = an h__ __ __ .. (never) c. The weather is bad in November. a.?” (com qual frequência. _____________________________________________ g.00 at. Example: get always up you 7. often listens music Tom to. It rains in California. rarely. (never) g. ______________________________________________ b. happy always Shane is. (always) 4) Unscramble these sentences (Reorganize as frases seguintes). __________________________________________________________ f. (hardly ever) f. (always) e. sometimes at We restaurant a eat.

How often do you eat in a restaurant? ____________________________________________ How often are you late for work? ________________________________________________ How often do you have meetings? _______________________________________________ How often do you carry a briefcase? _____________________________________________ How often do you travel on business? ____________________________________________ How often do you visit your clients? _____________________________________________ How often do you work late? ___________________________________________________ How often do you work at weekends? ____________________________________________ ¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨ The Date 1) Match the pictures to the words below: _____ the autumn / fall _____ Christmas _____ Easter _____ New Year _____ spring _____ summer _____ winter .twenty-four hours = a d __ __ seven days = a w__ __ __ four weeks = a m__ __ __ __ twelve months = a y__ __ __ 2) Observe the dialogue: A: Do you always carry a briefcase? B: (Yes. d.) I usually do. c. g. f. I rarely do. /No. not before main verbs. h. b. / No. • Other frequency adverbs and expressions are: Every day/week/month/year Once a day/week/month/year Twice a day/week/month/year Three times a day/week/month/year Four times a day/week/month/year • These expressions are used at the beginning and end of sentences. 3) Answer the questions about yourself using the time expressions above: a. e. I usually don’t. / No. I hardly ever do.

a. __ct__b__r k. Complete with words and numbers. J__n__ g. 4. 2) Complete the months of the year with vowels. M__y f. N__v__mb__r l. S__pt__mb__r j. Remember to use CAPITAL LETTERS in the beginning. 2. __ __g__st i. M__rch d.1. __pr__l e. 6. F__br__ __ry c. 1st = first 2nd = ______________ ___ = third ___ = fourth 5 = ______________ 6th = ______________ ___ = seventh ___ = eighth ___ = ninth 10th = ______________ 11 = ______________ th th ___ = twelfth 13th = ______________ 14th = ______________ ___ = fifteenth ___ = sixteenth ___ = seventeenth 18th = ______________ ___ = nineteenth ___ = twentieth ___ = twenty-first 22nd = ______________ 23rd = ______________ 24th = ______________ ___ = twenty-fifth ___ = twenty-sixth 27th = ______________ 28th = ______________ ___ = twenty-ninth 30th = ______________ 31st = ______________ • Most of the ordinal numbers are formed by number + th and they are used to say the dates. 5. J__l__ h. D__c__mb__r 3) Ordinal numbers. J__n__ __ry b. 7. 3. What’s the date today? Today is 24/10 = the twenty-fourth of October OR October the .

What do you normally do _____ Friday nights? i. Do you always dream _____ night? h.in the 1970s . Let's meet _____ six o'clock.in the winter . b. seasons and years): in April . 2005… ON Monday Friday afternoon the twenty-second of April February the 28 my birthday New Years Day th AT two o’ clock midday. IN the morning the afternoon the evening December.twenty-fourth. We often get up early ______ the morning. midnight lunchtime. My brother's birthday is _____ the 5th of November. IN and ON. the spring… 1888. months. say at night. Também é possível dizer o mês antes do dia.in the 19th century . 2) Take a look at the chart below and check your answers. c. Qual é a data de hoje? Hoje são 24/10 = vinte e quatro de outubro. January… the summer. d. (A maioria dos números ordinais é formada pelo número + th e eles são usados para dizer as datas. dinnertime night the weekend Christmas. Ex. New Years We use: IN for long periods of time (parts of the day.in 1986 . We usually go to the movies _____ the evening. . 1994. Grammar 1) Complete the sentences with the prepositions of time AT. e. a. I love to go shopping _____Christmas time.: 10/24). In English it’s also possible to say the month before the day 10/24. f. My birthday is _____ May. Observe que em inglês existem os dois sistemas exemplificados acima. Easter. What do you do _____ the afternoon? g.in the morning(s) / in the afternoon(s) / in the evening(s) (but don’t say in the night.

Michael has lunch with his clients this Friday ______ noon. e. ______ December 31st many people drink champagne.at midnight . they celebrate the Independence Day ______ July 4th. Esse som tem duas formas de pronúncia. We meet at the coffee shop ______ 9:30 ______ the morning every Thursday. b. AT for times: at 5 o’clock .at the moment .at lunchtime. a. on the 20th of June. Shops in Brazil are usually open ______ lunchtime.at the same time . on Wednesday(s) .ON for specific periods of time (days of the week and dates): on March 12th. Todas as vezes em que tivermos essas duas letras juntas em uma palavra. Pronunciation Em inglês temos alguns sons bem diferentes do português e vamos abordá-los em nossa aula. It snows here every year ______ December.at 11. It's tradition to kiss the one you love ______ midnight. In the USA. por exemplo. em they (voiced – com vibração das cordas vocais).on Saturday night(s) . ouça e repita as palavras: .at weekends . Esse som é produzido com a língua entre os dentes. por exemplo. Traditionally.on Christmas Day (but at Christmas). g. Jane’s flight arrives ______ January 26th ______ 2 o'clock ______ the afternoon.on Tuesday morning(s) . c.at Christmas . temos a pronúncia de um dos dois sons citados acima.45 . representados pelos símbolos fonéticos / / (unvoiced – sem vibração das cordas vocais) como na palavra third e / / que ocorre. f. d. British people drink tea ______ 5:00 PM. In Spain people often have a siesta ______ the afternoon. É o som do TH de quando dizemos “thank you”.on Sunday afternoon(s) . h. 1) Copie e cole os links em seu navegador. obrigatoriamente. i.at the age of… 3) Time to practice! Choose the correct prepositions to complete the gaps in the sentences. j. We always go outside and play in the snow ______ Christmas day. The hills in Italy are covered with flowers ______ the spring. And we also use it with time expressions like: at night .

___ birthday. October k.com/eric/The_twentieth_of_January.Thursday the thirteenth. April e. listen and repeat the sentences below: a.expressivo.com/eric/The_fifteenth_of_March.com/eric/Thursday_the_thirteenth) b._____ their. August i./ / Thursday thirteenth birthday think thanks http://say.The twelfth of June. / / this the other their with mother http://say._nineteen_ninety-nine) e.expressivo. Thu. 3/15/1999 – The fifteenth of March._two_thousand_and_eight) 3) Where’s the stress in the months of the year? Underline the stressed syllable. February c. December . March d.expressivo. November l. two thousand and eight (http://say.com/eric/Thursday._____ mother. (http://say. January b.____ think.___ thirteenth. 10/23 . July h._____ with. 6/12 . May f. June g.The twenty-third of October.com/eric/The_twentythird_of_October) d.com/eric/The_twelfth_of_June) c.expressivo. 2) Now._____ other. (http://say._____ thanks. the.expressivo.expressivo. 13 . a. (http://say. September j. 1/20/2008 – The twentieth of January.com/eric/this.expressivo. nineteen ninety-nine (http://say.

4) Which 5 months are NOT stressed on the first syllable? Speaking 1) Answer the questions and remember to use the time expressions: When do you usually…? Study ___________________________________ Work ___________________________________ See all your family ________________________ Listen to the radio _________________________ Do housework ____________________________ Go to the beach ___________________________ Go shopping _____________________________ Go on vacation ___________________________ Watch TV _______________________________ Relax ___________________________________ What time do you normally? Start work _______________________________ Finish work ______________________________ Get up __________________________________ Have lunch ______________________________ Have dinner ______________________________ Go to work ______________________________ Go to school _____________________________ Go to bed _______________________________ Have breakfast ___________________________ Wake up ________________________________ .

Online. _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ Summary Hoje.expressivo. Listen online. 2010.com/od/beginnerreadingskills/a/adverbs_of_frequency_reading.com/. Bons estudos e até a próxima! See you soon! Ana Célia Lima REFERÊNCIAS Beare. Você consegue perceber que aos poucos seu vocabulário está crescendo? Pratique esse novo vocabulário. Anote as palavras novas e as que são mais úteis em seu campo de trabalho. Online.about.htm. About. . season and public holiday. nesta aula. month. Tudo isso será de grande auxilio na hora de falar inglês. estudamos as expressões de tempo e vocabulário para falarmos de nossas atividades e da frequência com que elas ocorrem. Say. Acesso em: 23 out. Disponível em: http://say. Kenneth. Use dates and time expressions.Writing 1) Write a text about your favorite time of day. Mary’s Hobbies and Interests.expressivo. 2010. Acesso em: 23 out. Também estudamos as preposições de tempo in .com Website. Disponível em: http://esl. day of the week. Todas essas palavras e expressões são relevantes. at e on.com.

preferências e falar do que você gosta e do que não gosta. Além disso.Unidade 2 – Estruturas Morfo-léxico-sintáticas English Basic Level • 9th Lesson Yes. I can! Aim Entender e usar estruturas próprias de falas sobre as suas habilidades bem como sobres suas preferências e gostos. vamos ver também estruturas usadas para você expressar suas opiniões. Introduction Good morning! Good afternoon! Good evening! How are you? Hoje em nossa aula vamos aprender a usar expressões e verbos para falar de algo muito importante para você ser bem sucedido: suas habilidades. Let’s get it started! .

I can. Vocabulary 1) Label the pictures below with the underlined expressions from the dialogues above.I can draw.Excellent! 6) Practice the dialogues.I can play chess and I can write computer programs.No.expressivo. that's all. .Well. c. I can cook delicious fish and chicken. b. How about you? .Yes. . Copy and paste the dialogues at the website http://say. I can't. . that's great. can you cook? . I can make toast and pasta.Speaking 5) Read the dialogues. a little. I can also speak English and Korean. a.com.Everyone can make toast! .Wow. . I can also speak Spanish. and I can paint really well too. Then.Can you play the piano? .So what can you do? .Yes. How about you? . . but I can play the guitar.Can you cook? . __________________ __________________ __________________ __________________ __________________ __________________ __________________ __________________ 2) Which of these activities CAN you do? ________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________ . listen and repeat the dialogues. .Not really.

it can. • Can é um verbo auxiliar modal do inglês que. they. You can plan a meeting. I can. we can’t. he can’t. (possibilidade) Can you open the window. Ex. He can plan a meeting. It can’t plan a meeting. I can’t. You can’t plan a meeting. She can’t plan a meeting. Veja a conjugação de can nas formas afirmativa. it can’t.: I can write a text but I can’t type (digitar) it. No.. Ex. you can. No.). No. Yes. We can’t plan a meeting. we. observe the short answers: Yes.: I can help you tomorrow. Interrogative Can I plan a meeting? Can you plan a meeting? Can he plan a meeting? Can she plan a meeting? Can it plan a meeting? Can we plan a meeting? Can you plan a meeting? Can they plan a meeting? • Now. No. you can’t. Ex. We can plan a meeting. It can plan a meeting. please? Can you tell me the time? (pedido) • Os verbos modais não mudam de acordo com as pessoas (I. Negative I can’t plan a meeting. Yes. he. you can. he can. Yes. they can’t. You can plan a meeting. they can. Yes. além de utilizarmos para falar de habilidades.Grammar • Usamos Can e Can’t para falar de coisas que conseguimos fazer ou que temos habilidade para fazer. They can plan a meeting. Can you drive? Observe que não dizemos I can to drive. She can plan a meeting. No. • Can e Can’t têm também outras funções: a de expressar possibilidade ou de fazer pedidos. she can. No. I can drive. negativa e interrogativa. Yes. Yes. They can’t plan a meeting. we can.. abaixo: Affirmative I can plan a meeting. . usamos também para formar frases negativas e fazer perguntas. No. You can’t plan a meeting. she can’t. Yes. He can’t plan a meeting. e sim. you can’t. No.: I can’t drive.

1) Make 4 negative sentences with the verb can according to the pictures below using the expressions in the box: PARK IN THIS STREET. f. a. d. She can’t _______________ Italian. SMOKE HERE. You ____________________________________________ 2) Choose the correct word to complete the sentences. He_______________cook really well. 2. Jim makes great food. she _______________ . Where? I_______________ see him. b. 3. USE CELL PHONES IN THE CINEMA. j. l. g. I_______________ go out tonight. _______________ I park my car here? k. 1. but not basketball. TAKE PHOTOS IN A MUSEUM. i. ( ) can ( ) can’t . _______________ I see the doctor tomorrow? e. 4. It's no parking. You ____________________________________________ 2. _______________ he play chess? c. _______________ you help me with my homework? ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ) speak ) Do ) don’t ) Can ) can’t ) can’t ) to go ) can’t ) can ) Can ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ) to speak ) Can ) can’t ) Does ) can ) can ) go ) don’t ) don’t ) Do ) can’t ) Does ) doesn’t ( ) Can ( m. I_______________ play football. Can you_______________ to the cinema tonight? h. I _______________ . You_______________ park here. You ____________________________________________ 4. Can you help me? Sorry. 1. Can she swim? Yes. You ____________________________________________ 3. I'm busy.

adjetivos ou preposições com significados específicos de acordo com um determinado contexto. Da mesma forma que nas frases afirmativas e negativas com o verbo TO BE.Pronunciation “CAN e CAN'T: A DIFERENÇA ESTÁ NO RITMO DA FRASE É notória e persistente a dificuldade que estudantes brasileiros de ESL têm em distinguir as formas afirmativa e negativa do verbo CAN. tornando-se um simples apêndice atônico do verbo (ao contrário do que ocorre em português com o verbo poder ou conseguir). O segredo é que a diferença está mais no ritmo da frase do que na pronúncia do / t /. o CAN'T sobressai em relação ao resto da frase”. o verbo CAN quase desaparece quando pronunciado numa frase afirmativa. Como vimos acima. Na sua forma negativa. Vamos aprender algumas delas? Buy (a newspaper / a ticket) Call / phone (a company) Dance (ballet / the tango) Find (some money) Give (someone a discount) Hear (a noise) Help (someone) Look for (your car keys) Meet (a friend / a client) Ride (a bike / a horse) See (a film) Sing (a song) Swim (everyday) Take (your umbrella) Talk (to someone) Tell (a secret) Travel (by bus / by plane) Turn on / off (the computer) . Exemplo: Escute aqui a frase acima. só colocamos stress no verbo can em perguntas começadas com “can” e em respostas curtas afirmativas. ao passo que can’t é sempre pronunciado com stress. Vocabulary Verb phrases Verb phrases ou expressões verbais são expressões nas quais temos verbos + substantivos. Fonte: English Made in Brazil (Online).

utilizamos o verbo no gerúndio. ENDO. Grammar No exemplo acima. comENDO. ___________________________________________________________________________ ☺☺ 3. Speaking Conversation What do you like doing? In my free time I like swimming. traveling. temos duas pessoas conversando sobre suas preferências. sorrINDO. Em alguns casos devemos fazer modificações nos verbos. love. SmilING. Veja os exemplos abaixo: Get = getting Drive = driving Run = running Live = living . eatING. É o caso de verbos terminados em –e e de verbos de uma só sílaba formados por consoante + vogal + consoante. Como estão conjugados os verbos após as expressões destacadas? like. INDO como em estudANDO.Wait for (a taxi / someone) Walk (home / to work) 1) Find the meaning of the verb phrases above. ___________________________________________________________________________ 2. o que forma studyING. ___________________________________________________________________________ 4. listening to music and going shopping. staying home with my family… What about you? I love going to the cinema. Em inglês. acrescentamos o sufixo ING aos verbos. ___________________________________________________________________________ Após os verbos destacados acima. don’t like e hate? 1) Reescreva-as abaixo: ☺ 1. going out with my friends. Assim como dizemos em português os sufixos ANDO. Use a dictionary or ask your tutor. but I don’t like driving in big cities and I hate waking up early on weekdays.

Swim = swimming Make = making 2) Now. write the ING form of the verbs below: Buy = Call = Cook = Dance = Draw = Find = Give = Hear = Help = Look for = Meet = Paint = Phone = Play = Read = Ride = See = Sing = Smoke = Swim = Take = Talk = Tell = Travel = Turn on / off = Wait for = Walk = Write = .

love weekend. b. c. DON’T LIKE HATES LOVE PHONING SHOPPING WRITING a. e. hates exercise. reading the newspaper going to the market. b. Mike doing likes housework. a. d. going Monday hate on ________________________________________ Writing . It's fantastic. I like dancing.3) Write about Susan’s likes and dislikes using the expressions in the box below: ☺ watching TV. f. __________________________________________________ b. _______________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________ 4) Choose the correct answer. listening to music cooking. Susan likes_______________ stories. She likes watching TV. d. I_______________ playing football. Stephen_______________ studying. c. g. e. My mum like cooking. I to work morning. We hate_______________ for clothes. like swimming don't winter. taking photos ☺☺ going shopping. the They going cinema the to at _____________________________________ f. but I_______________ singing. Carla doing ____________________________________________________ c. f. h. I the in _____________________________________________ d. but he likes reading. 5) Put the words in the correct order to form phrases. doesn't _________________________________________________ e. exercising a. I love_______________ my friends in Italy. Use the words in the box.

com. consulte dicionários e a internet. A pronúncia é fator determinante no aprendizado do inglês uma vez que as alterações mais sutis fazem grande diferença para quem ouve. seus gostos. escreva um pequeno parágrafo sobre as suas preferências no seu tempo livre e sobre o que você gosta ou não de fazer.. Unidade 2 – Estruturas Morfo-léxico-sintáticas English Basic Level . _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ Summary Na aula de hoje falamos mais de você. 2010. Diferença entre can e can’t.html. suas habilidades. Disponível em: http://say. Acesso em: 23 out. Online. Tudo isso com o propósito de desenvolver seu vocabulário com novas palavras e expressões para facilitar a sua interação com o mundo. 2010.expressivo.. peça ao seu tutor dicas de sites. Say.br/sk-can.com. Thank you very much! Ana Célia Lima REFERÊNCIAS English made in Brazil. Use os verbos like. Acesso em: 01 nov. Online.Utilizando as verb phrases que você já aprendeu até o momento.sk. A pesquisa ajuda na progressão do seu conhecimento. Listen online.com/. Em todas as aulas aprendemos pronúncia para que você fale e seja compreendido pelo interlocutor. Caso você tenha dificuldade. Disponível em: http://www.expressivo. don’t like. love e hate para expressar seus gostos. fontes inesgotáveis de informação.

Aprender a pronúncia correta dos sons de algumas vogais. deles. Let’s have some fun! Reading 1) Read the text about Cathy. About (1) me . os pronomes do inglês: object pronouns e possessive pronouns. praticando através de exercícios..• 10th Lesson This briefcase is mine! Aim Conhecer. de você. Introduction Hey! How are things? Hoje vamos falar de mim.. Tudo isso utilizando os pronomes em inglês conhecidos por nós como pronomes oblíquos (object pronouns) e os pronomes possessivos (possessive pronouns).

: See you tomorrow. Ex. I work for a big company. and I’m single. He’s 23. you. It’s a good being outside.) e os object pronouns (ou pronomes oblíquos – do objeto – me. Elas são chamadas object pronouns e têm a função de substituir substantivos em frases. and that’s (2) me in I’m 26. Ex. I’m a Scorpio. She’s beautiful.My name’s Cathy. I’m not very sporty but I like dancing.): Subject pronouns I you he she it we they Object pronouns me you him her it us them . She invites her to her house. but I don’t like (3) it. them. We live at home with our parents. but I don’t play (8) it very well. etc. the picture. He has a girlfriend. We see (7) them on weekends. but she doesn’t live with (6) us. What about (10) you? Grammar Provavelmente você não sabe como as palavras numeradas são chamadas.: She meets Alice. etc. job. but my parents don’t like (5) her. Listen to me! (após o verbo see e a preposição to). mas com certeza você entende a função delas. She’s married and she has two children. but my favorite is jazz. I have a lot of friends. We have a sister. but we’re very different. I play the saxophone. • Os object pronouns também são usados após verbos e preposições. I listen to all kinds of music. him. Compare na tabela abaixo os subject pronouns (ou pronomes do sujeito: I. you. he. Observe que na segunda frase substituímos Alice por her. I love (4) him. and I go out with (9) them every weekend. I prefer I have one brother. they.

no trecho: “She’s beautiful. Do you like _________________? b) I don’t like Justin Bieber. Assim. Do you like ______________? 2) Rewrite the sentences and substitute for object pronouns. pois. Let’s practice! 1) Complete the sentences with the object pronouns.Os object pronouns são o objeto na frase. É errado dizer My parents don’t like she. _____________________________ Speaking 1) Write 2 names in the squares below: Famous actors Famous actresses TV programmes Pop groups . Do you like _____________? d) I don’t like Maria Betânia. a) Tell Lucy she needs to finish this report today. “My parents” é o sujeito da frase e “his girlfriend” é o objeto. but my parents don’t like (5) her”. Do you like ______________? e) I don’t like Spice Girls. Do you like ______________? c) I don´t like to listen to jazz. Her substitui his girlfriend (objeto do verbo gostar) que foi citado anteriormente. _______________________________________________ d) My driver drives many cars. __________________________________________________ c) Peter likes his strict boss._______________________________ b) My son loves his job. ___________________________________________ e) Talk to me and to the manager if you need help. Do you like _______________? f) I don’t like winter. a) I don’t like the Doors.

I don't like love hate him her it them a) __________________________________________________________________________ b) __________________________________________________________________________ c) __________________________________________________________________________ d) __________________________________________________________________________ e) __________________________________________________________________________ f) __________________________________________________________________________ g) __________________________________________________________________________ h) __________________________________________________________________________ Grammar 1) Read the sentences below. They’re OK / great / terrible.2) Make 8 questions and answers about the people. Qual a diferença entre as palavras sublinhadas nas frases acima? Veja ainda essas outras frases: Tell Lucy that car is my car. programmes and groups. We need a ticket and he needs his ticket too. What do you think of (Tarcisio Meira)? like He/she/it’s OK / great / terrible. That car is mine. She has her money and we have our money. I have my bag and she has her bag. • That’s my car. I don’t know him / her / it / them. My brothers’ names are the same as their mother’s name. .

: It’s her car.: A . As expressões com os possessive pronouns sempre substituem uma expressão com um possessive adjective + noun. pois sua função é substituí-lo. your office. Eg: A friend of yours (one of your friends) is here. I have my bag and she has hers. Eles substituem os substantivos que. it is.Whose book is it? Is it yours (your book)? B . • O possessive pronoun nunca é usado antes de um substantivo. Possessive Pronouns mine yours his hers its* ours theirs Possessive adjectives my your his her its our their * Apesar de existir.). We need a ticket and he needs his. geralmente. My mother’s name is the same as theirs. já foram mencionados anteriormente. She has her money and we have ours. Ex. etc.: my house.Você notou a repetição dos substantivos nas frases acima? Será que existe uma maneira de dizer o que se pretende sem essa repetição? A resposta é SIM! Veja a solução: Tell Lucy that car is mine. It’s hers (her car = hers). Ex.Yes. Vamos praticar! . • A diferença é que os possessive adjectives qualificam substantivos (ex. enquanto os pronomes substituem essas expressões. Outra forma de indicar posse pode ser feita pela construção one of + possessive pronoun. Viu só? Esses termos grifados são chamados Possessive Pronouns. o pronome ITS raramente é usado.

(1) hers (2) her (3) him b) ( ) My brother has __________ own car. It was ___________. (1) mine (2) theirs (3) her Pronunciation Vowel sounds . It’s ______________ b) It’s our car. a) ( ) Mia left_________ notebook on the bus. It’s ________________ e) It’s their documents. a) It’s your money. (1) he (2) him (3) his c) ( ) This was not my fault. It’s _________________ c) They’re your books. It’s ____________________ g) They’re our mobiles. It’s _________________ f) It’s her briefcase. That one is __________. They’re __________________ 2) Choose the best answer to fill in the blanks. (1) mine (2) him (3) his e) This is my document. They’re ______________ d) It’s his laptop. (1) your (2) her (3) yours d) She calls you and ________ everyday./ :/ / / / / / Book /b k/ Cook / Good / Yours / Sporty / : : / / :/ / Tomorrow / ’ : / / / Brother /’ / Parents /’ Children /’ / / / No / Home / Saxophone /’ / .1) Finish the sentences with a possessive pronoun.

expressivo. _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ Summary .say.1) Practice the words and repeat them after the website www. 2) Observe the pronunciation of the possessive pronouns below: MINE YOURS HERS OURS HIS ITS THEIRS WORK MISS FINE HOURS MORE WHERE THIS 3) Rhyming words – Match the possessive pronouns to the words in the second box according to the rhymes: Writing 1) Now write a text about like the Cathy’s.com .

é importante que a diferença entre essas estruturas tenha ficado clara e. Pesquise e faça exercícios.expressivo. Unidade 2 – Estruturas Morfo-léxico-sintáticas English Basic Level . peça também a orientação de seu tutor para tirar todas as suas dúvidas. 2010. Online.expressivo. pois elas foram pensadas de modo a auxiliar você em seu processo de aprendizado.com/. Online.com. Listen online. Disponível em: http://say. Say. Faça bom proveito dessas aulas.reference. que você pratique sempre e de novo tudo que aprender nas aulas.com/?o=100074. Acesso em: 15 ago. principalmente. Disponível em: http://dictionary. pronomes que conhecemos como oblíquos e pronomes que indicam posse em inglês. Acesso em: 23 out. os possessive adjectives. Por serem parecidos com outra estrutura do inglês que já vimos anteriormente na aula 4.Estudamos os pronomes na aula de hoje. 2010.com. Pratique também a pronúncia em inglês! Don’t forget! Practice makes perfect! See you soon! Ana Célia Lima Viviany Gomes Pontes REFERÊNCIAS Dictionary Reference.

a sportsman a. a dancer Who was Ayrton Senna? a. a F1 driver c. a singer c.• 11th Lesson Who was Juscelino Kubitschek? Aims (Objetivos) • Praticar o tempo passado dos verbos em inglês através de frases e vocabulário com expressões referentes ao passado. • • • Who was Juscelino Kubitschek? b. Come with me! (Venha comigo) Speaking 7) Personalities Quiz – Choose a. a singer a. • Entender como funcionam os verbos regulares do inglês e a pronúncia diferenciada do –ed ao final dos verbos. vamos aprender e praticar o uso de estruturas para falar do passado em inglês. a painter c. Introduction Hello! How are you? Na aula de hoje vamos falar do que já passou. b or c. a politician Who was Leonardo DaVinci? b. regulares. a pilot of boeings . a taxi driver b. através de expressões de tempo e de verbos.

substantivos. a pianist c. • Talking about yesterday . 1) Complete a tabela abaixo com as profissões do quiz do exercício anterior de acordo com a terminação. -or. a musician Who was Monteiro Lobato? b. a driver Vocabulary Word Formation Muitas palavras em inglês são formadas por derivação. a writer a. a poet a. a composer Who was Santos Dumont? b. an artist c. an inventor c. ? Do you like to travel on business? .• • • Who was Albert Einstein? b. a scientist a. etc. de verbos.She doesn’t have free time during the week. -ian e -ist. • Talking about today + He is in a meeting this afternoon. -er Footballer -or Doctor -ian Technician -ist Psychologist Grammar 1) Read the sentences below. temos várias palavras que designam atividades ou profissões formadas a partir de substantivos e verbos e às quais são acrescentados os sufixos –er. No exercício acima.

I/ he/ she/ it wasn’t or No. Vamos ver por partes. observe a frase do exemplo nas formas presente e passado: He is in a meeting this afternoon. Para começar. you/ we/ they were. Verb To Be Present simple I am You are He is She is It is We are They are Past simple I was You were He was She was It was We were They were Então. portanto no passado também. I/ he/ she/ it was or Yes. Os demais verbos são classificados em regulares e irregulares.Como será que ficam as sentenças acima no tempo passado? Você deve estar se perguntando o que muda. Mas o que dizer do verbo is em “He is in a meeting this afternoon”? Ele também é um verbo regular? O verbo to be tem a sua particularidade em todos os tempos verbais.. travel nas frases acima são desse grupo de verbos.. He was in a meeting yesterday afternoon. temos em inglês o que chamamos de verbos regulares. Questions: Was he…. you/ we/ they weren’t.?/ Were you…? Short answers: Yes. Vamos ver agora a conjugação do verbo regular “work”: Present simple I work Past simple I worked . Observe agora as formas negativa e interrogativa do verbo To Be no passado: Negatives: He wasn’t(was not) in a meeting yesterday afternoon/You weren’t (were not) in a meeting yesterday afternoon. e os verbos work. No.

Yes. he didn’t. no tempo passado. singular ou plural. I didn’t. Yes. I did/ No. it didn’t. you did/ No. Yes. vai ser sempre a mesma coisa: terminação em ed) O que dizer das negativas e interrogativas dos verbos de ação? Ora. we did/ No. No. we didn’t.You work He works She works It works We work They work You worked He worked She worked It worked We worked They worked Viu como é simples? Os verbos não mudam de acordo com os pronomes como acontece no tempo verbal Simple Present. she didn’t Yes. Yes. Observe o exemplo abaixo: I work a lot every day. she did/No. he did. I worked a lot yesterday. é o did para todas as pessoas. it did/ No. they did/No they didn’t. you didn’t. (qualquer pessoa. Negative I didn’t (did not) work a lot yesterday You didn’t (did not) work … He didn’t (did not) work … She didn’t (did not) work … It didn’t (did not) work … We didn’t (did not) work … They didn’t (did not) work Question Did I work? Did you work? Did he work? Did she work? Did it work? Did we work? Did they work? Yes. . também é muito simples: aqui precisamos de um verbo auxiliar que. Yes.

Ex. Fácil. Let’s practice! 2) Here you have a list of regular verbs.: move – moved. No entanto na negativa e na interrogativa em que usamos o auxiliar did não repetimos essa terminação. Add ED to put them in the past simple. acrescentamos apenas a letra D. precedidos de consoante. Ex. ou seja. repetimos a última letra e acrescentamos ED. Ex.Até aqui você deve ter percebido que. I didn’t work a lot yesterday.: stop – stopped. já em caso de verbos que terminam em E. acrescentase –ed. tiramos a letra y e acrescentamos IED. o verbo volta para o infinitivo. que terminem em consoante + vogal + consoante. não é? • É importante lembrar também que só acrescentamos ED aos verbos regulares em frases afirmativas no passado. Observe: I worked a lot yesterday. Did you work a lot yesterday? Para acrescentarmos ED aos verbos. Preste atenção: • • • Em caso de verbos regulares de uma só sílaba. live like approve cry disappear end request manage pretend answer ask arrive calculate dress explain intend miss carry accept add attach communicate disagree play balance need succeed . temos que seguir algumas regras. para fazer o passado dos verbos regulares. para os verbos regulares que terminam em Y.: study – studied.

c. ( -) ______________________________________________________________________________ ( ?) _____________________________________________________________________________ Vocabulary . a. b.3) Write 5 positive sentences in the simple past with verbs you learned in this lesson. __________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________ 4) Turn the sentences below in negative and interrogative. ( -) ______________________________________________________________________________ ( ?) _____________________________________________________________________________ b) They called their boss to know about the meeting. ( -) ______________________________________________________________________________ ( ?) _____________________________________________________________________________ c) We lived in London last year because of Fabio’s job. e. ( -) ______________________________________________________________________________ ( ?) _____________________________________________________________________________ f) Luis wanted to open a new bank account. ( -) ______________________________________________________________________________ ( ?) _____________________________________________________________________________ d) John was a successful manager before he retired. ( -) ______________________________________________________________________________ ( ?) _____________________________________________________________________________ g) Harry was a trainee when he started to work here. Be careful with the verb to Be! a) He answered the phone call from Miami. d. ( -) ______________________________________________________________________________ ( ?) _____________________________________________________________________________ e) You were my first partner in the company.

We say last night. last year. the day before yesterday.Time expressions I lived in São Paulo when I was 5. Yesterday evening I waited for your call. f) We accepted the new partner ___________ evening. last Tuesday. i) I was at the cinema with my friends ___________ Saturday. / / or / /. I accepted to work there for four years. d) I graduated four years ___________. last week. Observe o quadro abaixo: Se o verbo terminar em verbo*: examplo pronúncia Sílaba . Pronunciation -ED ending Há três formas de pronunciar o som do ED / /. h) I played tennis every day ___________ I was a teenager. g) I didn't go home___________ weekend because some friends were here. • We can say yesterday morning. c) He lived in Bristol ____________ three years.. last month. She graduated in 2000. (Muito “bacana” essa dica. e) __________ week I got a promotion. b) My boss moved back to Brazil ____________ he got married. last summer. yesterday afternoon and yesterday evening. I wanted to travel to China two years ago. BUT yesterday night doesn’t exist. Other expressions This morning.. não é?) 1) Fill in the sentences with a time expression: a) I was born in Africa ___________ 1970.

Para ter certeza. Ex. consulte sempre a pronúncia do verbo no infinitivo (utilize o site http://dictionary.com/?o=100074) e verifique se o som final é de / / ou / /. isto é.reference.um desses sons: Unvoiced* (sem voz) Voiced** (com voz) com -ed: do -ed: extra? /t/ want wanted / / sim /d/ end ended /p/ /f/ /s/ unvoiced /sh/ /tch/ /k/ hope laugh dress wash watch like play allow disappear hoped laughed dressed / / washed watched liked played allowed disappeared / / Não Todos os voiced outros sons… *significa que suas cordas vocais vibram quando diz o som. **significa que suas cordas vocais não vibram.: decide / / ’ /. • O som do E na terminação ED só é pronunciado quando o último som do verbo no infinitivo é / / ou / /. ok? . não a letra final. Com essa atividade você saberá o que significa em termos de som cada um desses sinais. ’ / sendo a pronúncia do passado decided • Note que o som é que é importante. 1) Clique no link abaixo e assista ao video sobre os voiced e unvoiced sons no passado. se é voiced ou unvoiced.

Acesso em: 15 ago. Faça sua parte. 2010. Listen online.com. Englishclub. As estruturas estudadas hoje podem auxiliar quando você falar de suas atividades anteriores. Past Simple Regular Verb Endings.reference. de como se faz o passado dos verbos em geral.http://my.com. 2010. bem como seu professor tutor. Online. Acesso em: 23 out. Esclarecê-las só depende de você.englishclub.com.com/video/past-simple-regular-verb-1. Pratique o novo vocabulário com as expressões de tempo e principalmente a pronúncia dos sons dos verbos no passado. Unidade 2 – Estruturas Morfo-léxico-sintáticas English Basic Level • 12th Lesson . Disponível em http://my. do que fez no passado e assim por diante. Espero que você estude através das atividades aqui propostas e não se esqueça de trazer suas dúvidas para os chats e fóruns.com/. Disponível em: http://say. Online. Disponível em: http://dictionary. Acesso em: 12 nov. isto é. Estarei aqui quando você precisar.englishclub. 2010. Say.expressivo. Enjoy your study! Ana Célia Lima Viviany Gomes Pontes REFERÊNCIAS Dictionary Reference.com/video/past-simple-regular-verb-1 Summary Hoje falamos do que já passou.expressivo.com/?o=100074.

Where did you go for your last holiday?

Aim Estudar o Simple Past dos verbos em inglês. Conhecer mais alguns verbos e acrescentar alguns vowel sounds à nossa lista.

Introduction HI, dear student! What’s up? Em nossa aula de hoje, vamos abordar o passado por meio de acontecimentos históricos (ou não) usando o tempo verbal do inglês que conta com verbos regulares e irregulares.. O seu passado e o passado do mundo são importantes para o nosso presente. Para isso, vamos contar com uma aula repleta de gramática, vocabulário e pronúncia! Enjoy it! Practice it! Vocabulary

8) Que verbos utilizamos com cada uma dessas expressões? Você se lembra? Alguns já foram nosso objeto de estudo. Com alguns deles usamos go, have ou get. Coloque cada um dos verbos na coluna correta. Depois, confira suas respostas em um dicionário.

_______________ a newspaper (=buy)

a taxi / bus / train (=take) an e-mail / letter (=receive)

dressed home (=arrive)

to a restaurant (=arrive) up

home (by bus / car) out (on Friday night) shopping to a restaurant to bed (early / late)

a car a drink a good time a sandwich a shower

_______________ away (for the weekend) by bus for a walk

to church / to mosque to the beach _______________ breakfast / lunch / dinner

9) Practice the expressions above. Copy and paste the dialogues at the website http://say.expressivo.com. Then, listen and repeat.

Você sabe a diferença entre as expressões go home e get home? Escreva aqui:

_________________________________________________________________________________

Speaking

3) Paula and David live in São Paulo and they are talking about David’s night out. Read the dialogue and practice it.

Paula: Did you go out last night? David: Yes, I did. What about you? Did you have fun? Paula: No I didn’t. I had a test this morning so I stayed home to study last night. David: I went out for a boys night out with my friends. Paula: Hmmm. Good! Where did you go? David: We went to a bar and after the bar we went to a friend’s house for a party. Paula: Wow! It seems like you had a lot of fun! David: Yes, we did. We talked and drank and it was very nice! Paula: What did you have to eat and drink? David: Well, at the beach bar we drank beer and after the party we had some sandwiches. Paula: And how did you go home? David: Oh, we took a taxi.

Paula: Very good idea! Did you get home very late? David: No, I didn’t. I got home at about 1 p.m. Paula: So, did you have a good time? David: Yes, I did. It was great! But now I feel a bit tired and I want to go to bed again.

Grammar

1) Quais as 2 palavras que se repetem nas questões sublinhadas acima? _________________________________________________________________________________

2) Qual a diferença entre as questões abaixo? Escreva as respostas das duas perguntas. Where did you go? Did you have a good time?

_________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________

Como vimos na aula anterior, usamos o Simple Past para falar de atividades ou ações terminadas. Ainda nesta unidade, vamos revisar o que já aprendemos e acrescentar os verbos irregulares do inglês. Veja a conjugação do verbo irregular “get” (no sentido de chegar) no passado:

Affirmative I got home late. You got home late. He got home late. She got home late. It got home late. We got home late. You got home late. They got home late.

Negative I didn’t get home late. You didn’t get home late. He didn’t get home late. She didn’t get home late. It didn’t get home late. We didn’t get home late. You didn’t get home late. They didn’t get home late.

Interrogative Did I get home late? Did you get home late? Did he get home late? Did she get home late? Did it get home late? Did we get home late? Did you get home late? Did they get home late?

• Observe agora as short answers: Yes, I did. Yes, you did. Yes, he did. Yes, she did. Yes, it did. Yes, we did. Yes, you did. Yes, they did. No, I didn’t. No, you didn’t.

No, he didn’t. No, she didn’t. No, it didn’t.

No, we didn’t. No, you didn’t. No, they didn’t.

Como você pode ver, frases negativas e interrogativas exigem o auxiliar DID(N’T), e, após o auxiliar, usamos o verbo no infinitivo uma vez que o auxiliar já demonstra que a frase está no tempo passado, assim como as frases afirmativas demandam o uso dos verbos no passado, sejam eles regulares ou não. • Sempre que precisar, consulte a lista de verbos irregulares no final do livro ou um dicionário. Os verbos que não constam nessa lista, provavelmente são regulares e devem ser acrescidos de (I)ED de acordo com a terminação. • Lembre-se sempre da seguinte ordem para perguntas em inglês, tanto no presente quanto no passado:

ASI = auxiliar + sujeito + infinitivo (verbo) Did Did you you have a good time? get home late?

(wh-question) QUASI = pronome interrogativo + auxiliar + sujeito + infinitivo (verbo) How What time did did you you go home? get home?

• O verbo can, que estudamos na aula 9, é um verbo modal utilizado também para formar perguntas e frases negativas e é conjugado no passado em inglês da seguinte forma: + I could swim when I was 5. I couldn’t swim when I was 5. ? Could I swim when I was 5?

3) Encontre e circule os verbos abaixo na conversation do início da aula e os reescreva:

Drink = ______________________ Have = ______________________

Take = ______________________ Go = ________________________

4) Complete the sentences below with the simple past of the verbs in the box (consulte a lista de verbos a que já me referi): BE BUY GIVE GO HAVE READ

a. She _________________ us all the information we asked for. b. I _________________ a very good time at the trade fair (feira de negócios). c. I _________________ very nervous before my exam yesterday. d. He _________________ to Paris by train. e. I _________________ about it in the newspaper. f. A woman came into the shop and _________________ five hats.

5) Teresa went on a business trip. Write questions using the words given (remember to use QUASI and ASI): Example: where / the hotel / was = Where was the hotel?_______________

a. Where / she / went = ________________________________________________ b. How long / she / stayed / there = _______________________________________ c. If / the food / was / good = ____________________________________________ d. If / she / went / by plane = ____________________________________________

6) Fill in the blanks with the past form of the verbs in parenthesis.

a. My sister (make) __________________ a birthday cake for me last week. b. My friends (drive) __________________ to Los Angeles two weeks ago. c. Elizabeth (take) __________________ some flowers to her mother last Saturday. d. Last week my aunt (have) __________________ a baby. e. The child (drink) __________________ some milk last night. f. My teacher (buy) __________________ some new books last month. 7) Put the verbs into the correct form to complete the text about Simon’s holiday.

Last year I (spend) __________________ my holiday in Ireland. It (be) __________________ great. I (travel) __________________ around by car with two friends and we (visit) __________________ lots of interesting places. In the evenings we usually (go) to a pub. One night we even (learn)

__________________ some Irish dances. We (be) __________________ very lucky with the weather. It (not / rain) __________________ a lot. But we (see) __________________ some beautiful rainbows. Where (spend / you) __________________ your last holiday?

8) Find the regular verb in each line and write it into the gap. Example: say, lose, dance, sing - dance__

a) read, feel, play, see -________________ b) listen, do, go, make -________________ c) know, help, say, think -________________ d) like, write, forget, eat -________________ e) take, bring, cut, clean -________________

f) watch, be, have, meet -________________ g) put, buy, cook, teach -________________ h) catch, find, answer, lose -______________ i) want, tell, win, sit -________________ j) sell, build, drink, open -________________

Vocabulary

CULTURE QUIZ 1) Circle the correct answer:
1. She served as Prime Minister of the United Kingdom from 1979 to 1990. She was the first woman in her position in the UK. Hanna Suchocka Elisabeth Domitien Margaret Thatcher Edith Cresson

2. She was the first African American woman to become The United States Secretary of State. Her name comes from Italian. Miriam A. Ferguson Madeleine Albright Patience Sewell Latting Condoleezza Rice

3. Who was the inventor of dynamite? The Chinese Georg Friedrich Henning Alfred Nobel Joseph Wilbrand

What Italian Renaissance artist painted the Sistine Chapel? Claude Monet Leonardo Da Vinci Vincent Van Gogh Michelangelo 7.com Pronunciation Vowel Sounds – Diphthongs / / / / / // / // / // / / /* boy year where tourist * Esse som não é muito comum. d'Artagnan. Who were the three musketeers in Alexandre Dumas's novel by the same name. Portos. d'Artagnan Portos. Athos. This pharmacist invented Coca Cola. Which war began in 1914? Spanish-American war Russo-Japanese war World War II World War I 6.com airport beer coin enjoy euro fair here plural square . Portos.123facts. Put the words below in the chart according to the vowel sounds. Frank Robinson James Russell Doctor John Pemberton Viktor Schauberger 8.4. Check the pronunciation at the website www. Athos 5. Aramis Athos.say.expressivo. 1. d'Artagnan. Aramis Aramis. Which company made the first commercial portable cell phone in 1983? Samsung Nokia Att Motorola Fonte: Adaptado do site www.

sure toilet we’re .

family…) . by train. Para isso.Writing 1) Utilizando os verbos no passado estudados nesta aula de hoje.How did you go? (by car.Did you have a good time? What did you do for your last holiday? _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ . 3 weeks. to the countryside. a month…) .Who did you go with? (with your friends.…) . a weekend. by bus.Where did you go? (to the beach.What did you do? . gostaria que você escrevesse um texto contando sobre suas últimas férias.How long did you stay there? (2 days. by plane…) . você deve estruturar o seu texto de modo que responda às seguintes perguntas: .

com. os verbos irregulares são muitos e não os aprendemos em um piscar de olhos. Say. Aprender requer dedicação. Acesso em: 01 nov. Trivia Quizzes. Espero que você aproveite esse novo conhecimento não apenas de modo teórico.com/. Online. 2010.123facts. Disponível em: http://say. 2010.com. anote as novas palavras e expressões que você encontra. Basta querer! Bons estudos! Bye bye! Ana Célia Lima REFERÊNCIAS 123 Facts. Acesso em: 23 out. pois só depende de você estudar de modo a desenvolver suas habilidades linguísticas através dos tópicos que são ensinados durante as aulas.Summary Que tal a aula de hoje? Muitas descobertas e seu vocabulário crescendo? Hoje falamos de verbos regulares e irregulares. Unidade 2 – Estruturas Morfo-léxico-sintáticas English Basic Level • 13th Lesson . Listen online.expressivo. Disponível em: http://www. Online.com/. Sim.expressivo.

Complete the boxes in the picture below with the names: DOOR – GARAGE – ROOF – STAIRS – WALL – WINDOW . vocabulário e pronúncia de novas palavras relacionadas a casas.Shopping for furniture Aim Conhecer uma nova estrutura. móveis e demais objetos de decoração. no presente e no passado. Treinar os sons das consoantes do inglês. Introduction Good morning! Good afternoon! Good evening! Hoje temos muita coisa nova para estudar! Gramática. Conhecer vocabulário referente a móveis e as preposições indicadoras de lugar. Let’s go! Vocabulary 1. There to be.

K for KITCHEN and L for LIVING ROOM. Do you live in a big house? How many rooms does it have? 7? 8? 9? …? _________________________________________________________________________________ 3. ___________________________ 4. __________________________ 6. D for DINING ROOM. Can you label the rooms? Use the words in the box: BATHROOM – BEDROOM – DINING ROOM – GARAGE – HALL – KITCHEN 1. __________________________ 3. ____________________________ 5. Look at the pictures below. ___________________________ 4. Where are these objects from? Write BA for BATHROOM. . ____________________________ 2.2. BE for BEDROOM.

Bath ( ) 12. Picture ( ) 9. Lamp ( ) 4. Plant ( ) 6. Armchair ( ) 2. Bed ( ) 11. Desk ( ) 5. Sofa ( ) 7. Clock ( ) 15. Shower ( ) 8. Sink ( ) 14.1. Fireplace ( ) 3. Light ( ) . Mirror ( ) 10. Shelves ( ) 13.

: There are two dogs in the garden. usada para o plural. _______________________ . Ex. Cooker ( ) 18. / No. vamos usar there is (affirmative) – ex. você já sabe. 1) Make 5 (+) sentences to describe the picture below using THERE IS / THERE ARE: a. there are. invertemos a ordem.: Is there a television in your kitchen? Como você pode observar pelo exemplo acima. Are there plants in your house? E para respostas curtas vamos usar as mesmas estruturas. _______________________ _________________________ d. Fridge ( ) 21. Cupboard ( ) 17. presente. there isn’t. Ou para o plural: Are there many stores near your house? Yes. there aren’t. Observe: Is there a hospital in your street? Yes.16. _______________________ _________________________ c. por exemplo: There is a sofa in the living room. / No. _______________________ _________________________ b. Floor ( ) 19. porém não podemos contrair a forma there are. Toilet ( ) 20. Carpet ( ) Grammar THERE TO BE O verbo THERE + TO BE corresponde ao nosso haver ou existir e o utilizamos para falar do que existe em um determinado espaço. para fazer perguntas. Ex. podemos contrair “there + is” em frases afirmativas (there’s).: there’s a car in the garage ou there isn’t (negative ) – ex. there is. There aren’t clouds in the sky today.: there isn’t a computer in the study room). Para a forma do verbo no singular.

Use: Yes. Are there pets in your house? __________________________________________________ e. there isn’t / yes. porém there was e there were servem para falar do passado. respectivamente. a._________________________ e. _________________________________________________________ d. e geralmente são acompanhados de expressões de tempo. Example: There isn’t a bank in my street.: ( + ) There was a good film on TV yesterday. a. _________________________________________________________ 3) Answer the questions about yourself. there aren’t. Is there a television in your living room? _________________________________________ c. Are there flowers in your kitchen? ______________________________________________ ¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨ THERE TO BE IN THE PAST Assim como usamos o verbo There to be para falar de coisas que existem. Para usá-lo no passado. ( ? ) Were there parking spaces at the shopping mall on Sunday? Let’s do exercises! 4) Complete the sentences below with the correct form of There to BE in the Past. Ex. . _________________________________________________________ c. Are there two chairs in your bedroom? __________________________________________ b. there are / no. Is there a bus stop in your street? _______________________________________________ d. substituímos is e are por was e were.) There weren’t many people at the conference last Friday. também o utilizamos para falar do que já existiu. _______________________ _________________________ 2) What isn’t there in your street? Make 4 negative sentences. there is / no. Fazemos o mesmo para respostas curtas. ( . Is there a computer in your bedroom? ___________________________________________ f. _________________________________________________________ b.

. _______________ any signs on the street showing which way to go! d. ..No. Hmm.: How many people were there in the office yesterday? a. I tried to book a flight but_______________ any seats left. _______________ a woman. did you go to New York last week? . . e..So. f. _____________one on that shelf last week. it's been sold._______________ any problems with the new car this morning? .. c.Can you help me find a copy of this book? .No. . It was really hard to find the way to Rose's house. the new car works perfectly.I'm not sure we have it anymore. ___________________ a new student in your class yesterday? Pronunciation Consonant Sounds / / / // // / Shower Wall ____________ ____________ ____________ Clock Kitchen ____________ ____________ Bathroom Bed ____________ ____________ Carpet Plant ____________ . b. no.Ex. wait: _______________ two women and three men.

Dicionário Online: http://dictionary.reference. Isso acontece com a palavra hora em português (hour em inglês). elas não são pronunciadas.com/?o=100074 Vocabulary Prepositions of place (Preposições que indicam lugar) 1) Observe as figuras à esquerda e utilize as preposições de lugar para completar as frases sobre o living room abaixo: Fonte: EnglishClub. • Sempre consulte um dicionário e verifique a pronúncia das palavras. • Assim como em português. algumas letras do inglês são chamadas silent.com Up Down Out of Into In On Under Over Next to Across Along . ou seja.1) Find two more words with the consonant sounds above and complete the spaces.

com 2) Use as preposições acima e faça frases descrevendo a posição de 2 objetos ao seu redor. ___________________________________________________________________________ . ___________________________________________________________________________ b. _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ Writing 1) Look at the picture Vincent’s Bedroom at Arles by Vincent Van Gogh and make sentences using THERE + TO BE and prepositions: a.Fonte: Flickr. ___________________________________________________________________________ d. ___________________________________________________________________________ c.

___________________________________________________________________________ Summary Hoje falamos do que existe. Além disso.englishclub.reference. Disponível em: http://www. Estude! See you soon! Ana Célia Lima REFERÊNCIAS Dictionary Reference. com o passar das aulas. Disponível em: http://dictionary. Isso vai auxiliá-lo no reconhecimento das diferenças de sons entre a língua inglesa e o português com que você já está acostumado. Acesso em: 30 nov. 2010. aos poucos.com.com/?o=100074. Flickr. English Club. o que vamos estudar um por um até o final do curso. ___________________________________________________________________________ f. . 2010. Photos Gabriel HL.com. Outra coisa nova foram os sons das consoantes.htm. Online.com/vocabulary/prepositions-of-place. Online. Acesso em: 29 nov. Disponível em: http://www. 2010.com/photos/gabrielhl/2743022850/. Prepositions of place.flickr. Acesso em: 15 ago. Como você pode perceber.com. seu vocabulário aumenta e você descobre mais coisas novas sobre a língua inglesa. Busque aprender e colabore para que isso aconteça de forma efetiva. O que sempre recomendo ao final de nossas aulas é a prática. você viu como precisar a localização desses objetos através das preposições de lugar. sem prática não há aprendizado. ___________________________________________________________________________ g. Online. e você aprendeu a descrever um ambiente e seus móveis e demais objetos que o compõem.e.

Introduction Hi! It’s time to study!!! Nesta aula vamos aprender um novo tempo verbal. Conhecer novas expressões verbais.Unidade 2 – Estruturas Morfo-léxico-sintáticas English Basic Level • 14th Lesson Where’s the post office? Aim Aprender a falar do que está acontecendo através do present continuous. nomes de lugares. Verificar a diferença entre este e o present simple. Let’s start!? . Temos ainda a pronúncia de um som muito peculiar do present continuous. estabelecimentos comerciais e a pronúncia do som do –ing. além de expressões verbais e nomes de lugares para aumentar o seu vocabulário.

do you speak English? What does she do in your company? Most people learn time is money. está em progresso. to 5 p.m. Tom and Ann are talking in a café: TOM: I’m reading an interesting book at the moment. What language are they speaking? What are you doing in your day by day? Maria is learning English in Britain at the moment. I go to São Paulo once a week. He is working overtime this week. I’m going to an important meeting now. Listen to those people. Excuse me. ou seja. geralmente. . Já o tempo verbal dos verbos que compõem as frases do segundo grupo nós o chamamos de Present Continuous e ele é usado. Compare the sentences above with these new sentences. • a ação não é terminada.m. quando • a ação ocorre no momento ou perto do momento da fala.Reading 1) Read the sentences below: He works from 8 a. • se quer referir a um futuro próximo. Grammar What’s different? Você deve se lembrar de que os verbos das frases do primeiro grupo estão no Present Simple e ele é usado para falar sobre coisas de rotina ou que se repetem no tempo (vimos isso na aula 5).

Negative I’m not working. que significa o gerúndio da língua inglesa. Ex. They are working.em caso de verbos de apenas uma sílaba. • Quando usamos o Present Continuous para falar de coisas que estão acontecendo. It is working. Ele começou a ler o livro. São as seguintes: . com outras terminações. It isn’t working. Interrogative Am I working? Are you working? Is he working? Is she working? Is it working? Are we working? Are they working? Existem regras para acrescentarmos . Ex. She isn’t working.para todos os outros verbos.ing aos verbos. mas ainda não terminou. -Some friends of mine are starting their own business. acrescenta-se –ing ao verbo. . Facílimo. They aren’t working. Ex. etc. so she is learning Italian (but she isn’t learning exactly at the time of speaking).: stop – stopped. We are working. .Is Mr. She is working. You aren’t working. tiramos a letra –e e acrescentamos –ing. frequentemente temos as expressões de tempo hoje (today). You are working.ANN: Lend me it when you finish reading! Tom não está lendo o livro no momento da fala. Observe a conjugação do verbo work: Affirmative I am working. Some more examples: -Catherine wants to work in Italy.: walk – walking. Brown travelling on business this month? . não é mesmo? • living. dobramos a última letra e acrescentamos –ing. terminados em consoante + vogal + consoante.Em caso de verbos terminados na letra –e.: live – . He is working. -You’re working hard today. este mês (this month). We aren’t working. He isn’t working. They hope it’s finished before 2011. esta semana (this week). • A estrutura do present continuous consiste no uso do verbo to be (am / is / are) + verbos com a terminação –ing.

____________________________________________ g) I usually drive to work. I come. . It gets late. You love to watch the news. b) ___________________ (listen) to the news everyday? c) The Apple computers _____________________ (get better) day by day. a) The water boils. Can you turn it off? Wrong: is boiling. • IMPORTANT: The following verbs are not normally used in continuous verbs. Like Know Believe love realize remember hate suppose belong want mean contain need understand consist prefer seem depend PRACTICE 1) Are the underlined verbs right or wrong? Correct the verbs that are wrong. d) ‘How is your English?’ ‘Not bad. mais vezes do que é necessário) -You always watch TV.’ ‘Ok. present simple or present continuous. (not “rises”) . etc.) -I’m always checking my e-mails.Is your English getting better? (not “does your English get better”) Other uses: -I always check my e-mails. ___________________________________________________ h)‘Hurry up! It’s time to leave the office. He ___________________(stay) at the Park Hotel. b) Water boils at 100 degrees Celsius. She _______________(speak) four languages very well. You should do something more active. It __________________(improve) slowly. todo dia. _______________________________________ f) I must go home now. (confiro sempre. _______________________________________ c) Look! That man tries to save the file in his computer. -You are always watching TV. __________________________ d)Can you hear those people? What do they talk about? __________________________ e) The boss travels to Miami every week. e) Ron is in London at the moment.• Usamos o Present Continuous também para falar sobre mudanças: -The population of the world is rising very fast. ____________________________ 2) Put the verb in the correct form. a) Julia is very good at languages. (confiro o tempo todo.

6. 3. 3) Write about something you always do and you are always doing with the verbs below. 4. 1. They have shared a house there for a long time. lose spend leave rain do break use think forget start go a) It’s always raining when I try to play soccer.f) My employees ______________ in Bristol. 2. g) Sonia __________________ (look) for a place to live near her office. ( ) baker’s ( ) bus stop ( ) butcher’s ( ) church ( ) department store ( ) drugstore ( ) bridge ( ) gas station ( ) museum ( ) parking lot ( ) police station ( ) post office ( ) river 5. 7. ._________________________________ b) ____________________________________________________________________ c)_____________________________________________________________________ d)_____________________________________________________________________ e)_____________________________________________________________________ f)_____________________________________________________________________ g)_____________________________________________________________________ h)_____________________________________________________________________ i)_____________________________________________________________________ j)_____________________________________________________________________ k)_____________________________________________________________________ Vocabulary PLACES IN TOWN 1) Match the pictures to the nouns. 8.

11. l _______________ (to live) in the suburbs of Boston with my family. _______________ (to play) basketball in the garden and I _______________ (to watch) TV. 10.” (Peter) . 17. I _______________ (to wait) for this delicious cake that Maggy _______________ (to cook) . 14. It's 5 pm. At the moment she _______________ (to make) a cake and you can't talk to her. 16. But our family _______________ (to seem) to be like any other one. 15. Most people _______________ (to believe) we _______________ (to be) rich because we _______________ (to live) in a big house. my son. Like many teenagers. a family as yours. What really _______________ (to worry) her is our daughter who _______________ (to prefer) to chat in front of her computer instead of cooking with her.( ) sports center ( ) square ( ) train station ( ) travel agent 9. She _______________ (to enjoy) being in the kitchen with her friends. my wife. Paul. 13. Reading English exercise "Present continuous OR Present simple?" 1) Read and complete the text with the appropriate verb tenses: “My name _______________ (to be) Peter. _______________ (to like) cooking. 12. Have a look: Maggy. I told you. Jenny _______________ (to think) it _______________ (to be) easier to get advice from someone you _______________ (not + to go to) see later.

representado pelo símbolo / /.Fonte: www.reference. o som das letras i+n seguidas das letras k ou g. Esse som é recorrente no present continuous por causa da terminação dos verbos.com Pronunciation -ING Sound O som da pronúncia do gerúndio em inglês. formado pela terminação –ing. Esse símbolo traduz.com/?o=100074) Boiling Daughter Drugstore English Garden Kitchen Long Meeting Reading Spend Think Working . Lembre-se de consultar a pronúncia em um dicionário! (Sugestão: http://dictionary. é muito peculiar. 1) Circule as palavras abaixo que não possuem o som / /.tolearnenglish. na maioria das vezes.

. ___________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________ 3) Complete the answers using the present continuous and the verb phrases given. (book a ticket)..... What is she doing at the bus station? She is …………………………………………………… (wait for her cousin).............. Ex. g.... (fill in their car)....... ................. d. What are they doing at the drugstore? They are . Writing 2) Write about the things you are doing these days.... b.......: I am studying English.... e............. What is she doing at the travel agent’s? She is ………………………………………………........ (send a letter)..2) Pratique os verbos no present continuous que você aprendeu nesta aula no site http://say.....com/. (buy some medicine).............expressivo. f..... a..... She is a tour guide..... What is Lisa doing at the museum? She is ……………………………………………………....... c...... (work)...... What is Mark doing at the department store? He is …………………………………………… (buy Christmas gifts)................. What is he doing at the post office? He is ……………………………………………………... What are they doing at the gas station? They are ...........

Unidade 2 – Estruturas Morfo-léxico-sintáticas English Basic Level . Remember that practice makes perfect! Let’s go study? Ana Célia Lima REFERÊNCIAS Dictionary Reference.com/..expressivo.expressivo. o que você tem feito recentemente. Say.com/exercises/exercise-english-2/exercise-english-12052.com. Espero que faça bom proveito da gramática. 2010. What are Claire and Susan doing at the square? They are …………………………………… ………………. Disponível em: http://say. Disponível em: http://www. (take a walk).reference. Estudamos o present continuous e você percebeu a diferença entre os dois tempos verbais Present continuous x Present Simple (que você tem estudado a partir da aula 5). 2010. 2010.com/?o=100074.com.com. Summary Na aula de hoje o tema foi o seu presente. Online. Disponível em: http://dictionary. ToLearnEnglish.h. Acesso em: 12 dez. vimos um novo vocabulário que diz respeito a lugares na cidade e estabelecimentos comerciais. Online. vocabulário e pronúncia contidos nesta aula. Acesso em: 15 ago.tolearnenglish. Além disso. Acesso em: 23 out. Listen online.php. em inglês. Present Continuous or Present Simple? Online. Você aprendeu ainda expressões com verbos no gerúndio e verbos que não são usados no gerúndio.

bebida e substantivos contáveis e incontáveis de modo geral. Aprimorar a pronúncia de mais alguns sons das consoantes. Introduction Hello! How are you? Hoje é dia de estudar inglês! Novas estruturas gramaticais. Conhecer os quantifiers do inglês.• 15th Lesson How much coffee and water do you drink a day? Aim Conhecer novas palavras e um novo vocabulário que inclui comida. novas palavras e a pronúncia de novos sons da língua inglesa esperam por você nesta aula. palavras muito importantes para falarmos de quantidade. Enjoy your class! Speaking & Reading 1) Read the conversations below: Talking about coffee .

Coffee is usually recommended by doctors (2 cups maximum) and water is always recommended by doctors (8-12 glasses is the recommended standard). A: That's not enough. Agora. Talking about water A: How much water do you drink? B: About a glass.A: How much coffee do you drink? B: About 8 cups a day. A: That's too much! B: How many cups of coffee do you drink? A: No more than 2 cups a day. responda à seguinte pergunta: 2) How much water do you drink a day? How many cups of coffee do you drink a day? _________________________________________________________________________________ Vocabulary FOOD 1) Write B for Breakfast. **Healthy = it’s good for you. 8 cups of coffee is unhealthy*. 8 glasses of water is healthy**. Lettuce ( ) . B: That's not enough. S for Snack (lanche). Não é saudável para você. Sweetening ( ) 4. B: That's too much. Pineapple ( ) 2. L for Lunch and D for Dinner. B: How many glasses of water do you drink? A: At least 8 glasses a day. *Unhealthy = it’s not good for you. É saudável para você. Sugar ( ) 3. 1.

Chicken ( ) . Potatoes ( ) 8. Cake ( ) 11. Cookies ( ) 10. Peas 23. Mushroom ( ) 21. Rice ( ) 6. Bananas ( ) 7. Hamburger ( ) 24. Tea ( ) 20. Carrot ( ) 18. Candies ( ) 12. Pork ( ) 15. Ice cream ( ) 16. Onion ( ) 17.5. Coffee ( ) 13. Beans ( ) 25. Chocolate ( ) 9. Cracker ( ) 22. Cereal ( ) 19. Meat ( ) 14.

Spaghetti ( ) 32. Passion fruit ( ) 35. Peach ( ) 42. Fruit salad ( ) 46. Eggs ( ) 39. Bread ( ) 40. Butter ( ) 34. Lemmon ( ) 31. Orange juice ( ) 29. Oil ( ) 37. Apples ( ) 33. Cheese ( ) 45. Garlic ( ) 38. Milk ( ) 30. Strawberry ( ) 36. Fish ( ) 41. Ham ( ) 44.26. Toast ( ) COUNTABLE X UNCOUNTABLE NOUNS . French fries ( ) 43. Tomato ( ) 48. Yogurt ( ) 28. Salad ( ) 47. Jam ( ) 27.

é comum que. etc. Caso você queira dizer que tem uma quantidade específica daquela porção.: A grain of sand. ice cream cone (casquinha de sorvete) [C]. os substantivos são divididos em contáveis e incontáveis (countable and uncountable nouns). cookies…. Ao invés disso. Ex.: ice cream [U] – não sabemos a quantidade.: apples. o substantivo pode ser contável e incontável. Ex. two rices. para que se dê uma ideia de plural. potatoes. você vai usar as medidas ou falar do recipiente e isso sim. Ex. a pint of. Entendeu direitinho? • Em alguns dicionários você pode consultar se o substantivo é contável ou incontável.: a / one kilo of coffee. a glass of. a lot of wisdom. a can of. • Você não pode usar a/an antes de um uncountable noun. mas geralmente contáveis em português: Information Advice Weather Equipment News Medicine Hair Furniture Fruit Vacation Music Bread Por serem incontáveis. as palavras possuem os símbolos [C] para countable nouns. Já os substantivos incontáveis não possuem plural e servem para porções ou coisas que não podem ser contadas. pode ser contado. a bar of.Em inglês.: one rice. a liter of. a block of ice. e [U] para uncountable nouns. Os contáveis são os substantivos que têm forma no plural e podem ser contados. usemos expressões como a piece of. two kilos of meat. com essas palavras. . então o certo é dizer Rice. dependendo da expressão utilizada. • Você pode usar a/an antes de countable nouns apenas no singular. • Em certos casos. Ex. você deve usar a medida e assim a palavra se torna countable. lembre-se de que essas expressões têm plural: Ex: Would you like a piece of cheese? I have some pieces of advice for you. • Substantivos abstratos são incontáveis. não contamos arroz. As seguintes palavras são incontáveis em inglês. Ex. Se assim acontecer. sem plural. etc. three glasses of water. She bought two bars of soap in the market.

Se uma palavra é incontável. My brother is lonely because he has only little friends. 9. How many money do you have in the bank? 2. Dependendo dessa característica. The weather is nice today. There are not many furniture in this room so there is lots of space. 4. countable or uncountable according to the picture (se você não souber a quantidade certa. The news about the company’s profits were very bad. certas palavras poderão ou não acompanhá-lo. How many times does it take to go from London to New York? 7. ou não puder numerar a quantidade no plural. The information was given last night. 6. Os quantifiers são quantificadores. o verbo que a acompanha deve estar obrigatoriamente no singular: The news is amazing. I read his message many times and I don’t understand it. 6) Countable or Uncountable? Some of the following sentences contain mistakes. 1. Let’s practice?!?! 5) Label the food pictures (above) in the vocabulary exercise [C] or [U]. Grammar Quantifiers Já vimos que um substantivo em inglês pode ser contável ou incontável. Veja a tabela seguinte: . We have a little time left so we need to hurry. a jacket and a little pants. pronomes e artigos que usamos para qualificar os substantivos em termos de quantidade. We had very little bad weather this year. 5. o substantivo é incontável). 8. adjetivos. I bought two clothes this weekend. 10. How many dollars do you get for 1000 Euros? 3. Find the mistakes and correct them.

. .I don’t drink any coffee.: I have some money at the bank.: I don’t have any free time during the week. + I drink quite a lot of coffee. nada). .Not much (não muito). How many girlfriends does he have? Let´s make a lot of/ lots of money. . Uncountable Any Some Little/ a little (How) much A lot of/ lots of I need some new shoes. Fonte: Blog Dicas e Regras de Inglês • Usamos some para quantidades indefinidas ou desconhecidas apenas em frases positivas ou para oferecer ou pedir algo. Ex. Ex.None (nenhum. Do you need any help? Vamos utilizar novamente as perguntas do começo desta aula para observarmos o uso dos quantifiers: How much water do you drink a day? How much coffee do you drink a day? Uncountable nouns • Full answers + I drink a lot of water. . I have few/a few friends.I don’t drink much water. • Short answers + A lot (muito) + Quite a lot (bastante).Countable A/an Any (of) Some Few/ a few (How) many A lot of/ lots of Observe os exemplos a seguir: Would you like an apple? Would you like some tea? How much money do you have? I got a lot of/ lots of presents. Can I have some water? • Any é usado em frases interrogativas ou negativas.

It’s time to exercise! 1) Choose the correct quantifier (much. __________________ bikes are there in the garden? Two. There are too __________________ students in the library. He knows __________________ English. .Not many. __________________ people know as much about linguistics as John does. h.Countable nouns How many candies do you eat a day? How many hamburgers do you eat a day? • Full answers + I eat a lot of hamburgers. b. little. They had __________________ homework in mathematics. d.I don’t eat many candies.None. Did you visit __________________ foreign country? e. g. he didn't take __________________ medicine. any.I don’t eat any hamburgers. . lots of. __________________ sugar have we got? Enough. __________________ bottles are there? Three. They say __________________ medicine is a dangerous thing. . . f. __________________ meat is there? We have got two steaks. j. Although he's very ill. __________________ bananas have we got? We haven’t got any. + A lot. a little). a lot. I spend __________________ of my time reading novels. i. a. + I eat quite a lot of candies. How __________________ time do you need to finish the work? c. many. . He's having __________________ of trouble passing his driving test. • Short answers 2) Complete the questions using how much / how many: __________________ lemonade have we got? Not much. + Quite a lot. __________________ bread have we got? Some.

1 libra (lb) = 0. __________________ years is this wine old? It’s 22 years old. 1 mile* = 1 milha = 1.2371 litros 1 gallon (gal) = 3.609 quilômetros.54 centímetros.454gramas 1 once (oz) = 28.828 milhas.35 gramas 1 cup ( xícara) = 0. 1 foot (ft) = 1 pé = 30.7851 litros . 1 league = 1 légua = 4.__________________ milk have we got? About one and a half litre. ¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨ MEASURES (medidas) 1 inch (in) = 1 polegada = 2.48 centímetros. 1 yard (yd) = 1 jarda = 91 centímetros.

Pronunciation Vamos aproveitar o novo vocabulário desta aula para estudar a pronúncia de alguns sons.expressivo.say. ainda vimos os quantifiers. Check with your tutor and practice the pronunciation at www. usados para falar de quantidades e número de substantivos. Além disso. bebida e refeições por meio de substantivos contáveis e incontáveis em inglês. Não se esqueça de tirar suas dúvidas e de estudar tudo de novo para que você aprenda bem! Seu aprendizado depende de seu esforço! See you next class!!! . Vimos também novas expressões e palavras que não têm plural e como utilizá-las.com/?o=100074). Veja: / / / / / / dinner / / sugar glass healthy 1) Complete the table above with words from the box. com novos sons de consoantes. Bread Candies Fish Hamburger How Passion fruit Spaghetti Yogurt 2) Add two more words from this lesson to each column. A pronúncia também teve destaque na aula de hoje. Nosso objetivo neste curso é fazer com que você entenda e pratique a língua inglesa no seu ambiente de trabalho. Use a dictionary.reference. plural ou singular.com. (http://dictionary. Summary Na aula de hoje estudamos um novo vocabulário referente a comida.

Conhecer os quantifiers do inglês. Say.html. bebida e substantivos contáveis e incontáveis de modo geral.blogspot. Dictionary Reference.com. . 2010.expressivo. Online.com/?o=100074. 2010. 2010.Ana Célia Lima REFERÊNCIAS Blog Dicas e Regras de Inglês (postado por Nara).reference.com/2007/03/countable-and-uncountable-nouns. Online. Acesso em: 23 out.expressivo. Acesso em: 12 dez. Online. Disponível em: http://say. Unidade 2 – Estruturas Morfo-léxico-sintáticas English Basic Level • 15th Lesson How much coffee and water do you drink a day? Aim Conhecer novas palavras e um novo vocabulário que inclui comida.com. Listen online. Acesso em: 15 ago. palavras muito importantes para falarmos de quantidade. Disponível em: http://dicasingles. Aprimorar a pronúncia de mais alguns sons das consoantes.com/. Disponível em: http://dictionary.

Introduction Hello! How are you? Hoje é dia de estudar inglês! Novas estruturas gramaticais. A: That's not enough. Enjoy your class! Speaking & Reading 3) Read the conversations below: Talking about coffee Talking about water A: How much coffee do you drink? B: About 8 cups a day. É saudável para você. 8 cups of coffee is unhealthy*. responda à seguinte pergunta: 4) How much water do you drink a day? How many cups of coffee do you drink a day? . Não é saudável para você. **Healthy = it’s good for you. *Unhealthy = it’s not good for you. B: How many glasses of water do you drink? A: At least 8 glasses a day. A: How much water do you drink? B: About a glass. B: That's not enough. novas palavras e a pronúncia de novos sons da língua inglesa esperam por você nesta aula. B: That's too much. A: That's too much! B: How many cups of coffee do you drink? A: No more than 2 cups a day. 8 glasses of water is healthy**. Agora. Coffee is usually recommended by doctors (2 cups maximum) and water is always recommended by doctors (8-12 glasses is the recommended standard).

S for Snack (lanche). Sugar ( ) 3. Sweetening ( ) 4. Coffee ( ) 13. Potatoes ( ) 8. Pork ( ) 15. Cake ( ) 11. Chocolate ( ) 9. Pineapple ( ) 2. Rice ( ) 6. Ice cream ( ) . Cookies ( ) 10. L for Lunch and D for Dinner. Bananas ( ) 7. Candies ( ) 12. Lettuce ( ) 5._________________________________________________________________________________ Vocabulary FOOD 2) Write B for Breakfast. 1. Meat ( ) 14.

Hamburger ( ) 24. Passion fruit ( ) 35. Peas 23. Strawberry ( ) 36.16. Apples ( ) 33. Mushroom ( ) 21. Cracker ( ) 22. Cereal ( ) 19. Yogurt ( ) 28. Beans ( ) 25. Spaghetti ( ) 32. Onion ( ) 17. Orange juice ( ) 29. Garlic ( ) . Oil ( ) 37. Butter ( ) 34. Carrot ( ) 18. Tea ( ) 20. Chicken ( ) 26. Lemmon ( ) 31. Jam ( ) 27. Milk ( ) 30.

three glasses of water. dependendo da expressão utilizada. potatoes. Peach ( ) 42. Ex. pode ser contado. French fries ( ) 43. Caso você queira dizer que tem uma quantidade específica daquela porção. ice cream cone (casquinha de sorvete) [C]. Ex.: a / one kilo of coffee. Bread ( ) 40. Eggs ( ) 39.: apples. Entendeu direitinho? • Em alguns dicionários você pode consultar se o substantivo é contável ou incontável. two kilos of meat. Os contáveis são os substantivos que têm forma no plural e podem ser contados. Fruit salad ( ) 46. Já os substantivos incontáveis não possuem plural e servem para porções ou coisas que não podem ser contadas. etc.38. Salad ( ) 47. Tomato ( ) 48. e [U] para uncountable nouns. então o certo é dizer Rice. • Em certos casos. Ham ( ) 44. . Toast ( ) COUNTABLE X UNCOUNTABLE NOUNS Em inglês. não contamos arroz. Cheese ( ) 45. • Você pode usar a/an antes de countable nouns apenas no singular. você vai usar as medidas ou falar do recipiente e isso sim. • Substantivos abstratos são incontáveis. Ex. Ex. o substantivo pode ser contável e incontável. cookies…. os substantivos são divididos em contáveis e incontáveis (countable and uncountable nouns).: one rice. sem plural. Fish ( ) 41. two rices. as palavras possuem os símbolos [C] para countable nouns.: ice cream [U] – não sabemos a quantidade.

a bar of. a pint of. She bought two bars of soap in the market. usemos expressões como a piece of. Find the mistakes and correct them. a can of. 8) Countable or Uncountable? Some of the following sentences contain mistakes. How many dollars do you get for 1000 Euros? 3. Se uma palavra é incontável. Ao invés disso. 4. Let’s practice?!?! 7) Label the food pictures (above) in the vocabulary exercise [C] or [U]. etc.: A grain of sand. a lot of wisdom. Ex. countable or uncountable according to the picture (se você não souber a quantidade certa. lembre-se de que essas expressões têm plural: Ex: Would you like a piece of cheese? I have some pieces of advice for you. ou não puder numerar a quantidade no plural. How many money do you have in the bank? 2. o verbo que a acompanha deve estar obrigatoriamente no singular: The news is amazing. mas geralmente contáveis em português: Information Advice Weather Equipment News Medicine Hair Furniture Fruit Vacation Music Bread Por serem incontáveis. a glass of. a block of ice. você deve usar a medida e assim a palavra se torna countable. a liter of. 1. é comum que. com essas palavras. o substantivo é incontável). We have a little time left so we need to hurry. The weather is nice today. The information was given last night. para que se dê uma ideia de plural. As seguintes palavras são incontáveis em inglês.• Você não pode usar a/an antes de um uncountable noun. Se assim acontecer. . My brother is lonely because he has only little friends.

6. Can I have some water? • Any é usado em frases interrogativas ou negativas.: I don’t have any free time during the week. Dependendo dessa característica. Ex. 9. I bought two clothes this weekend. How many times does it take to go from London to New York? 7. Os quantifiers são quantificadores. I read his message many times and I don’t understand it. 8. We had very little bad weather this year.: I have some money at the bank.5. pronomes e artigos que usamos para qualificar os substantivos em termos de quantidade. Fonte: Blog Dicas e Regras de Inglês Uncountable Any Some Little/ a little (How) much A lot of/ lots of • Usamos some para quantidades indefinidas ou desconhecidas apenas em frases positivas ou para oferecer ou pedir algo. Ex. Do you need any help? . I have few/a few friends. I need some new shoes. How many girlfriends does he have? Let´s make a lot of/ lots of money. There are not many furniture in this room so there is lots of space. adjetivos. Veja a tabela seguinte: Countable A/an Any (of) Some Few/ a few (How) many A lot of/ lots of Observe os exemplos a seguir: Would you like an apple? Would you like some tea? How much money do you have? I got a lot of/ lots of presents. The news about the company’s profits were very bad. 10. Grammar Quantifiers Já vimos que um substantivo em inglês pode ser contável ou incontável. a jacket and a little pants. certas palavras poderão ou não acompanhá-lo.

Although he's very ill. • Short answers . .Not many. he didn't take __________________ medicine. .Not much (não muito). They had __________________ homework in mathematics.None (nenhum. many. Countable nouns How many candies do you eat a day? How many hamburgers do you eat a day? • Full answers + I eat a lot of hamburgers. .I don’t drink any coffee. . + I eat quite a lot of candies. b. . little. nada).I don’t eat any hamburgers.None. • Short answers + A lot (muito) + Quite a lot (bastante). d.I don’t drink much water. There are too __________________ students in the library. + A lot. It’s time to exercise! 3) Choose the correct quantifier (much. any. + I drink quite a lot of coffee. a lot. How __________________ time do you need to finish the work? c. Did you visit __________________ foreign country? e.I don’t eat many candies.Vamos utilizar novamente as perguntas do começo desta aula para observarmos o uso dos quantifiers: How much water do you drink a day? How much coffee do you drink a day? Uncountable nouns • Full answers + I drink a lot of water. . . lots of. + Quite a lot. . a. a little).

¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨ MEASURES (medidas) 1 inch (in) = 1 polegada = 2. 1 foot (ft) = 1 pé = 30.f.2371 litros 1 gallon (gal) = 3. He's having __________________ of trouble passing his driving test. __________________ bananas have we got? We haven’t got any. 1 libra (lb) = 0.7851 litros . 1 league = 1 légua = 4. j. __________________ sugar have we got? Enough. He knows __________________ English. g. __________________ meat is there? We have got two steaks. h. I spend __________________ of my time reading novels. __________________ bottles are there? Three. 4) Complete the questions using how much / how many: __________________ lemonade have we got? Not much.54 centímetros. 1 mile* = 1 milha = 1.609 quilômetros. __________________ milk have we got? About one and a half litre. i.35 gramas 1 cup ( xícara) = 0.48 centímetros. __________________ years is this wine old? It’s 22 years old. __________________ bread have we got? Some. They say __________________ medicine is a dangerous thing. 1 yard (yd) = 1 jarda = 91 centímetros.828 milhas.454gramas 1 once (oz) = 28. __________________ people know as much about linguistics as John does. __________________ bikes are there in the garden? Two.

reference. Além disso. Vimos também novas expressões e palavras que não têm plural e como utilizá-las. (http://dictionary. Check with your tutor and practice the pronunciation at www. Summary Na aula de hoje estudamos um novo vocabulário referente a comida. Veja: / / / / / / dinner / / sugar glass healthy 3) Complete the table above with words from the box. com novos sons de consoantes. Não se esqueça de tirar suas dúvidas e de estudar tudo de novo para que você aprenda bem! Seu aprendizado depende de seu esforço! See you next class!!! Ana Célia Lima . Use a dictionary. A pronúncia também teve destaque na aula de hoje. Nosso objetivo neste curso é fazer com que você entenda e pratique a língua inglesa no seu ambiente de trabalho. usados para falar de quantidades e número de substantivos. plural ou singular. ainda vimos os quantifiers.say.Pronunciation Vamos aproveitar o novo vocabulário desta aula para estudar a pronúncia de alguns sons.com.com/?o=100074).expressivo. Bread Candies Fish Hamburger How Passion fruit Spaghetti Yogurt 4) Add two more words from this lesson to each column. bebida e refeições por meio de substantivos contáveis e incontáveis em inglês.

reference. Acesso em: 15 ago.html.com/?o=100074.com/2007/03/countable-and-uncountable-nouns. Online. Unidade 2 – Estruturas Morfo-léxico-sintáticas English Basic Level • 16th Lesson Are you going to get a new passport? Aim Introduction Aprender como usar os verbos em inglês no tempo futuro. Online. 2010. Acesso em: 12 dez. Disponível em: http://dicasingles.com. Say. .expressivo.com.com/. Online. Disponível em: http://dictionary. 2010. Dictionary Reference. Disponível em: http://say. Listen online.expressivo.blogspot. Acesso em: 23 out. 2010.REFERÊNCIAS Blog Dicas e Regras de Inglês (postado por Nara).

the future 2. He is an important businessman on vacation! “This place is magic! Yesterday I visited the dolphins in the middle of the ocean. Is he enjoying his vacation? _____________________________________________________________________________ 3. the past b.Hi! What’s up? Está na hora de praticar e aprender mais sobre a língua inglesa. Is he talking about…? (More than one option is possible. tudo isso usando uma nova estrutura gramatical e acrescentando novas palavras ao seu vocabulário. It’s time to study! Reading 1) Read a part of the letter Ronald Smith wrote to his secretary about his holiday in California.) a. . Tomorrow I’m going to climb a mountain and I’m going to try bungee jumping. I hope I don’t get hurt! The day after tomorrow I’m going to sail with my new friends and we’re going to visit a desert island on the north coast. Then I watched a show with whales. não é mesmo? Hoje vamos prever o futuro. fazer planos e falar de você e suas metas. sunbathing and swimming… isn’t it great? I’m in paradise!” Reading comprehension 1. We’re going to stay there all day long. Find three plans he makes for “tomorrow”. the present c.

Se quisermos falar sobre Ronald Smith. a estrutura é feita com o verbo to be + going to + verbo principal no infinitivo. .I’m going to try bungee jumping.He’s going to sail with his friends.I’m going to climb a mountain tomorrow. Ou seja. Affirmative I am You are He is She is It is We are They are going to visit another country. podemos dizer: . . sendo que a única variação se dá no verbo to be e no verbo principal. Você já sabe como formamos a estrutura negativa e a interrogativa. Negative I’m not You aren’t She isn’t He isn’t It isn’t We aren’t They aren’t going to visit another country. como nos exemplos retirados da carta de Ronald: . que muda de acordo com o que é falado. . não é? Claro que sim! São formadas da mesma maneira que fazemos com todas as estruturas com o verbo to be.They’re going to visit a desert island._____________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________ Grammar O que são as expressões sublinhadas na carta acima? Você compreende a função delas nesse contexto? _________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________ Usamos estruturas como as grifadas no texto acima quando temos um plano já definido sobre o futuro antes da fala.

you are. / No.) • Como going to é uma estrutura usada para falar do futuro. You ask: (where/ put it?) _________________________________________________________ c) Your friend decided to have a party tomorrow night. / No. / No. it is. next week. Yes. Practice 1) Write a question with going to for each situation. I’m not. Yes. You ask: (what/ wear?) ___________________________________________________________ b) Your friend bought a new computer last month. Yes. we aren’t. it isn’t. You ask? (who/ invite?)__________________________________________________________ 2) Use your prediction skills and say what’s going to happen next in these situations. The nearest gas station is 30 miles from there.I think I’m going to be sick. Yes. (I feel terrible now.) . they are. I am . Example: Your friend won some money in the lottery yesterday. they aren’t. Yes.. we are. / No. vamos associá-la a certas expressões de tempo como: tomorrow. There is very little gas left in the tank. (rain) It ______________________________________ ____________________________ . Ex. the day after tomorrow.. Yes. (run out) She’s going to run out of gas. he is. / No.It’s going to rain tonight! (The clouds are dark.: . he isn’t.Am I Are you Is she Is he Is it Are we Are they going to visit another country? Yes. next holiday. geralmente com base em algum indício. / No._____________________ a) There are a lot of black clouds in the sky. You ask: (what/ do with it?) What are you going to do with it?____________________________ a) Your friend is going to have a job interview tomorrow afternoon. Também utilizamos going to para fazer previsões e falar de coisas que achamos que vão acontecer. next year. Example: Emma is driving. you aren’t. she is. she isn’t. / No.

(late) He _________________________________________________________________ c) A man is holding a big box and he can’t see where he’s walking.m.b) It is 8:30 a. Don’t forget to use the GOING + TO structure! On Monday he is __________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ On Tuesday he is __________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ On Wednesday he is ________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ On Thursday he is _________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ On Friday he is ____________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ On Sunday he is ___________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ Vocabulary . Smith’s business trip (at least 2 activities).m. Check his schedule below and write sentences with going to. 2 p. Monday Opening ceremony Free Speech at convention center Dinner with the staff Sleep early Tuesday Meeting with staff Lunch with staff Meeting with the president Dinner with president Walk around Wednesday Visit Rome Thursday Meeting with the president Japanese restaurant Visit the Vatican city Dinner at the hotel Farewell party Friday Conference Saturday Free Sunday Free Free Speech at convention center Dinner with the staff Go downtown Free Meeting with the president Dinner with the staff Pack my luggage Visit Venice Free Free Free Go to the airport Free Free 4) Write about each day of Mr.m. to 4 p. 6 p. He has to be at work at 8:45 but the journey takes 30 minutes. (fall) He _________________________________________________________________________ 3) Ronald Smith is going to travel to Italy on business for a week.m.m.m. There is a hole in front of him. 8 p. to 10 a.m. 10 p. Day 8 a.m.m. Jack is leaving his house. 12 p.

b) check-in desk c) take off d) baggage claim e) immigration control f) carry-on luggage ( ) the place where your passport is checked. ( ) the bags or hand luggage you keep with you inside the plane ( ) the place where you have your tickets checked. a) What time are you going to get up tomorrow? _____________________________________________________________________________ b) What are you going to wear tomorrow? _____________________________________________________________________________ c) What are you going to do at home tonight? _____________________________________________________________________________ d) What are you going to eat for dinner? _____________________________________________________________________________ e) Where are you going to go for your next holiday? _____________________________________________________________________________ f) When are you going to travel on business? _____________________________________________________________________________ ¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨ Holidays . ( ) the place where you have your baggage back when you arrive at your destination. 2) Answer the questions about you.Leisure OUTDOOR ACTIVITIES . ( ) the place where you can buy things at good prices. a) duty free shop. ( ) the moment when a plane starts flying.At the airport 1) Match the words in column A with the definitions in column B.

_________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ .go camping go fishing do extreme sports visit monuments go to a shopping center go jogging INDOOR ACTIVITIES play chess/cards surf/chat on the internet send/receive e-mails take a nap play the drums (a musical instrument) go bowling 1) Make plans about your next weekend with going to. Choose some outdoor and indoor activities you would like to do.

conseguiu responder à pergunta? Veja mais algumas formas: It’s windy. It’s hot. Houston (USA) and Melbourne (Australia). It’s cold.¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨ THE WEATHER 1) Dê uma olhada lá do lado de fora de sua janela e tente responder: “What’s the weather like?” Is it sunny? Is it rainy? Is it snowy? Is it cloudy? • • • A terceira opção: “It’s snowy” é pouco provável na maior parte do Brasil. 2) Find what’s the weather like at this moment in São Paulo (Brazil). It’s stormy. _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ Pronunciation Consonant sounds . E aí.

say. .expressivo. Check and practice the pronunciation at www. Lembre-se de usar um dicionário. Tick ( ) your choices! 1 a ( ) go to the beach 2 a ( ) in January 3 a ( ) in the summer 4 a ( ) at a hotel b ( ) go to the countryside b ( ) in July b ( ) in the winter b ( ) at a hostel c ( ) go to the mountains c ( ) other c ( ) any c ( ) at a campsite c ( ) go with your parents 5 a ( ) go with your friends b ( ) go with your husband / wife 2) Now.com. 5) Complete the table with words from the box below. como o http://dictionary.Bem. Writing 1) Congratulations! A new airline company offered you plane tickets for a trip abroad for 5 days on your next holiday! All you have to do is to fill in the form below and decide where to go. Agora vamos estudar mais alguns sons das consoantes.reference. meu caro aluno. you have to write an e-mail to the airline company with your choices and wait for their answer! Answer the questions according to the options you ticked ( ) above. online.com/?o=100074. Chess Stay Tomorrow Travel Trip Visit Use Yesterday / / very / / rain / / swimming / / year / / / / / / / / 6) Add two more words from this lesson to each column.

• Where are you going to go? • When are you going to go? • Where are you going to stay? • Who are you going to go with? .

.com. Hoje falamos de planos e previsões. vocabulário e pronúncia. Listen online. Acesso em: 23 out. você mandar um email para o seu tutor falando de seus objetivos e metas como aluno e como profissional? Esse é um método muito eficaz de colocar em prática e fixar a nova matéria de hoje! Keep on studying!!! Bye bye! Ana Célia Lima Viviane Gomes Pontes REFERÊNCIAS Dictionary Reference. Vamos desenvolver também sua capacidade de se comunicar e negociar em inglês. mas. vimos novas expressões ligadas ao seu lazer e a pronúncia de mais alguns sons das consoantes. 2010. Online.com/?o=100074. Temos ainda mais 14 aulas nas quais você vai desenvolver. além de gramática. Disponível em: http://dictionary. Online.reference. para praticar o conteúdo da aula de hoje.com/. Apenas passamos da metade do curso.I’m going to_______________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ Summary Gostou de falar sobre seus planos para o futuro e sobre suas futuras férias? Pois é. Disponível em: http://say. Acesso em: 15 ago. 2010. Say.expressivo. antes das férias escolares.com. Que tal.expressivo. você ainda tem muito o que estudar.

Brazil Aim Compreender como funcionam os adjetivos nos graus comparativo e superlativo.Unidade 2 – Estruturas Morfo-léxico-sintáticas English Basic Level ( • 17th Lesson ) Houston. Treinar os sons de outras consoantes. . Australia ( ) São Paulo. vocabulário e pronúncia sempre fazem parte de nossas aulas e têm a função de ajudá-lo a desenvolver suas competências linguísticas no aprendizado de inglês. USA ( Which one is the biggest? ) Melbourne. Introduction Hey! Good morning! Good afternoon! Good evening! É hora do inglês! Hoje temos muita coisa nova para estudar! Gramática. Enriquecer o vocabulário relacionado a adjetivos de personalidade.

. I could carry my nine-year-old brother in my hands. b. Do you think I am fat? I’m not. When I was younger. I’m fifteen now and I’m fitter than all my friends. I can run one hundred meters in one minute. a. When my friends and I eat a three-course dinner they are finished with dessert before I am done with my appetizers. I can complete a forty-kilometer marathon in five hours. but I wake up at seven.Have a nice class! Reading 1) Read the text below. I’m not a professional athlete but I’m faster than most of them. It takes me two hours to get dressed in the morning. c.. d. I was five when I could ride a bike. I am stronger than all my friends. around twelve. I’ve been practicing physical exercises since I was five. I am slower than everyone I know. My alarm clock goes off at 6 a.m.

She is older than her husband. stronger. Ex. Ex. Mas para que serve a terminação -er seguida do than? Juntas elas fazem a forma comparativa do adjetivo. • Para formar o comparativo de adjetivos longos (duas sílabas ou mais).Reading comprehension 2) Answer according to the texts: a. pessoas. acrescente -er ao adjetivo.Paul is taller than Mark. • Usamos a forma comparativa de um adjetivo + than para estabelecer uma comparação entre dois lugares. O que elas têm em comum além da terminação -er? Elas são os adjetivos: fast. . Ex. fit.A car is more expensive than a bike. Which text describes a lazy and slow man? ____ d. slower. Veja outros exemplos: . younger. • Para formar o grau comparativo de adjetivos de uma sílaba. young. etc.London is larger than New York. slow. fitter.: .Mike is faster than Ben. strong. . .: . Which text describes a fit and sporty man? ____ c.: .I am smaller than my sister. acrescente apenas –r.Frank is more romantic than Peter. coisas. . animais. .Tokyo is bigger than Madrid. Which text describes a fast runner? ____ 3) Em qual dos textos o personagem não se compara com seus amigos? ____ Grammar COMPARATIVE ADJECTIVES Observe as seguintes palavras: faster. Which text describes a strong and fat man? ____ b. Se o adjetivo terminar em –e. acrescente a palavra more antes do adjetivo.

He has millions of dollars at the bank and she doesn’t. d) My car is __________________ than yours.Julie is thin but Maria is thinner (than Julie).Yours: $75 mi) e) This computer is very bad but the one we had before was _______________.Roger is busier than Carl. Ex. Veja: . Intelligent populated expensive good bad hot strong rich easy a) Rio is big but Mexico city is _____________ than Rio. • Good. • Quando um adjetivo de duas sílabas terminar em –y. troque o –y por –i e acrescente –er. nós dobramos a última consoante e acrescentamos –er. c) This restaurant is good but the other one is _______________. . .Sue is better (good) than Sally. f) It’s ________________ to send an e-mail than to write an letter to our boss. h) We need someone ______________ than George to carry all those boxes. He always obeys me when I give him orders. i) New York is _____________ than Mumbai. bad e far têm formas comparativas irregulares. g) My dog is _____________ than yours. . .This beach is farther (far) than I thought. Practice 1) Complete the sentences using a comparative form and the adjectives in the box. b) Robert is ________than Mary.• Quando um adjetivo de uma sílaba terminar em consoante + vogal + consoante (CVC).: . .Michael is worse (bad) than Paul.Rio is hot but Dubai is hotter (than Rio). 2) Give the comparative forms of the adjectives below: a) thin _________________ c) fat___________________ e) lucky _________________ g) important ________________ b) old __________________ d) handsome __________________ f) cold ______________________ h) good __________________ .Frank is happier than Peter. (My car: $90 mi.

Tina is the most intelligent girl at university. etc. John is busier than his boss. com o restante do grupo. Tina is more intelligent than my secretary. Agora é sua vez! Analise os exemplos acima e estabeleça a diferença entre as formas comparativa e superlativa dos adjetivos e tente descobrir as regras! Ponto para você que descobriu que as regras se parecem com a do comparativo dos adjetivos! Com a exceção de que não acrescentamos –er ou –ier e sim –est ou –iest. animal ou coisa. His boss is younger than him . John is the busiest worker in his company. • Usamos a forma superlativa de um adjetivo para comparar um lugar.i) bad _____________________ j) far_____________________ 3) Write 4 sentences using the comparatives. He’s the youngest in the office.: . pessoa. I’m the best at maths in my work. Ex. but I believe Mexico City is the biggest city in the world (comparando Mexico às outras cidades do mundo). . _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ ¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨ SUPERLATIVE ADJECTIVES 1) Read the following examples: I’m better at mathematics than my brother.Rio and Paris are big cities.

This is the easiest job I’ve ever taken.São Paulo is the noisiest city in Brazil.Rio is one of the hottest cities in Brazil. Ex. • Para formar o superlativo de adjetivos longos (duas ou mais sílabas).Frank is the most important manager here. . como comparamos uma pessoa ou coisa a um grupo. . acrescente the most antes do adjetivo. the busiest. usamos o artigo the. . .• Lembre-se de que. Ex. . the fastest.: .: the best. the most interesting.London is the largest city in England. Observe mais exemplos: . . the strongest.Mike is the fastest runner in the race. .Planes are the most expensive vehicles.Russia is the biggest country in Europe.

• Good. Size: 230 square miles. I don’t have a lot of money. h. Practice 1) Fill in the gaps with superlative forms of the adjectives in the box. Michael is the worst (bad) employer here. That was the _______________ ride he had. Joseph traveled from Miami to Russia last year by plane. There are 800 seats there! i. That airline company has the ________________ planes I ever seen. RARE LONG SOFT 2) Read about these cities. d. The _________________ sport in Brazil is definitely soccer. e. bad e far têm formas comparativas irregulares. __________________________ Chicago . Sue is the best (good) co-worker in the company. It’s really confortable! j. The bank that is ______________ to our house is 10 kilometers away. so I am going to buy the _______________ house I can find. BRIGHT FUNNY LARGE NARROW CHEAP CLOSE POPULAR a. ____ Madrid Population: A little more than 3 million people. Climate: In the summer. Where did you get that book? Did you know it is the ______________ book about economy? f. This city is the farthest (far) that I’ve ever visited. b. I laughed a lot last night at the meeting. g. My boss’ chair is the ______________ chair I ever sit in. Madrid reaches 95 degrees Fahrenheit. The sun is the __________________star in the sky. Transportation: Madrid’s Barajas Airport is about 15 miles away from the city center. c. David is the _________________ co-worker we have. The street I drove to work on this morning is the _______________ street in my town.

o que vai enriquecer seu vocabulário. Algumas palavras são parecidas com o português. Chicago reaches 80 degrees Fahrenheit. Transportation: Chicago’s O’hare Airport is about 20 miles away from the city center. Madrid and Chicago. Transportation: Tokyo’s International Airport is about 40 miles away from the city center.Population: 3 million people. consulte um dicionário. Rio de Janeiro Population: 8 million people. Transportation: Rio de Janeiro’s Galeão Airport is about 10 miles away from the city center. Sugestão: Dicionário Michaelis Online . mas. Climate: In the summer. Tokyo Population: 12 million people. Size: 250 square miles. a) Compare Chicago and Tokyo. Size: 600 square miles. _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ b) Compare Rio. Size: 500 square miles. _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ Vocabulary PERSONALITY ADJECTIVES Agora veremos alguns adjetivos para descrever pessoas. Climate: In the summer. Climate: In the summer. caso tenha dúvidas. Tokyo reaches 90 degrees Fahrenheit. Rio de Janeiro reaches 90 degrees Fahrenheit.

Smith like? -He’s very tall.He’s very smart.http://michaelis.: -What’s Mr.br/moderno/ingles/index Positive Personality Adjectives cheerful cooperative dynamic enthusiastic fair faithful friendly generous hilarious kind lovely lucky modern peaceful pleasant punctual proud receptive responsible silly successful talented unusual warm wise willing Negative Personality Adjectives afraid ambiguous angry annoyed ashamed anxious careless clumsy dangerous • Para saber sobre a personalidade de alguém. young and handsome! embarrassed forgetful hungry jealous lazy lonely mean naive nervous strange selfish snobbish tired upset weak worried Practice . Smith like? . Ex.: -What does Mr. geralmente usamos a pergunta: “What’s she/he like?” Ex. punctual and enthusiastic! • Quando utilizamos a pergunta: “What does he/she look like?” queremos nos referir à aparência da pessoa.uol.com.

a) generous b) jealous c) kind d) lazy e) mean f) careless g) naïve ( ) she does not give attention to what she is doing ( ) she believes things too easily and does not have enough experience. She’s happy doing nothing. 2) Circle the word with the consonant sound that doesn’t rhyme. Who is the tallest person in your family? _________________________________________ d. specially on other people. She doesn’t like others to succeed. para estudar a pronúncia de mais alguns sons das consoantes? Let’s go! / / at / / s rong / / la y 1) Complete the table above with one word from this lesson according to the consonant sound. ( )she wants what other people have. Who is the busiest person at work? _____________________________________________ Pronunciation Vamos aproveitar o novo vocabulário desta aula. ( ) she likes to give presents and to help other people. ( ) she’s nice.1) Match the columns. 2) Let’s talk about you! a. Who is the most intelligent person in your family? _________________________________ b. ( ) she doesn’t like spending money. Who is the most boring workmate you know? _____________________________________ c. principalmente de adjetivos. at s rong la y ast important busy love populated dessert physical tall expensive . gentle and helpful ( ) she doesn’t like to work or exercise.

coisas e lugares. Faça os exercícios desta aula e pratique falando sobre as pessoas que você conhece.com.com/?o=100074. Vimos também um vocabulário de adjetivos de personalidade e na parte de pronúncia vimos outros sons de consoantes. 2010. Summary Nosso objetivo é transmitir o conhecimento básico e imprescindível para que você se comunique.com/?o=100074).uol.expressivo.com. leia e entenda a língua inglesa tão necessária para o seu sucesso no mercado de trabalho. Unidade 2 – Estruturas Morfo-léxico-sintáticas English Basic Level . Check with your tutor and practice the pronunciation at www.expressivo. Disponível em: http://michaelis.reference. Dictionary Reference.br/moderno/ingles/index. de formas diferentes. Acesso em: 23 out.com/.reference.say. Say.com. Listen online. Online. que lhe permite comparar. Acesso em: 15 ago. Online. Online. Disponível em: http://dictionary. 2010. Hoje vimos uma matéria importante. Acesso em: 13 nov. Estabeleça comparações no seu ambiente familiar ou de trabalho. pessoas. 2010.• Use a dictionary (http://dictionary. Disponível em: http://say.com. Esse será o seu homework! See you!!! Ana Célia Lima Viviane Gomes Pontes REFERÊNCIAS Dicionário Michaelis.expressivo.

Conhecer alguns advérbios em inglês e como eles são usados. Treinar a pronúncia de novos sons das consoantes segundo o alfabeto fonético internacional. dear student? Que tal estudarmos um pouco de gramática. vocabulário e pronúncia da língua inglesa? Temos muito a aprender com a aula de hoje! It’s time! Are you ready? Reading 1) Read the dialogues below: I like going to Salvador for the Carnival. Introduction Hello! How are you.• 18th Lesson Would you like another cup of coffee? Aim Entender os usos do verbo “to like” em duas estruturas e funções diferentes. Oh! I would like to go there someday too… .

He would like to go to Salvador or He’d like to go to Salvador. b. Você notou que elas usaram o verbo like de 2 diferentes formas para exprimir um desejo ou expressar de que gostam? Assim: a. d.. c. Qual (ou quais) das expressões expressa(m) um desejo? Qual (ou quais) das expressões representa(m) um gosto ou preferência? Grammar Like x Would like .. bikes. I like going to Salvador. We like getting to know different places riding our I’d like to be like my parents. Você pôde observar o que essas pessoas pensam e ler o que falam.a. b.

de preferências em geral. I would. Hora de praticar! Practice 1) Complete the sentences. Use the correct form of like or would like. Would you like to go to Salvador? . . Outros exemplos: -What kind of food do you like? -I like ice cream and bananas. • Note que não precisamos usar “s” na terceira pessoa do singular quando usamos would. • Would é frequentemente reduzido para ‘d na forma falada. -I like Chinese food.Usamos a expressão would like quando queremos exprimir um desejo ou plano. (Eu prefereria comida italiana) • Veja a diferença entre as duas formas de fazer perguntas usando o verbo like e would like: Does he like going to Salvador? -Yes.: He would like to go to Salvador. Ex. he does.No. I wouldn’t. (expressa verdades.No. devemos usar em seguida verbos no infinitivo. • Quando usamos would like. Você reparou qual a forma dos verbos após a expressão would like? Observe os exemplos acima. he doesn’t. Viu a diferença entre as duas formas? Em uma falamos do presente. na outra falamos de situações que podem ou não acontecer no futuro. Ex. He would likes to go to Salvador.Yes. . .: She’d like to buy a new car next year.: I really would like to travel on my next holiday. preferências pessoais) What kind of food would you like? (expressa a possibilidade de escolher ou de oferecer algo) I would like Italian food. intenções e desejos. Ex.

já o advérbio qualifica uma ação (expressa pelo verbo). Bom. identifique nos exemplos acima o adjetivo e o advérbio. You ask: _____________________ a sandwich? ¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨ Adverbs Você estudou previamente (aulas 7 e 17) alguns adjetivos em inglês. No entanto alguns advérbios são irregulares e apresentam a mesma forma do adjetivo. A grande exceção. c) He _____________________ to travel on his next vacation. A maioria dos advérbios de modo (que indicam como uma ação é feita ou como ela acontece) termina em –ly. We do it every day. b) She _____________________ working overtime once a week. É o caso de fast e hard. E na aula 8 vimos alguns advérbios de frequência. I drive badly. You say: I _____________________ to go to Paris. a função de um adjetivo é dar uma qualidade a um nome (substantivo). I am a bad driver. You ask: What _____________________ to do tonight? b) You are expressing how much you want to go to Paris. I _____________________ to go to Rome. a) You want to do something with your friend tonight. Agora que você já sabe. f) What _____________________ to do now? 2) Fill in the words to complete the sentences using "would like or wouldn't like".a) He _____________________ soda with his lunch every day. d) _____________________ to see that project now? e) We _____________________ working together. carefully (careful). You say: I _____________________ to work as a waiter again in the future. c) You don't like working as a waiter. mas . como em beautifully (beautiful). Você sabe a diferença entre as funções de adjetivos e de advérbios? Veja nos exemplos abaixo a diferença entre bad e badly: a. b. d) You offer your friend a sandwich.

He works slowly. Alfie has a good job. (adjective) / He runs fast. a) Does Alfie have a bad job? No. He is a slow worker. It’s a fast car. é o adjetivo good que se transforma no advérbio well. He also works fast. Reading 1) Read the text about Alfie and Joey._________________________ b) Is Alfie a bad worker? ____________________________________________________________ c) Does Alfie work slowly every day? _________________________________________________ d) Is Alfie’s car slow? ______________________________________________________________ e) Does Alfie’s car run badly? _______________________________________________________ f) Does Joey have a good business? ___________________________________________________ g) Is Joey a fast worker? __________________________________________________________ h) Does Joey’s car run well? _______________________________________________________ i) Is Joey’s job easy? _____________________________________________________________ . Joey’s doesn’t have a good business. Alfie has a new car. (adjective) / Sally works hard.que também se encaixa na categoria de advérbio irregular. and it runs well. / She manages the company well (adverb). Assim temos: He’s a fast runner. Alfie works hard. Reading comprehension 1) Answer the questions using the adjectives and adverbs above. he doesn’t. He has a good job. and he works only on Mondays. Alfie and Joey are mechanics. It’s a very hard job. He works hard every day. His car was in a bad accident and runs badly. (adverb) Sally is a hard worker. (adverb) She is a good (adjective) manager. and Joey hardly works.

a) He reads a book _______________. (careful) c) My secretary speaks ____________ (loud) d) It was a _____________ (boring) meeting yesterday. b) Brian came to work lately today. (fluent) f) The women work ____________. c) The boss spoke angry with my co-worker today.j) Does Joey work fast? ___________________________________________________________ k) Does Alfie work slowly? ________________________________________________________ 2) Class Discussion: Practice answering and asking questions below with your friends. Suggestion Box (adverbs only) Badly – beautifully – dangerously – fast – hard – lazily – safely – slowly – well a) How do you work? _______________________________________________________________ b) How do you cook? _______________________________________________________________ c) How do you swim? _______________________________________________________________ d) What kind of student are you? ______________________________________________________ e) How do you dance? ______________________________________________________________ f) What kind of car do you like? _______________________________________________________ 3) Correct the mistakes in the following sentences: Example: My English teacher speaks too fastly fast. 4) Fill in the words in brackets with adjective or adverb. Share the answers with your tutor. a) Kate drives careful because she doesn’t want to have an accident. so I can’t understand him. (quick) b) He is a ______________ driver. (hard) g) Eric likes to sing ____________ songs. (sad) Vocabulary Common Adverbs . e) Jin speaks Chinese _____________. d) Chris and Danny can do this job very good.

fast well hard quickly slowly carefully hardly absolutely together alone lonely easily friendly angrily happily Adverbs of frequency (How often?) frequently occasionally seldom rarely normally regularly every day once in a while once a week twice a day again . . Ex. here there over there everywhere anywhere nowhere home downtown back away out Adverbs of manner (How?) • Observação: Nos adjetivos terminados em y troca-se o y pelo i e são acrescentadas as letras – ily. . ago Adverbs of place (Where?) • Observação: Não use “to” com esses advérbios.Adverbs of time (When?) yesterday today tomorrow now then later tonight right now last night this morning next week already recently lately soon immediately still yet .: easy – easily.

More than one answer is possible: 5.5) Fill in the blanks with the appropriate adverbs (check the lists above). Kity works _________________.2) Adverbs of place f) Petit stood ________________the company for two hours. 5. g) Come ________________ and sit with me. She missed the bus. o) Mr.1) Adverbs of time a) I shall go to Delhi ________________ b) We have ________________ booked the tickets. 5. Brum listens to the patients _________________. h) King went ________________ because he was sick. m) Let’s have a break________________. Pronunciation Consonant Sounds / / / / / / . l) Dr. k) I need to wear a raincoat because it’s raining _______________.3) Adverbs of manner j) Mrs.4) Adverbs of frequency n) She _____________ arrives late at work. Brown goes to New York______________ p) Oh no! My chauffer had a car crash ______________ q) I______________ have lunch at noon. c) The flight was ________________ . e) We went to the post-office ________________ . d) Miss Kitty arrived ________________ . i) John took his boss _______________ to buy some coffee to the office. 5.

e de estudar advérbios. Check with your tutor and practice the pronunciation of adverbs and adjectives at www. com exceção do som de / / (que é mais “pronunciado”).say. a expressão would like em contraste com o verbo to like. Enjoy your study! Good bye!!! . Let’s start?!? / / like / / tomorrow / / next 7) Complete the table above with words from the box. Vamos utilizar palavras que vimos na aula de hoje. certo? Esperamos que você pratique essas novas estruturas e o vocabulário.expressivo. Summary Hoje foi dia de conhecer uma nova estrutura gramatical. Use a dictionary (http://dictionary. Badly Immediately Morning Now Soon Well 8) Add two more words from this lesson to each column. Agora você aprendeu a discernir um advérbio de um adjetivo. principalmente adjetivos e advérbios. extremamente relevante para você que quer se comunicar com o mundo.com.reference.com/?o=100074). em especial a pronúncia.Os sons que vamos estudar na aula de hoje são muito usados também na língua portuguesa. pois eles são muito importantes para desenvolver e otimizar o seu aprendizado.

2010. Acesso em: 23 out.com/?o=100074.com/.expressivo. Online.Ana Célia Lima Viviane Gomes Pontes REFERÊNCIAS Dictionary Reference. Unidade 2 – Estruturas Morfo-léxico-sintáticas English Basic Level • 19th Lesson Have you ever traveled abroad? Aim Compreender como funciona um novo tempo verbal chamado Present Perfect. Contrastar o uso do Present Perfect com o uso do Past Simple.com. Acesso em: 15 ago. Listen online. . Say. Disponível em: http://dictionary. já estudado. Disponível em: http://say. Conhecer novos sons de consoantes em inglês. 2010.expressivo.reference. Online. Enriquecer o vocabulário com novas palavras e alguns particípios de verbos.com.

trabalhado. mas não sabe precisar quando e ainda não pôde encontrá-la). Já no caso de Tom. He has lost his car key (ele a perdeu. por isso usamos o Present Perfect.Introduction Hi! Are you OK? Na aula de hoje vamos estudar um novo tempo verbal e temos novos verbos a aprender. Tom is looking for his car key. Ex: estudado. No caso de Jane. partido. usamos o Past Simple para explicar o fato. a. Temos ainda a pronúncia de sons muito importantes na língua inglesa! Shall we start? Grammar 1) Take a look at the sentences below. He can’t find it. não sabemos quando ocorreu. comido. desta vez no particípio. A função desse tempo verbal é: . Jane lost her car key last week (veja que ela sabe quando perdeu a chave). além de gramática e vocabulário. b. que estudaremos a partir de agora. e temos um tempo definido. -ido. uma ação terminada. Lembrando que o particípio em português é indicado pela terminação -ado(a). A estrutura do Present Perfect consiste em juntar o verbo to have no presente (have / has) + verbo principal no particípio.

Lembre-se desta formula: No tempo verbal present perfect o verbo auxiliar é o verbo have / has.) • falar de algo que começou no passado e continua por um período de tempo até o presente: .) . (Eles se mudaram 15 anos atrás e permanecem lá até os dias de hoje.I have lost my job.) . • falar sobre o resultado presente de uma ação no passado: -Why can’t Tom go to the party? . • d ar u Present Perfect = have/has + past participle of the main verb m a in formação nova geralmente relacionada ao presente: .Tom has lost his car key. assim como para fazer perguntas. (Ela está com a chave agora. vamos usar haven’t / hasn’t. Veja: . .She has worked for the same company since 1998.Tom and his family have lived in the same house for 15 years.My brothers have played with the same band for 10 years.Jane has found her car key. ao invés de usar doesn’t ou don’t para a forma negativa.Because he has lost his car key.• falar sobre algo que aconteceu num tempo não especificado no passado e que ainda tem algum efeito no tempo presente: . Isso quer dizer que. (E agora não tenho emprego.

last week. • Lembre-se de que usamos have para os pronomes pessoais I / you / we / they.. Utilizados principalmente no Past simple e no Present perfect.No. I have lived here for only three months. I haven’t. Veja: Infinitive be become begin break bring build buy choose come cut do drink Past Simple was. já no past simple usamos: yesterday. etc. I have. aqui temos uma lista de verbos irregulares no presente. Se os verbos são regulares. [m2] Comentário: Aqui não seria “has”? Não. My family are very glad to meet you. Além disso.The police have arrested two robbers of the bank.Have you seen that new Leonardo DiCaprio film? .They haven’t found a new job yet.Yes. devemos consultar uma lista de verbos. e has para os pronomes he / she / it. para demarcar quando a coisa aconteceu. Observe os exemplos: . o tempo quando a ação aconteceu não é importante no present perfect. enquanto no present perfect falamos de ações que ainda têm efeito no presente e usamos have ou has como auxiliares. Já o particípio passado tem formas variadas.Have you lived here for a long time? . I have lived here since I was born. caso os verbos sejam irregulares. Importante: A diferença entre o Past Simple e o Present Perfect é que no past simple temos ações terminadas e o uso do auxiliar did. mesmo caso de family. a terminação é a mesma do Past simple (ou seja. were became began broke brought built bought chose came cut did drank Past Participle been become begun broken brought built bought chosen come cut done drunk . Os demais verbos provavelmente serão regulares – terminam em – (i)ed. . . acrescenta-se –ed aos verbos – veja as regras na aula 11). passado e particípio para que você estude.

drive eat fall feel fight find forget get give go have hear keep know leave lose make mean meet pay put read Infinitive ride run say see sell show sleep speak spend swim take teach think understand wake wear win drove ate fell felt fought found forgot got gave went had heard kept knew left lost made meant met paid put read /red/ Past Simple rode ran said saw sold showed slept spoke spent swam took taught thought understood woke wore won driven eaten fallen felt fought found forgotten got given gone had heard kept known left lost made meant met paid put read /red/ Past Participle ridden run said seen sold shown slept spoken spent swum taken taught thought understood waken worn won .

Uma vez que se obtém a resposta positiva. Be (Been) Break (Broken) Buy (Bought) Eat (Eaten) Find (Found) Meet (Met) Example: Mike was looking for his wallet.__________ a) Linda has problems with her car. e) They are having a big party now. He has found his wallet. My boss_____________________________ them recently. (went/ goed/ has gone) d) John and Peggy ________________ the project. She has just_________________________________ some in a restaurant. He has never _____________________ there before. It looks new again. (have cleaned/ cleaned/has cleaned) c) Last year we _________________ to Italy. a) Peter __________________ a meeting yesterday. Choose one of the following verbs and put the past participles given. It_________________________________ . d) Louise loves shrimp. 2) Choose. b) My office has new computers.write wrote written Practice 1) Read the situations and complete the sentences. (has/ has had/ had) b)They _______________ the car. circle and write the correct words or phrases. (forgot/forget/ have forgotten) Vocabulary Have you ever…? Essa pergunta é muito usada para introduzir conversas e para questionar sobre experiências de vida até o presente momento. é possível dar . They_____________________________ a lot of friends. c) This is Tom’s first time in Europe. (have met/meeted/ met) f) I’m sorry but I ________________ to bring the documents for you this morning. Now they can have a break. (has finished/ have finished/ finished) e) They _______________ each other at a party two weeks ago.

I have.When did you go there? . yes.I ate it last Christmas. . I have.Have you ever been to London? -Yes. . -Where did you eat it? . . -I have never eaten Indian food.I went there two years ago.continuidade ao assunto usando o passado simples (com o auxiliar did). pois vai ser mencionado o tempo definido logo em seguida. -Really? Have you ever eaten Brazilian food? -Oh.

Remember the regular verbs end in –ed. • Already (“já” em português) é usado em frases afirmativas entre o auxiliar e o verbo principal.• Observe que. Example: (ever/ ride/horse) Have you ever ridden a horse?______________________ a) (ever/ be/to California) ________________________________________________ b) (ever/run/ a marathon) ________________________________________________ c) (ever/ speak/ to a famous person) ________________________________________ d) (always/live/ in this town)______________________________________________ e) (most beautiful place/ ever/ visit) What____________________________________ 2) Make questions according to the answers with: Have you/ they ever. Already. . Has she/ he ever. just and yet Leia as frases abaixo: . e) ____________________________________No. . . quando usamos o advérbio never.. Look for the past participles you need in a list of irregular verbs. . o verbo auxiliar (have ou has) é mantido na forma positiva uma vez que never é um advérbio de negação. f) ____________________________________Yes..I have just finished my homework. I've visited the Art Museum many times. d)____________________________________Yes..He has just arrived home. b) ____________________________________No . Practice 1) Make questions about life experiences and then ask a partner. c) ____________________________________Yes..My colleagues have already understood the new rules in the office.they have never studied French.. Paula has tried sushi once or twice. she has never been to New York.? a)____________________________________Yes.They have already done what you asked them to. I've been to Paris twice. my parents have come to Los Angeles three times.

since.• Usamos just com o Present Perfect em frases afirmativas entre o verbo auxiliar e o verbo principal com a função de falar sobre atividades completadas ou acontecidas recentemente.Have you had enough time for yourself this year? . (just/ see) I ________________________________. (just/ finish) Yes.) . this morning. (just/arrive) Gone (to) and been (to) Veja a diferença entre os verbos been e gone (verbos to be e to go.I’ve begun a new project this week.We haven’t called him today. respectivamente) no present perfect: . etc. . Use the verbs in brackets + just.) Time expressions + Present Perfect / Past Simple Usamos o Present Perfect Simple com today. they__________________________. I_____________________. mas retornou. . already. He has gone to Ireland. I __________________________her.My boss is in Brazil again. quando estes períodos de tempo ainda não terminaram no momento da fala.It hasn’t rained a lot this summer. (not/watch TV/yet) e) Are your relatives with you? Yes. sendo que “yet” usado na interrogativa tem o significado de “já”. 3) Complete the sentences in column ‘B’. . I’ve just finished a report now. He has been to Switzerland. (Ele está lá agora ou a caminho. Example: Would you like something to do? b) Do you know where my secretary is? c) What time are you leaving home? d) What is the news today? No. ago .Tim is travelling on business. (already/leave) I don’t know. Assim: . yet. • A palavra “yet” é usada sempre ao final de frases interrogativas e negativas.I haven’t been to the supermarket yet. (Ele já esteve lá. For. na forma negativa “yet” significa “ainda” em português.Have you finished the report yet? . thanks. this evening.

He has been living in London since 2003. I have worked overtime for hours. Have you ever been a volunteer? __________________________________________ d. g) Melissa arrived at the office an hour ______________. b) They have worked here _______________ they were at college.• We use for + a period of time. • We use since + a word that expresses a definite point in time. e) Thy have tried to win the lottery ______________ years. I started my therapy two years ago. etc. Where have you lived? __________________________________________________ b. ago or for. (= two years before now) ‘When did he go out?’ ‘Ten minutes ago. I have been ill for five days. hours. c) We have known each other ______________ a long time. • We use ago to say before now or duration + ago.: Friday. last March. Ago is generally used with the Past simple.’ (= ten minutes before now) 4) Complete with since. days. Ex. weeks. a) We studied French ______________ 10 years. a long/short time. years. How long have you worked there? _________________________________________ 2) Write a small paragraph talking about your general experience using the answers from the previous exercise: . He has been in London since Monday. Writing 1) Answer the questions below: a. etc. h) Two days _____________ we decided to change our strategy. d) We started this book 5 months ________________. Have you ever traveled abroad? ___________________________________________ e. Ex.: Minutes. I was a child. Where have you worked? ________________________________________________ f. How long have you lived there? ___________________________________________ c. f) Leslie has gone to Ohio on business _______________ 1982.

• Use a dictionary (http://dictionary. Pratique. falar.com/?o=100074).______________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________ Pronunciation Vamos estudar a pronúncia de mais alguns sons das consoantes? Let’s start!?! 3) Circle the word with the consonant sound that doesn’t rhyme. de suas experiências e atividades exercidas até o momento. em inglês. Agora que você já sabe tudo isso. que você já viu nas aulas 11 e 12.expressivo. é hora de praticar.reference.com. Summary Na aula de hoje você conheceu um novo tempo verbal. / / child televi ion / just fish please college question revision get watch usually January / /* / / /* Som não muito comum. porém com suas peculiaridades: o Present Perfect.say. vocabulário e pronúncia que vimos até hoje! Faça uma revisão das aulas da segunda unidade de nosso livro e prepare-se para perguntar o que não está claro para você. Hoje estudamos também os últimos sons de consoantes que você ainda não conhecia. pesquise e tire suas dúvidas sobre o que não entendeu. Você aprendeu a diferenciar esses dois tempos verbais e as expressões que são comumente utilizadas com cada um deles. parecido com o Past Simple. Check with your tutor and practice the pronunciation at www. Bons estudos! See you next class! . A próxima aula será uma revisão de toda a gramática.

Online. 2010.com/. Disponível em: http://dictionary.com/?o=100074. Unidade 2 – Estruturas Morfo-léxico-sintáticas English Basic Level • 20th Lesson Revision Aim Revisar os principais tópicos de gramática.com. Online. Acesso em: 15 ago.expressivo.Good bye!!! Ana Célia Lima Viviane Gomes Pontes REFERÊNCIAS Dictionary Reference.com. 2010. Acesso em: 23 out.expressivo. Listen online.reference. vocabulário e pronúncia estudados e que compreendem as estruturas morfo-léxico-sintáticas da língua inglesa. Say. Disponível em: http://say. .

Ex. WERE(N’T) (past) • O verbo to be é usado como auxiliar principalmente no present continuous (am / is / are + verb + -ing) – aula 14. To Do e To Have. os verbos auxiliares To Be. Are they domestic animals? It’s nine o’clock. existir – no presente. segundo nossa ementa. * Não usamos there am. estar] WAS(N’T). DOES(N’T) (present) DID(N’T) (past) .Are we working? etc. He isn’t reading. 4. 5.: I’m studying. que fazem parte do conhecimento básico que você deve ter para ler e se comunicar em inglês.: There is a new film at the cinema. Aproveite para tirar todas as suas dúvidas! Time to revise!!! Let’s go? Grammar Temos três verbos muito importantes na língua inglesa. Relembre: To Be = AM (NOT). • É usado também para fazer definições e falar das horas – aulas 3. • Usamos THERE + IS(N’T) / ARE(N’T. Was there a microwave in your kitchen? • Com a estrutura GOING TO também usamos o verbo to be como auxiliar – aula 16. She’s a waiter. cada um deles tem sua importância para determinados tempos verbais. você vai fazer a partir das próximas aulas. o que. ARE(N’T) (present) [ser. To Do = DO(N’T). They aren’t going to buy a new car.Introduction Hello! Good morning! Good afternoon! Good evening! Hoje terminamos mais uma etapa de nossas aulas. vocabulário e pronúncia. Ex. 6 e 7. essa estrutura se transforma em THERE + WAS(N’T) / WERE(N’T) com a mesma função – aula 13. IS(N’T). que tem o significado de haver. No passado. Até aqui estudamos gramática. Assim: She is going to move house next week.

vamos rever as funções deles? • Present simple = expressa rotina. os verbos voltam para o infinitivo no presente. Só usamos os verbos no passado na forma afirmativa – aulas 11. Has your boss gone to the bank yet? etc. existe ou do que houve. • going to = expressa planos ou previsões sobre o futuro. • present perfect = refere-se a experiências de vida até o momento e ações iniciadas no passado. Ex. mas que ainda têm efeito no tempo presente. To Have = HAVE(N’T). Pronouns & Adjectives Personal pronouns I You He She It Object pronouns Me You Him Her It Possessive adjectives My Your His Her Its Possessive pronouns Mine Yours His Hers Its . • DID(N’T) são usados na forma passada seguidos de verbos no infinitivo. • there to be = fala do que há.: We haven’t been to Canada. 12 e 19. You waited for 12 hours before travelling.: Did you go on holiday last year? She didn’t like his new apartment. acompanhado de verbos principais no infinitivo (I / you / we / they + do / don’t – he / she / it + does / doesn’t) – aulas 5 e 7. Do you live near the office? etc. no caso did e didn’t. quando usamos auxiliaries. Agora que já revisamos as estruturas dos tempos verbais estudados. Lembre-se de que. He won a marathon last Sunday. • present continuous = expressa ações acontecendo no momento ou em um futuro próximo. existia em um determinado local. Ex.• O verbo to do é usado como auxiliar principalmente no present simple nas formas negativa e interrogativa. Ex.: She doesn’t like fast food. HAS(N’T) (present perfect) • O verbo to have é usado como auxiliar no present perfect nas formas negativa e interrogativa acompanhado de verbos principais no particípio deles [I / you / we / they + have(n’t) – he / she / it + has(n’t)] – aulas 19. • past simple = fala de ações terminadas no passado. hábitos e generalizações ou fatos verdadeiros sobre algo.

• Possessive pronouns = esses pronomes substituem geralmente expressões com adjetivos possessivos e ocorrem na maioria das vezes ao final das expressões. e plural: we (1ª pessoa)/ you (2ª pessoa)/ they (3ª pessoa) – aula 3. • That / those Serve para mostrar uma pessoa ou coisa que está longe de quem fala. • This / these Indicam pessoa ou coisa que está próxima de quem fala. sempre acompanhados de um substantivo – aula 4. estações do ano e anos) – aula 8. Ex. in the summer. Ex. . Listen to me! • Possessive adjectives = são os adjetivos de posse. no singular e no plural. • IN para períodos longos de tempo (partes do dia.: My job.Those are the boys who work in the sales department. That is Robert’s new motorbike. it’s hers. Ex. Articles . Ex.: He is an engineer.: This is a book. Ex. podemos usar ‘s. para se referir a um objeto ou pessoa qualquer. These are some grammar topics. Its name. but say at night.: That is Mr. etc. in 1994.: I don’t like him.: They’re Silvia’s daughters. respectivamente – aula 4. Ex. Ex. Ex. Our car. Ex.: -Is that your coat? -No. on Christmas Day (but at Christmas). ou aos pronomes do sujeito – aula 10.: Michael is a lawyer. Ex. Ex. Mine is black.: The door is open (você sabe a qual porta se refere). • Object pronouns = são usados para se referir ao sujeito. It’s a very big house. • ON para períodos de tempo específicos (dias da semana e datas) – aula 8. on the 4th of July. Temos para singular: I (1ª pessoa) /you (2ª pessoa) /he /she /it (3ª pessoa).: in March. respectivamente – aula 4.We They Us Them Our Their Ours Theirs • Personal pronouns = também chamados de subject pronouns porque funcionam como o sujeito das frases. meses.: on September 11th. Demonstrative Pronouns & Prepositions of time • Definite article = the é usado tanto para o singular quanto para o plural para falar de algo que já foi mencionado antes ou que é conhecido – aula 4. Never say in the night. • Indefinite article = a / an são usados somente no singular. He is a successful businessman. que não foi mencionado ou especificado – aulas 4 e 6. no singular e no plural. *Para falar da posse de objetos ou parentesco. Johnson’s wife.

Ex. Já a expressão would like é usada para falar de desejos para o futuro. sorry.: I can swim very well. o verbo que vem em seguida vem no infinitivo com “to” – aulas 9 e 18. at the same time.: at 7 o’clock. os verbos que vêm na sequência terminam em gerúndio (–ing) – aula 9. Is there any cheese in the fridge? • (How) much = usado com substantivos incontáveis. permissão ou habilidade. love. at weekends.: I like surfing the internet.at bedtime e também: at the moment. They would like to live in a bigger apartment. Ex. please? I can’t help you. possibilidade. I don’t have much money at the bank. Ex. at midday . They don’t like working at weekends. Ex.: She doesn’t have any free time. don’t like e hate para falar de nossos gostos e preferências. A diferença entre eles é que “can” expressa.: How much noise is there in your city? Not much. Can you open the window. Can & Can’t – aula 9 Can e can’t são verbos modais. etc. Like & Would Like Quando usamos os verbos like.: How many children do they have? There are many cars in the streets nowadays.: He would like to be a good dentist. • (How) many = usado com substantivos contáveis. Ex. Would you like some water? I’d like to have some free time to travel. Lisa hates doing housework. após usarmos would like. • Any = frases negativas e interrogativas. Some / Any / (How) much / (How) many – aula 15 • Some = frases afirmativas para falar de quantidades incertas ou para oferecer algo. We love eating out at restaurants. Adjectives & Adverbs . eles não se flexionam e podem ser usados para formar frases negativas e interrogativas assim como os auxiliares. Ex. Ex.• AT para horas e algumas expressões de tempo – aula 8.

Been China Footballer Father Hungry Often Bought French Lawyer Mother Tall Sometimes Saw The USA Teacher Uncle Tired Today Wrote . Angry d. far = farther. interesting = more interesting (adjetivos de duas ou mais sílabas usamos more / less + adjetivo). new = newest (acrescenta-se–est). Eles têm função e qualificam ações.A diferença entre adjetivos e advérbios é que adjetivos qualificam substantivos e os advérbios qualificam ações. • Superlative adjectives = para comparar um elemento com um grupo de elementos. never. etc. de tempo (yesterday. good = better. ou têm funções de expressar dúvida. aggressively – acrescenta-se –ly ao adjetivo). fast = fast. Adjetivos que não seguem essas regras: bad = worse. now. often. Advérbios irregulares: good = well. Fat = fattest (adjetivo de uma sílaba que termina em consoante + vogal + consoante – a última letra é repetida e acrescenta-se –est). far = farthest. frequência. geralmente – aula 18. Example: Brazil a. good = best. young child. important = the most important (adjetivos de duas ou mais sílabas usamos the most / least + adjetivo). sometimes). etc. small = smaller (acrescenta-se–er). • Adverbs = existem advérbios de modo (calmly. hard = hard. negação. Adjetivos que não seguem essas regras: bad = worst. Vocabulary 1) Circle the word that is different. usamos os adjetivos na forma comparativa + “than” [do que]– aula 17. tall buildings. Always e. tiramos o –y e acrescentamos –iest). Ex. easy = easier (adjetivos terminados em –y precedidos de consoante. preety = prettiest (adjetivos terminados em –y precedidos de consoante. Brother c. tiramos o –y e acrescentamos –ier). Big = bigger (no adjetivo de uma sílaba que termina em consoante + vogal + consoante – a última letra é repetida e acrescenta-se –er). usamos “the” [o / a / os / as]+ os adjetivos na forma superlativa – aula 17. de frequência (always. tomorrow). Os adjetivos têm grau comparativo e superlativo: • Comparative adjectives = para fazer comparações entre um ou mais elementos.: new office. • Adjectives = aparecem sempre antes dos substantivos e não têm plural – aula 7. Cooker b.

______________ b. three times. Monday. Second. What’s the eighth month of the year? _______________________________________ b. four____ a. What’s the opposite of cheap? ____________________________________________ e. ______________ e. ______________ h. Autumn. third. May. Who’s your father’s brother? _____________________________________________ c. M_________ a noise f. Where can you buy tickets and book a holiday? ______________________________ g. Chair h. April.f. Cooked g. winter. What language do they speak in France? ____________________________________ h. ______________ g. Example: play__ football a. three. Tenth. this week. H_________ lunch c. ______________ c. minute. T_________ photos g. Beans j. W_________ for the plane . ______________ 3) Answer the questions: Example: What’s the opposite of new? Old____ a. In which room do you have a sofa? ________________________________________ d. D_________ homework e. P_________ the guitar j. ______________ f. forty. Badly Heard Desk Drugstore Carrots Hard Studied Kitchen Gas station Coffee Love Walked Sofa Square Rice Well 2) Write the next word: Example: two. ______________ j. What’s the synonym of shy? ______________________________________________ 4) Complete the verbs. Who is the person who cares for patients in a hospital? _________________________ i. G_________ married b. ______________ d. Tuesday. ______________ i. Second. Morning. T_________ on your mobile phone h. What’s the past tense of buy? _____________________________________________ f. afternoon. Fifty. What’s the opposite of hate? ______________________________________________ j. Bank i. Twice. G_________ someone a present i. Last week. G_________ shopping d. twentieth.

a. How often do you listen _________ the radio? e. My sister’s _________ college. d. How long did you wait _________ the train? i. Their office is next _________ my apartment. b. She studies engineering. Is there a TV _________ your dining room? g. _________________ _________________ _________________ _________________ _________________ _________________ _________________ _________________ _________________ _________________ _________________ _________________ 6) Complete the sentences with a preposition.5) What can you see? Label the pictures. I don’t drink a lot _________ alcohol. Brazilian men often talk _________ football. j. c. Have you even been _________ London? Pronunciation Vamos agora rever a pronúncia dos sons das vogais e consoantes segundo o IPA. Vowel Sounds . What time did you wake _________ this morning? f. Giovani’s Italian. He’s __________ Napoli. h.

: : : : : Vogais com som curto (short vowels) Vogais com som longo (long vowels) Ditongos (diphthongs) / / = It / / = clock / / = children / / / = name / = boy / / / / / / = me / = tomorrow / = university / = home / = year / / = man / / = book / / / / = men / = hi / = chair / / / = car / = you / / = bus / / / = about / = tourist* Consonant Sounds Vozeadas (voiced consonants) Desvozeadas (unvoiced consonants) / / = plant / / = fat / / = bathroom / / = travel / / = kitchen / / = glass / / = tall / / = dinner .

Umbrella o. Pronunciation k. Bathroom i. 2) Where’s the stress. Museum s. July f. Afternoon c. Musician g. Thirteen d./ / = chess / / = birthday / / = like / / = morning / / = busy / / = mother / / = rain / / = next / / = sugar / / = question / / = television / / / / = January / = yesterday / = healthy / / = shower / / = meeting 1) Use a dictionary (http://dictionary. Breakfast e. Grandmother q. Magazine m.reference. Receptionist p. Newspaper .expressivo. Chocolate n. Between h.com/?o=100074).say. American b. Check with your tutor and practice the pronunciation at www. Supermarket t. Tomorrow j. Dangerous r.com. Underline the stressed syllable in the words below: a. Sunglasses l.

a partir desta aula.expressivo.com/. See you soon! Ana Célia Lima REFERÊNCIAS Dictionary Reference. vocabulário e pronúncia. Disponível em: http://say. Say. Disponível em: http://dictionary. 2010. Acesso em: 15 ago. 2010. A partir da próxima aula.com. Online. Mas é preciso ainda que você estude. vamos ler textos. diálogos e vídeos sobre situações cotidianas para que você desenvolva suas habilidades de leitura e conversação.com/?o=100074.expressivo.com. Com isso. você já esteja pronto para ler e se comunicar em inglês com mais facilidade. pratique e tire todas as suas dúvidas.Summary Hoje revisamos a maior parte dos tópicos que você viu até agora em termos de gramática.reference. Acesso em: 23 out. nosso objetivo é que. Online. Listen online. Unidade 3 – Compreensão auditiva e leitura para comunicação em língua inglesa English Basic Level • 21st Lesson .

em um aeroporto.agência de viagem flight reservation .despachar a . O nosso tema de hoje é: At the airport! Enjoy it! Vocabulary AIR TRAVELING travel agency . a hotel) .partida arrival .At the airport Aim Entender diálogos. toilete airline counter . no caso.passagem aérea one-way ticket . Introduction Hi there! How are things? Na aula de hoje vamos abordar uma situação específica como meio de preparar você para uma viagem de negócios.passagem só de ida round-trip ticket .balcão da linha aérea check in (a flight.passagem de ida e volta airport .aeroporto airline .visto de entrada air ticket .chegada rest room .reserva de hotel visa .passagem aérea airplane ticket . vídeos e textos que possam auxiliar em uma viagem de negócios.banheiro.passagem aérea flight ticket .companhia aérea departure .reserva de voo hotel reservation .

área de recebimento de bagagem conveyor .microônibus que faz transporte entre aeroporto e hotéis shuttle bus .portão Disembarkation Card .documento de declaração à alfândega Accompanied Baggage Declaration documento de declaração à alfândega semelhante ao anterior.br/ Listening.maleta de mão hand baggage .com. immigration control .mala briefcase .bagagem luggage .bagagem extraviada gate . airports.bagagem e receber o cartão de embarque.ticket da bagagem lost baggage .bagagem de mão carry-on bag . train stations and bus terminals) .sk.armários chaveados para guardar malas temporariamente airport limousine . watch this video with some information about flights and vocabulary we are going to use! Enjoy this amazing video! http://www.ônibus que circula entre diferentes terminais nos grandes aeroportos Fonte: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=lCKFGYFxg7A&feature=fvw .bagagem de mão boarding pass .fiscal alfandegário.documento de registro de chegada e partida.esteira transportadora da bagagem customs . oficial da receita federal lockers (available at hotels. registrar-se em um hotel check out (hotel) . Customs Declaration .fechar as contas baggage .fiscal de imigração baggage claim area .cartão de embarque baggage ticket . Speaking & Watching At the Airport Before you travel with us through this unit.contrôle de imigração immigration officer . semelhante ao anterior e também normalmente distribuído no avião.cartão de desembarque.bagagem suitcase .alfândega go through customs .passar pela alfândega customs officer . documento exigido por alguns países e distribuído no avião Arrival/Departure Record .

but I don’t think anybody touched them. . Anyway.95. wow. Mr. P: I still don’t understand why you have so many questions. there you go. P: Oh. There you are. sir. of course. C: Did you ____________ them yourself. Fight ____________ to Houston. C: Are any of the articles on this list in your ________________? P: Let me see. How many suitcases do you have? P: I’ve got three suitcases and two carry-ons. P: Yep! C: Alright. May I see your _______________. Everything is all right.1) Read and complete the dialogue below between the C (check-in attendant) and P (passenger). C: It’s six kilos ______________. That’ll cost US$10. That’s expensive. sir. please? P: Yes. C: Are you sure? These are just the ______________ procedures. C: Just a few more questions. of course. Smith? P: Yes. C: Thank you. C: Good. Use the words in the box below: Aisle Pack Bags Flight Scheduled Luggage Security MA307 Suitcase Overweight Tickets C: Next please. I did. Firearms… fireworks… lighters… matches. no. C: And where did you leave your _____________ just after you packed them? P: I left them in the hotel hallway. I packed them this morning. P: Go ahead. No. no. Could you put your suitcase on the scales please? P: Yes. C: Have you already checked if anybody opened your bags after you packed them? P: Not yet.

C: All right. Reading Comprehension 1) Answer the questions: a) How many suitcases did the passenger have? ______________________________________________________________________ b) How overweight was Mr. Have a good __________________. The flight is _________________ to depart on time. Smith can’t take in the flight? ______________________________________________________________________ e) Does he have these objects in his luggage? ______________________________________________________________________ f) What do you call these objects in Portuguese? ______________________________________________________________________ Listening. One ______________ seat. Here are your _______________ pass. Smith have to put the suitcase? ______________________________________________________________________ d) What are the objects that Mr. Speaking & Oral Comprehension Immigration and Customs . Your seat number is 16D. Smith’s suitcase? ______________________________________________________________________ c) Where did Mr. P: Thank you. C: You’re welcome.

your _______________. Fonte: http://en.htm and answer the questions at the website. ( ) mail ( ) belongings ( ) luggage b) Could you open your ______________? Our x-ray machine shows that you might have a small knife and bottle inside . ( ) staying ( ) renting ( )shopping e) I will _______________ several business meetings while in the US. .com/customs/customrd1.wikipedia.Do you know this place at the pictures? It’s called Customs Customs is an authority or agency in a country responsible for collecting and safeguarding customs duties and for controlling the flow of goods including animals. ( ) wallet ( ) pocket ( ) luggage c) What is the _______________ of your visit to the US? Business or pleasure? ( ) design ( ) purpose ( ) meaning d) Where will you be _____________ during your week-long vacation? In a hotel downtown? You can find some great accommodations there. . go back to the listening activity for this vocabulary exercise and practice your speaking skills and/or use the Internet to find more information about this topic. Woman: Okay. personal effects and hazardous (dangerous) items in and out of a country. a) Please be sure to collect your __________________. before you get off the plane. We will be reviewing the future plans of our companies. 2) After you finish these questions.esl- lab. including any small electronic devices and clothing.org/wiki/Customs Practice 1) Listen to a conversation in the Customs in the link: http://www. ( ) attend ( )discuss ( ) test 3) Listen to the conversation one more time and fill in the gaps. please. things you can't take on the plane. Uh. Check with your tutor and colleagues. Customs Officer: Next. .

well. but this is my first trip back _______________ then. is this your first visit to the _______________? Woman: Well. just my _______________ belongings.Customs Officer: Uh. Would you like smoking or non-smoking? . _______________ your trip. : Checking In (A = attendant. just. and then I plan on touring the capital for a few days. what do you have in your _______________? Woman: Uh. a few books. Customs Officer: Okay. Uh. Woman: Sure. and a CD player. please open your bag. . . Everything's fine. I was born here when my _______________ were working in the capital many years ago. Customs Officer: And where will you be staying? Woman: I'll be staying in a room at a hotel _______________ for the entire week. Actually. Customs Officer: Well. use your imagination! a) Have you ever flown? Where did you go the first time? __________________________________ b) Do you like flying? Why / Why not? _________________________________________________ c) Have you ever flown business class? _________________________________________________ d) Do you think it's good value? _______________________________________________________ e) What is the best / worst airline you've flown? Why? _____________________________________ Vocabulary 1) Match the sentences to the answers in the 2 conversations. B = passenger) 1. . clothes. 4) Discussion. Uh. [Great]. A: Good morning. yes and no. A: Thank you. please? 2. . Remember to ask follow up whquestions. Customs Officer: Okay . Woman: Thanks. what is the purpose of your _______________? Woman: I'm here to _______________ a teaching convention for the first part of my trip. by the way. um . Ask your partner(s) the following questions. Customs Officer: And uh. Can I have your ticket.

That's fine. ( ) B: Thank you. please.3. A: Do you have any baggage? ( 5. A: Here's your boarding pass. Good morning. ) B: Yes. B = passenger) 1. Thank you very much. Have a nice flight. Have a pleasant stay. ( ) B: Here you are. Are you a tourist or on business? 3. Passport Control (A = attendant. ) B: Thank you. ( ( ) B: An aisle seat. ) B: Non-smoking. . please. ( ) B: Here you are. Can I see your passport? 2. this suitcase and this carry-on bag. A: Would you like a window or an aisle seat? 4. ( ( ) B: I'm a tourist.

e. l. A printed piece of paper which allows you to travel on an airplane is a t_____________.htm 2) Complete the sentences about the airport. i. A document which identifies you as a citizen of a certain country and which allows you to travel to other countries is called a p_____________.Fonte: http://esl. m. j. b. The letters and numbers which identify an airplane making a specific flight are called a f_____________ n_____________. n.com/od/beginnerpronunciation/a/bd_airport. The area where you pick up your baggage after a flight is called b_____________ c_____________. a. q. A flight within one country is called a d_____________ flight. The first letters are given. h. which means to register as a passenger for a flight. Ordering a seat to be held for you on the day you want to travel is called making a r_____________. A trip on an airplane is called a f_____________. A bag which you carry with you on the airplane is called a c_____________ bag. The suitcases and bags which contain your belongings are called b_____________. f. A stamp in your passport which allows you to travel to another country is called a v_____________. The first thing to do at the airport is c_____________ i_____________. k. . o. A small ticket with printed numbers that identify your baggage is called a baggage c_____________ c_____________. A seat next to the passage between the rows of seats in an airplane is called an a_____________ s_____________. A printed card which allows you to get on an airplane is called a b_____________ p_____________. p. c. A door which leads from the airport building into an airplane is called a g_____________. g.about. d. A seat next to the window in an airplane is called a w_____________ s_____________. A flight between different countries is called an i_____________ flight.

Not necessarily. If an airline goes bankrupt you will be protected on another airline. If you miss your flight you will be booked on the next one out . although . compensation is definitely a possibility! (…) the airline does not owe you compensation . get yourself to the gate! 5. You will be compensated if your flight cancels . When a flight is cancelled because of something beyond an airline's control they will book you on the next available flight. It's time to get to know some of the myths and confusion surrounding air travel. unless you own or run the airline.. crew is unavailable. 3.Say bye-bye to your Bic if you try this. But if you just showed up late at the airport. It's okay to bring lighters in your carry-on luggage . but the next one that has space on it. 7. If your flight cancels you will be booked on the next available flight regardless of airline . It depends on why you missed your flight. or any flight without charging you a fee.(…) you may be accommodated. and it is more difficult to get this to happen now that tickets are usually electronic. most often on a space-available basis..Not a chance.html Reading & Reading Comprehension So you aren't really sure about what happens if you arrive late at the airport or if the weather keeps you from flying. Top myths of air travel 1. etc. an airline may have already protected you on the next flight (…).If it is a mechanical issue. transportation. (…) So if you check in late.) 2. or some other reason where the airline is at fault.Not so if you are on a low cost airline.Fonte: http://a4esl. This does not mean the next flight out. (…) If space isn't available on the next flight you can certainly request to standby and take your chances.org/q/h/9901/nr-airport.no hotel. Flights hold for people who check in late . (…) If you are connecting and your flight in was late. or be able to get your money back – (…) You may or may not get a refund eventually from an airline that has stopped operating completely. 6. the airline is in no way obligated to put you on the next flight. meals. 4. (. and not necessarily for free..

htm. The gate agent will try and get those seats together and you can also ask the flight attendant to help you. uma vez que estudou e aprendeu nesta aula. como “extra practice”: • http://www. you will be seated together – (…) If you can book your seat numbers in advance then things will usually work out. Não se esqueça de pesquisar. Disponível em: http://airtravel. 2010.com/od/travelindustrynews/a/airmyth. Quando chegar o momento. or a travel companion. 2) Check all the words you don’t know in a dictionary (http://dictionary.com.expressivo. Read the text again. 8. Fonte:Adaptado de www.about. ver mais vídeos e diálogos.reference. você estará preparado.com. Air travel – Top 10 myths about Air travel and Airports.com/elt/global/products/headway/elementary/f_everydayenglish/hwy_elem_ dialogue06/ Goodbye! Ana Célia Lima Viviane Gomes Pontes REFERÊNCIAS About.say.airports in the US now generally permit lighters through airport security. Abaixo deixo algumas sugestões de atividades para você fazer em casa.about.oup. vídeos e situações referentes ao tópico “At the airport”. . Summary Na aula de hoje vimos diálogos. but if not don't panic.com 1) Circle the words which are similar to Portuguese – cognates. with your family. Online. Não se preocupe se você não conhece um aeroporto ou nunca viajou de avião. If you make a group booking.com/?o=100074) and practice the pronunciation at www. Acesso em: 30 dez.

Acesso em: 30 dez.oup.htm. Sk.br/sk-travl. 2010. Acesso em: 30 dez.com/customs/immigrationcustoms-mcquiz. Esl-lab. Listen online. Online.html. Disponível em: http://esl.com. 2010.about. Disponível em: http://dictionary.com/.com.com. Beginner dialogues – At the airport.esllab.com/od/beginnerpronunciation/a/bd_airport. Esl. Unidade 3 – Compreensão auditiva e leitura para compreensão e comunicação em língua inglesa English Basic Level • 22nd Lesson . Online. Online. 2010.com.com. Acesso em: 23 out. Disponível em: http://www.com/?o=100074.com. Immigrations and customs.com/elt/global/products/headway/elementary/f_everydayenglish/hwy_elem_dialogu e06/.about. Online. • Extra video Oxford University Press Website. Vocabulary for travelling. Acesso em: 30 dez. Disponível em: http://www.htm.expressivo. Disponível em: http://say. Acesso em: 15 ago. Everyday English – At the airport.expressivo. 2010. Acesso em: 30 dez.br. Online. Disponível em: http://www. 2010. Say.sk.Dictionary Reference.reference. Online. 2010.

Introduction Hello! How are you? A aula de hoje tem como tema as viagens de avião. how often do you travel? Jack: I travel about twice a month.On a plane Aim Entender novo vocabulário em textos e diálogos sobre viagens de avião ou situações que ocorrem durante uma viagem. Oregon. Texas. Interviewer: Thank you. seja ela doméstica ou internacional. Sir. Interviewer: … and where did you fly on your last trip? Jack: I flew to Portland. O que acontece após o embarque? Você vai descobrir nesta aula. Interviewer: Where are you flying to on this trip? Jack: I'm flying to Austin. porque estaremos On a plane! Have a nice class! Reading & Reading Comprehension • Text I Interview with a Business Traveller Interviewer: Good morning Sir. Jack: Well. I've already been there three times! . I'd like to ask you a few questions if I may. First of all. I'm waiting to catch my flight so I guess I can answer a few questions.

( ) True ( ) False ( ) Doesn't say d. Jack doesn't enjoy travelling for business. About. although I prefer staying in the office. Jack likes visiting new cities and meeting new people.Interviewer: Really! Do you enjoy travelling for business? Jack: Yes. My pleasure. Fonte: http://esl. tick ( the correct answer: a. ) True ( ) False ( ) Doesn't say b. ( ) True ( ) False ( ) Doesn't say c. ( ) True ( ) False ( ) Doesn't say f. Interviewer: Is there anywhere you would like to visit that you haven't visited yet? Jack: Yes.com Guide . Jack especially likes going to Portland.about. Jack travels twice a month. Jack flew to Portland for his last trip. ( ) True ( ) False ( ) Doesn't say i. Jack would like to visit Hawaii. ( ) True ( ) False ( ) Doesn't say ( ( ) True ( ) False ( ) ) Doesn't say g. I'd like to go to Hawaii! I love going to the beach! Interviewer: Thank you very much for your time today. Jack is waiting to catch a flight.htm • Text II What to Wear and Carry on a Plane Trip Flying in Style and Comfort By Susan Breslow Sardone. ( ) True ( ) False ( ) Doesn't say e. Jack has already been to Portland four times. Interviewer: What do you like most about travelling? Jack: I like visiting new cities and trying out new food. ( ) True ( ) False ( ) Doesn't say j. Jack is flying to Oregon. Jack: You're welcome. ( ) True ( ) False ( ) Doesn't say h. Jack likes eating in good restaurants.com/od/beginningreadingskills/a/d_biztravel. 1) Check your understanding with this multiple choice comprehension quiz.

immigration — it’s smart to dress comfortably and in a way that won’t cause a delay for you or your fellow plane passengers. (…) With all of the checkpoints people must go through to get from the terminal to the plane to their destination — check-in. but in style. 3) Write a paragraph about the reasons why the author gives this tips for what to wear and carry on a plane travel.com/?o=100074) and practice the pronunciation at www. Reading & Speaking . (…) The following tips can help you decide how to dress and otherwise prepare for your next plane trip: Dress in Layers (…) S-t-r-e-t-c-h (…) Avoid Heavy Metal (…) Wear Slip-On Shoes (…) Manage Your Electronics (…) Minimize Liquids (…) Fonte: http://honeymoons.com/od/flying/a/whattowear. 2) Check all the words you don’t know in a dictionary (http://dictionary. security.Dress comfortably.say. Read the text again. _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ Listening.expressivo. customs.htm 1) Circle the words which are similar to Portuguese – cognates.reference.com. passport control.about.

2) Read and review the Vocabulary and the sample sentences. but don't forget that you still have to pay certain fees and taxes that go along with the price of the ticket. destination. comfort and seating.esl-lab. I usually travel by plane. Finding the best price on plane tickets is probably the most important consideration. . meals. When I go on vacation. but the departure time.com/plane1/plnscr1.htm.dailyesl. I tend to search online for good deals on plane tickets. and customer service. on-time record.htm by pressing the “Play Audio” button. I used to book a flight with a travel agency. but now. In the past. Making plane reservations online is pretty easy to do. the number of layovers.com/plane-tickets. 2) Answer the question: What are the advantages and disadvantages of reserving plane tickets online verses working with a travel agent? _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ 3) What are the most important points you look for when choosing an airline for your next flight? Rank the following points from the most (1) to least important (7): price. length of flight. keep in mind that you might have to pay a cancellation fee if you decide to change your flight plans or cancel your flight. Finally. and the length of flight are also important factors. ______________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________ ¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨ On a plane 1) Listen to the conversation at http://www.1) Read along with the audio recording. The listening track is available at: http://www.

. At the airport: Attention please. and I want to welcome you to Flight 18 bound for Seattle. We will be arriving at Gate 13. feet (noun): 12 inches or 0.000 feet. train.3 meters .Captain: Hello everyone. Our flight time today is 2 hours and 14 minutes. and the current weather is sunny.. Vocabulary 1) Complete the sentences using the words from the box below.The plane is bound for London with stops in Atlanta and New York City. crew (noun): all of the people who work together on a ship. also a verb): nearing or coming to .000 feet. announce (verb): give information .We didn't arrive in time to catch our connecting flight. Would passengers to London go to .The flight attendant was only few feet away when I got her attention. this is the captain speaking. or plane . Sit back and enjoy the flight. • Key Vocabulary bound (adjective): going to or heading for . British Airways announce the _____________________________ of flight BA 362 to London Heathrow. connecting flight (noun): when you arrive at the airport.We need to wait at the gate until they announce our flight.The plane is approaching the airport. The local time in Seattle is a quarter to twelve (11:45). destination (noun): the place you are going to .It started to snow very heavily as the airplane started its approach to the airport.The plane's crew were very friendly and helpful. and we will be announcing connecting flights on our approach to the Seattle airport. On behalf of Sky Airlines and the crew. and we will be flying at an average altitude of 29. your next plane is there to get on so you can continue your trip . but there is a chance of rain later in the day. Check in a dictionary. approach (noun.What is your final destination on this trip? altitude (noun): height .This plane flies at an altitude of 31. I want to wish you an enjoyable stay in the Seattle area or at your final destination.

your seat is in the _____________________________ position and your table is _____________________________ away. We hope you have a pleasant flight. On behalf of Captain Andrew and his _____________________________ . Please make sure that your seatbelt is _____________________________ . welcome on board this British Airways Boeing 737. Some information about the flight: Our flight _____________________________ to London will be two hours and twenty-five minutes.000 feet. and our _____________________________ will be 500 miles per hour._____________________________ number 7 for immediate _____________________________ ? Please _____________________________ embarkation cards. but we will be _____________________________ very shortly. On the plane: Good morning ladies and gentlemen. The flight attendant: In a moment we will be _____________________________ at London Heathrow where the weather is fine and sunny. We will be flying at the _____________________________ of 30. I apologize for the _____________________________ . CREW EMBARKATION FASTENED TAKING OFF SPEED DELAY GATE UPRIGHT TIME LANDING DEPARTURE HAND OUT FOLDED HEIGHT .

Fonte: http://www. baggage claim area C. security officers 2.com/exercises/exercise-english-2/exercise-english-17029. . If the cabin loses pressure during flight. flight attendants B.tolearnenglish. A. The passengers____________________ (board) the plane at the moment. you should put on your _____________ so you can breathe comfortably. The steward can't bring you a newspaper: he____________________ (serve) lunch. pilots C. A. The passage between the rows of seats is called an a_____________. e. boarding area B. After the plane lands. f. seat belt B. overhead compartment 3. You____________________ (buy) newspapers at the newsstand. oxygen mask Quiz – On a Plane A person who serves passengers on an airplane is a f_____________ a_____________. The ___________ will be serving food and beverages after the plane reaches its cruising altitude. 3) Now. you can pick up your luggage at the ______________. A. d. b. fly) at an altitude of 7500 metres. complete the sentences below with the best answer: 1. The plane____________________ off (take) an hour late. c. We____________________ (now. life jacket C.php 2) Fill in the sentences using the verbs in the box: are boarding are now flying buy took is serving wait a. Passengers usually____________________ (wait) for their flight in the departure lounge.

". someone is in the lavatory A form on which you provide information about the contents of your baggage is a c_____________ d_____________ form. Small rooms on the airplane which have toilets and sinks are called _____________. This light is called a r_____________ l_____________. A c_____________ b_____________ is a button on the armrest which is pushed when you want to call a flight attendant. If there is an o_____________ sign on the door. address. . "Please prepare for t_____________ o_____________. A form on which you write your name. this means that the airplane will soon leave the ground and rise into the sky. the lavatory is empty. and travel plans in a foreign country is an i_____________ f_____________. Another button on the armrest is for the small light above your seat. A w_____________ s_____________ is a flat panel used to prevent light from entering the window. If there is a v_____________ sign on the door. An a_____________ is a small bar next to the seat which is used to support your arms while you are seated. The pilot may say. L_____________ is when the airplane goes down and reaches the ground again after a flight. The o_____________ b_____________ are small compartments used for storing baggage above the seats.A s_____________ b_____________ is a strap worn as a belt to prevent you from being thrown out of your seat.

DailyESL. 2010. 2010. Pesquise na internet vídeos e sites que sejam de seu interesse sobre o assunto. situações que ocorrem em uma viagem de avião. Fonte: http://a4esl. Bons estudos! • http://www.elllo.com. faça os exercícios propostos e busque sempre mais.. Acesso em: 31 dez.org. Disponível em: http://honeymoons.bbc. . deixo mais dois links com um quiz sobre aviões da BBC e um exercício no qual uma aeromoça fala sobre seu trabalho. de modo geral.• Check your answers with a colleague or with your tutor.htm See you! Ana Célia Lima REFERÊNCIAS About. Activities4ESLStudents.quiz =1134_planes • http://www.uk/apps/ifl/worldservice/quiznet/quizengine?ContentType=text/html.html. Disponível em: http://a4esl.org/yeartwo/feb21st/job/job. Disponível em: http://dictionary.html Summary Na aula de hoje falamos de aviões.reference. Acesso em: 31 dez. Online.co. Acesso em: 31 dez.htm. 2010. Online. Disponível em: http://www. Espero que você se prepare através desse novo vocabulário.com/plane-tickets. 2010.com/od/flying/a/whattowear.com/?o=100074. On an Airplane.about.com. Flying – What to wear.org/q/h/9901/nr-airplane. tripulação. Online. Acesso em: 15 ago.htm.org/q/h/9901/nrairplane. Online. Como “extra practice” hoje.com.dailyesl. embarque e desembarque. Dictionary Reference. Travel – Making plane reservations.

expressivo.bbc. Acesso em: 31 dez.quiz=1134_ planes. Disponível em: http://esl.com.co.Esl.esllab.elllo.uk/apps/ifl/worldservice/quiznet/quizengine?ContentType=text/html. Say. Esl-lab. Disponível em: http://www. Unidade 3 – Compreensão auditiva e leitura para comunicação em língua inglesa English Basic Level . 2010. Online.uk.tolearnenglish.com. Plane – Travel on Sky Airlines. Online.org/yeartwo/feb21st/job/job.com. Online.com/exercises/exercise-english-2/exercise-english-17029.htm.htm.org. 2010. Online.php. Job – Katrina talks about her job. Disponível em: http://www. Online. • Extra videos BBC.about. Listen online.com/od/beginningreadingskills/a/d_biztravel. 2010. Beginner reading skills – A business travel. Online. Acesso em: 31 dez.com. Disponível em: http://say. Quiz – Planes. Disponível em: http://www. Acesso em: 23 out.com/. Disponível em: http://www.htm. ToLearnEnglish. ELLLO.com/plane1/plnscr1. 2010. 2010.expressivo. Acesso em: 31 dez. Acesso em: 31 dez. Exercise – On the plane.about.co. Acesso em: 31 dez. 2010.

com o intuito de preparar você para suas viagens de negócio como futuro businessman. Are you ready?! Vocabulary Staying in a Hotel daily rate . além de textos. staff do hotel etc.diária porter . porteiro chambermaid .saguão de entrada . estadia.gorgeta tipping .• 23rd Lesson At the hotel Aim Conhecer estruturas frasais e vocabulário sobre hotéis.dar gorgeta lobby . vídeos e diálogos. Introduction Hey! How are you? O tema de nossa aula hoje é: At a hotel! Você vai aprender vocabulário referente a esse tema.carregador de bagagem.camareira tip ..

piscina city tour .ligação telefônica normal person-to-person . learn some vocabulary below and watch this video: http://www. swimming pool .quarto de casal credit card .chave de cartão local call .cofre extra charge .passeio turístico pela cidade city map . centro comercial youth hostel .cartão de crédito safe-deposit box .custo adicional key .máquinas de vender bebidas.chave key card .front desk . etc.shopping.youtube.chamada longa-distância international phone call .quarto de solteiro double room .com/watch?v=wyqfYJX23lg&feature=related .hóspede single room .mapa da cidade mall .chamada telefônica local long-distance call .ligação a cobrar room service .comprovante de reserva e pagamento da estadia guest .albergue da juventude (excelentes na Europa) tourist office .recepção voucher .frigobar vending machine .serviço de quarto minibar .departamento de atendimento ao turista 1) Before you are our guest in this unit.ligação um pouco mais cara mas que se paga apenas no caso de se conseguir contato com a pessoa desejada collect call .ligação internacional station-to-station .

you can consider staying at a _______________. consult a dictionary or ask your tutor. If you don’t understand. a) ( ) youth hostel b) ( ) hotel c) ( ) resort Amenities cable TV check in / check out hot tub indoor / outdoor heated pool kitchen / kitchenette microwave queen-size bed / king-size bed restaurant room rates sitting area . 3) If you're traveling on a budget (when you can’t spend a lot of money) and you want to meet other young people like you.Types of Accommodations bed and breakfast guesthouse hotel inn resort youth hostel 2) Try to find photos of this kind of accommodation on the Internet.

Receptionist a) ( ) Pardon me. Hotel expressions book a hotel call the front desk cancel a reservation make a reservation order room service call the belboy / bellhop 5) Do you always ask the bellboy for some help? What services do you usually ask in a hotel? _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ Practice 1) Match the columns to make a dialogue between a receptionist and a guest. sir. but we don’t have a .. 3) It’s N. b) ( ) I’ll call the bellhop. Check in Guest 1) Good morning.A.K.I. please? 2) My reservation is under James Novarsik.R. 4) Try my company. It’s kisravon Computers. there it is. He’ll be here in a minute. Can you spell your last name. After you finish. I’d like to check in.4) What are the most important amenities for you? Rank from the most important (1) to the least important ( 11). use some of the phrases to have a conversation with a partner. c) ( ) Do you have a reservation? d) ( )Yes. The confirmation number is 873946. 5) Can you park the car for me? e) ( ) Sorry.OV.S.

Can you help me with my baggage? f) ( )Of course. by the way. It’s on the seventh floor. At the reception desk Receptionist Guest 1) What kind of room would you like. d) ( )What floor is my room on? e) ( ) Could you please send my luggage to my room? f) ( ) I’d like a single room. Have a nice day. Is there a restaurant/ swimming pool/ a sauna in the hotel? 2) Would you like a single room or a a double room? 3) Would you like a smoking or nonsmoking room? 4) The restaurant is on the first floor. We’ll send it right up. have a good night. May I help you? 2) Someone will be right up. sir. 6) Alright. 6) Sure. 5) Sure. 5) Your room number is 709. please. b) ( ) Can you send a chambermaid. I’m very sorry. 4) Oh.reservation under your name. . the lights aren’t working in my room. a) ( ) Sure. sir/madam? a) ( ) Non Smoking. I will send the maintenance man up for you. c) ( ) Also. please? 3) I can make the call for you if you like. sir. can I request a wake-up call for tomorrow morning at 7? d) ( ) Can you tell me how to make a long distance call? e) ( ) Oh. thanks a lot. b) ( ) Can I have a room with a view of the mountains? c) ( ) Thank you very much. In his/her room Receptionist Guest 1) (on the telephone)Andrew. We provide paid parking for guests.

2 This hotel is one of the best in the city. Could you send someone to get it? 3) Your minibar and telephone calls are included in your bill. Can you make a receipt for me? f) ( ) Have a nice day! Listening. 6) Here you are. Are you ready to check out? 2) Sure. Can you calculate my bill please? d) ( ) What forms of payment do you accept? 5) The taxi will meet you in front of the hotel entrance. Sign here please. 4) How would you like to pay? c) ( ) 709.htm 2) Choose the best word to fill in the spaces from the dialogue you’ve just listened to: 2. e) ( ) I’d like to pay in credit card.com/hotel1/hotel1. sir/madam. Reading & Speaking 1) Listen to a man making a reservation in a hotel and answer the questions at the website: http://esl-lab.Can you send somebody up here? Check out Receptionist Guest 1) Good morning. What is your room number? a) ( )Can you call a taxi for me? b) ( ) My luggage is still in my room.1 Do you have any rooms with a _______________ where I can prepare basic meals? a) ( ) cooking b) ( ) kitchenette c) ( ) suite 2. Here’s your key. . and the employees try to roll out the __________ carpet for special guests. sir.

My name is ……….3 This hotel is one of the best in the city. please.5 I'd like to ______________ a hotel room for April 21st. Hi! Do you have any vacancies? I need a twin room for 2 nights. Students A will be the guest. students B will be the receptionist.. ……… Ah. please? Sign here. Can I have your passport. Can you fill in this form. Sorry.4 Let me ______________ to see if we have any rooms available. a) ( ) cheap b) ( ) reasonable c) ( ) expensive 2. here it is. What is the price of a single room? Is breakfast included? What is the check-out time? Is there the Internet here? Is the reception open 24 hours a day? Can I have a wake-up call? Can you please wake me up at 7 o’clock? Is there room service? Is there a bank near here? RECEPTIONIST: Good morning. a) ( ) test b) ( ) view c) ( ) check 2. what’s your name? How do you spell it? How do you pronounce it? Just a moment.a) ( ) red b) ( ) blue c) ( ) green 2. I’ll look it up. Use the prompts below. Checking-in GUEST: Hi! I’ve booked a single room in the name of …… I have a reservation. a) ( ) buy b) ( ) scheduled c) ( ) reserve 3) Work in pairs. please? . and the employees try to roll out the __________ carpet for special guests.

4) Do you know what do these words mean? Look them up and choose the best answer. tipping more or less is at your discretion and should be guided by the quality of service you receive.1What’s a valet? a) ( ) an employee who controls the way people are used and money is spent. the TV room. or our laundry service. c) ( ) an employee whose job is to assist guests by booking tours. You’re in room no. b) ( ) an employee of a restaurant or hotel. who puts your car in a parking space for you. making theatre and restaurant reservations. Breakfast is served from 8:30 to 11:30. 4. we will put it on your bill.Here is your key card. About. c) ( ) serves meals to people in a hotel restaurant. You can use our restaurant. The Secrets Behind Tipping Etiquette at Hotels By Charlyn Keating Chisholm. Reading & Reading Comprehension Tipping Etiquette *Tip is the money you give a waiter.com Guide (…) Here's a general tipping guide to follow whenever you travel. the indoor swimming pool. c) ( ) a woman who gives information in the hotel. 4. Use this tipping guide to give you an idea of the appropriate tipping ranges.3 What’s a concierge? a) ( ) a person who is invited to visit someone's home or attend a particular social occasion. 4. for example. when the service in a restaurant is good. You can take anything from the mini bar. .2 What’s a chambermaid? a) ( ) a woman whose job is to clean and tidy hotel bedrooms b) ( ) a woman who cooks in the hotel kitchen. Remember. etc. The lift is at the end of the corridor. b) ( ) someone whose job is to help people plan trips and make travel arrangements. 26 on the second floor.

Delivery of Special Items -. tipping $5-$10 should cover everything (including the bags). • Dining Out Waitstaff -.A wide range is acceptable here.If they set up something special for you (for your anniversary).. 10-20% of the wine bill only. (…) • Checking In Porter/Doorman -. or $4-$5 per party Taxi or Limousine Driver -. (…) Maids/Housekeeping Staff -. leave them $2-$5. or $1 each for more than one item. • Coming and Going Doorman -. • • • In the Lounge Bartender/Cocktail Waitress -. It is best to do your tipping daily. Leisure Time Hair Stylists -. but generally from $1-$5 per night. • In Your Room Room Service -. depending on the level of extra service and hotel level. You can add another 5% for exceptional service. particularly if the person delivering the order takes extra care to set up your meal. (…) Maintenance/Service People -.$1-$2 for calling a cab. tip at the end of your stay.10-15% of the total bill. a gratuity of 12-15% is already included in the price of your order (check the menu).$1-$2 per person dining. If they prepare your room and show you around. Bell Staff -. (…) Buffet Servers -. since you might have different people cleaning your room.15-20% of the bill. $2 for one item.$1-$2 to the attendant giving back your car. Tipping when they park the car is optional. excluding tax and expensive wine.In most hotels.15-20% of the total fare Tipping drivers extra is expected if they handle your bags (tipping about $1-$2 per bag).$1-$2 per bag they help you with (more if it is very heavy). .• Drivers Courtesy Shuttle Driver -.$1-$2 per person.10-15% of the total tab.) Valet Parking -. Many restaurants automatically add a 15% gratuity for parties of six or more.For a special request (like an extra blanket). tipping is not required..$1-$2 per bag if they bring the bags to your room. extra if he covers you with an umbrella in the rain (. Tipping extra is OK. so check the menu. Tiping is not required for just opening a door (a smile and thank you is always appreciated). If someone else shampoo'd your hair.15% of the total bill. or bringing something that was missing. Wine Steward/Sommelier -.If they help you choose a bottle of wine (or choose it for you). Manicurist -. Special Services (…) Hotel Staff -.For fixing something that was broken.

a trabalho. unless you request extra service (…) Fonte: adapted from http://hotels.about. hoje você tem mais um link para abrir no seu computador e verificar sua compreensão do conteúdo estudado na aula de hoje! Extra practice • http://www. das pessoas que o cercam geralmente quando você viaja. Now. Falamos também de situações que.15-20% of the total bill. How much you should tip the bartender? ________________ Summary Hoje falamos da sua estadia. Por falar nisso. do seu conforto.Tipping is not required.com/travel/At%20the%20hotel. viverá em breve. 2) Can you remember? a. circle all the numbers (they are very important.pdf See you next class! Ana Célia Lima Viviane Gomes Pontes REFERÊNCIAS . How much you should tip the bell staff if they carry two of your bags? ________________ c.esl-galaxy.htm 1) Look at the cognates in the text and underline them. How much you should tip a the maintenance people who fix something that was broken in your room? ________________ b. se você ainda não viveu. Espero que tenha aproveitado a aula e que faça as atividades propostas. How much you should pay a doorman if they call you a taxi? ________________ d. especially in this text) and read the text again. Swimming Pool Attendant -.com/od/hotelsecrets/a/tipping-etiquette.Massage Therapist -.

Disponível em: http://esllab. English for hotel and tourism – Checking into a hotel. Disponível em: http://www.com/travel/At%20the%20hotel.youtube.com/od/hotelsecrets/a/tipping-etiquette.com. 2010. Disponível em: http://hotels. Online.htm.About. • Extra video Esl-galaxy. Acesso em: 30 dez. Youtube.br. Online.htm. Hotel – Hotel Reservations.pdf.eslgalaxy.com. Online. 2010.com.com/watch?v=wyqfYJX23lg&feature=related. Esl-lab. Acesso em: 31 dez. Disponível em: http://www. Acesso em: 03 jan.br/sk-travl.sk.com. Travel – At the Hotel. Acesso em: 03 jan. 2010. Online. Acesso em: 31 dez. 2011.com.html.com.about. Online. Unidade 3 – Compreensão auditiva e leitura para comunicação em língua inglesa English Basic Level • 24th Lesson . Disponível em: http://www. Vocabulary for travelling. Sk. Hotel secrets – Tipping etiquette.com/hotel1/hotel1. 2011.

essa é uma boa hora para aprender inglês! Hoje vamos falar de gastos e vamos ver diálogos. There are a number of department stores located at the mall in the suburbs. Janet went out quickly to get some things at the shop. Could you go to the baker's and get two loaves of whole-wheat bread? I went to the butcher's and bought a few steaks. store baker's a shop which sells bread and pastries butcher's department store dry cleaner's a shop which sells various types of meat a large store which sells a number of items located in various departments a shop which cleans clothes fishmonger's a shop which sells fish (British English) fish-shop a shop which sells fish. ‘ Introduction Good morning! Good afternoon! Good evening! Independente da hora do dia.Shops and Stores Here are the principal definitions of each word with an example sentence using the target word in context. textos e também um vídeo para ilustrar o tema de nossa aula. look at that fresh fish in the fish-shop's window! Shop = a place which sells various goods. Can you take these trousers down to the dry cleaner's? Why don't we go get some salmon at the fishmonger's for dinner tonight? Oh. fishmonger's . Let’s start?!? Vocabulary Places .In a Shop Aim Aprender como fazer compras em inglês.

I bought a new hammer at the ironmonger's.greengrocer's a shop which sells fruit and vegetables (British English) a shop which sells various food items a shop which sells materials and equipment for building (British English) a shop which sells materials and equipment for building (American English) a shop which sells paper. Jack has just gone out to get some things at the grocer's. grocer's ironmonger's hardware store stationer's sweetshop tobacconist's 1) Before you do your shopping.youtube. I need to get some paint at the hardware store before I can begin redecorating the apartment. She bought three pens and some envelopes at the stationer's.com/watch?v=ceEcd46n60o Words related to the action of buying… . He picked up three packs of cigarettes at the tobacconist's on his way to work. watch this video about some kinds of stores: http://www. pens and pencils and other writing materials (British English) a shop which sells candies and various sweet goods (British English) a shop which sells tobacco goods such as cigarettes and cigars I went out to get some fresh vegetables at the greengrocer's. I bought a half-pound of chocolates at the sweetshop.

. The only problem with a sale is that it is sometimes hard to exchange something once you buy it. when you go to the cashier you can usually pay by credit card or check if you don't have the cash. check the size to make sure that it is a good fit. . . ? If you want to go shopping there are a number of things you have to consider. some milk.html 2) Match the columns and get the meaning of the words below. Another good idea is to look at the tag and label to see instructions for washing.org/voa/places/205. Reading & Speaking 1) Read and listen about Wal-Mart at this link: http://www. b) sale ( ) a document that you get from someone showing that you have given them money or goods. It's always a good idea to also ask the shop assistant for advice. .? • I’m looking for . . etc. c) refund ( ) an event or period of time during which a store reduces the prices of some of its goods. If you are looking for clothes. make sure to try them on. . Finally. Many stores also refuse to give a refund on anything you have bought. d) tag ( ) money that was yours that you get again e) receipt ( ) something you buy that costs much less than . If you would like to find a bargain you should make sure to go to a sale. a) bargain ( ) a piece of paper or material fastened to an object that gives information about it. • Where can I find .manythings.• Words that describe the items they want to purchase: some bread. etc. • Do you have . Never forget to get the receipt! Listening.

yeah.htm And answer the questions there. Girl: Huh? That's too ________________for me. Man: Hi young _______________. 6) Do the task below according to the prompts in parenthesis and the examples. How about this brown leather one? Girl: Umm. DVD movies. . .How may I help you? Girl: Well.esl-lab. and it doesn't have a _________________to put pictures. electronics? Name places and discuss with a friend.com/shop1/shoprd1. _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ 4) Listen to the dialogue at the website http://www. music. It's only $40. 5) Listen again and fill in the gaps to complete the dialogue. . . I don't think my father will like the ______________on the outside. How much is that wallet? Man: Huh . . I'm _______________for a Father's Day's gift. How about _______________your father a new wallet? Girl: Hmm. . gifts for friends and family.normal. How often do you go shopping for the following items and where do you buy them: clothing. Man: Okay. which one? Girl: The __________________one. 3) Shopping Online or at local department stores is an activity many people enjoy. Do you have a cheaper one? Man: Hmm. Man: Oh. .95. .

(2) • What do you think is expensive? (1) (2) • What do you think is a reasonable price to pay for a pair of shoes? (1) • What do you think is a reasonable price to pay for a dinner with a date? (1) (B) be (adjective)+er than. • Make three comparative sentences using some of the following adjectives in the box: cheap spicy healthy cozy roomy safe tight fast high big low (1) Fish is healthier than beef or pork. (2) (3) (C) be more (adjective) than • Make three sentences using some of the following adjectives: delicious filling important durable powerful compact reliable comfortable affordable environmentally friendly .(A) (money) for (something) • What do you think is cheap? (1) Ten dollars for a shirt is cheap.

here you are. (2) (3) 7) Have a conversation with a partner or write your answers about the questions below. Master Card and American Express. A: OK. About how much did you spend on presents last year? About how much do you usually spend each day? Are you a price conscious shopper? Are you good at saving money? Are you saving money to buy something? If so.com Guide 1) Match the columns to complete the conversation.(1) Compact cars are more environmentally friendly than gas guzzlers. Shopping for a Sweater (A = shop assistant. Visa. A: Thank you. ) B: It's too large. how would you like to pay? A: Yes. Have a nice day! ( ( ) B: I'm an extra large. there's the changing rooms over there. About. Do you have a larger one? (smallest?) . A: How does it fit? A: Yes. we do. what are you planning to buy? How much will it cost? How much longer will you need to save before you can buy it? Do banks pay a higher percent of interest here or in your country? Do you compare prices at different stores when you shop? Do you enjoy shopping? Do you ever buy second-hand things? ("used things") Reading & Reading Comprehension In a Shop By Kenneth Beare. B = customer) A: Can I help you? A: What size are you? A: How about this one? A: Certainly.

) B: Thank you. here's my Visa. ) B: Yes. that's nice.( ( ( ( ( ( ( on? ) B: Do you take credit cards? ) B: OK. I'll have it. please. Can I try it . goodbye. I'm looking for a sweater. ) B: Yes. ) B: Thank you. ) B: Thank you.

com/library/beginner/bl_beginner_read_shopworker. discutir. you will also be surprised at how____________a shop worker's desk is! Shop workers have to do a variety of______________tasks that often involve greasy equipment. aprender. large.. In many_____________shops. but they also use their desk as a place to lay their various____________as they work at their different tasks. Of course. . They often have a computer and a_____________to take care of paper_____________.Key Vocabulary Can I help you? Can I try it (them) on? changing rooms credit cards Fonte: http://esl. Shop_____________usually don't clean their desk too often as they know that the desks will just get dirty the next time they_____________to have a cup of coffee. Fonte: http://esl. extra large How does it fit? How would you like to pay? A Typical Shop Worker's Desk 2) Here is the story with ten words missing.htm Summary Hoje falamos de compras. the grease from the tools and the_____________dirty the desk as the shop worker sits down to do a report or make a telephone call. Você gostou do assunto? Ainda temos muito o que estudar.about. medium.com/od/beginnerpronunciation/a/bd_shop. small.extra small. Esperamos que. physical dirty telephone tools workers machine untidiest equipment work sit down Shop workers probably have the ______________desks of all.. Choose one these ten words below to fit into the correct gap. com muita dedicação e motivação. você persevere nos estudos.htm size .about. The desks of shop workers are used for a number of purposes.

com. ManyThings.htm. Esl. Shops and Stores. Acesso em: 30 dez.htm.org.com/eslbasic/shoppingmall-1.about.esl-lab. 2010. 2010.about. Disponível em: http://esl.html. Disponível em: http://www.htm See you soon! Ana Célia Lima Viviane Gomes Pontes REFERÊNCIAS Esl. 2010.about.com.org/voa/places/205. Enjoy it!! Extra practice • http://esl.htm. Esl. Online.about.com/library/beginner/bl_beginner_read_shopworker. Disponível em: http://www.htm • http://www.mesmo após o término desta aula. Disponível em: http://esl. Acesso em: 31 dez.about.com.com/library/vocabulary/blwordgroups_places_shops_e.com/shop1/shoprd1. English as 2nd Language – Places. English as 2nd Language – A Typical Shop Worker’s Desk. Acesso em: 31 dez.com. Online.com/library/vocabulary/blwordgroups_places_shops_q.about.about. Online. Acesso em: 30 dez.manythings. Para incentivar e promover a sua curiosidade é que deixo dois links de atividades relacionadas ao nosso tema da aula de hoje. Shopping – Shopping for the Day. 2010. Places – Walmart (American Mosaic 2009). Esl-lab. Online.esllab. . Disponível em: http://esl. 2010. Acesso em: 30 dez.com/od/beginnerpronunciation/a/bd_shop. English as 2nd Language – In a Shop. Online.htm.

Let’s go shopping. Acesso em: 31 dez. Unidade 3 – Compreensão auditiva e leitura para comunicação em língua inglesa English Basic Level • 25th Lesson In the Street . Online. Disponível em: http://www. Esl-lab. Disponível em: http://www.esl-lab.htm.htm. Acesso em: 30 dez. English as 2nd Language – Places. Shops and Stores.com. Online.com/eslbasic/shoppingmall-1.about.Youtube. Shopping centers – Malls and Department Stores. Disponível em: http://esl.about. • Extra links Esl.com/watch?v=ceEcd46n60o.com/library/vocabulary/blwordgroups_places_shops_q. Online. Acesso em: 31 dez. 2010.com. 2010. 2010.youtube.com.

Use 'on' with directions: on the left on the right straight on .com Guide IN Use 'in' with spaces: in a room / in a building in a garden / in a park Use 'in' with bodies of water: in the water in the sea in a river Use 'in' with lines: in a row / in a line in a queue AT Use 'at' with places: at the bus-stop at the door at the cinema at the end of the street Use 'at' with places on a page: at the top of the page at the bottom of the page Use 'at' in groups of people: at the back of the class at the front of the class ON Use 'on' with surfaces: on the ceiling / on the wall / on the floor on the table Use 'on' with small islands: I stayed on Maui. About. Introduction Hello! Are you fine? Hoje vamos falar sobre como não ficar perdido e como perguntar as direções na rua. let’s go! Vocabulary Preposition Use .prepositions of place By Kenneth Beare. em inglês.Aim Conhecer como são indicadas as direções em inglês.in / at / on . Are you ready to start? So. Temos muito o que estudar nesta aula e você vai aprender a dar localizações e a perguntar para chegar aonde quer ir.

What’s wrong? A: I’m lost.htm. but 'at the corner (or 'on the corner') of a street' In / at / on the front We say 'in the front / in the back' of a car We say 'at the front / at the back' of buildings / groups of people We say 'on the front / on the back' of a piece of paper 1) Now that you have studied the use of on / at / in as a preposition of place.com/library/quiz/blgrquiz_prep1. It’s ______________ to the Art Gallery. Can I trouble you for a _____________? B: Sure. 3) Put the words in the box into the blank spaces below: across off where front how on next left looking take corner your lost to down miss transfer exit moment way far • Directions by street name and nearby landmarks: A: You look _________________.• IMPORTANT NOTES In / at / on the corner We say 'in the corner of a room'. You can’t _________________ it.about. Can I help? B: Yeah.com/watch?v=B5wPc_4bfbQ .youtube. 2) Test your understanding. watch this video at Youtube http://www. I’m __________________ for the Caprice Theater. Do you know _________ to get ________ the Stadium? . • Directions by Subway or Bus: A: Excuse me. try the followup quiz to test your understanding at http://esl. Do you know ______________ it is? A: It’s on the _________________ of Elm Street and 22nd Avenue.

The police station ____________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ d. The jewelry store ____________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ b. ______________ to the Green Line and Get __________ at Harbour Station. • Directions by Foot or Car: A: Can I get to the Harlton Hotel from here _____________ foot? B: Sure. It’s _______________ from the park. Fonte: http://lcrb. The toy store ________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ e. Turn ______________ on Main.B: The easiest _________ to get there is probably by subway. REMEMBER.pdf 4) Look at the picture of the Town map below and give directions to the places. It’s not that ______________. you are on the corner of Second Avenue and Forest Street: a.org/lessons/Lesson_1007. Just ___________ the Central Line to Broadway Station. The sporting goods store ______________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ . The bar ____________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ c. Just go ______________ 4th Avenue to Main Street. It should be on ______________ right. The movie theater ____________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ f. If you go out ___________ number four it should be right in ____________ of you. eliciting street and corner street and what it is next to or across from.

a. The hotel is next to the _____________.info/lesson/giving-directions/ Listening & Reading 1) Take a look at the map below. Then.esl-lab. mark the sentences true or false. ( ) True ( ) False b. 2) Now.Fonte: http://www. The zoo is ____________ the police station.com/eslbasic/travel-sightseeing-1.htm play the listening and complete the sentences with the words missing.englishadvantage. . go to the website http://www.

? I've never been there before. ______________________________________________. Take the no. Get off at Times Square and change to the . ( ) True ( ) False e.org/games/games/12-LGDirections. Heather: Are you driving or taking the subway? Mark: The subway. play the “listen” button and try to find the correct place in the map. The _______________ corner of ________ Street and ________ Street. ( ) True False 3) To practice a little bit more.( ) True ( ) False c. The __________ is between the post office and the supermarket. ______________ front of ________________. do you know how to get to Daniels Co.com Guide Text I Directions to a Meeting Mark: Linda. ( ) True ( ) False g. ______________________________________________.elllo. The bowling alley is on _________ Street.Directions to a Meeting By Kenneth Beare. 9 from West 72nd street. ( ) True ( ) False j. ( ) True ( ) False d. ( ) True ( ) False f. Reading & Reading Comprehension Business English . ______________________________________________. ( ) True ( ) False h. About. Heather: Right. go to the website http://www.htm. ____________________________________________. ( ) True ( ) False i.

Get off at Times Square and change to the shuttle. Got it? Mark: Yes. Go across town and get off at Grand Central station. Mark: Thanks Heather. Heather: No problem. Go across town and get off at Grand Central station. Mark: OK. Mark: Can you repeat that? Heather: Change to the shuttle. Go above ground and walk north on Park Avenue. Go above ground and walk north on Park Avenue. How long does it take? Heather: It takes about a half an hour. When is your meeting? Mark: It's at nine. once I get to Times Square. Mark: Just a moment. let me write this down! Heather: Take the no. Heather. Key Vocabulary to get to somewhere to take the subway to change to another train to go across town to get off to go above ground to walk north / south / west / east to take time a busy time of day . Go above ground and walk north on Park Avenue. thanks. Go across town and get off at Grand Central station. Thanks. which train do I take? Heather: Change to the shuttle. 9 from West 72nd street. I'll leave at eight-thirty. You should leave at eight. Heather: That's a busy time of day. Now.shuttle.

Tourist: Ah. Tourist: Queen Mary Avenue.com/od/businessreading/a/d_mdirect. Really.about. can you help me? I'm lost! Person: Certainly.htm. Museum Drive. Person: No. where would you like to go? Tourist: I'd like to go to the museum. straight on and then the third left. Go straight on. Take the second left and enter Museum Drive. Tourist: Thank you.about. It's about a 5 minute walk. but I can't find it. (pointing) I can give you directions. Tourist: OK. turn left into Queen Mary Avenue.about.com/library/quiz/bl_mdirect.. It's very easy.htm 2) Check your understanding of the text above at : http://esl.. Do you see them? Tourist: Yes. Now.com/od/intermediatereading/a/d_museum. Person: No.. . at the traffic lights. Thanks again for your help. That's very kind of you. Person: Not at all. Reading Dialogue: Directions to the Museum Text II (On the street corner) Tourist: Excuse me. Person: Right.Fonte: http://esl.com/library/quiz/bl_musuem..htm 1) Check your understanding of the text above at : http://esl. I can see them. right.htm. Is it far? Person: No. The second street on my left. Tourist: Great. Person: Right. Tourist: Maybe I should call a taxi . not really. Just follow Museum Drive and the museum is at the end of the road. no. Fonte: http://esl. Person: Right. it's the SECOND left. . go along this street to the traffic lights. Person: Not at all.about. Queen Mary Avenue.

co. Online.about.com. Disponível em: http://esl. Disponível em: http://esl. Online.htm. Giving Directions.com/library/quiz/blgrquiz_prep1.about.htm.about. Games – Directions. Acesso em: 03 jan. English as 2nd Language – Prepositions of Place.s html Bye! Ana Célia Lima REFERÊNCIAS Elllo. principalmente com a ajuda de um mapa.com.com/od/grammarintermediate/a/prepositions_of_place. Você também viu algumas preposições necessárias para pedir e dar direções. se precisar de se comunicar em inglês.about.Summary Na aula de hoje você aprendeu a não se perder.about. English as 2nd Language – Quiz on Prepositions. .elllo. Acesso em: 30 dez.com/od/intermediateconversation/a/Asking-Directions. Disponível em: http://www. Online.org/games/games/12-LGDirections.info. Acesso em: 03 jan. Acesso em: 30 dez.bbc. 2011. Recomendo a você mais dois links para que leia. 2010. 2010.uk/worldservice/learningenglish/radio/specials/1655_how_to_ask/page2. Esl. Disponível em: http://www. EnglishAdvantage.englishadvantage. Practice makes perfect! Extra practice • http://esl. Online. Esl.org.info/lesson/giving-directions/. 2011.htm.htm • http://www. entenda e estude essa matéria.

co. Directions to the Museum.about. Online. Online. Acesso em: 03 jan. Disponível em: http://www. Acesso em: 30 dez.about. Giving directions in English. Acesso em: 30 dez.youtube. Disponível em: http://www. 2011. English as 2nd Language – Quiz on Directions to a Meeting. 2011. Esl. 2011.bbc. English as 2nd Language – Business Reading.about.com/od/businessreading/a/d_mdirect. English as 2nd Language – Quiz on Directions to the Museum. Esl. Asking Directions. Esl.com/od/intermediatereading/a/d_museum. Giving Directions.com.htm.about. Directions to a Meeting.about.com/eslbasic/travelsightseeing-1. 2011.htm.uk. Disponível em: http://esl. . 2010. Acesso em: 03 jan.com/library/quiz/bl_mdirect. Online.Esl. Esl-lab.co.com.shtml. 2011. Acesso em: 03 jan.com/watch?v=B5wPc_4bfbQ.htm. Disponível em: http://esl.about. English as 2nd Language – Reading.com.about.com.org. Esl. Disponível em: http://www. Online.htm.about. 2010. Disponível em: http://esl.org/lessons/Lesson_1007. Online. 2010. Youtube.htm.htm. Acesso em: 30 dez. Online.about.com. Disponível em: http://lcrb. English as 2nd Language – Conversation.com.about. Learning English – How to ask directions. Acesso em: 03 jan. 2010. Online. Acesso em: 03 jan.com/od/intermediateconversation/a/Asking-Directions.pdf. Disponível em: http://esl.uk/worldservice/learningenglish/radio/specials/1655_how_to_ask/page2. • Extra links BBC. Online. Travel – sightseeing.com. Acesso em: 30 dez. Disponível em: http://esl. LCRB. Online.esl-lab.com/library/quiz/bl_musuem.

. Introduction Hi! Is everything ok with you? Pense no seu restaurante e no seu prato favorito.. Pensou? Agora você vai estudar e praticar como se comunicar em um restaurante e fazer esse pedido a um garçom! Enjoy this class! Vocabulary .Unidade 3 – Compreensão auditiva e leitura para comunicação em língua inglesa English Basic Level • 26th Lesson At the restaurant Aim Aprender estruturas frasais e vocabulário mais usados em um restaurante: como pedir um prato ou a conta.

coffee etc... please? Could I have a table away from the toilets. please. please? Could you make sure it's a quiet table..) Wine/Drinks List (sometimes on a separate menu) Booking a table I'd like to book (reserve) a table for two at 8. Watch.30 pm. please? Ordering I'd like . I'd like to book a table for four at 7 in the name of Smith.youtube. For starters I'll have the … and for the main course I'd like the … Could I have chips instead of baked potatoes. 2) Look at the useful words to use in a conversation at a restaurant below: • Places to Eat Out Bistro Fast Food Restaurant Hotel Restaurant Pub Restaurant Snack Bar • Parts of a Menu 1st Appetizers/Entrees/Hors D'oeuvres Soups /Starters 2nd Main Courses (Meat/Fish/Vegetarian) 3rd Desserts Beverages (Drinks in general.. I'll have a glass of house red/white.1) To order a meal in a restaurant you need some vocabulary. please. please? What is the house special today? Is there anything you would recommend? Could I see the wine menu. please? Do you have a high chair for young children. I'd like to book a table for a party of four at 9 pm.. listen to this video and repeat the words at http://www. please? I'm sorry but I asked for a table by the window.com/watch?v=9qMrqdbOihg&feature=related... Do you have the menu in Portuguese/Spanish . please? I'll have a bottle of the ….. please? Could we have a table over there. Which wine would you recommend? Complaining During &After the Meal Paying .. please. please? Could I have a non-smoking table. please? At the Restaurant Good evening. the name is Smith. please... Could we have an extra chair... Could I have a table by (next to) the window. please. I have a table booked for four.....

please. (When you want to pay for everyone. Enjoy your meal! A: Can I get you anything else? A: That'll be $6. My compliments to the chef. thanks. . ) B: Yes. Excuse me this steak is over done.75. How are you doing this afternoon? A: Certainly.UK English). I'm afraid this wine tastes corked. A: Thank you! Have a good day! ( ( ) B: Bye. please? ( ( ) B: Here you are.htm 3) Match the two columns and order the dialogue: Ordering a Meal By Kenneth Beare. Excuse me this wine isn't chilled properly. please? That was delicious. I ordered rare. A: Would you like something to drink? A: Thank you. ( ( ( ( ) B: Thank you. Can I get you anything else? I'd like the check (bill .Excuse me. please? Do you have a pepper mill? Could I have some dressing / sauce. This is on me.com Guide (A = waiter. I'd like a coke.learnenglish. ) B: Fine. Could we have some more bread. please? Could you pass me the salt. About. here you are. please. Is service included? No. I'll have that.) http://www. we've been waiting for over half an hour for our drinks.. A: Grilled tuna and cheese.de/vocabulary/eatout. but my soup is cold. Excuse me. Keep the change! ) B: No. What's today's special? ) B: That sounds good. please. Could I have the bill.. Key Vocabulary Can I see a menu? Here you are Enjoy your meal! Would you like . (returning with the food) Here you are. please? Do you take Credit Card / check? We'd like separate bills. ) B: Thank you. please. Can I see a menu. I'd like the check (bill - UK English). I'm sorry but I ordered a side salad not the vegetables. B = customer) A: Hi. thank you.

Have a good day! .75.That'll be $6.

but it’s pretty much just plain melon with garnish and some whipped cream. Now the melon. Waitress: Here are your menus and a glass of water. Waitress: Can I get you something to drink? Customer: Mmm I was wondering about this wine actually. What’s your house wine? Waitress: Our house wine is this red wine right here and it’s 10 dollars.com/od/beginnerpronunciation/a/bd_restaurant. I think I’ll have a glass of that actually.com/watch?v=y5dkB_Bcb_M&feature=related. Waitress: Can I take your order for an appetiser? Customer: Mmm I quite like the look of several of these. thanks. Waitress: Come along and have a seat right here. welcome to our restaurant. . ok. Smoking or non-smoking? Customer: Non-smoking. Waitress: Just a glass? Customer: How much is it for a bottle? Waitress: 10 dollars. Then. Waitress: Just one person. Customer: Oh sorry.Adaptado de: http://esl. Customer: Oh. Waitress: How many people are there? Customer: Just the one. 2) Read the dialogue below: Ordering at a Restaurant Waitress: Hi.about. does that come with anything else? Waitress: The melon? It just comes with some garnish.htm Listening & Reading 1) Watch this video at http://www. please. Customer: Thanks. Customer: Thank you very much. Yeah I’ll have a bottle then.youtube. practice the sentences by repeating.

Oh. come again! Customer: Bye! 3) Now. It’s all vegetarian but it does come with cheese. thanks. listen to the same dialogue at http://www. that’s ok. Customer: Oh. Customer: Could I have the bill. Customer: Ok. I’d like to look at the desert menu.elllo. Waitress: Bye. Waitress: Can I get you anything else? Customer: Oh. that’s ok. Customer: Could I get cream with it. Waitress: Ok. . they sound nice. I’ll have those. these all look nice. Waitress: Thank you for coming. actually. no problem. Waitress: Did you enjoy your meal? Customer: It was delicious. Can you tell me. is it vegetarian? Waitress: It is. I really recommend the fries.Customer: What would you recommend? Waitress: Well. I think I must go for this chocolate cake here. They’re quite good and they come with cheese and tomatoes and some chile on top. Waitress: Are you ready to order your meal? Customer: Yes. please.html and practice the sentences. Customer: Mmm 30 dollars. please. please. that’s not too bad. thank you. Customer: I’d like rice. please? Waitress: Certainly. I eat cheese. Customer: Oh.org/english/0501/512-AkaneRestaurant. Waitress: Chocolate cake. please? Waitress: Would you like custard or whipped cream? Customer: Whipped cream. Ok. Waitress: Coming right up. That’s our most popular dish. I think I’m ready now. Very good choice. Do I get any with it? Waitress: It comes with a side order of rice or potatoes. Oh. Here you go. I think I’ll have this vegetable goulash. Mm.

Reading & Reading Comprehension

Ordering Food in a Restaurant

One of the most important tasks in English is ordering food when you go to a restaurant. There are basic forms and questions, as well food vocabulary that you can use in places where people speak English.

By Kenneth Beare, About.com Guide 1) Take a look at this Menu:

Starters Chicken Soup Salad $2.50 $3.25

Sandwiches - Main Course Ham and cheese Tuna Vegetarian Grilled Cheese Piece of Pizza Cheeseburger Hamburger deluxe Spaghetti $3.50 $3.00 $4.00 $2.50 $2.50 $4.50 $5.00 $5.50

Drinks Coffee Tea Soft Drinks - Coke, Sprite, Root Beer, etc. $1.25 $1.25 $1.75

2) Choose from the Menu above and decide what you would like in this restaurant. Write your options for Starters, Main Course and Drinks: _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________

3) Read this dialogue:

Waiter: Hello, can I help you? Kim: Yes, I'd like to have some lunch. Waiter: Would you like a starter? Kim: Yes, I'd like a bowl of chicken soup, please. Waiter: And what would you like for a main course? Kim: I'd like a grilled cheese sandwich. Waiter: Would you like anything to drink? Kim: Yes, I'd like a glass of coke, please. Waiter... After Kim has her lunch.: Can I bring you anything else? Kim: No, thank you. Just the bill. Waiter: Certainly. Kim:I don't have my glasses. How much is the lunch? Waiter: That's $6.75. Kim: Here you are. Thank you very much. Waiter: You're welcome. Have a good day. Kim: Thank you, the same to you. • Notice how the waiter asks: What would you like? and Kim responds: I'd like ... "Would like" is the polite form used when asking and requesting.

4) Fill in the gaps with the correct word. Do NOT look at the text above!

Waiter: Hello, Can I _______________ you? Kim: Yes, _______________ to have some lunch.

Waiter: _______________ a starter? Kim: Yes, I'd like a bowl of chicken soup, _______________. Waiter: And what_______________ for a main course? Kim: I'd like a grilled cheese sandwich. Waiter: Would you like_______________ to drink? Kim: Yes, I'd like a glass of coke, please. Waiter... After Kim has her lunch.: Can I bring you anything else? Kim: No, thank you. Just the_______________. Waiter: Certainly. Kim:I don't have my glasses. _______________ is the lunch? Waiter: That's $6.75. Kim: _______________. Thank you very much. Waiter: You're_______________. Have a good day. Kim: Thank you, the_______________.
Adaptado de: http://esl.about.com/library/beginner/blwouldlike.htm

My Favorite Restaurant

I like to eat out and I go to a (1)___________ for dinner twice a week. I (2)__________ with my husband, Bill. Our (3)___________ restaurant is an Indian restaurant in Cleveland Street in Surry Hills. It is not very big (4)___________ it is always busy. There are only a (5)___________ tables in the restaurant and there is a white (6)___________ on each table. There is also a vase with (7)___________ flowers on each table. There are plants in the (8)___________. We usually (9)___________ hot curries and eat them with rice. The food is (10)___________ so we enjoy it very much. The service is (11)___________ and friendly. Bill and I always have a (12)___________ evening at our favorite restaurant. • These are the words to choose from:

BUT CORNERS DELICIOUS FEW the right word from the list to fill in the gaps. GO LOVELY 5) Choose PLEASANT QUICK RESTAURANT

FAVORITE ORDER TABLECLOTH

By Kenneth Beare, About.com Guide

BAR BILL COOKBOOK INGREDIENTS LOUNGE MENU BAR BILL COOKBOOK SERVICE TAKE-AWAY TIP INGREDIENTS LOUNGE MENU SERVICE TAKE-AWAY TIP

DESSERT DISH ORDER RECIPE DESSERT DISH WAIT PERSON ORDER RECIPE WAIT PERSON

FAST FOOD RESTAURANT FAST FOOD RESTAURANT

I really hate ______________. I prefer to go to a good ______________that serves everything, including the ______________, using the best ______________. Sometimes, I like to ______________ something that I have tried at home. First, I look up the ______________in the ______________and then I cook the ______________. Next, I go to the restaurant, and when the ______________comes to my table I ask for the ______________and order what I have already cooked at home! Sometimes, I like to go out for a ______________. You can have a drink in either a ______________or a ______________, which are usually nicer. At the end of the evening, it's time to ask for the ______________and, usually, if the ______________has been good, it's a good idea to leave a 15%-20% tip.

Adaptado de: http://esl.about.com/od/vocabularybeginners/a/Gap-Fill-Food-And-Restaurants.htm

Summary

Hoje vimos como você deve se comportar em um restaurante, como fazer pedidos e comunicar-se com os garçons e pessoas nesses ambientes. Coloque em prática os diálogos, veja os vídeos e pesquise mais. Para ajudá-lo a desenvolver esse vocabulário da aula de hoje, você vai ler e estudar através dos dois links que deixo como seu homework.

Enjoy your time to study!

Extra practice • http://www.esl-lab.com/rest1.htm • http://www.bbc.co.uk/worldservice/learningenglish/business/tendays/day10videobd.shtml

See you!

Ana Célia Lima REFERÊNCIAS

Beare, Kenneth (esl.about.com website). English as 2nd Language – At a Restaurant. Online. Disponível em: http://esl.about.com/od/beginnerpronunciation/a/bd_restaurant.htm. Acesso em: 03 jan. 2011.

Beare, Kenneth (esl.about.com website). English as 2nd Language – Food and Restaurants. Online. Disponível em: http://esl.about.com/od/vocabularybeginners/a/Gap-Fill-Food-AndRestaurants.htm. Acesso em: 03 jan. 2011.

Beare, Kenneth (esl.about.com website). English as 2nd Language – Ordering Food in a Restaurant. Online. Disponível em: http://esl.about.com/library/beginner/blwouldlike.htm. Acesso em: 03 jan. 2011.

Elllo.org. At the Restaurant – Akane Restaurant. Online. Disponível em: http://www.elllo.org/english/0501/512-Akane-Restaurant.html . Acesso em: 03 jan. 2011.

Youtube.com. English Vocabulary – Restaurant. Online. Disponível em: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=9qMrqdbOihg&feature=related. Acesso em: 03 jan. 2011. • Extra links BBC.co.uk. Learning English – 10 Days in Manchester. Online. Disponível em: http://www.bbc.co.uk/worldservice/learningenglish/business/tendays/day10videobd.shtml. Acesso em: 03 jan. 2011.

Davis, Randall (esl-lab.com website). Ordering at a Restaurant. Online. Disponível em: http://www.esl-lab.com/rest1.htm. Acesso em: 03 jan. 2011.

Unidade 4 – Uso do Inglês como Ferramenta de Negociação

Business English

• 27th Lesson

Writing a letter / e-mail Formality x Informality

Aim In this lesson we are going to read and study business writing.

Introduction

Hello! Are you all right? In this lesson we are going to practice and develop your business writing skills in English. I hope you appreciate it!

Have a great class!

..Vocabulary WRITING BUSINESS LETTERS Useful phrases • Salutation Dear Mr Brown Dear Sir(s) Dear Sir or Madam Dear Ms White Dear Madam Gentlemen • Starting We are (I am) writing to inform you that . Could you possibly tell us/let us have... ... Please. I am contacting you for the following reason. • Making a request We would appreciate it if you would ... We are quite willing to ..... . You will be pleased to learn that . With reference to our telephone conversation yesterday ..... I would just like to confirm the main points we discussed on Tuesday . I would like to .. .. Thank you for your letter regarding .....is now considerably overdue.. Having seen your advertisement in . to request ... • Complaining I am writing to express my dissatisfaction with ... We regret to inform you that our order n°--. and would like to know .. • Giving bad news We regret to inform you that . In reply to your request . I am writing to tell you about .. Thank you for contacting us. Our company would be pleased to .. • Apologizing We are sorry for the delay in replying ... In addition.. I am delighted to inform you that .. It was a pleasure meeting you in London last month. Unfortunately we cannot/we are unable to .. let me know what action you propose to take… • Offering help We would be happy to . I regret any inconvenience caused ... .. I am writing to complain about . . to confirm .. I am interested in (obtaining/receiving. I would be grateful if you could... It would be helpful if you could send us .......... • Referring to previous contact Thank you for your letter of March 15 .. I would be interested in (obtaining/receiving) . Please note that the goods we ordered on (date) have not yet arrived... I'm afraid it would not be possible to .. I recently read/heard about ....... . Further to our meeting last week .. • Giving good news We are pleased to announce that . . Could you please send me . I received your address from . and would like to . . I enjoyed having lunch with you last week in Tokyo..... I would like to receive ... to enquire about..) I would appreciate your immediate attention to this matter... Would you like us to . I would like to query the transport charges which seem unusually high. After careful consideration we have decided (not) to . .

• Referring to future contact I look forward to seeing you next week. I apologise for any inconvenience. Unfortunately these articles are no longer available/are out of stock. We are pleased to place an order with your company for . • Referring to future business We look forward to a successful working relationship in the future. • Ending business letters Sincerely... note that our prices are subject to change without notice. Please confirm receipt of our order.. Thank you for your help.. Looking forward to hearing from you. I would be happy to have an opportunity to work with your firm.. send payment as soon as possible.. We have pleasure in enclosing a detailed quotation. Our terms of payment are as follows: • Referring to payment Our records show that we have not yet received payment of . } (for all customers/clients) Sincerely yours.. find enclosed .. I am pleased to acknowledge receipt of your order n°. • Prices Please.. Your order will be processed as quickly as possible.. • Closing remarks If we can be of any further assistance. (for those you already know and/or with whom you already have a working relationship) . According to our records ... • Orders Thank you for your quotation of . } Yours sincerely.. It will take about (three) weeks to process your order. Please. We hope you can settle this matter to our satisfaction.... Please.. You will find enclosed our most recent catalogue and price list.... We would like to cancel our order n°.. We can make you a firm offer of . Please. If I can help in any way.. Once again.... If you require more information . } Regards. Thank you for taking this into consideration.. • Enclosing documents I am enclosing . send us your price list. You will find enclosed .. We can guarantee delivery before . We hope you are happy with this arrangement. I look forward to meeting you on the 15th I would appreciate a reply at your earliest convenience.. " " to receiving your comments.I would like to apologize for (the delay/the inconvenience) .. please let us know.. For further details . You will receive a credit note for the sum of . We would be (very) pleased to do business with your company. please do not hesitate to contact me.

) Sample Letter By Kenneth Beare. English is the key to overcoming such diversity. It is a well-known fact that the best work opportunities are reserved for candidates with the best Business English skills. in the name of both proper business conduct and for legal purposes. as any proposal.com/business-writing. Often. of which writing is increasingly important. na parte do meio da tela.Reading & Practice Why to Study Business English? There is almost no argument that the English language has become the international language for communication around the globe. When we specifically examine the workings of the world of business. Business Writing Writing has always been an essential part of doing business. At the website http://www. WA 98765 Tel: .whitesmoke. we see that it too. *(Há uma ferramenta no canto direito. onde você pode escrever o seu texto e o software o corrige automaticamente. agreement or contract must always be given in writing so as to make it formal and valid. as corporations and business ventures are constantly striving to expand and break through into global markets and dispersing company centers worldwide. About.com Guide Here is a sample letter using some of the forms you have seen at the vocabulary: Ken's Cheese House 34 Chatley Avenue Seattle. The result is that employees and executives alike. now have to work hard to improve their Business English in order to increase the success rates on that next major business deal and to be able to confidently interact with people in work settings. which are gradually becoming more culturally and linguistically diverse. is becoming globalized. we think of software for business finances. business plans.html you can try your business writing skills and improve your writing. or project management before considering software for business writing and communication.

2006 Fred Flintstone Sales Manager Cheese Specialists Inc. according to the sample letter above: a. Date _____ d.Fax: Email: kenny@cheese. Yours sincerely. Flintstone With reference to our telephone conversation today. contact us again if we can help in any way. Please. I am writing to confirm your order for: 120 x Cheddar Deluxe Ref.about. 456 Rubble Road Rockville.com October 23. Letterhead / sender’s address _____ . Salutation _____ b. No.htm 1) Number the parts of a letter in the correct order. 856 The order will be shipped within three days via UPS and should arrive at your store in about 10 days. Body of the letter _____ g. Kenneth Beare Director of Ken's Cheese House Source: http://esl. Receiver’s address _____ e. IL Dear Mr. Signature _____ c.com/cs/onthejobenglish/a/a_basbletter. Complimentary close _____ f.

but this is usually done when the people exchanging emails have already established a business relationship. 2. was. Just write a brief and concise text explaining your purpose. is unacceptable. Using emoticons in your cover letter as you apply for a job. Never write a long sentence as your subject line. . people exchange business emails more than they do business letters. so make sure you write a short but informative subject line. However. formulate questions that need short answers like “yes” and “no” (this questions start with auxiliaries like do. 4. did. --------------------------------------------------------------------- 5 Tips for Better Business Emails Nowadays. can. Make your email brief and get straight to the point You don’t need to write a novel. a few words describing your email content or purpose will do. 3. Send it by e-mail to your tutor. is. For example. for example. Write in a conversational tone Business emails can have a conversational tone that is less formal than a normal business letter. should you write in a formal business tone or in a casual tone? If you want to know how to write better business emails. Provide an informative and short subject line The subject line is important because it alerts your reader as to what your email is about. be careful not to make your tone too casual or too familiar. Limit your use of emoticons Some business emails may allow the use of emoticons. have. Generally.2) Now that you know the vocabulary to use and that you have an example of a letter. etc. You should also write in proper business English as much as possible. And never leave the subject line blank either. writing business emails leaves room for some questions. then read these five tips: 1.). choose a topic and write a formal business letter. However. If you need to elicit a response from your reader. you should limit or avoid the use of emoticons because they will make your email look unprofessional. Long emails can be boring to read.

Here are some ways of writing simple English: . Try to keep to only one point in each email. . . to avoid subject lines starting Re: or R:R: Be careful to avoid writing general subject lines. Source: http://www. try WhiteSmoke's Business English version program to help you. As they are often written quickly. direct English.(Closing) = There are a variety of closing phrases. If you have a hard time writing business English. not passive forms. not technical or jargon words if your reader is not in the same field as you.(Salutation) = This is optional. as some email providers automatically delete these as spam.Main point . or others with no name or salutation at all. .use active forms. Keep your emails short. Use a descriptive subject line.write short sentences. not long ones. write "Meeting at 10am about pay rise". Proofread your email and run a spell check and grammar check Check if your email has grammatical and typographical errors. it's easier for your reader to understand the content of your email.Reason for writing . such as "Cheers" or "Thanks". (…) 3. they may contain only a few lines. Don’t write "Urgent". If necessary. such as "Hello" or "Hi".use common words. . These are also optional. you can send more emails on different points. • Emails may contain the following elements: . in response to a request or question. Write simple. This is especially important if you're writing to someone whose first language is not English. 2. If you write a descriptive subject line for each email. abbreviations. others with the first name "Clare". Informal English. and absence of standard salutations are common when you write emails. How to write better emails 1.5. Use a subject line each time you reply to an email.Subject line = This shows the reader the exact subject of the email .whitesmoke.com/5-tips-for-better-business-emails How to write an email Emails are generally shorter than letters. Some people start with "Hi".

In many cases.only send an email to the people who need to see it.don't take part in chain emails (when you have to forward something on to five of your best friends. Check your email before you send it. no personal comments. 8. you can copy the sender and use the same greeting. Don't send heavy attachments. Use a spell check to eliminate spelling mistakes. Remember that your reader could forward your email to other people. 7. . Read your email aloud to check for grammar and punctuation errors. send a zip file.) Avoid using emoticons and smilies in business emails. you could use a collective noun: "Dear customers". Don't automatically click "reply to all" if only one or two people need to read your message. "Dear colleagues". (No gossip. Try to make your emails informative and polite. Jones" / "Dear Ms Jones" if you know the name of the person. Like with letters. no confidential information and no ambiguous English such as sarcastic humour. here are some possible greetings: . or give web addresses where your reader can find information. . but if you are the one to write first. 5. Make sure your reader knows what to do next. and use a neutral tone. so only write what you would be happy for other people to read. or "Hello everyone". use Ms instead of Miss or Mrs. This is particularly effective if you only want a quick piece of information. for example). 6. Reduce the amount of email you send: . Ask yourself these questions: "Is this clear?" "Does my reader know what to do next?" "Is this polite?" There are a number of ways to start the email.Formal emails = If you don't know the name of the person. You can also use "Hello" or "Hello + first name" if you know the person well. If possible.Writing to a group of people = If you are writing to a group of people. and you can use it for friends and colleagues. Be careful what you write in your email. Help your reader act on your email. you could write "Dear All". "Dear Madam" or "Dear Sir / Madam".Friends and colleagues = "Hi" is informal. If you are writing to a group of people who work in the same company or department. . . or too many exclamation marks. "Dear partners".For acquaintances = Use "Dear Mr. . .don't reply to spam.make a phone call rather than write an email. write "Please can you find me the sales figures for 2009" instead of the vaguer "I'm going to need the sales figures for 2009".4. For example. you can write "Dear Sir". . if you want your reader to find some information for you.

or to ask a question. Starting your email Your first sentence should tell the reader what your email is about. and that each reason is different from the other. / Thanks for getting me the figures. / Sorry. Regarding your presentation to them last year. Sample email writing Hi. can you tell me if…?" If you have more than one reason for writing. so we should be starting the planning next week. along with some sentences you can use to start: 1. 2. Referring to an attachment = Take a look at the attached file. but I can't make the meeting tomorrow. but something has come up and I can't meet you for lunch. you write quick emails to colleagues.com/how-to-write-a-business-email read the explanations and the . "Dear Directors" or "Dear Board members". Sandra. / Thanks for your phone call. / Have a quick look at the file I've attached about… Thought you might find the attached interesting. or to share some information. give each reason its own paragraph. Here are four of the most common reasons for writing an email. the extra space helps your reader to understand you have more than one reason for writing.Writing to a group of bosses in your company = Here you could write "Dear Managers". It doesn't matter if your paragraph is only one line long. Using email in this way is almost like using the telephone. In these situations. but just start the message. 4. do you still have the powerpoint files? Thanks 3) Now that you know some tips for writing business emails. Replying to a previous email = Thanks for the information. Giving brief updates = Just a quick note to tell you… / Just a quick note to let you know… / Just to update you on… 3. Changing plans = Sorry.. go to the website http://www. In fact. Your first sentence should only have one theme. Just wanted to let you know we got the project! They're signing tomorrow. your reason for writing may be to ask for help. For example. Your first sentence for these different situations could be: "Have you got a few minutes to help me with…?" / "Just wanted to let you know…" / "Regarding X. / Sorry. you don't need to write any greeting or name. . but I won't be able to meet you next week.whitesmoke.No greeting = Often in companies.

English as 2nd Language – Business English Level Test. Disponível em: http://www.about.com website).about. Caso aconteça. pratique. Online.whitesmoke.htm.com/cs/onthejobenglish/a/a_basbletter.htm. Acesso em: 04 jan. English as 2nd Language – Guide to Basic Business Letters. TheEnglishWeb. Kenneth (esl. Dúvidas sobre uma palavra ou outra do vocabulário podem surgir. Business Writing Skills – How to Write an Email.com/library/quiz/bl_business_level_test.com website). 2011. Send both emails for your tutor to check. Online.com/business-writing-skills/how-to-write-an-email. Disponível em: http://www. Summary Nesta aula toda redigida em inglês abordamos a linguagem formal e informal que pode ser utilizada em contextos diferentes no ambiente de trabalho.theenglishweb.examples and write a formal email to a director of a company and an informal email to a workmate. Acesso em: 04 jan. Acesso em: 04 jan. WhiteSmoke. 2011. como escrever cartas e e-mails. faça as atividades. 5 Tips for Better Business Emails. Online.com. Kenneth (esl.about.php. seu melhor amigo (aproveite e consulte a pronúncia também!). Você estudou. Como homework você vai testar seu conhecimento sobre as linguagens formal e informal no site http://esl.com. lembre-se de comunicar ao seu tutor e também de consultar o dicionário. 2011.htm.com/5-tips-for-better-business-emails.about. Disponível em: http://esl.about. . através da leitura de exemplos e da solução de alguns exercícios.com/library/quiz/bl_business_level_test. Online. 2011. Estude. Disponível em: http://esl. Acesso em: 04 jan. See you! Goodbye! Ana Célia Lima REFERÊNCIAS Beare. Beare.

com/how-to-write-a-business-email.html. Online. Unidade 4 – Uso do Inglês como Ferramenta de Negociação Business English • 28th Lesson Talking on the Phone Leaving and Taking Messages Aim Our aim is to prepare you to talk about business and solve problems on the telephone.whitesmoke. Disponível em: http://www. 2011. Online.WhiteSmoke. WhiteSmoke. Acesso em: 04 jan. How to Write a Business Email. Disponível em: http://www.whitesmoke.com/businesswriting.com. 2011.com. Acesso em: 04 jan. Business Writing. .

how to talk on the phone in business contexts and so on. Even native speakers ask each other to repeat and confirm information from time to time. You may not realize that your pronunciation isn't clear because your teacher and students know and understand you. This is especially important if you are taking a message for someone else. • Practice with a friend Ask another student to practice talking on the phone with you. (…) Don't be afraid to remind the person to slow down more than once. • Make sure you understand the other speaker Don't pretend to understand (não finja entender) everything you hear over the telephone. or role play different scenarios in a business environment. If you are nervous about using the phone in English. (…) . However. Keep your telephone in an area that is away from other noise distractions such as a radio or television. how to leave and take a message in an answering machine. Practice or write down what you are going to say (…).Introduction Hello! How are things? In this lesson we are approaching phone talks. Try to talk for at least fifteen minutes. Are you ready? It’s time to go! Tips and Vocabulary Telephone Tips • Speak slowly and clearly Listening to someone speaking in a second language over the telephone can be very challenging because you cannot see the person you are trying to hear. You can talk socially. it may be even more difficult for the person you are talking with to understand you. You might choose one night a week and take turns phoning each other at a certain time. you may notice yourself speaking very quickly. Pay special attention to "r's" and "l's" or "b's" and "v's" when you are on the phone.

(…) Talking on the telephone can be difficult for a couple of reasons. SITUATION Introducing yourself. Many ESL speakers make the mistake of being too direct on the telephone. You should also practice saying dates and numbers aloud. it's Gerry from the dentist's office here.Hi.Hi Marina. EXAMPLES When calling a general number: . This is John Block from ABC company calling. • Practice dates and numbers It only takes a short time to memorize English Phonetic Spelling. as well as all the various ways one can start and end a conversation casually. Sometimes just one word such as "could" or "may" is necessary in order to sound polite.Hello. . . We hope you'll find this helpful. (informal) . it’s John calling. you can't see the person you're talking to. .• Use businesses and recordings There are many ways to get free telephone English practice. • Learn telephone etiquette (manners) The way that you speak to your best friend on the phone is very different to the way you should speak to someone in a business setting. but it is something that you will be able to use in any country. Phrases to use when you place the call. Marina. and then call back and check if your notes are precise. It is possible that the person on the other line will think that you are being rude on purpose if you don't use formal language in certain situations. After business hours. so you can't see his or her body language and "read" his or her face. Here’s a helpful reference chart that will help you speak on the telephone phone with confidence in business and personal situations. (…) Make sure you have a pen handy so that you can repeat the information and check your comprehension.May I speak with Marina Smith? . this is John Block calling for Marina Smith. Write down what you hear the first time.Is Marina Smith in? (informal) When the person answers the call directly: .Good afternoon. (…) Take the time to learn how to answer the phone and say goodbye in a polite manner. First of all. Talking on the phone also requires its own special set of words and phrases. you can call and listen to recorded messages.

.Thank you for calling Boyz Autobody. How may I help you? .Can you please spell that for me? .Let me see if Jim is available.Answering the phone.Can you call me back? I think we have a bad connection. I didn’t catch what you just said.Please hold and I’ll put you through. Please stand by for the next available operator. Marina speaking.May I speak with Mr. Jody speaking.XYZ firm. When you answer the phone and it is for somebody else.Would you mind spelling that for me? Connecting someone. when the person asks for you by name: .Can you please speak a little more slowly? . For calls to your direct line: . There are many different ways to answer your phone.This is she / this is he (caller says: “Is Marina in?” and Marina replies “This is she”). .Can you please speak a little louder? .One moment. Would you like to hold? .Good afternoon.I’m sorry.Hello? (informal) . Can you please hold? . . .Speaking (caller says: “Is Marina there?” and Marina replies: “speaking”).Jim is on another line at the moment.Thank you for calling XYZ. (informal) For customer service calls . .Can I talk to your sister? (informal) .Doctor's office.How do you spell your last name? . *The person answering says this if the caller does not recognize their voice. How can I help you? . . . Green. this is Marina.Just a sec. please.Could you please repeat that? . When you need to put somebody on hold When you don’t understand the caller Clarifying what your caller says . I have a call on my other line. JAQ Industries? . How may I direct your call? .One minute. . please? . I'll get him. XYZ firm. (informal) . For calls to a general number: . .Good morning.Hang on a minute.I’m sorry.Let me repeat your information to make sure I got it right. . . please? (informal) .Would the doctor be in/available? .And that company name again was. For calls to your direct line.Is Fred in? (informal) . I’ll transfer you now.All of our operators are currently busy.Is Jackson there.

Thanks. this is Marina Smith calling to follow-up regarding your order with XYZ company. Would you like to be put through to his voice mail? .I'm afraid that's my other line. Leaving a message for someone Ending a conversation SPECIAL SITUATIONS Leaving a voice mail . Please have him call me as soon as he gets in.Hello. . could you ask him to call Brian when he gets in? . I’ll try you again later.Hey Mikako. please.Thanks for calling. right? Taking a message for someone . Bye. Call me! (informal) . .You said your name was John. I’m calling regarding the upcoming conference in Miami.It’s 5 o’clock already. . John’s not here at the moment.Hello. .Please ask him to call Susan when he gets in. Please call me back when you get a minute.Hi. I’ve got a meeting now so I better run. . Can I take a message? . Could you please return my call as soon as possible? My number is 334-5689. .I'm sorry.Well.John has left for the day. Maxwell. Can you please call me back at 999-344-3344. this is John Block from ABC. . Bye for now.Sammy's not in.? .I’ve got another call coming in. I guess I better get going.I need to speak with him on an urgent matter. . . . .Did you say 555 Charles St.Thanks for calling. Would you like to leave a message? . . I'll talk to you again soon.Please tell him that Susan called and ask him to call me back. My number is 999-343-3423. Who's this? (informal) .I'll make sure she gets the message. this is Ricardo calling for Luke.John is at lunch.. My number is 222-3456. Talk to you soon. May I ask who’s calling? . This is Marina from the doctor's office . It's Yuka. .Yes. I better let you go. He already has my number.He’s not in? Please put me through to his voice mail. extension 12.When do you expect him back in the office? .Hello.I'll let him know you called. Thank you. . .It’s been great talking with you. can you tell him his wife called.John is in a meeting at the moment. I’ll speak with you again soon. . (informal) . Good talking to you.Thanks. .Hello. it’s Marina.

Listening & Speaking 1) Take a look at the two examples of phone calls below: . It will help your listener is you offer words for each letter. I’m having trouble hearing you. this is Marina Smith at the XYZ company. R as in Robert. Phrases for cell phone calls SPELLING OUT NAMES OVER THE PHONE. K as in king. The lost call . this is Elizabeth.My last name is Czarnek. 4 A as in Apple.I’m sorry. I’m losing you.Hi. I'm sorry. Source: http://www. . Apparently we got cut off. .com/students/business_english/Telephone. Give words or names that are very common for each letter. .eslmania. The fading signal . leave a message. I'm not available to take your call at this time. Thank you. F as in Frank. it’s John again. Can you call me back? . My cell phone dropped the signal. Z as in zebra. I will be checking my voice mail from time to time and will return all urgent calls.Hello.Hello.Recording a voice mail message on your machine . it’s Marina again. e as in egg.We’re breaking up. N as in Nancy. . I’m sorry I’m not available to take your call. C as in cat. you’ve reached Marina Smith at XYZ company. May 12 through Monday.Hello. Please. A as in apple. Thank you. N as in Nancy.I can barely hear you. you’ve reached John Block at ABC. Leave me a message and I'll get back to you as soon as I can. Please leave a message and I’ll call you back as soon as I can. Let me call you back later.Hi. . That’s 459. I will be out of the office all day. such as a last name. Sorry I lost you. Let me call you back on my other phone. Thank you. and I’ll call you back when I return. Often you will need to spell something out over the telephone. May 22. I will be on vacation from Friday.Hi. If you’re going on vacation .htm Reading.My registration number is 459N4AF. .

Tentei separar de novo. Goodbye. Would you like to leave a message? — Yes. — Thanks. just a moment. Bye! . is that Tanya? It’s Amy here. Informal? ______ [m3] Comentário: Os dois telefonemas se misturaram na página. can I speak to Martin. Can you call me on the landline? — Sure. please? — I’m afraid he’s away from his desk at the moment. I’ll let him know when he gets back.. this is Helen Randall. Could I talk to Simon Hooper. double four oh) Finishing an informal call . … — Hello. of course. — Hi. Mr. that’s OK. then. I’m looking forward to it. (= two five eight. please. Natasha. — No problem. Shall I ask her to call you back? — No. please? — Yes. tickets cost and get back to you. — OK. . he’s out at the moment.Phone Call 1 — Hi. Speak to you later. Thanks for calling. the battery on my mobile is about to run out. Could you ask him to call me when he gets back? My number is. — Yeah. Será que está correto? Verifique. then.. please. Thank you. See you on Saturday. por favor. So I’ll see you next Saturday at 7 o’clock. Briggs? I’m afraid she’s on the other line at the moment. — OK. what’s the number? — It’s 258 440. — Right.. me too. — Good morning. then.. I’ll find out how much the 2) Which call is: a. May I ask who’s calling? — Hello? — Hi. Can I take a message? — Can you tell him that Natasha called? — OK. I’ll phone again later. Amy! Sorry.. — It’s Nigel Briggs. please? — Sorry. Formal?______ b. Phone Call 2 McSweeney. could I speak to Dr.. I’ll put you through. Bye! — Good morning. that would be great.

Let's first take a look at an example dialogue: Here are the most common: By Kenneth Beare. Mr.. About. Use numbers. I'll put you through. ask her to call Sylvia. ____ No.K. Frank: Bob Peterson's office. it's urgent. Would you like to leave a message? . ____ Yes. Frank: Bye. ____ Hello. ____ Do you know when she'll be back? ____ O.com Guide Operator: Hello. How can I help you? Peter: This is Peter Jackson. hold on a minute. is Bob in? Frank: I'm afraid he's out at the moment. Jackson.. bye. ____ Bye. May I speak to Sara? ____ Thanks. Peter: Thanks. and this is Peter Jackson. Good-bye. Could you ask him to call me at. ____ Hello. I need to talk to him about the Nuovo line. 5) Put the phone conversation below in the correct order. that's. Frank: Thank you.3) There are a number of phrases and idioms that are only used when telephoning. Peter: This is Peter Jackson calling. Can I take a message? _Answering the phone_ ___________________ ___________________ ___________________ ___________________ ___________________ Peter: Yes. I'll make sure Bob gets this asap. ___________________ Frank: Could you repeat the number please? Peter: Yes. Frank speaking. My number is 377-6194. Can I have extension 3421? Operator: Certainly. I don't. ___________________ ___________________ ___________________ ___________________ 4) Use the spaces in the phone conversation above to name the parts of the dialogue according to the chart with vocabulary. I'll give her the message. There’s an example. Frank and Brothers.

Can you send over the statements? I should be done by end of day since everything looks good." . become Person A by clicking on the Person A button. You will hear only Person B through the audio file." A: "Hi Mary." A: "Thank you for your help. it was matching. How are you doing?" B: "I'm doing great." B: "Oh. Use the pause button if the pause between each sentence is too fast for you. I'm just glad it wasn't out of my miscalculation." A: "That makes sense." B: "I'll do it right now. I'll fax them to you immediately. There will be a silence for you to repeat the sentences of Person A. thanks. Is 555-123-4567 the number I should fax it to?" A: "Yes. After becoming comfortable with the entire conversation. The speed of the conversation is native speed. I apologize for that.000.com/od/businessspeakingskills/a/t_vocab.htm Business Phone Call . I couldn't figure out why the ending balance on fiscal year 2003 didn't match the beginning balance on of 2004." A: "No problem. I might not have included the new bank statements when I sent over the information. How much is the difference?" A: "The amount is exactly $42. I know what the problem is." B: "Sure. we are going to follow a weblink for you to listen and practice your “phone skills”. Adapted from: http://esl. We opened another bank account at the end of fiscal year 2003.____ I'm sorry." B: "When I checked.Interactive Practice 6) Now. she's not home now." A: "Thanks for returning my call." B: "Hi Steve. Do the same for Person B.talkenglish.about. That is the correct number." B: "I should have sent them over to you the first time. Click on Listen All and follow along. The links is: http://www. this is Mary from ABC Company.aspx?ALID=483 Dialogue 1 A: "Hello? This is Steve.com/LessonPractice. I'm returning your call.

I will need for him to resend the fax to me." B: "Great. please?" A: "He's in a meeting right now. and the last page didn't print out. this is Richard from Third Hand Testing. May I speak with Alex." A: "It's Janet at 555-987-6543. this is Steve. Our original timeframe was very aggressive. but our program manager received a mail indicating 4 testing procedures. it is. Is 4 the correct number?" A: "Yes." . Does the timeline change because we reduced one of the testing procedures?" A: "We don't have to change the timeline." A: "I'll let him know." B: "Thank you." A: "Thank you." B: "Ok. Steve. Bye. Thanks for your time. What can I help you with?" B: "We originally agreed on 5 testing procedures. Good bye. Can you have Alex call me back when he is available? My name again is Janet." A: "Bye." Dialogue 2 A: "Hello. Would you like to leave a message?" B: "Yes. Do you have a minute to answer a couple of questions?" A: "Sure. Can I tell him what this is regarding?" B: "He sent over a fax." B: "Hi." B: "That makes our job a little easier. I'm calling in regards to the MSN assignment." A: "No problem." A: "Do you have any other questions?" B: "No." B: "Hi." B: "Good bye.B: "Thank you." Dialogue 3 A: "Microsoft. ABC Company." A: "Thank you for calling ABC. That's all I had. this is Janet from Consult R Us. We found that we can do the last one here. and he can reach me at 555-987-6543.

http://www.bbc. Disponível em: http://esl.eslmania. Disponível em: http://www. Learning English – Telephone Challenge. 2011. TalkEnglish. Online. por meio de vários exemplos.com/LessonPractice.htm.co. Acesso em: 05 jan. pesquise e se informe sobre os tópicos aqui abordados.A: "Bye. Interactive Practice." Summary Na aula de hoje você viu.com. 2011.about. deixo o link de um Quiz onde você vai testar o seu conhecimento sobre phone conversations. Disponível em: http://www.about. Acesso em: 05 jan. Online. Além disso.talkenglish. Online.com/od/businessspeakingskills/a/t_vocab.Telephone. Faça os exercícios. como falar e como se comportar ao telefone em inglês.com website).htm. Telephone Vocabulary. EslMania. Online.shtml.co.uk/worldservice/learningenglish/business/talkingbusiness/unit1telephone/challeng e.uk/worldservice/learningenglish/business/talkingbusiness/unit1telephone/challeng e. Espero que sirva como aprendizado e base para o seu estudo.com/students/business_english/Telephone. Acesso em: 05 jan.aspx?ALID=483. Acesso em: 04 jan. Este será seu homework.bbc.uk. Beare. 2011. Kenneth. 2011.co. .shtml See you! Ana Célia Lima REFERÊNCIAS BBC.com. para que você pratique mais um pouco. (esl. Lesson practice Vocabulary – Business Phone Call. Disponível em: http://www. English as 2nd Language – Business Speaking Skills. Business English .

Introduction Hello! How are you doing? It’s time to talk about meetings! Do you like them? They often have the purpose of solving problems. let’s study this vocabulary and get some new information! Let’s start! Vocabulary . So.Unidade 4 – Uso do Inglês como Ferramenta de Negociação Business English • 29th Lesson In a Meeting Talking about projects Aim Learning about meetings. We are going to see dialogues and situations in this context.

let's .1) First of all you are going to watch a video about meetings with some new vocabulary and information.com/watch?v=6mTu9y2fsT8 .com Guide • Opening the Meeting Good morning/afternoon. . . If we are all here. About. What types of meetings do you usually attend? ______________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________ b.during the meeting: _______________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________ .before the meeting: _______________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________ .youtube. . 2) Now that you have seen the video. • Welcoming and Introducing Participants Please. get started (OR) … start the meeting. join me in welcoming (name of participant) We're pleased to welcome (name of participant) It's a pleasure to welcome (name of participant) . (OR) . everyone.after the meeting: ________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________ Useful English Phrases for Participating in a Business Meeting By Kenneth Beare. answer: a. start. What’s the role of the chairperson? . . Watch it at http://www.

(name of participant). have you completed the report on the new accounting package? Has everyone received a copy of the Tate Foundation report on current marketing trends? Agreeing on the Ground Rules for the Meeting (contributions. Stating the Principal Objectives of a Meeting We're here today to Our aim is to . Shall we get down to business? Is there any other business? If there are no further developments. how is the XYZ project coming along? John. which was held on (date) Here are the minutes from our last meeting. I'd like to have . (name of participant) point 2... shall we take the points in this order? If you don't mind.. • Introducing the Agenda let's move on to today's agenda.I'd like to introduce (name of participant) I don't think you've met (name of participant) • • Moving Forward So. Have you all received a copy of the agenda? There are three items on the agenda.. (name of participant) can't be with us today. I'd like to move on to today's topic. which was on (date) • Dealing with Recent Developments (name of participant) will lead point 1.. I have received apologies for the absence of (name of participant). She is in. • • Giving Apologies for Someone Who is Absent I'm afraid... participants) (name of participant) has agreed to take the minutes. and (name of participant) point 3. can you tell us how the XYZ project is progressing? Jack.. decision-making. By the end of this meeting. who is in (place). First. First. I'd like to . let's go over the report from the last meeting. Reading the Minutes (Notes) of the Last Meeting • Allocating Roles (secretary.. if there is nothing else we need to discuss.. I've called this meeting in order to . (name of participant) has kindly agreed to give us a report on this matter. go in order (OR) Skip item 1 and move on to item 3 I suggest we take item 2 last.. etc.) . would you mind taking notes today? • Jack. timing..

Otherwise we'll never get through.. • Summarizing Source: http://esl. To sum up. Date and Place for the Next Meeting Can we fix the next meeting. if we can't get a unanimous decision.. • Thanking Participants for Attending I'd like to thank Marianne and Jeremy for Next Item coming over from London. • I think that covers the first item. • • Giving Control to the Next Participant I'd like to hand over to Mark. (date) of. would you like to introduce this item? • Suggesting and Agreeing on Time. Thanks for your participation. What about the following Wednesday? How is Closing an Item that? So. let's start with Shall we start with.about. would you like to kick off? Martin. (day). We may need to vote on item 5. Closing the Meeting The meeting is closed. Thank you all for attending. followed by a discussion round the table. Introducing the First Item on the Agenda Is there any other business? • So. We'll have to keep each item to ten minutes. over to you. Dorothy.. ... I suggest we go round the table first. Shall we leave that item? If nobody has anything else to add.. the .. • Before we close. see you all then. the first item on the agenda is Pete. . So. . I declare the meeting closed.ht m Let's move onto the next item The next item on the agenda is Now we come to the question of. Shall I go over the main points? • Finishing Up Right. let me just summarize the main points.We will hear a short report on each point first. The meeting is due to finish at.. please? So. who is going to lead the next point.com/cs/onthejobenglish/a/a_runmeet. it looks as though we've covered the main items. the next meeting will be on. .. . . Right. (month) at. In brief.

please? I missed that. ? (name of participant) can we get your input? How do you feel about. but. Asking for Clarification • Agreeing with Other Opinions I'm afraid I don't quite understand what you are getting at. About. please? Could you run that by me one more time? • I never thought about it that way before..... I suggest/recommend that.More Useful Meeting Phrases By Kenneth Beare. I think. Could you repeat that.. • Asking for Repetition • Commenting on Other Opinions I didn't catch that... I have to agree with (name of participant).? How/What about.. May I come in here? • We should... Could we have Exactly! That's (exactly) the way I feel.. Would you mind.? I'd like you to. The way I see things. (I'm afraid) I can't agree . Good point! I get your point...... please? Up to a point I agree with you... I see what you mean. I'd just like to repeat that. Could you explain to me how that is going to work? I don't see what you mean. • Asking for Opinions Requesting Information Do you (really) think that.. Why don't you......com Guide • Interrupting • Advising and Suggesting May I have a word? If I may. • Have I made that clear? Do you see what I'm getting at? Let me put this another way. I wonder if you could.. Could you say it again... • Disagreeing with Other Opinions some more details... Excuse me for interrupting...... I tend to think that. If you ask me. • Giving Opinions Clarifying I (really) feel that... In my opinion..

I think we'd better leave that for another meeting. that's not quite right. That's not quite what I had in mind. please. Are we ready to make a decision? Sorry.? • Well. We'll have to leave that to another time. Keeping the Meeting on Time Do you mean that. I'm afraid you don't understand what I'm saying.com/cs/onthejobenglish/a/a_meetphrases..htm Reading & Listening HOW TO BEHAVE IN A MEETING Politeness If you are interrupting or disagreeing with people. please? • Asking for Contributions for Other Participants meeting. I'm afraid that's outside the scope of this Would you mind spelling that for me. We're beginning to lose sight of the main point. Why don't we return to the main focus of today's meeting..about. that seems to be all the time we have Asking for Spelling Please be brief. What do you think about this proposal? Would you like to add anything. (name of participant)? Has anyone else got anything to contribute? Are there any more comments? • Correcting Information Keep to the point.? Is it true that. Fonte: http://esl. I'm afraid we've run out of time.. There are several ways to make what you say sound more polite and less confrontational. That's not what I meant. it is even more important to be polite: your views are more likely to be respected if you present them in a professional and non-confrontational (non-argumentative) way.• Asking for Verification • today.. . Let's get back on track. why don't we? That's not really why we're here today.

This is a very common way to 'soften' what you say.' It's important to acknowledge the other people in the meeting.using 'sorry' is telling the listener: 'I'm going to say or do something you might not like. can I just ask you…?' or 'If you could go through them in order…' Both expressions above are more polite than simply saying 'I want to know…' or 'Go through them in order…' • Use 'would like' '…I'd like to be with other editors…' or 'I would like to be able to show her drawings…' This sounds much more polite than 'I want…' • Say 'sorry' 'I'm sorry. by presenting their ideas as opinions. by using their names.• Use 'can' or 'could'. can I just ask you…?'. not orders or instructions. These phrases have the effect of softening what they are saying. 'everybody'. 'Sean. 'we'. The word 'just' gives the listener a message that you are not asking them to deal with something difficult or time-consuming.' '…as you can see…' or 'Yeah Sean. so please don’t get upset'. Use 'I think' or 'I feel' 'I do feel quite strongly that we're bringing this out too soon…' or 'I don’t think we’ve got any choice…'. By saying sorry you are not really apologizing for what you say . • Use 'just' 'I just wanted to see…' or 'Sean. 'my . …. that it is not going to be a problem. but I really strongly disagree…' or 'Sorry to hold the meeting up'. or words like 'you'. • Acknowledge people 'Okay everybody. ….

All these factors can make meetings difficult.uk/worldservice/learningenglish/business/talkingbusiness/unit2meetings/expert. I'll talk to you later. I don't have much time for lunch." "I'll finish the feedback form after my meeting. and preparing vocabulary that you think you might need during the meeting. so I won't have time to help you with this now." ." "We finished late because John had problems with his computer during the presentation portion of the meeting. Preparing for meetings Participating in meetings which are conducted in a foreign language can be nerve-wracking – people may speak very quickly." "The meeting started 15 minutes late." "I'll be in meetings all day today.co." "I have to go to a meeting now." "George didn't arrive to the meeting on time. they may have strong accents.bbc." "Are you going to the company meeting next week?" "Can you set up a meeting for our brainstorm session?" "My calendar looks pretty clear on Thursday." "The meeting was canceled." "The meeting went an hour over. Let's set up a time for tomorrow. Adapted from: http://www. If you don’t use these words and expressions. they may use words that you do not understand." "I have five meetings today. you may give people the impression that you are rather detached and/or authoritarian. but if you prepare for meetings by studying the agenda." "I forgot about my 1:00 meeting. researching the topics that are likely to be discussed.colleagues' etc. Set up a meeting for that day. I have a meeting I'm late for.shtml 1) Read the General Statements about Meetings below: "I have to go. you will feel more confident and your performance in the meeting will be better. or they may talk about topics which are outside your area of expertise.

Kevin: Good. 3) Practice more by clicking on the “Audio” Button at http://www. I have some input I'd like to make. Reading & Reading Comprehension 1) Read this conversation about a meeting.2) Now. look up these words in a dictionary or check with your tutor. to make a meeting to take place sales figures quarter bottom line insight Adapted from: http://esl. Alice: Yes. click on the sentences and repeat them. After your finish reading and listening. Can you make it? Kevin: When is it taking place? Alice: We're planning on 10 o'clock. Alice: Frank is also going to make some suggestions on improving the bottom line.htm strategy to phone in [m4] Comentário: Não seria conveniente colocar a tradução dessas palavras-chave? .aspx?ALID=477 .com/od/businessreading/a/d_meet. Kevin: Is Alan attending? Alice: No.co.shtml and listen to the conversation. Tomorrow's Meeting By Kenneth Beare.com/LessonDetails. He's got keen insights. Kevin: Oh well. Kevin: That'll be interesting.bbc.talkenglish. Key vocabulary*: If you don’t understand. Alice: We're going to go over last quarter's sales figures. take the quiz at the end of the page. maybe He'll phone in.about. he's going to outline some new sales strategies. that'll be fine. go to http://www. Is that OK? Kevin: Yes. About.uk/worldservice/learningenglish/business/talkingbusiness/unit2meetings/1 agenda. he's flying to San Francisco and won't be able to make it.com Guide Alice: We're having a meeting tomorrow.

When is the meeting? ( ( ( ) Next Monday at 10 )Tomorrow at 10 ) This afternoon b. try to remember and answer these multiple choice questions: a.2) Now. What type of suggestions will Frank make? ( ( ( ) Improving research ) Improving the bottom line ) Sales on the east coast d. Who isn't going to attend? ( ( ( ) Kevin ) Frank ) Alan . What's the subject of the meeting? ( ( ( ) The San Francisco accounts ) Last quarter's sales figures ) This year's budget c. What is Frank going to outline? ( ( ( ) Keen insights ) New sales strategies ) San Francisco partners e. don’t look at the conversation above.

Disponível em: http://esl.about. pela internet.com/listening/Business%20briefing%20. Language Expert. porém de uma forma diferente.uk/worldservice/learningenglish/business/talkingbusiness/unit2meeti ngs/expert.uk/worldservice/learningenglish/business/talkingbusiness/unit2meeti ngs/1agenda. Kenneth (esl. Acesso em: 07 jan. Online. Acesso em 13 jan. Agenda Setting. Beare.shtml . ferramentas não faltam! O seu homework de hoje está no site: http://www. Learning English – Meetings.about. Você analisou exemplos de frases e de diálogos em conversas entre empresários no ambiente de trabalho. Online. enfim. English as 2nd Language – Useful English Phrases for Participating in a Business Meeting. Disponível em: http://www. English as 2nd Language – Tomorrow’s Meeting. 2011. Beare.Summary Na aula de hoje tivemos como tema as reuniões.co. mas em inglês. 2011. Kenneth (esl.htm. Online. Online.about.about. vizinho.uk.com/od/businessreading/a/d_meet. é preciso que você pratique. Disponível em: http://www. . Have a nice time studying! See you next class! Ana Célia Lima REFERÊNCIAS BBC. com softwares de computador. Você viu vocabulário com o qual você já deve estar acostumado a lidar em português. Disponível em: http://esl. parente. converse com um amigo.co. Acesso em: 07 jan.bbc.htm no qual você vai ouvir uma conversation e responder a perguntas sobre essa atividade de listening.com website).englishmedialab. Acesso em 13 jan.uk. 2011.com/cs/onthejobenglish/a/a_runmeet.com website).co.shtml. 2011.bbc. Learning English – Meetings.htm. Com esses exemplos.co. BBC.

Acesso em: 07 jan.about.htm. 2011.com/watch?v=6mTu9y2fsT8. Unidade 4 – Uso do Inglês como Ferramenta de Negociação Business English • 30th Lesson Applying for a Job . Youtube. Acesso em: 07 jan. Online. Business English Lessons – General Statements. EnglishMediaLab. Online. English as 2nd Language – Useful Phrases for Running a Business Meeting. 2011.youtube. Kenneth (esl. Disponível em: http://www. Disponível em: http://esl. Disponível em: http://www. 2011. 2011.englishmedialab. Disponível em: http://www. Acesso em: 07 jan. Online.Beare.htm.com/LessonDetails. Acesso em: 07 jan.talkenglish.com.aspx?ALID=477. TalkEnglish. Online.com website). Business English Meetings 1.com.com.about. Business Briefing.com/cs/onthejobenglish/a/a_meetphrases.com/listening/Business%20briefing%20.

résumé Discharge from employment. Advantages offered in addition to salary (life insurance.). Fringe benefits retirement scheme. to let go) Person who works for a firm or company Person or firm who employs people To dismiss from a job. Oral examination of an applicant for employment Interview . abbreviation for perquisites. good afternoon.qualifications . my dear student! Good morning. Introduction Hello. You will learn how to apply for a position in a company in English. Also called "perks". good evening! This lesson is very important for your future as a business (wo)man.A Job Interview Aim Preparing for a very important business situation. company car. an appliance for a job. to sack. etc. (to fire.experience Additional payment to an employee as an incentive or reward Summary of one's education and experience to date. Good luck! Vocabulary EMPLOYMENT – WORK Assessment Apply Background Bonus Curriculum Vitae Dismiss Employee Employer Fire Evaluation of one's abilities Submit an application for a job or position Education .

a trainee salesman Trainee Training A course of study to prepare for a job e.to give or Notice hand in one's resignation People who work for a firm or company (employees) Personnel Manager responsible for recruitment.g. How would you describe yourself? (character/personality) What are your strengths/weaknesses? Are you married? Single? Do you have a partner? What do you do in your free time? What are your hobbies? / Do you have any hobbies? Why are you interested in working for our company? Why do you want to work for this company? What type of position do you think you are suited for / would suit you? .Make Dismiss for economic reasons redundant Maternity leave Period of absence for a female employee when having a baby Advance warning of intention to leave one's job .g. The list of questions below is designed to serve as a guide so that you are not taken by surprise! 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Tell me about yourself. employees Staff Strong characteristic or particular ability Strength To go on strike: to stop working in protest against something Strike Employ or hire Take on Person being trained for a job e. training and welfare of Personnel personnel (employees) officer Advancement in rank or position in the company Promotion Opportunities for success or promotion in a career Prospects Look for and hire personnel Recruit Leave a job voluntarily Resign Leave employment because of age Retire Absence because of illness .to be on sick leave Sick leave People who work for a firm or department. a computer course course Unemployment Payments made by the state to an unemployed person benefits A position to be filled Vacancy A lack of ability or a shortcoming in character Weakness INTERVIEW QUESTIONS Preparation for an interview is essential.

or questions to ask? Reading. Listening & Watching . what qualities would you look for? Would you be willing to relocate/to move to another part of the country/ to 24 work abroad? Did you have to travel abroad in your last job? Don't you think you have too much experience/you are over-qualified for this 25 job? How long do you think you would stay with us? 26 If we offered you the job.8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 How would you describe the position we have to offer? What aspects of the position are you most / least interested in? What would you like to find in this job that you didn't have in your previous job? How do you think you could develop the position? What would be your strategy to develop the position? What have you got to offer us? What could you contribute to our company? Why do you want to leave your present job? Why do you want to change jobs? What were you responsible for? What did your job involve? What do you think you gained by working in your last job? 16 What do you think of your (last) boss? What are your salary requirements? How much would you hope to earn in this position? 17 How much do you think you should be offered for this position? What salary would you expect (to be offered) for this position? 18 Have you received any offers of a job? Why have you had to look for a job for so long? 19 Why have you been looking for a job for so long? Why did it take you so long to find a new job? 20 How do you feel about your future in the profession? Have you had any failures? / What failures have you had? 21 Have you had any negative experiences? 22 What sort of obstacles have you come across/encountered in your work? 23 If you had to recruit colleagues. how long would you expect to stay with us? Which do you prefer: to work alone or in a team? 27 Do you prefer working alone or with other people as part of a team? Do you know how to manage a team? 28 Are you capable of leading a team? Do you think you have the ability to be a team leader? Why should I recruit you? 29 How could you persuade me to recruit you? 30 Do you have any comments to make.

The best way to respond is in a short. 'Breaking the ice' is an important way to begin the job interview.Isn't this great weather we're having? This type of question is common because the interviewer wants to put you at ease (help you relax). Common Interview Questions By Kenneth Beare.manythings. but it shouldn't take too long. It is important that you introduce yourself. Here are some examples correct responses: . Don't be surprised if the interviewer asks you something like: . read the following text about job interview questions and answers with comments and tips to help you. Generally. shake hands. job interviewers will break the ice to help you feel comfortable.1) First of all.Did you have any trouble finding us? . but not too detailed answers to these 'ice breakers'. The first question is often a "breaking the ice" type of question. Make sure to give positive.org/b/e/15 : 2) Now that you know some new words for a job interview.com Guide • First Impressions The first impression you make on the interviewer can decide the rest of the interview.How are you today? . and be friendly and polite. About. watch this video at the website ‘Many Things’ with some vocabulary and tips for a job interview http://www. friendly manner without going into too much detail.

Don't continue to repeat the name during the interview. Give the name of the referral only once. OR Interviewer: Isn't this great weather we're having? You: Yes. And you? OR Interviewer: Did you have any trouble finding us? You: No. Provide the name of the referral. you will find a comment describing the type of question and important things to remember when answering that type of question. make sure to use the referral to your best advantage by mentioning it at the beginning of the interview. (…) • Referrals Sometimes. this should be done when asked about how you found the job opening. Ideally. Quasar Insurance and Sardi and Sons. Comments: Mention the name of the referral at the beginning of the interview. it's time to begin the real interview. I have worked for 12 years as a financial consultant in Milan for various companies including Rossi Consultants.Interviewer: How are you today? You: I'm fine. While it is important to give an overall impression of . Following the examples. I attended the University of Milan and received my master's degree in Economics. Here are a number of the most common questions that are asked during the interview. If this is the case. it's wonderful. you may have found about a job opportunity through a referral. (…) Comment: This question is meant as an introduction. Do not focus too specifically on any one area. There is an example of excellent replies given for each question. I enjoy playing tennis in my free time and learning languages. Italy. The above question will often be used to help the interviewer choose what h/she would like to ask next. Don't assume the job interviewer knows the person you are mentioning. Interviewer: Tell me about yourself. • Getting Down to Business Once the pleasant beginnings have finished. Don't go into too much detail about the relationship. thank you. the office isn't too difficult to find. unless asked. I love this time of year. Candidate: I was born and raised in Milan.

Comment: Make sure to leave open as many possibilities as possible. One afternoon. Comment: Notice the amount of detail necessary when you are talking about your experience. When there is a deadline (a time by which the work must be finished). I completed a customer inquiry form and catalogued the information in our database. most companies provide many opportunities for growth. I would also consider a part-time position. so don't be afraid to start from the beginning! Interviewer: Are you interested in a full-time or part-time position? Candidate: I am more interested in a full-time position. After I consulted the customer. once the job has been offered you can always refuse if the job does not interest you.who you are. Candidate: I am an excellent communicator. Remember to vary your vocabulary when talking about your responsibilities. I then collaborated with colleagues to prepare the best possible package for the client. Also. People trust me and come to me for advice. make sure to concentrate on work related experience. However. (…) Work experience is more important than education in most English speaking countries. I can focus on the task at hand (current project) and structure my work schedule well. the more detail you can give the more the interviewer knows that you understand the type of work. In the United States. Interviewer: Can you tell me about your responsibilities at your last job? Candidate: I advised customers on financial matters. I finished all the reports ahead of time without having to work overtime. The clients were then presented with a summarized report on their financial activities that I formulated on a quarterly basis. do not begin every sentence with "I". Interviewer: What is your greatest strength? Candidate: I work well under pressure. One of the most common mistakes made by foreigners when discussing their former employment is to speak too generally. Say you are willing to take any job. (…) Comment: You should be willing to take an entry level position in an English speaking company as most of these companies expect non-nationals to begin with such a position. my colleague was involved with a troublesome (difficult) customer who . The employer wants to know exactly what you did and how you did it. I remember one week when I had to get 6 new customer reports out by Friday at 5. Interviewer: What type of position are you looking for? Candidate: I'm interested in an entry level (beginning) position.

Comment: Prepare yourself for this question by becoming informed about the company. I am aware of this problem. The more detail you can give. (…) Comment: This is not the time to be modest! Be confident and always give examples. Make sure that you always mention how you try to improve the weakness. I ask myself why the colleague is having difficulties. However. Comment: Take some time to prepare descriptive sentences concerning your responsibilities. Comment: Show your willingness to work! • Language Relating your job experience and how it relates to the specific job for which you are applying are the two most important tasks during any job interview. Use a dictionary to improve your vocabulary selection. Comment: This is a difficult question. Candidate: I am impressed by the quality of your products. Interviewer: Why do you want to work for Smith and Sons? Candidate: After following your firms progress for the last 3 years. Candidate: I tend to spend too much time making sure the customer is satisfied. Interviewer: When can you begin? Candidate: Immediately. I began setting time-limits for myself If I noticed this happening. Candidate: As soon as you would like me to begin. You need to mention a weakness that is actually a strength. and before I say anything to anyone. Examples show that you are not only repeating words you have learned. the better you show the interviewer that you understand the company. I am sure that I would be a convincing salesman because I truly believe that the Atomizer is the best product on the market today. but actually do possess that strength. However. I made the customer a cup of coffee and invited both my colleague and the client to my desk where we solved the problem together. Make sure to use lots of descriptive verbs and adjectives to describe your responsibilities. I am convinced that Smith and Sons are becoming one of the market leaders and I would like to be part of the team.felt he was not being served well. . Interviewer: What is your greatest weakness? Candidate: I am overzealous (work too hard) and become nervous when my co-workers are not pulling their weight (doing their job).

com/od/jobinterviewing/a/Job-Interviewing-ListeningComprehension.com/watch?v=9O_vexk7iLU 4) Now that you've reviewed some basic interviewing technique. go to the next page to see a transcription of the job interview. If you have difficulties understanding.The above questions represent some of the most basic questions asked on any job interview in English. you might be shy about saying complicated things. this is absolutely necessary as the employer is looking for an employee who knows his or her job. the interviewer will know that you feel comfortable in that job. As a speaker of English as a second language.htm in a new window and listen a few times to the job interview listening selection.youtube. 5) Read the transcript of the listening conversation . open this link http://esl.htm 3) This is another video for you to watch in order to be prepared for a job interview in English: http://www. If you provide detail.about. Don't worry about making mistakes in English.com/od/businessspeakingskills/a/j_interview2.about. However. Probably the most important aspect of interviewing in English is giving detail. It is much better to make simple grammar mistakes and provide detailed information about your experience than to say grammatically perfect sentences without any real content! Adapted from: http://esl.

Now. I've been working as the regional assistant director of marketing at Simpco Northwest for the past year. shakes hands) Good morning… Job Applicant (Mr. that does sound useful. You've come to interview for the position of e-commerce manager. Hanford: Well. Anderson: I think that my experience in customer relations via the Internet in real-time puts me in the unique position of understanding what works and what doesn't. it's a pleasure to meet you Ms Hanford. Could you begin by telling me about your qualifications? Anderson: Certainly. you have a nice underground parking lot that helped me avoid the worst of it. What difficulties and challenges do you think we might run into? . and I think I'd be ideal for the position. Peter Smith encouraged me to apply. I was a Simpco local branch manager in Tacoma. luckily. (Joe sits) It's quite the rainy day outside.. that's correct. Can you give me some more detail about your responsibilities as assistant director? Anderson: Yes. we like him a lot … Let's go over your resume. Is there anything in particular you feel would be useful here at Sanders Co. I've been in charge of in-house personnel training for our Internet customer service reps over the past six months. Hanford: Thank you. Hanford: Oh. Peter… he's a great sysadmin. we like working here. Joe Anderson. I must say this is an impressive building. I see you have done well at Simpco. let's see. Hanford: Can you tell me a little bit about what you've been doing in your training? Anderson: We've been working on improving customer satisfaction through an innovative e-commerce solution which provides real-time chat service help to visitors to the site.Interviewer (Ms Hanford): (opens door.? Anderson: I understand that you have been expanding your e-commerce to include social networking features. Anderson): Good morning. Hanford: How do you do? Please take a seat.. Hanford: Interesting. Hanford: Yes. Hanford: And what did you do before that? Anderson: Before that. Hanford: Yes. isn't it? Anderson: Yes. haven't you? Anderson: Yes.

listen to a business English job interview by clicking on the “play” button and then answer the questions in the website. if customers aren't satisfied with the service they receive online. viu e ouviu durante todas as nossas aulas.com/Quizzes/business/listening/job%20interview% 20listening. espero ter colaborado com o seu aprendizado e com sua formação profissional. Anderson: Yes... I've been studying how sales directly relate to customer satisfaction with online services. Hanford: I can see you've learnt quite a lot in the short time you've been working in ecommerce. Espero que coloque em prática tudo que você leu.htm. That's why you need to make sure that you get it right the first time round.. Hanford: Would you mind giving me a bit more detail on that? Anderson: Sure . click on this link http://www.englishmedialab. Summary Hoje tivemos nossa última aula. não? Algumas foram mais fáceis.. outras mais complicadas. It's much easier to lose customers online. O resto depende de você! Make it worth and have a very successful career! Bye bye! Ana Célia Lima REFERÊNCIAS . it's an exciting field to be working in … 6) Finally. they won't come back. e quantas matérias estudamos neste semestre. I think we'll continue to see consumers spend more of the shopping dollars online. Na aula de hoje encerramos um ciclo.Anderson: Well. Por fim. na qual falamos sobre uma entrevista de emprego em inglês. e você chegou à etapa final do curso.

Acesso em: 10 jan.youtube.about. Disponível em: http://www.org. Acesso em: 10 jan. Disponível em: http://esl.htm.about. Business English – Job Interview Listening. Online.com. Acesso em: 11 jan. Job Interviewing Tips for English Learners. ESL Videos – Job Interview.englishmedialab. Disponível em: http://www. Youtube. English as 2nd Language – Example Job Interview Questions. Online. Acesso em: 11 jan. Acesso em: 11 jan.Beare.about. 2011. EnglishMediaLab.com/od/jobinterviewing/a/Job-Interviewing-ListeningComprehension. . Listening Comprehension.com/Quizzes/business/listening/job%20interview%20listen ing.htm.org/b/e/15. Kenneth (esl. Online. Beare.com/od/businessspeakingskills/a/j_interview2.about. 2011. 2011. Disponível em: http://www. Kenneth (esl.com/watch?v=9O_vexk7iLU.com website). English as 2nd Language – Job Interviewing Example. Online.manythings. ManyThings. 2011.com. Disponível em: http://esl.com website). Online.htm. 2011.